Back to Article

REGULATIONS

REGULATIONS

COMPANIES REGULATIONS

Companies

PART 1: GENERAL

CHAPTER 1–PRELIMINARY

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Companies Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

(1) These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), these Regulations apply to any Person who conducts business in or from the AIFC as an AIFC Participant.

(3) Any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar is additional to, and its operation is not affected by, these Regulations.

(4) The Rules on Registration and Recognition of the Astana International Financial Centre Participants 2017 as in force immediately before the commencement of these Regulations are repealed.

(5) Except where otherwise provided in these Regulations, anything done or omitted to be done under or for the Rules on Registration and Recognition 2017 are taken to have been done or omitted under or done under or for these Regulations.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

CHAPTER 2 CERTIFICATES

7. Prohibition against conduct of business without incorporation or registration in the AIFC

(1) A Person must not conduct business in or from the AIFC as an AIFC Participant unless the Person is incorporated or registered as an AIFC Participant.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a Person if the Person:

  • (a) is an exempt Person under the Rules.
  • (b) [intentionally omitted]

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(4) Where a Person enters into a contract with a third party and that third party knows (or ought reasonably to know that entry into that contract is) in contravention of subsection (1), that contract may be terminated at the sole option of that third party unless a court or other tribunal determines otherwise.

8. Certificates

(1) The Registrar may issue a certificate subject to any conditions or restrictions.

(2) The AIFC Participant must not Contravene a condition or restriction to which the certificate is subject.

(3) The Registrar may suspend the activity of the AIFC Participant on the Registrar’s own initiative or on the application of the AIFC Participant.

(4) The Registrar may exercise a power under subsection (3) in relation to an activity of the AIFC Participant on the Registrar’s own initiative only if the Registrar:

  1. (a) complies with the Decision-making Procedures; and
  2. (b) either:
  3. (i) is satisfied that the AIFC Participant, or an officer, employee or agent of the AIFC Participant, has Contravened, is Contravening or is likely to Contravene these Regulations; or

(ii) considers that the exercise of the power is necessary or desirable in the interests of the AIFC.

(5) [intentionally omitted]

(6) [intentionally omitted]

(7) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

PART 2: THE APPOINTMENT AND ROLE OF REGISTRAR

9. Appointment of Registrar

(1) The office of the Registrar of Companies is established within the framework of the AFSA.

(2) The Chief Executive Officer of the AFSA must appoint an individual as Registrar of Companies and may dismiss the person from office for proper cause.

(3) In Exercising the Registrar’s Functions, the Registrar must act in an independent way, even though the Registrar is an agent of the AFSA.

10. Registrar’s Objectives and Functions

(1) In Exercising the Registrar’s Functions, the Registrar must pursue the following objectives (the Registrar’s Objectives):

(2) The Registrar has the Functions given to the Registrar by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

(3) The Registrar must Exercise the Registrar’s Functions only in pursuit of the Registrar’s Objectives.

(4) Without limiting subsection (2), the Registrar’s Functions include the following:

(5) The Registrar may permit or require the use of an electronic or computer-based system for the filing, delivery or deposit of Documents or information required under or for these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar and may specify the circumstances in which Persons are taken to have signed or certified Documents on an electronic or computer-based system for any purpose under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(6) The Registrar must, through the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions, assist Kazakhstan to comply with its obligations under any international treaty or other agreement to which it is a party.

(7) The Registrar may do anything the Registrar considers necessary or desirable to be done for or in connection with, or reasonably incidental to, the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions subject to any applicable Decision-making Procedures.

(8) The Registrar may delegate all or any of the Registrar’s Functions to another Person in accordance with the Rules.

PART 3: INCORPORATION AND REGISTRATION OF COMPANIES

11. Types of companies

(1) The types of companies that may be incorporated under these Regulations are:

(2) A Foreign Company may be registered under these Regulations as a Recognised Company if it meets the requirements in Part 12 (Recognised Companies).

12. Legal personality

A Company incorporated under these Regulations has a separate legal personality from that of its Shareholders. The Liabilities of a Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, are the Company’s Liabilities and not the personal Liabilities of any Shareholder or Officer of the Company, except where otherwise provided under these Regulations.

PART 4: COMPANY FORMATION AND INCORPORATION

13. Formation of companies

(1) A company may be incorporated under these Regulations on the application of any 1 or more Persons in accordance with this Part.

(2) A company must not be incorporated for an unlawful purpose.

(3) An application for the incorporation of a company must be filed with the Registrar by the Incorporators or their duly authorised representative.

(4) The application must state the following:

  1. (a) the proposed name of the Company;
  2. (b) whether the proposed Company is to be a Private Company or a Public Company;
  3. (c) the nature of the business to be conducted by the proposed Company;
  4. (d) the amount of the initial share capital and shareholdings of the Incorporators;
  5. (e) the nominal value of each Share;
  6. (f) the address of the proposed Company’s registered office;
  7. (g) the following information for each Incorporator:
  8. (i) the full name, nationality and address of the Incorporator;

(ii) if the Incorporator is an individual and is to hold Shares in trust for another Person—the full name, nationality and address of the beneficial owner of the Shares;

(iii) if the Incorporator is a Body Corporate—the beneficial ownership information of the Body Corporate required by the Rules;

  1. (h) the full name (including any previous names), nationality, address, business occupation (if any) and date of birth of the individuals who are to serve as the Directors and, if applicable, the Secretary;
  2. (i) the other particulars (if any) required by the Registrar or the Rules; and
  3. (j) the particulars required by Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of these Regulations.

(5) Unless the Standard Articles are adopted by a Company in their entirety, the proposed Articles of Association, signed by or on behalf of each Incorporator, must be filed with the application.

14. Articles of Association

(1) A Company’s Articles of Association must be in the English language and must be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively.

(2) A Company’s Articles of Association must contain:

(3) The Articles of Association may contain any other matters that the Shareholders wish to include in the Articles of Association. However, the Articles of Association must not contain a provision that is inconsistent with these Regulations or the Rules.

(4) A Company may adopt, as its Articles of Association, the whole or any part of the Standard Articles that is relevant to the Company.

(5) If Standard Articles are not adopted by a Company in their entirety, the Company must submit to the Registrar, before the Articles of Association are adopted by the Company, a statement by the Incorporators that the Articles of Association proposed to be adopted by the Company comply with the requirements of these Regulations, the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(6) If any change to these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the provisions of a Company’s Articles of Association and the provisions of these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  • (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules prevail; and
  • (b) the Company is not required to amend its Articles of Association, unless these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.

15. Decision on incorporation application etc.

(1) The Registrar may refuse to incorporate a Company for any reason the Registrar considers to be a proper reason for refusing to incorporate the Company.

(2) If the Registrar incorporates a Company, the Registrar must register the Articles of Association filed with the application for incorporation, unless the Standard Articles are adopted by a Company in their entirety.

16. Effects of incorporation etc.

(1) On the incorporation of a Company, the Registrar must:

  • (a) issue a certificate of incorporation confirming that the Company is incorporated as either a Private Company or a Public Company; and
  • (b) assign a number to the Company, which is to be the Company’s identification number; and
  • (c) enter the name of the Company in the Register.

(2) On the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate of incorporation:

  • (a) the Incorporators of the Company become the Shareholders of the Company; and
  • (b) the Company, having the name contained in the certificate of incorporation, becomes a body corporate, capable of Exercising all the Functions of an incorporated Company.

(3) A certificate of incorporation issued by the Registrar is conclusive evidence of the following matters:

  • (a) that the Company has been duly incorporated;
  • (b) whether the Company is a Public Company or a Private Company;
  • (c) that the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules have been complied with in respect of the incorporation of the Company.

(4) Without limiting subsection (1)(a), the Registrar may make alternative arrangements relating to the issue of certificates of incorporation to Companies in circumstances prescribed by the Rules.

17. Notification of change in Registered Details of Company

(1) If any of the Registered Details of a Company change, the Company must notify the Registrar in Writing of the change within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the Company under the Rules in relation to the change.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(3) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

18. Effect of Articles of Association

(1) Subject to these Regulations and the Rules, the Articles of Association bind the Company and its Shareholders to the same extent as if they had been signed by the Company and by each Shareholder, and contained covenants by the Company and each Shareholder to comply with all their provisions.

(2) An amount payable by a Shareholder to the Company under the Articles of Association is a debt due from the Shareholder to the Company.

19. Amendment of Articles of Association

(1) Subject to these Regulations and the Rules, a Company may amend its Articles of Association by Special Resolution or by any other means provided by the Company’s Articles of Association.

(2) The Company must, within 14 days after the amendments to the Articles of Association are made, submit to the Registrar:

  • (a) a copy of the amended Articles of Association;
  • (b) a certificate given by at least 1 of the Directors of the Company stating that the proposed amendment complies with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules; and
  • (c) a copy of a Special Resolution, agreement, enactment, order or any other document by which the Articles of Association are amended.

(2-1) The Registrar may rely on the certificate, provided in accordance with subsection 2 (b), as sufficient evidence of the matters stated in it.

(3) If the Articles of Association of a Company are amended, the rights and obligations of the Shareholders and the Company that arose under the Articles of Association before the amendment is made are not be affected unless the amendment expressly provides for it to have such an effect.

(4) Despite anything in the Articles of Association of a Company, a Shareholder of the Company is not bound by an amendment made to the articles after the day the Shareholder became a Shareholder so far as the amendment:

  • (d) requires the Shareholder to take or subscribe for more Shares than those held by the Shareholder at the end of the day immediately before the amendment is made; or
  • (e) in any way increases the Shareholder’s Liability at the end of that day to contribute to the Company’s share capital or otherwise to pay an amount to the Company.

(5) Subsection (4) does not apply in relation to the Shareholder if the Shareholder, either before or after the amendment is made, agreed to be bound by it.

20. Copies of Articles of Association for Shareholders

(1) A Company must, at a Shareholder’s request, give the Shareholder a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association if the Shareholder pays the reasonable fee (if any) that the Company requires.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

21. Prohibition against use of misleading, deceptive or conflicting Company names

(1) A Company must not use a name that, because of any fact, matter or circumstance, is, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive or conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another Company or Recognised Company).

(2) If, because of the happening or likely happening of any fact, matter or circumstance, a Company’s name is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive or conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another Company or Recognised Company), the Company must change its name within 30 days or, if the Registrar agrees to a longer period, that longer period.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

22. Change of Company name

(1) A Company must not change its name otherwise than by Special Resolution or by other means provided for by the Company’s Articles of Association and must not change its name to a name that is not acceptable to the Registrar.

(2) If a Company changes its name in accordance with subsection (1), the Company must file the accompanying notice or a statement that the change of name has been made by the means provided for by the Company’s Articles of Association with the Registrar within 14 days after the day the change is made.

(3) Contravention of subsection (1) or (2) is punishable by a fine.

(4) If a Company changes its name and complies with subsection (2) in relation to the change, the Registrar must, as soon as practicable:

  • (a) enter the new name in the Register in place of the former name; and
  • (b) issue a certificate of name change showing the previous name and the new name of the Company.

(5) The change of name takes effect on the day the Registrar issues the certificate of name change.

(6) The change of name does not:

  • (a) affect any rights or obligations of the Company; or
  • (b) render defective any legal proceedings by or against it.

(7) Any legal proceedings that could have been commenced or continued against the Company under its former name may be commenced or continued against it under its new name.

(8) A Company may obtain the prior approval of the Registrar to the new name before the name is changed.

23. Power to require change of name

(1) Without limiting section 21 (Prohibition against misleading, deceptive or conflicting names), if, in the opinion of the Registrar, the name by which a Company is registered is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another Company), or otherwise undesirable, the Registrar may direct the Company to change it.

(2) The Registrar must comply with the Decision-making Procedures in deciding whether to give a direction under subsection (1).

(3) A Company must comply with a direction given by the Registrar under subsection (1) within 30 days after the date specified in the direction unless the Registrar allows a longer period to comply with the direction.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

24. Registered office and conduct of business

(1) A Company must, at all times, have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices to the Company may be addressed.

(2) A Document may be served on a Company by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the Company in the AIFC.

(3) A Company must conduct its principal business activity in the AIFC, unless the Registrar otherwise permits.

(3-1) A Company may change the address of its registered office by giving notice to the Registrar. The change takes effect upon the notice being registered by the Registrar.

(4) Contravention of subsection (1) or (3) is punishable by a fine.

25. Particulars in Company communications

(1) A Company must ensure that its name, and the address of its registered office, appears in legible characters in all its letterheads, receipts, order forms and other correspondence (relevant communications of the Company).

(2) A Company must not include any Registered Details of the Company in its relevant communications if the information provided is false or misleading. Any reference to the amount of the Company’s share capital included in relevant communications of the Company must be to the Company’s fully Paid-up share capital.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

26. Annual returns

(1) Annual return must be filed with the Registrar by:

(a) A Public Company;

(b) a Private Company with an annual turnover of more than U.S. $500,000 or an average of more than 20 Shareholders during the year for which the annual return is being prepared; or

(c) a Private Company which has not made an election under section 26-1 (Annual confirmation of accuracy of information in the register).

(1-1) A Company which is subject to subsection (1) must, within 6 months of the end of each financial year, or other date the Registrar considers appropriate, file with the Registrar an annual return containing:

(a) its financial statements for the last financial year for which the Company’s accounts have been prepared; and

(b) a statement, for each class of Shares in the Company, setting out either:

(i) the name and address of each Shareholder who, on the filing date, held not less than 5% of the allotted Shares of that class and the number of Shares of that class held by the Shareholder, together with the number of Shareholders each of whom, on that date, held less than 5% of the allotted Shares of that class and the total number of Shares held by them; or

(ii) the name and address of every Shareholder who, on the filing date, held any Shares of that class and the number of Shares of that class held by the Shareholder; and

(c) the particulars mentioned in section 13(4)(j) (Formation of companies) for each Director and, if applicable, the Secretary; and

(d) if Shares are held by the Company as treasury Shares—the entry required by section 62(8)(a) (Treasury Shares); and

(e) the other information, and declarations, (if any) required by the Rules.

(2) The annual return must be accompanied by the filing fee prescribed by the Rules.

(2-1) A Shareholder may request a Company to provide a copy of an annual return of the Company to the Shareholder. If the Shareholder pays the reasonable fee (if any) that the Company requires, the Company must, within 10 days after the day the request is received or the day any required payment is made (whichever is later), either give the Shareholder a written copy of the annual return or make a written copy of the annual return available for the Shareholder at the Company’s registered office.

(3) A Person may request a Public Company to provide a copy of an annual return of the Public Company to the Person. If the Person pays the reasonable fee (if any) that the Public Company requires, the Public Company must, within 10 days after the day the request is received or the day any required payment is made (whichever is later), either give the Person a written copy of the annual return or make a written copy of the annual return available for the Person at the Public Company’s registered office.

(4) Contravention of subsection (1), (2-1) or (3) is punishable by a fine.


26 - 1. Annual confirmation of accuracy of information in the register

(1) A Private Company which is not subject to section 26 (1)(b) may make an election in Writing to file an annual confirmation statement instead of an annual return.

(2) The Private Company which files the annual confirmation statement must, before the end of the period of 14 days after the end of each review period, deliver to the Registrar:

  1. (a) such information as is necessary to ensure that the Private Company is able to make the statement referred to in paragraph (b); and
  2. (b) a statement (a “confirmation statement”) confirming that all information required to be delivered by the Private Company to the Registrar in relation to the confirmation period concerned under any duty mentioned in subsection (2) either:
  3. (i) has been delivered, or

(ii) is being delivered at the same time as the confirmation statement.

(3) The following duties require notification in Writing:

  1. (a) the duty to give notice of a change in the address of the Private Company's registered office;
  2. (b) the duty to give notice of a change in the Shareholders or in particulars required to be included in the Register of Shareholders;
  3. (c) the duty to give notice of a change in the Directors or in particulars required to be included in the Register of Directors;
  4. (d) in the case of a Private Company with a Secretary, the duty to give notice of a change in the Secretary or joint Secretaries or in particulars required to be included in the Register of Secretaries;
  5. (e) the duty to give notice of a change in the Nominee Directors or in particulars required to be included in the Register of Nominee Directors;
  6. (f) the duty to give notice of a change in the UBO Details in relation to each of its Ultimate Beneficial Owners in the Register of Ultimate Beneficial Owners;
  7. (g) in the case of a Private Company which keeps any company records at a place other than its registered office, any duty under these Regulations to give notice of a change in the address of that place;
  8. (h) the duty to notify a change in the Private Company's principal business activities;
  9. (i) the duty to give notice of a change in number of Shares held by the Private Company as treasury Shares;
  10. (j) the duty to give notice of a change in other information (if any) required by the Regulations and Rules.

(4) In this section: confirmation period

  1. (a) in relation to a Private Company's first confirmation statement, means the period beginning with the day of the Private Company's incorporation and ending with the date specified in the statement (“the confirmation date”);
  2. (b) in relation to any other confirmation statement of a Private Company, means the period beginning with the day after the confirmation date of the last such statement and ending with the confirmation date of the confirmation statement concerned.

(5) The confirmation date of a confirmation statement must be no later than the last day of the review period concerned.

(6) For the purposes of this section, each of the following is a review period:

  1. (a) the period of 12 months beginning with the day of the company's incorporation;
  2. (b) each period of 12 months beginning with the day after the end of the previous review period.

(7) Where a Private Company delivers a confirmation statement with a confirmation date which is earlier than the last day of the review period concerned, the next review period is the period of 12 months beginning with the day after the confirmation date.

(8) For the purpose of making a confirmation statement, a Private Company is entitled to assume that any information has been properly delivered to the Registrar if it has been delivered within the period of 5 days ending with the date on which the statement is delivered.

(9) Subsection (8) does not apply in a case where the Private Company has received notice from the Registrar that such information has not been properly delivered.

(10) The confirmation statement must be accompanied by the filing fee prescribed by the Rules.

(11) A Shareholder may request a Private Company to provide a copy of a confirmation statement of the Private Company to the Shareholder. If the Shareholder pays the reasonable fee (if any) that the Private Company requires, the Private Company must, within 10 days after the day the request is received or the day any required payment is made (whichever is later), either give the Shareholder a written copy of the confirmation statement or make a written copy of the confirmation statement available for the Shareholder at the Private Company’s registered office.

(12) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

27. Company Records

(1) This section applies to Records that a Company is required to keep under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) The Company may keep the Records in the form of a bound or loose-leaf book, or photographic film, or may enter or record the Records by a system of mechanical or electronic data processing or any other medium that is capable of reproducing any required information in intelligible written form within a reasonable time.

(3) The Company must take reasonable precautions:

  • (a) to prevent the loss or destruction of Records; and
  • (b) to prevent the falsification of entries in them; and
  • (c) to facilitate the detection and correction of inaccuracies in them.

(3) If any Records are kept otherwise than in intelligible written form, any duty imposed on the Company under these Regulations and the Rules to allow inspection and copying of, or to require the giving or production of, information or Documents is to be treated as a duty to allow inspection and copying of, or to require the giving or production of, information or Documents in intelligible written form.

28. Filing of Special Resolutions and certain other Resolutions and agreements affecting a Company's Constitutional Documents

(1) This section applies to the following Resolutions and agreements in relation to a Company’s Constitutional Documents:

(2) A reference in subsection (1) to the Shareholders of a Company, or to the Shareholders of class of Shares in a Company, does not include a reference to the Company itself if the Company is a Shareholder, or a Shareholder of that class of Shares, only because it holds Shares as treasury Shares.

(3) A Company must file a written copy of every Resolution or agreement to which this section applies or, if a Resolution or agreement is not in Writing, a written memorandum setting out its terms with the Registrar within 15 days after the day it is passed or made.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

PART 5: CORPORATE CAPACITY AND TRANSACTIONS

29. Capacity of Company

(1) A Company has the capacity, rights and privileges of a natural person.

(2) The validity of an act done by a Company must not be called into question on the ground of lack of capacity because of anything in its Articles of Association.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), a Person acting in good faith in dealing with the Company is not affected by any limitations in its Articles of Association relating to its Directors’ powers to bind the Company or authorise another Person to bind the Company.

30. Form of contracts

A Person acting under the express or implied authority of a Company may make, vary, revoke or discharge a contract, or sign an instrument, on behalf of the Company in the same way as if the contract were made, varied, revoked or discharged, or the instrument signed, by a natural person.

31. Pre-incorporation contracts

(1) A contract that purports to be made by or on behalf of a Company before its incorporation has effect as a contract made with the Person purporting to act for or on behalf of the Company, and that Person is personally liable on the contract and entitled to the benefits of the contract unless subsection (2) applies.

(2) The Company may, within the period specified in the contract or, if no period is specified, within a reasonable time after the Company is incorporated, adopt the contract by act or conduct signifying its intention to be bound by the contract. If the Company adopts the contract:

  • (a) the Company is bound by the terms of the contract and is entitled to its benefits; and
  • (b) the Person who purported to act for or on behalf of the Company before its incorporation ceases to be bound by the contract or to be entitled to its benefits.

32. Participation in Holding Company

(1) A Body Corporate cannot be a Shareholder of a Company that is its Holding Company, unless subsection (2) applies. An Allotment or transfer of Shares in a Company to its Subsidiary is void, except to the extent otherwise provided in this section.

(2) If a Subsidiary is, when it becomes a Subsidiary, a Shareholder of its Holding Company, the Subsidiary may continue to be a Shareholder of its Holding Company for 1 year after the day it becomes a Subsidiary, if either:

  • (a) both of the following subparagraphs are satisfied:
  • (i) it has no right to vote at meetings of the Holding Company or a class of its Shareholders;

(ii) it does not acquire further Shares in the Holding Company except on an Allotment of Shares to all Shareholders, in proportion to the number of Shares held by the Shareholders immediately before the Allotment, by way of bonus issue; or

(3) Subsection (1) also applies to a nominee acting on behalf of the Subsidiary as if the nominee were the Subsidiary itself.

PART 6: CLASS RIGHTS

33. Variation or abrogation of class rights

(1) This section applies to a variation or abrogation of the rights attached to a class of Shares in a Company.

(2) If the Articles of Association of the Company, or the terms of issue of the relevant Shares, make provision for the variation or abrogation, the rights may only be varied or abrogated in accordance with the provision made for the variation or abrogation.

(3) If the Articles of Association of the Company, and the terms of issue of the relevant Shares, do not make provision for the variation or abrogation, the rights may only be varied or abrogated:

  • (a) with the Written consent of the holders in the aggregate of at least 75% of the nominal value of the Shares of that class; or
  • (b) by a Special Resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of Shares of that class approving the variation or abrogation.

(4) For this section, any amendment of a provision of the Articles of Association of the Company for the variation or abrogation of the rights attached to the class of Shares, or the insertion of any such provision into the Articles of Association, is taken to be a variation or abrogation of the rights.

34. Shareholders’ right to object to variation or abrogation

(1) This section applies if the rights attached to any class of Shares in a Company are varied or abrogated under section 33 (Variation or abrogation of class rights).

(2) The holders in the aggregate of at least 15% of the nominal value of the Shares of that class who did not consent to, or vote in favour of the Special Resolution for, the variation or abrogation may apply to the Court to have the variation or abrogation cancelled on the ground that the variation or abrogation would unfairly prejudice the interests of holders of Shares of that class.

(3) The application must be made to the Court within 28 days after:

  • (a) if the rights were varied or abrogated under section 33(2)—the day the rights were varied or abrogated; or
  • (b) if the rights were varied or abrogated under section 33(3)(a)—the day the consent required by that paragraph was given; or
  • (c) if the rights were varied or abrogated under section 33(3)(b)—the day the Special Resolution was passed under that paragraph.

(4) The application may be made on behalf of the holders of Shares entitled to make it by 1or more of them appointed in Writing.

(5) Within 7 days after the day the application in made to the Court, the applicants must give Written notice of the application to the Registrar.

(6) If an application is made to the Court in accordance with this section, the variation or abrogation has no effect (and, if the variation or variation has taken effect before the application is made, is taken never to have taken effect) unless and until it is confirmed by the Court.

(7) If, after hearing the applicant and any other Persons who appear to the Court to be interested in the application, the Court is satisfied that this section has been complied with in relation to the application and that the variation or abrogation would unfairly prejudice the interests of the holders of Shares of the class, the Court may disallow the variation or abrogation. If the Court is not so satisfied, the Court must confirm the variation or abrogation.

PART 7: PRIVATE COMPANIES AND PUBLIC COMPANIES

CHAPTER 1–FEATURES OF A COMPANY

35. Limited Liability

(1) The Liability of a Shareholder of a Company is limited to the amount (if any) that remains unpaid on the Shares held by the Shareholder.

(2) A reference to a Private Company or a Public Company includes a reference to a Company Limited by Shares incorporated in accordance with the AIFC Rules on Registration and Recognition of the Astana International Financial Centre Participants 2017.

36. Requirements for Public and Private Companies

(1) A Private Company must:

(2) A Public Company:

37. Name of Private Company

(1) A Private Company must use only the name of the Company entered in the Register, and must ensure that, whenever it uses that name, the name is immediately followed by the word ‘Limited’ or the abbreviation ‘Ltd.’.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

38. Name of Public Company

(1) A Public Company must use only the name of the Company entered in the Register and must ensure that, whenever it uses that name, the name is immediately followed by the words ‘Public Limited Company’ or the abbreviation ‘PLC’ or ‘plc’.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 2–ALTERATION OF COMPANY TYPE

39. Re-registration of Public Company as Private Company

(1) A Public Company may be re-registered as a Private Company if:

  • (a) a Special Resolution that it should be so re-registered is passed; and
  • (b) either:
  • (i) no application has been made under subsection (2); or

(ii) an application has been made subsection (2) and an order has been made by the Court confirming the Special Resolution; and

  • (c) an application for re-registration is delivered to the Registrar that includes, or is accompanied by:
  • (i) a statement of the Company’s proposed name on re-registration; and

(ii) a copy of the Special Resolution that the Company be re-registered as a Private Company; and

(iii) a copy of the Articles of Association as proposed to be amended; and

(iv) a written legal opinion from the Company’s external legal adviser stating that the proposed amendments of the Articles of Association comply with the requirements of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(2) The holders of not less in the aggregate than 5% of the nominal value of the Shares, or not fewer than 10 Shareholders, of the Company who did not vote in favour of the Special Resolution may apply to the Court, within 28 days after the day the Resolution is passed, to have the Resolution set aside on the ground that their interests would be unfairly prejudiced if the Resolution were not set aside.

(3) If an application is made to the Court under subsection (2), the Court may:

  • (a) dismiss it, if no grounds are found that the rights of Persons making the application are adversely affected; or
  • (b) confirm the Special Resolution; or
  • (c) impose conditions that need to be met before the Company can be registered as a Private Company; or
  • (d) set the Special Resolution aside.

(4) If an application is made to the Court under subsection (2), the Registrar must not re-Register the Public Company as a Private Company, until the application has been finally dealt with by the Court.

(5) If the Registrar is satisfied that the Company meets the requirements under this section to be re-registered as a Private Company, the Registrar must re-register the Company accordingly. If the Registrar re-registers the Company, the Registrar must issue an appropriate certificate of conversion that states the date that the certificate was issued.

(6) On issue of the certificate of conversion, the Company becomes a Private Company and the proposed changes in the Company’s name and Articles of Association, as included in or accompanying its application for re-registration, take effect.

40. Re-registration of Private Company as Public Company

(1) A Private Company may be re-registered as a Public Company if:

  1. (a) a Special Resolution that it should be so re-registered is passed; and
  2. (b) it has a share capital that meets the share capital requirements under section 43 (Minimum share capital) for a Public Company; and
  3. (c) the requirements under subsection (2) and, if applicable, the requirements under subsection (3) are met; and
  4. (d) an application for re-registration is delivered to the Registrar that includes or is accompanied by:
  5. (i) a statement of the Company’s proposed name on re-registration; and

(ii) a copy of the Special Resolution that the Company be re-registered as a Public Company; and

(iii) a copy of the Articles of Association as proposed to be amended; and

(iv) if subsection (3) applies, a copy of the relevant valuation report required under section 46 (Non-cash consideration for Shares in Public Company); and

  1. (v) a written legal opinion from the Company’s external legal adviser stating that the proposed amendments to the Articles of Association comply with the requirements of these Regulations, the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(2) Before applying to re-register as a Public Company, the Company must obtain:

  1. (a) a balance sheet prepared as at a date (the balance sheet date) not more than 7 months before the day the application is delivered to the Registrar; and
  2. (b) an unqualified report by the Company’s auditors that the balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise approved by the Registrar; and
  3. (c) a Written statement by the Company’s auditors that, in their opinion, the amount of the Company’s net assets at the balance sheet date was not less than the aggregate of the Company’s share capital and its reserves.

(3) If Shares are allotted by the Company in the period between the balance sheet date and the passing of the Special Resolution that the Company be re-registered as a Public Company, and the Shares are Paid-up otherwise than in cash, the Company must (unless the allotment is in connection with a Share exchange) comply with the requirements of section 46 (Non-cash consideration for Shares in Public Company) in respect of the Allotment.

(4) For this section, Shares are allotted by a Company in connection with a Share exchange if:

  1. (a) the consideration for the Allotment is the transfer of Shares in another Body Corporate or the cancellation of Shares in another Body Corporate, and the Allotment is open to all holders (or all of a particular class of holders) of Shares in the other Body Corporate; or
  2. (b) there is a proposed merger with another Body Corporate under which the Company proposes to acquire all the assets and Liabilities of the other Body Corporate in exchange for the issue of its Shares or other Securities to the shareholders or members of the other Body Corporate.

(5) If the Registrar is satisfied that a Private Company that has applied under this section to be re-registered as a Public Company meets the requirements to be re-registered as a Public Company, the Registrar must re-register the Company accordingly. If the Registrar re-registers the Company, the Registrar must issue an appropriate certificate of conversion that states the date that the certificate was issued.

(6) On issue of the certificate of conversion, the Company becomes a Public Company and the proposed changes in the Company’s name and Articles of Association, as included in or accompanying its application for re-registration, take effect.

(7) In this section: auditor means a Person who is registered by the Registrar as an auditor under these Regulations.

CHAPTER 3–SHAREHOLDERS AND SHARES GENERALLY

41. Shareholders

(1) The Incorporators of a Company are taken to have agreed to become Shareholders of the Company and, on the registration of the Company, must be entered as Shareholders in the Company’s Register of Shareholders.

(2) A Person other than an Incorporator may become a Shareholder in the Company by:

  • (a) agreeing to become a Shareholder in the Company; and
  • (b) acquiring a Share in the Company; and
  • (c) having the Person’s name entered in the Company’s Register of Shareholders.

42. Nature of Shares

(1) Subject to the Articles of Association and the terms of their issue, each Share must:

  • (a) give the right to vote at a meeting of the Company; and
  • (b) represent a proportionate interest in the Company; and
  • (c) rank, if fully Paid-up, in all respects equally with each other Share of the same class of Shares in the Company.

(2) Subject to section 54 (Transfer and registration of Shares and Debt Securities), the Shares or other interests of a Shareholder of a Company are transferable in the way provided in its Articles of Association.

(3) A Company may create different classes of Shares to the extent permitted by its Articles of Association.

43. Minimum share capital

(1) Each Share in a Company must have a fixed nominal value. A Share may not be allotted by a Company at less than its nominal value. An Allotment of a Share that does not have a fixed nominal value, or is Allotted at less than its nominal value, is void.

(2) A Private Company must have no minimum share capital.

(3) A Public Company:

  1. (a) must have an allotted share capital (excluding treasury Shares) of no less than U.S. $100,000 at any time; and
  2. (b) must not allot a Share except as Paid-up at least as to 1/4 of its nominal value.

(4) Subsection (3)(b) does not apply to Shares allotted under an Employee Share Scheme.

44. Alteration of share capital

(1) A Company may, by Resolution, alter its share capital, unless the alteration is prohibited by its Articles of Association or results in the Company not having the share capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital).

(2) A Company may:

  1. (a) increase its share capital by creating new Shares of an existing class with the same nominal value, or a new class of Shares of the nominal value it considers appropriate; or
  2. (b) consolidate and divide its share capital (whether allotted or not) into Shares representing a larger nominal value than their existing nominal value; or
  3. (c) subdivide its Shares, or any of them, into Shares representing a smaller nominal value than their existing nominal value, if the proportion between the amount paid and the amount unpaid (if any) on each subdivided Share is the same as it was for the Share from which the sub-divided Share was derived.

(3) A Company must not alter its share capital:

  1. (a) otherwise than by Resolution or decision of the board of Directors subject to subsection (5) below; or
  2. (b) if the alteration, or any alteration of its share capital, is prohibited by its Articles of Association; or
  3. (c) if the alteration would result in the Company not having the share capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital).

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine

(5) Subject to section 48 (Shareholders’ pre-emption rights), the board of Directors of a Company may, if authorised by the Articles of Association or Resolution, exercise a power of the Company:

  1. (a) to allot and issue Shares; or
  2. (b) to grant rights to subscribe for or convert any Securities into Shares.

45. Non-cash consideration for Shares in Private Company

(1) A Private Company must not, except as provided under subsection (2), allot Shares as Paid-up (in part or in full) other than for cash consideration.

(2) If a Private Company allots Shares for consideration other than cash, the board of Directors of the Company must:

  1. (a) determine the reasonable cash value of the consideration for the Shares; and
  2. (b) resolve that, in its opinion, the consideration for the Shares is fair and reasonable to the Company and to all existing Shareholders; and
  3. (c) resolve that, in its opinion, the present cash value of the consideration to be provided for the Shares is not less than the nominal value to be credited for the issue of the Shares; and
  4. (d) submit a copy of the relevant resolutions to the Registrar along with the notice of the Allotment.

(3) The resolutions required under subsection (2) must describe the consideration in sufficient detail and the present cash value of the consideration, as determined by the board of Directors, and the basis of the board’s valuation.

(4) This section does not apply to:

  1. (a) the Allotment of Shares in a Company on the conversion of any convertible Securities; or
  2. (b) the exercise of an option to acquire Shares in a Company; or
  3. (c) the Allotment of Shares that are fully Paid-up from the reserves of a Company to all Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares held by each Shareholder; or
  4. (d) the consolidation and division, or subdivision, of Shares, or any class of Shares, in a Company in accordance with section 44(2)(b) (Alternation of share capital).

46. Non-cash consideration for Shares in Public Company

(1) A Public Company must not allot Shares as Paid-up (in part or in full) cash unless:

  1. (a) the Company has obtained an independent valuation of the consideration in accordance with this section not earlier than 6 months before it allots the Shares; and
  2. (b) a copy of the valuation report has been given to the proposed allottee; and
  3. (c) copies of the valuation report and the relevant resolutions of the board of Directors have been given to the Registrar along with the notice of the Allotment

(2) A Public Company must not accept, in part or full payment for its Shares or any premium on them, an undertaking given by a Person that the Person or another Person is to undertake work or provide services for the Company or any other Person, unless the work is to be undertaken or the services provided within 5 years after the date of Allotment of the Shares.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to:

  1. (a) the Allotment of Shares in a Company in connection with a Share exchange; or
  2. (b) the Allotment of Shares in a Company in connection with a proposed merger with another Body Corporate; or
  3. (c) the Allotment of Shares in a Company on the conversion of any convertible Securities; or
  4. (d) the exercise of an option to acquire Shares in a Company; or
  5. (e) the Allotment of Shares that are fully Paid-up from the reserves of a Company to all Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares held by each Shareholder; or
  6. (f) the consolidation and division, or subdivision, of Shares, or any class of Shares, in a Company in proportion to the Shares or the Shares in that class.

(4) A valuation report required under subsection (1) must be made by a Person registered as an auditor under these Regulations who is not:

  1. (a) an Employee of the Company; or
  2. (b) a partner, officer or employee of an Employee of the Company or of a partnership in which an Employee of the Company is a partner; or
  3. (c) an officer or employee of an associated undertaking of the Company; or
  4. (d) a partner, officer or employee of an associated undertaking of the Company or of a partnership in which an associated undertaking of the Company is a partner; or
  5. (e) connected with the Company in a way prescribed under the Rules.

(5) The Person conducting the valuation (the valuer) may request an Employee of the Company to provide the information and explanation that the valuer considers necessary for the valuation. The Employee must comply with the request or take reasonable steps to ensure that the request is complied with.

(6) A Person must not:

  1. (a) make a statement, or give information, to the valuer (whether orally, in a Document or in any other way) that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  2. (b) give a Document to the valuer that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  3. (c) conceal information if the concealment is likely to mislead or deceive the valuer.

(7) Contravention of subsection (5) or (6) is punishable by a fine.

(8) For this section:

  1. (a) an Allotment is in connection with a Share exchange if the consideration for the Allotment is the transfer of Shares in another Body Corporate or the cancellation of Shares in another Body Corporate, and the Allotment is open to all holders (or all of a particular class of holders) of Shares in the other Body Corporate; and
  2. (b) an Allotment is in connection with a proposed merger of a Company with another Body Corporate, if the Company proposes to acquire all the assets and Liabilities of the other Body Corporate in exchange for the issue of its Shares or other Securities to the shareholders or members of the other Body Corporate.

47. Bearer Shares

It is unlawful for a Company to issue bearer Shares. Any Shares issued by a Company that purport to be bearer Shares are void.

48. Shareholders’ pre-emption rights

(1) Subject to section 49 (Exceptions of pre-emption right), a Company must not allot Equity Securities to a Person on any terms unless:

  1. (a) it has made an offer to each Person who holds Equity Securities to allot to the Person, on the same or more favourable terms, a proportion of the Equity Securities that is as nearly as practicable equal to the proportion of the Equity Securities held by the Person in the Company’s share capital; and
  2. (b) the period during which any offer may be accepted has expired or the Company has received notice of the acceptance or refusal of every offer made.

(2) For purposes of subsection (1), the Company allots Equity Securities if it:

  1. (a) grants a right to subscribe for, or to convert Securities into, Ordinary Shares; and
  2. (b) sells Equity Securities in the Company that were held by the Company immediately before the sale as treasury Shares.

(3) Shares held by the Company as treasury Shares are disregarded for this section, so that the Company is not treated as a Person who holds Equity Securities and treasury Shares are not treated as forming part of the Company’s share capital.

(4) A Company’s Articles of Association may prohibit the Company from allotting Shares of a particular class in respect of an offer referred to in subsection (1)(a), unless the Company has complied with the equivalent pre-emption rights included in its Articles of Association. Subsection (1) does not apply in such circumstances and the Company may allot the Shares in accordance with those equivalent pre-emption rights, if an offer is made in accordance with subsection (5).

(5) An offer made under subsection (1)(a) or (4):

  1. (a) may be made in hard copy or electronic form; and
  2. (b) may, if a holder of Equity Securities has not given an address to the Company, be made by arranging for the offer, or a notice specifying where a copy of it can be obtained or inspected, to be published in the Appointed Publications; and
  3. (c) must be open for acceptance for a period of not less than 14 days after the date:
  4. (i) the offer is taken to have been received in accordance with the Articles of Association (or, if the Articles of Association do not contain such a provision, when the offer is reasonably expected to have been received by the offeree); or

(ii) the offer is published in the Appointed Publications.

(6) A Company does not contravene this section if:

  1. (a) an offer has been made to holders of Equity Securities in accordance with this section; and
  2. (b) the Company allots Equity Securities to:
  3. (i) an existing holder of Equity Securities; or

(ii) a Person in whose favour an existing holder of Equity Securities has renounced right to the allotment.

(7) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

49. Exceptions to pre-emption right

Section 48 (Shareholders’ pre-emption rights) does not apply in respect of an allotment of Equity Securities:

(ii) the amount to be paid to the Company in respect of allotment; and

(iii) the Directors’ justification of that amount.

CHAPTER 4–PROHIBITION OF PUBLIC OFFERS BY PRIVATE COMPANIES

50. Prohibition of public offers by Private Companies

(1) A Private Company must not:

  • (a) make an offer of its Securities to the public; or
  • (b) allot or agree to allot its Securities to any Person with a view to the Securities being offered to the public.

(2) Unless the contrary is proved, an allotment or agreement to allot Securities is presumed to be made with a view to such Securities being offered to the public if an offer of the Securities (or any of them) is made to the public:

  • (a) within 6 months after the allotment or agreement to allot; or
  • (b) before the receipt by the Company of the whole of the consideration to be received by the Company in respect of the Securities.

(3) A Private Company does not Contravene subsection (1) if it:

  • (a) acts in good faith under arrangements under which it is to re-register as a Public Company before the Securities are allotted;
  • (b) undertakes, as part of the terms of the offer, to re-register as a Public Company within 6 months after the day the offer is first made, and the undertaking is complied with; or
  • (c) offers Securities by way of placement as provided in the Rules made by the AFSA; or
  • (d) offers, allots, or allots by agreement Debt Securities, subject to Registrar’s approval.

(4) For this section:

  • (a) an offer to the public includes an offer to any section of the public, however selected; and
  • (b) an offer is not regarded as an offer to the public if:
  • (i) it can be properly regarded, in all the circumstances, as not being calculated to result, directly or indirectly, in the Securities becoming available to Persons other than those receiving the offer; or

(ii) it can be properly regarded, in all the circumstances, as being made to an existing Shareholder or Employee of the Company (or a member of the Person’s immediate family), an existing holder of a Debt Security of the Company, or a trustee for any of them, and, if it is made on terms renounceable, it can only be renounced in favour of another Person who is entitled to receive that offer; or

(iii) it can be properly regarded, in all the circumstances, as being an offer for Securities to be held under an Employee Share Scheme and, if it is made on terms renounceable, it can only be renounced in favour of another Person who is entitled to receive that offer.

(5) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

51. Enforcement of section 50(1) prohibition

(1) This section applies if:

  • (a) an application is made to the Court by a Shareholder or Creditor of a Company for an order under this section; or
  • (b) an application is made to the Court by a Shareholder of a Company for an order under section 175 (Orders for unfair prejudice to Shareholders); or
  • (c) an application is made to the Court by the Registrar for an order under this section in relation to a Company.

(2) If it appears to the Court that the Company is Contravening or is proposing to Contravene section 50(1) (Prohibition of public offers by Private Companies), the Court may order restraining the Company from Contravening or continuing to Contravene the subsection.

(3) If it appears to the Court that the Company has Contravened section 50(1), the Court may make 1 or more order sunder subsection (4).

(4) If subsection (3) applies, the Court may:

  • (a) order the Company to re-register as a Public Company; or
  • (b) if it appears to the Court that the Company does not meet the requirements for re-registration as a Public Company or it is impractical or undesirable to require the Company to re-register as a Public Company, make any of the following orders against either the Company or any Person Knowingly Concerned in the Contravention (whether or not the Person is an Officer of the Company):
  • (i) a remedial order to put an affected party back in the position that the party would have been in apart from the Contravention;

(ii) without limiting subparagraph (i), an order that any Person Knowingly Concerned in the Contravention must offer to purchase Securities at the price and on the other terms the Court considers appropriate;

(iii) if a remedial order is made against the Company—an order that the Company’s share capital be reduced accordingly;

(iv) an order that the Company be subject to a compulsory winding up;

    (v) any other order the Court considers appropriate.

(5) In this section: affected party means a Shareholder or Creditor of the Company.

CHAPTER 5–REGISTERS OF SHAREHOLDERS AND DEBT SECURITY HOLDERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

52. Register of Shareholders

(1) A Company must establish and maintain a Register of Shareholders. An election may be made in relation to a Private Company for the information, which otherwise would require to be kept in the Register of Shareholders, to be kept by the Registrar.

(2) The Company must promptly enter the following in the Register of Shareholders:

  • (a) the names and addresses of its Shareholders, together with a statement of the Shares held by each Shareholder, distinguishing each Share by its number (if the Share has a number) and, if the Company has 2 or more classes of issued Shares, by its class;
  • (b) the date each Shareholder was registered as a Shareholder;
  • (c) the date any Person ceased to be a Shareholder;
  • (d) the date the number of Shares held by any Shareholder increased or decreased;
  • (e) for Shares that are not fully paid—the amount remaining unpaid on each Share;
  • (f) for joint holders of Shares in a Company—unless otherwise provided in its Articles of Association, the following:
  • (i) the names of each joint holder;

(ii) the nominee Shareholder for the purposes of voting;

(iii) a nominated single address to which all communications required to be sent to a Shareholder can be sent.

(3) Contravention of subsections (1) and (2) is punishable by a fine.

(4) A Private Company may make an election to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar.

(5) An election may be made under this section by:

(6) In paragraph (b) of subsection (5), the election is of no effect, without prior agreement of all the Shareholders of the Private Company at the particular time to the making of the election.

(7) An election under this section is made by giving notice of election to the Registrar.

(8) If the notice is given by Person(s) wishing to incorporate a Private Company:

  • (a) it must be given together with the application for the incorporation under section 13; and
  • (b) it must be accompanied by a statement containing all the information under subsection (2).

(9) If the notice is given by the Private Company, it must be accompanied by:

(10) An election made under subsection (4) takes effect when the notice of election is registered by the Registrar.

(11) The election remains in force until either:

(12) While an election under subsection (4) is in force, a Private Company must continue to keep a Register of Shareholders in accordance with subsection (2) containing all the information that was required to be stated in that Register as at the time immediately before the election took effect, but the Private Company does not have to update that Register to reflect any changes that occur after that time.

(13) The date to be recorded in the Register kept by the Registrar is to be the date on which the document containing that information is registered by the Registrar.

(14) During the period when an election under subsection (4) is in force, a Private Company must deliver to the Registrar any information under subsection (2) which the Private Company would, in the absence of any such election, have been obliged under these Regulations to enter in its Register of Shareholders and it must do so as soon as reasonably practicable after any relevant change but in any event within a period of 14 days.

(15) A Private Company may by giving notice of withdrawal to the Registrar withdraw an election made by or in respect of it under subsection (4), where:

  • (a) the withdrawal takes effect when the notice is registered by the Registrar;
  • (b) the effect of withdrawal is that the Private Company's obligation under subsection (1) to maintain a Register of Shareholders applies from then on with respect to the period going forward;
  • (c) the Private Company must place a note in its Register of Shareholders
  • (i) stating that the election under subsection (4) has been withdrawn;

(ii) recording when that withdrawal took effect; and

(iii) indicating that information about its Shareholders relating to the period when the election was in force that is no longer current, is available for public inspection in the Register kept by the Registrar.

(16) All notices and information to be delivered to the Registrar under this section must be made in Writing.

(17) Contravention of subsections (4) to (16) is punishable by a fine.

53. Register of Debt Security Holders

(1) If a Company has issued Debt Securities, it must establish and maintain a Register of Debt Security Holders.

(2) The Company must promptly enter in the Register of Debt Security Holders the name and address of, and the amount of the Debt Securities held by, each Debt Security holder.

(3) Contravention subsection (2) in relation to a Debt Security does not affect the validity of the Debt Security.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

54. Transfer and registration of Shares and Debt Securities

(1) Despite anything in the Articles of Association of a Company, the Company must not register a transfer of a Share in, or Debt Security of, the Company unless it has been given a written instrument of transfer by the transferee or the transfer is in accordance with a provision of the Rules that enables title to Securities to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument of transfer.

(2) Subject to subsection (6), the Company must promptly register a transfer of a Share in, or Debt Security of, the Company if it is permitted to register the transfer under subsection (1).

(3) Subsection (1) does not affect any power of the Company to register as a Shareholder or Debt Security holder any Person to whom the right to any Share in, or Debt Security of, the Company has been transmitted by operation of these Regulations, including under any order made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(4) An application for the transfer of a Share or Debt Security made by the Personal Representative of a deceased Shareholder or Debt Security holder is as effective as it would been if it had been made personally by the deceased Shareholder of Debt Security holder.

(5) On the application of the transferor of a Share in or Debt Security of a Company, the Company must promptly enter in its Register of Shareholders or Register of Debt Security Holders (as the case may be) the name of the transferee in the same way and subject to the same conditions as if the application for the entry had been made by the transferee.

(6) If a Company has reasonable grounds to refuse to register a transfer of Shares in, or Debt Securities of, the Company, the Company must, as soon as reasonably practicable but within 14 days after the day the transfer was lodged with it, give the transferor and transferee Written notice of its reasons for the refusal.

(7) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

55. Place where registers must be kept

(1) A Company’s Register of Shareholders and, if it has issued Debt Securities, its Register of Debt Security Holders, must be kept at its registered office.

(2) However, a register may be maintained by an agent of the Company at the premises of the agent and kept at that office, if the Company has immediate access to the register. If the register is maintained by an agent of the Company at the premises of the agent and not in the AIFC, the Company may keep a copy of the register at its registered office and, if it does so, the Company must update the copy of the register to reflect any changes to the information contained in the register within 10 days after the day the register is changed by the agent.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

56. Inspection of registers

(1) A Company must ensure that its Register of Shareholders and its Register of Debt Security Holders (if any) are open for inspection by, respectively, any Shareholder or Debt Security holder of the Company during business hours without charge, and, if the Company is a Public Company, by any other Person on application under subsection (3) and on payment of the reasonable amount (if any) required by the Company, at the registered office of the Company or, if the register is maintained at the office of an agent and the office is in the AIFC, at the office of the agent.

(2) However, if a register mentioned in subsection (1) is maintained at an office of an agent of the Company and the office is outside the AIFC, the Company must keep a copy of the register at its registered office and that subsection applies to the Company as if a reference to the register were a reference to the copy kept at its registered office.

(3) An application by a Person under this subsection must be made in Writing to the Company and must include the following information:

  • (a) if the applicant is an individual—the applicant’s name and address;
  • (b) if the applicant is an organisation—the name and address of an individual responsible for making the application on behalf of the organisation;
  • (c) the purpose for which the information obtained is to be used;
  • (d) whether the information will be disclosed to any other Person and, if so:
  • (i) if the other Person is an individual—the individual’s name and address; and

(ii) if the other Person is an organisation—the name and address of an individual responsible for receiving the information on its behalf; and

(iii) the purpose for which the information is to be used by the other Person.

(4) If a Company refuses to allow a Person to inspect a register under subsection (1), the Registrar may, on the Person’s application, direct the Company to immediately allow the Person to inspect the register. An application made under this subsection by a Person other than a Shareholder or Debt Security holder must include the information set out in subsection (3).

(5) A Company must comply with a direction given to it under subsection (4).

(6) Contravention of subsection (1) or (5) is punishable by a fine.

57. Rectification of registers

(1) If:

  • (a) without reasonable excuse, the name of a Person, or the number of Shares held or the class of Shares held by a Person, is not entered correctly in, or is omitted from, a Company’s Register of Shareholders; or
  • (b) there is a Failure or unnecessary delay in entering in the Register of Shareholders of a Company the fact that a Person has ceased to be a Shareholder; the Person (an aggrieved Person), or any Shareholder of the Company, may apply to the Registrar for rectification of the register.

(2) If:

(3) If the Registrar receives an application under subsection (1) or (2) in relation to a register of a Company, the Registrar may:

  • (a) order the Company to rectify the register; or
  • (b) refuse, for reasonable cause (including, for example, the existence of a dispute relating to the application or the relevant holding), to order the Company to rectify the register.

(4) A Company must not Contravene an order of the Registrar made under subsection (3)(a).

(5) Without limiting the Registrar’s powers under subsection (3), the Court may make 1 or more of the following orders:

  • (a) on the application of the Registrar, an order enforcing an order made by the Registrar under subsection (3)(a);
  • (b) on the application of an aggrieved Person in relation to a Company, or any Shareholder or Debt Security holder of a Company, an order directing the Company to rectify, or not to rectify, the Company’s Register of Shareholders or Register of Debt Security Holders or to do, or not do, anything else;
  • (c) on the application of an aggrieved Person in relation to a Company, an order requiring the Company to pay damages.

(6) Contravention of subsection (4) is punishable by a fine.

58. Share certificates

(1) If a Company allots any of its Shares or receives a properly completed transfer for any of its Shares, the Company must, within 14 days after the day it allots the Shares or receives the transfer, complete and have ready for delivery a certificate for all the Shares alloted or transferred, unless title to the Shares is evidenced without a written instrument in accordance the Rules.

(2) If title to the Shares or the transfer of the Shares is evidenced without a written instrument, the Company must complete the registration of the Allotment or transfer of the Shares within 14 days after the day the Company allots the Shares or receives a properly completed transfer for the Shares.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) does not apply to a transfer of Shares if the Company is, for any reason, entitled to refuse to register the transfer and does not register the transfer.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

59. Right of Public Company to request information about interests in its Shares

(1) A Public Company may give a Written notice to any Person whom it knows or has reasonable grounds to believe:

  • (a) is interested in the Company’s Shares; or
  • (b) has been interested in the Company’s Shares at any time within 3 years before the date of the notice.

(2) The notice may require the Person to confirm any interest that Person has, or has had, in the Shares and to provide the details relating to the interest that are specified in the notice.

(3) For this section, a Person has an interest in Shares of a Company if the Person:

  • (a) has entered into a contract to acquire the Shares; or
  • (b) is not the registered holder of the Shares, but is entitled to:
  • (i) exercise any right given by holding the Shares; or

(ii) control the exercise of any such right.

(4) If a Person Fails to comply with a notice given to the Person by a Company under subsection (1), the Company may apply to the Court for an order directing that the Shares in which the Person has an interest be subject to any 1 or more of the following restrictions:

  • (a) that any transfer of, or agreement to transfer, the Shares is void;
  • (b) that voting rights are not exercisable in respect of the Shares;
  • (c) that no further Shares be issued instead of the Shares or under an offer made to their holder;
  • (d) that, except in a liquidation, no payment be made of amounts owed by the Company on the Shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.

(5) On the application, the Court may make the order that the Court considers appropriate, having regard, in particular, to the rights of third parties in respect of the Shares in relation to which the application is made.

(6) Any Person whose rights are, or are likely to be, unfairly affected by an order of the Court made under subsection (5) may apply to the Court on that ground. If the Court is satisfied that the order unfairly affects the rights of the applicant or any other third party, the Court may, for the purpose of protecting the rights of the applicant or any third party, and subject to the terms that it considers appropriate, order that, to the extent stated in the order:

  • (a) restrictions imposed by the order under subsection (5) do not apply in relation a stated Person or Persons (or a stated category of Persons); or
  • (b) relevant Shares are to cease to be subject to restrictions imposed by the order under subsection (5).

(7) If there is a restriction applying in relation to Shares under an order under subsection (5) (as affected by any order made under subsection (6)), each the following are void to the extent that they Contravene the restriction:

  • (a) any transfer of, or agreement to transfer, the Shares;
  • (b) any vote cast, or any other action taken relying on a vote cast, in respect of the Shares;
  • (c) any issue of Shares instead of the Shares or under an offer made to their holder;

except in a liquidation, any payment made of amount owed by the Company on the Shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.

(8) An application may be made to the Court, by the Company concerned or any Person aggrieved, for an order directing that Shares subject to restrictions under an order under subsection (5) are to cease to be subject to the restrictions. The Court may not make the order unless:

  • (a) it is satisfied that the relevant facts about the Shares have been disclosed to the Company and no Person has received an unfair advantage because of the earlier Failure to make the disclosure; or
  • (b) the Shares are to be transferred for valuable consideration and the Court approves the transfer.

CHAPTER 6–REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

60. Power to issue redeemable Shares

(1) Subject to section 61 (Power of Company to purchase its own Shares), a Company may, if authorised to do so by its Articles of Association, issue and allot, or convert existing non-redeemable shares (whether allotted or not) into, Shares that are to be redeemed, or are liable to be redeemed, either in accordance with their terms or at the option of the Company or the Shareholder.

(2) However, the Company must not convert existing non-redeemable Shares into redeemable Shares if, as a result, there are no issued Shares that are not redeemable.

(3) A Company may redeem Shares in the Company only if they are fully paid and from the following sources:

  1. (a) for the nominal value of the Shares—from the Paid-up share capital, share premium and other reserves of the Company; and
  2. (b) for any premium—from realised or unrealised profits, share premium or other reserves of the Company.

(4) A Company must not redeem any of its Shares unless all of the Directors sign a certificate stating that they have formed the opinion:

  1. (a) that, immediately following the day payment for the redemption is proposed to be made, the Company will be able to discharge its Liabilities as they fall due; and
  2. (b) that, having regard to:
  3. (i) the prospects of the Company and to the intentions of the Directors with regard to the management of the Company’s business; and

(ii) the amount and character of the financial resources that will be available to the Company; the Company will be able to continue to conduct its business, and discharge its Liabilities of they fall due, for 12 months immediately after the day payment for the redemption is proposed to be made.

(5) A Director must not sign a certificate under subsection (4) unless the Director has reasonable grounds for the matters stated in the certificate.

(6) Contravention of subsection (5) is punishable by a fine.

(7) If Shares are redeemed under this section, the Shares must be treated as cancelled and the amount of the Company’s share capital must be reduced by the nominal value of the Shares redeemed, unless they are held by the Company as treasury Shares.

(8) If a Company is about to redeem Shares under this section, it may issue Shares up to the value of the Shares to be redeemed, as if those Shares had never been issued.

(9) A Company must not redeem its Shares under this section if because of the redemption:

  1. (a) there would no longer be a Shareholder of the Company holding Shares other than redeemable Shares; or
  2. (b) the Company would cease to have the share capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital) or any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(10) If a Company redeems any of its Shares, the Company must, within 14 days after the day the redemption is completed, notify the Registrar of the redemption and tell the Registrar what the Company’s share capital is after completion of the redemption.

61. Power of Company to purchase its own Shares

(1) Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association, a Company may purchase its own Shares to the extent permitted by this section.

(2) A Company must not purchase its own shares unless the purchase is approved by:

(3) The holders of the Shares to be purchased do not have a right to vote on the Resolution required under subsection (2). The Company must ensure that the holders of those Shares do not vote on the Resolution.

(4) A Company must not purchase its Shares under this section if:

  • (a) because of the purchase, there would no longer be a Shareholder of the Company holding Shares other than redeemable Shares or Shares held as treasury Shares; or
  • (b) the Shares are not fully paid; or
  • (c) the Company would cease to have the share capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital).

(5) The provisions of section 60(4) to (5) (Power to issue redeemable Shares) apply, with any necessary changes, to the purchase by a Company under this section of its own Shares as they apply to the redemption by the Company of its redeemable Shares.

(6) If a Company purchases its own Shares, the Company must ensure that the Shares are paid for:

  • (a) if it is an off-market purchase—on purchase; or
  • (b) if it is a market purchase—in accordance with the rules of the relevant Regulated Market.

(7) If a Company proposes to purchase its own Shares, the Company must:

  • (a) send a copy of the contract setting out the terms for the purchase of the Shares to each Shareholder at or before the proposed Resolution approving the purchase is sent to the Shareholder; and
  • (b) ensure that a copy of the contract is available for inspection by Shareholders at the Company’s registered office for at least 15 days before the day of the meeting to consider the Resolution and at the meeting itself.

(8) If a Public Company purchases its own Shares, the Company must ensure that a copy of the contract setting out the terms of the purchase is kept available for inspection, at the request of any Shareholder, at the Company’s registered office for 10 years after the day the Shares are purchased.

(9) For this section:

(10) If a Company purchases its own Shares under this section, the Company must, within 14 days after the day the purchase is completed, notify the Registrar of the purchase and tell the Registrar what the Company’s share capital is after completion of the purchase.

(11) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(12) Contravention of section 60(5) as applied by subsection (5) is punishable by a fine.

62. Treasury Shares

(1) A Company may hold any Shares that have been purchased by it under section 61 (Power of Company to purchase its own Shares) as treasury Shares if:

  1. (a) there is no restriction in its Articles of Association that prohibits it from holding the Shares as treasury Shares; and
  2. (b) it is approved by an Ordinary Resolution; and
  3. (c) it complies with the other requirements of this section.

(2) A Company that holds Shares as treasury Shares may:

  1. (a) cancel the Shares; or
  2. (b) sell the Shares; or
  3. (c) transfer the Shares for the purposes of, or under, an Employee Share Scheme; or
  4. (d) transfer the Shares to existing Shareholders as fully paid bonus Shares; or
  5. (e) continue to hold the Shares.

(3) If a Company cancels Shares held as treasury Shares, the amount of the Company’s share capital must be reduced by the nominal value of the cancelled Shares.

(4) While Shares are held by a Company as treasury Shares:

  1. (a) the Company must not, for sections 95 (Meeting requests) and 98 (General provisions about meeting and votes), be treated as being a Shareholder or as holding Shares in the Company; and
  2. (b) no voting rights (direct or through proxy) attach to the Shares held as treasury Shares; and
  3. (c) if, for a Resolution to be passed or any act or decision to be taken (or not taken) by any Person, a provision of these Regulations and the Rules requires:
  4. (i) a proportion of votes attaching to Shares held in the Company to be obtained; or

(ii) a proportion of the holders of Shares of the Company (which may include Persons representing by proxy other holders of Shares of the Company) to consent or not to consent; the Shares held as treasury Shares must not, for that provision, be taken into account in working out the total number of Shares held by the Company or whether the required proportion has been attained; and

  1. (d) the Company must not make or receive any dividend, or any other Distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any Distribution of assets to Shareholders on a winding up), in respect of the Shares held as treasury Shares; and
  2. (e) the rights in respect of the treasury Shares must not be exercised by or against the Company; and
  3. (f) the obligations in respect of the treasury Shares must not be enforceable by or against the Company; and
  4. (g) any purported exercise or enforcement of a right, obligation, requirement or anything else mentioned in paragraphs (b) to (f) is void.

(5) However, subsection (4) does not prevent:

  1. (a) an Allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus Shares in respect of treasury Shares; or
  2. (b) the payment of any amount payable on the redemption of redeemable Shares that are held as treasury Shares.

(6) If a Company is about to cancel Shares under subsection (2)(a), it may issue Shares up to the Paid-up amount of the Shares to be cancelled as if those Shares had never been issued.

(7) Any Shares allotted by a Company as fully paid bonus Shares in respect of Shares held as treasury Shares must be treated as if they were purchased by the Company at the time they were allotted.

(8) If Shares are held by a Company as treasury Shares:

  1. (a) the Register of Shareholders must include an entry relating to the number of Shares held as treasury Shares; and
  2. (b) the Register must, to the extent it contains details of the Shareholders of the Company, include an entry relating to the number of Shares held as treasury Shares; and
  3. (c) the annual return filed under section 26 (Annual return) must include an entry relating to the number of Shares held as treasury Shares on 1 January in the year of the return.

63. Prohibition on financial assistance to acquire Shares

(1) A Company must not:

(2) The provision of the financial assistance is authorised if the provision of the financial assistance:

  • (a) does not materially prejudice the interests of the Company or its Shareholders or the Company’s ability to discharge its Liabilities as they fall due; and
  • (b) is approved by a Resolution of Shareholders holding not less than 90% in nominal value of the Shares giving a right to attend and vote at any Shareholders’ meeting.

(3) The provision of the financial assistance is authorised if the Company’s ordinary business includes providing finance and the financial assistance is provided in the ordinary course of that business and on ordinary commercial terms.

(4) The provision of the financial assistance is authorised the financial assistance is provided in connection with, or for the purposes of, an Employee Share Scheme of the Company.

(5) The provision of the financial assistance is authorised if the provision of the financial assistance is only an incidental part of some larger purpose of the Company and the financial assistance is given in good faith in the interests of the Company.

(6) The provision of the financial assistance is authorised if the financial assistance is of a kind prescribed by the Rules for this subsection.

(7) Each Officer of a Company must ensure that the Company does not Contravene this section.

(8) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(9) In this section: financial assistance means financial assistance of any kind, and includes any of the following:

  • (a) making a loan;
  • (b) making a gift;
  • (c) issuing a Debt Security;
  • (d) giving security over the Company’s assets;
  • (e) giving a guarantee or an indemnity in respect of another Person’s Liability; but does not include any of the following:
  • (f) a Distribution of the Company’s assets by way of dividend lawfully made or in the course of the Company’s winding up;
  • (g) an Allotment of fully paid bonus Shares;
  • (h) a redemption or purchase by a Company of its own Shares under this Chapter;
  • (i) a reduction of share capital under Chapter 7.

CHAPTER 7–REDUCTION OF CAPITAL

64. Reduction of Share Capital

(1) A Private Company may reduce its Share Capital by a Special Resolution supported by a solvency statement under section 65 (Reduction of Share Capital by Private Company supported by solvency statement).

(2) A Public Company or Private Company may reduce its Share Capital by a Special Resolution confirmed by the Court, following the procedures in sections 66 (Reduction of Share Capital by Special Resolution confirmed by Court order) and 67 (Court order confirming reduction of Share Capital).

(3) A Company must not reduce its Share Capital under subsection (1) or (2) if:

  • (a) its Articles of Association contain any prohibition or restriction relating to capital reduction; or
  • (b) because of the reduction, there would no longer be any Shareholder of the Company other than holders of redeemable Shares; or
  • (c) if the Company is a Public Company—the reduction in the Share Capital would result in the Company not having the share capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital)or any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules, except in the circumstances to which section 69 (Public Company reducing its Share Capital below its authorised minimum) applies.

(4) Subject to subsection (3), a Company may reduce its Share Capital in any way, and on the terms, decided by it, including, for example:

(ii) by repaying any Paid-up Share Capital in excess of the Company’s requirements; or

  • (c) by causing any of its Shares that have been issued otherwise than as fully Paid-up to be forfeited for Failure to pay any amount payable on them or by accepting their surrender instead of causing them to be forfeited.

(5) For this Chapter, a redemption or purchase by a Company of its Shares in accordance with Chapter 6 is not a reduction of the Share Capital of the Company.

(6) A Company must not reduce its Share Capital otherwise than in accordance with this Chapter. Contravention of this subsection is punishable by a fine.

65. Reduction of Share Capital by Private Company supported by solvency statement

(1) A Resolution for reducing Share Capital of a Private Company is supported by a solvency statement for section 64(1) (Reduction of share capital) if:

  • (a) on a day not more than 30 days and not less than 15 days before the date the reduction of the Share Capital is to have effect, the Company has published a notice in the Appointed Publications stating the following:
  • (i) the amount of the Share Capital as most recently determined by the Company;

(ii) the nominal value of each Share;

(iii) the amount by which the Share Capital is to be reduced;

(iv) the date the reduction is to have effect; and

  • (b) the notice contains a solvency statement that complies with subsection (2).

(2) A solvency statement is a statement by each Director of the Company that the Director:

  • (a) has formed the opinion, as regards the Company’s situation at the date of the statement, that there is no ground on which the Company could be found to be unable to discharge its debts as they fall due; and
  • (b) has also formed the opinion that:
  • (i) if the Company intended to commence its winding up within 12 months after the date of the statement, the Company would be able discharge its debts in full within 12 months of the commencement of the winding up; or

(ii) in any other case, the Company would be able to discharge its debts as they fall due during the year immediately after the date of the statement.

(3) A Director of the Company must not make a solvency statement mentioned in subsection (1)(b) unless the Director has reasonable grounds for the opinion expressed in the statement. In forming the opinion, the Director must take into account all of the Company’s Liabilities (including any contingent or prospective Liabilities).

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

(5) If a Company reduces the amount of its Share Capital, the Company must, within 14 days after the day the reduction takes effect, file with the Registrar a copy of the notice under subsection (1).

66. Reduction of Share Capital by Special Resolution confirmed by Court order

(1) If a Company is permitted to do so under its Articles of Association and has passed a Special Resolution for reducing its Share Capital, it may apply to the Court for an order confirming the reduction.

(2) If the proposed reduction of Share Capital involves the payment to a Shareholder of any Paid-up Share Capital or a diminution of Liability in respect of any unpaid Share Capital, the subsections (3), (4) and (5) apply, except so far as the Court directs otherwise under subsection (6).

(3) Any Creditor of the Company is entitled to object to the reduction of capital if the Creditor, at the date fixed by the Court, is entitled to a debt or claim that would be admissible in proof against the Company, if that date were the commencement of the winding up of the Company.

(4) The Court must settle a list of Creditors entitled to object under subsection (3). For that purpose, the Court:

  • (a) must ascertain, as far as possible, without requiring an application from any Creditor, the names of the Creditors and the nature and amount of their debts or claims; and
  • (b) may publish notices fixing a day or days by which Creditors not entered on the list are to claim to be entered in the list or are to be excluded from the right of objecting to the reduction of capital.

(5) If, for a Creditor entered on the list, the Creditor’s debt or claim is not discharged or has not determined and the Creditor has not consented to the reduction, the Court may dispense with the consent of that Creditor, on the Company securing payment of the Creditor’s debt or claim by appropriating, as the Court may direct, the following amount:

  • (a) if the Company admits the full amount of the debt or claim or, though not admitting it, is willing to provide for it—the full amount of the debt or claim;
  • (b) if the Company does not admit, and is not willing to provide for, the full amount of the debt or claim or the amount is contingent or not ascertained—an amount fixed by the Court.

(6) The Court may, having regard to any special circumstances of the case, direct that subsections (3), (4) and (5) do not apply, or apply with stated modifications, in relation to any class or any classes of Creditors.

(7) An Officer of the Company must not:

  • (a) intentionally or recklessly:
  • (i) conceal the name of a Creditor entitled to object to the reduction of Share Capital, or

(ii) misrepresents the nature or amount of the debt or claim of a Creditor, or

(8) Contravention of subsection (7) is punishable by a fine.

67. Court order confirming reduction of Share Capital

(1) The Court may, on the terms it considers appropriate, make an order confirming the reduction of a Company’s Share Capital, if satisfied, in relation to every Creditor of the Company who under section 66(3) (Reduction of Share Capital by Special Resolution confirmed by Court order) is entitled to object to the reduction of the Share Capital, that either:

  • (a) the Creditor has consented to the reduction; or
  • (b) the Creditor’s debt or claim has been discharged or has determined or has been secured.

(2) If the Court makes an order under subsection (1), it may also make either or both of the following orders:

  • (a) an order requiring the Company to publish the reasons for the reduction of Share Capital, or the other information about it that the Court considers appropriate, with a view to giving proper information to the public about the causes that led to the reduction;
  • (b) if there is any reserve arising out of the reduction of Share Capital—an order directing whether or not it is distributable.

68. Registration of order and statement of capital

(1) If the Court confirms the reduction of a Company’s Share Capital, the Company must give the Registrar:

  • (a) a copy of the order of the Court confirming the reduction; and
  • (b) a statement of capital, approved by the Court, showing in respect of the Company’s Share Capital:
  • (i) the total number of issued Shares; and

(ii) the aggregate nominal value of those Shares; and

(iii) the amount Paid-up and unpaid (if any) on each Share (whether on account of the nominal value or by way of premium).

(2) The Registrar must register the order and statement of capital. On that registration the Special Resolution for reducing the Share Capital as confirmed by the order takes effect.

(3) The Registrar must certify the registration of the order and statement of capital. The certificate:

  • (a) must be signed by the Registrar; and
  • (b) is conclusive evidence that all the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules in relation to the reduction of Share Capital have been complied with and that the Company’s Share Capital is as stated in the statement of capital.

(4) On its registration, the statement of capital is taken to be substituted for the corresponding part of the Articles of Association.

69. Public Company reducing its Share Capital below its authorised minimum

(1) If registration of an order of the Court under section 67 (Court order confirming reduction of Share Capital) in relation to a Public Company would result in the Company not having the Share Capital required by section 43 (Minimum share capital), the Registrar must nor register the order unless the Company is first re-registered as a Private Company under section 39 (Re-registration of Public Company as Private Company) or the Court has made an order under subsection (2).

(2) The Court may, by order, authorise the Company to be re-registered as a Private Company without it having passed the Special Resolution required under section 39 (Re-registration of Public Company as Private Company). The order must specify the changes to the Articles of Association and name in connection with the re-registration.

(3) The Registrar must, on receipt of an order under subsection (2), issue a certificate of incorporation altered to meet the circumstances of the case. On the issue of the certificate, the Company becomes a Private Company and the changes to the Articles of Association and its name take effect.

70. Liability to Creditors in respect of reduction of Share Capital by Court order

(1) This section applies if:

  • (a) a Creditor entitled to object to the reduction of the Share Capital of a Company is not entered on the list of Creditors under section 66 (Reduction of Share Capital by Special Resolution confirmed by Court order) because of the Creditor’s ignorance of the proceedings for the reduction or of the nature and effect of the proceedings on the Creditor’s claim; and
  • (b) after the reduction of capital, the Company is unable to pay the amount of the Creditor’s debt or claim.

(2) Every Person who was a Shareholder of the Company on the day the Special Resolution for reducing the Share Capital took effect under section 68(2) (Registration of order and statement of capital) is liable to contribute, towards payment of the Creditor’s debt or claim, an amount not exceeding the amount that the Person would have been liable to contribute if the Company had commenced to be wound up on the previous day.

(3) If the Company is wound up under these Regulations, the Court, on the application of the Creditor and proof that the Creditor is a Creditor mentioned in subsection (1)(a), may settle a list of Persons liable to contribute under subsection (2), and may make and enforce calls and orders on the Persons included on the list as if they were ordinary contributories in a winding up.

(4) This section does not affect the rights of the listed Persons among themselves.

71. Treatment of reserves arising from reduction of capital

Any reserve arising from the reduction of a Company’s Share Capital is only distributable as provided in the Articles of Association or authorised by a Special Resolution, unless otherwise provided by an order of the Court under section 67(2)(b) (Court order confirming reduction of Share Capital).

CHAPTER 8–DISTRIBUTIONS

72. Restrictions on Distributions

(1) A Company must not make a Distribution unless the Distribution is made out of profits available for Distribution. The profits available for Distribution are the Company’s accumulated, realised profits (so far as not previously utilised by Distribution or capitalisation) less its accumulated, realised losses (so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganisation of capital duly made).

(2) A Public Company must not make a Distribution:

  • (a) unless the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its share capital and undistributable reserves; and
  • (b) unless, and only to the extent that, the Distribution does not reduce the amount of those net assets to less than that aggregate.

(3) Whether a Distribution may be made by a Company without Contravening this section is determined by reference to the following items as stated in the relevant accounts:

  • (a) profits, losses, assets and Liabilities;
  • (b) provisions of any kind;
  • (c) share capital and reserves (including undistributable reserves).

(4) The relevant accounts are the Company’s last annual accounts, except that:

  • (a) if the Distribution would be found to Contravene this section by reference to the Company’s last annual accounts—it may be justified by reference to interim accounts; and
  • (b) if the Distribution is proposed to be declared during the Company’s first accounting reference period or before any accounts have been prepared in respect of that period—may be justified by reference to initial accounts.

(5) If the relevant accounts are:

  • (a) the Company’s last annual accounts—the accounts must be the accounts that were sent to Shareholders under section 131(4) (Accounts); and
  • (b) interim accounts—the accounts must be properly prepared so as to enable a reasonable judgement to be made about the amounts of the items mentioned in subsection (3); and
  • (c) initial accounts—the accounts must be properly prepared so as to enable a reasonable judgement to be made about the amounts of the items mentioned in subsection (3) and, if the Company is a Public Company, accompanied by a report from the Company’s auditor stating whether, in the auditor’s opinion, the accounts have been properly prepared.

(6) If any applicable requirement in subsection (5) is not complied with in relation to any accounts, the accounts may not be relied on for this section and the Distribution is accordingly treated as a Contravention of this section.

(7) In this section: auditor means a Person who is registered by the Registrar as an auditor under these Regulations.

Distribution, in relation to a Company, means every description of distribution of the Company’s assets to its Shareholders, whether in cash or otherwise, except a distribution by way of:

  • (a) an issue of bonus Shares; or
  • (b) the redemption or purchase of any of the Company’s own Shares out of share capital (including the proceeds of any fresh issue of Shares), or out of unrealised profits, in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules; or
  • (c) the reduction of share capital either by:
  • (i) extinguishing or reducing the Liability of any of the Shareholders in respect of share capital not Paid-up or by repaying any Paid-up share capital; and

(ii) a distribution of assets to Shareholders on the winding up of the Company.

undistributable reserves, of a Company, means any of the following:

  • (a) its share premium account;
  • (b) any capital redemption reserve;
  • (c) the amount by which its accumulated, unrealised profits (so far as not previously utilised by Distribution or capitalisation) exceeds its accumulated, unrealised losses (so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganisation of capital duly made);
  • (d) any other reserve that the Company is prohibited from distributing by its Articles of Association or under any applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

(8) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

73. Consequences of unlawful Distribution

If a Distribution, or part of a Distribution, made by a Company to any of its Shareholders is made in Contravention of section 72 (Restrictions on Distributions) and, at the time of the Distribution, the Shareholder knows or has reasonable grounds for believing that it is made in Contravention of that section, the Shareholder is liable to repay the Distribution, or that part of it, to the Company or, for a Distribution made otherwise than in cash, to pay to the Company an amount equal to the value of the Distribution, or that part, at that time.

CHAPTER 9–DIRECTORS AND SECRETARIES

74. Directors

(1) A Private Company must have at least 1 director and a Public Company must have at least 2 directors.

(2) A Person must not be a Director if the Person:

  • (a) is not a natural person; or
  • (b) is under 18 years old; or
  • (c) is disqualified from being a Director because of:
  • (i) having been convicted of a criminal offence, involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, in any jurisdiction in the past 10 years; or

(ii) having been found guilty of insider trading or the equivalent in any jurisdiction at any time; or

(iii) having been judged disqualified by any court; or

(iv) having been disqualified by the AFSA; or

75. Election, term and removal of directors

(1) The first directors of a Company must be elected by the Incorporators. Subsequent directors must be elected by the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, or as otherwise provided by the Articles of Association, for the term that the Shareholders decide.

(2) Each director holds office until the director’s successor takes office or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal by Ordinary Resolution or as otherwise provided by the Articles of Association.

(3) A vacancy created by the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled by Ordinary Resolution or, if the vacancy is not filled by an Ordinary Resolution, by the remaining directors. However:

(4) The number of directors must be fixed by the Articles of Association subject to the requirements of section 74(1) (Directors).

(5) If, at a General Meeting, it is proposed that 2 or more persons be appointed as directors, the appointments must be made by a separate Resolution in respect of each person, unless unanimously agreed otherwise by the Shareholders at the meeting.

76. Duties of Directors

(1) The duties of Directors under sections 77 to 83 and section 85 are owed by each Director of a Company to the Company.

(2) If a person ceases to be a Director, the person continues to be subject to:

  • (a) the duty under section 81 (Duty to avoid conflicts of interest), in relation to the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity of which the person became aware when the person was a Director; and
  • (b) the duty under section 82 (Duty not to accept benefits from third parties), in relation to things done or omitted to be done by the person before the person ceased to be a Director.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in these Regulations, more than 1 of the duties of Directors may apply in any given case.

(4) The Constitutional Documents of a Company must not include any provision the effect of which would be to weaken the duties of Directors under this Chapter.

77. Duty to act within powers

A Director of a Company must:

  • (a) act in accordance with the Constitutional Documents; and
  • (b) only exercise the powers of a Director for the purposes for which the powers have been given.

78. Duty to promote success of Company

(1) A Director of a Company must act in the way the Director honestly considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its Shareholders as a whole and, in doing so, must have regard, among other matters, to:

  • (a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long term; and
  • (b) the interests of the Company’s Employees; and
  • (c) the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others; and
  • (d) the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment; and
  • (e) the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
  • (f) the need to act fairly as between Shareholders of the Company.

(2) To the extent that the purposes of the Company consist of or include purposes other than the benefit of its Shareholders, the reference in subsection (1) to the benefit of its Shareholders has effect as if it included those other purposes.

(3) The duty imposed under this section has effect subject to any law applicable to the Company requiring Directors, in certain circumstances, to consider or act in the interests of the Company’s Creditors or customers.

79. Duty to exercise independent judgement

(1) A Director of a Company must exercise independent judgement.

(2) A Director of a Company does not infringe the duty under subsection (1) if the Director acts:

  • (a) in accordance with an agreement duly entered into by the Company that restricts the future exercise of discretion by its Directors; or
  • (b) in a way authorised by the Constitutional Documents.

80. Duty to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence

A Director of a Company must exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person with:

  • (a) the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person Exercising the Functions Exercised by the Director in relation to the Company; and
  • (b) the general knowledge, skill and experience that the Director has.

81. Duty to avoid conflicts of interest

(1) A Director of a Company must avoid a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the interests of the Company.

(2) The duty under subsection (1) applies in particular to the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity.

(3) The duty under subsection (1) does not apply to a conflict of interest arising in relation to a transaction or arrangement if the requirements of section 83 (Duty to declare interest in proposed transaction or arrangement) or 85 (Duty to declare interest in existing transaction or arrangement) are met.

(4) A Director of a Company does not Contravene the duty under subsection (1) if:

  • (a) the situation cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; or
  • (b) the Directors of the Company have authorised the situation in accordance with the Articles of Association and any applicable provisions of these Regulations and the Rules.

(5) A Company’s Articles of Association may include alternative procedures for avoiding conflicts of interests. A Director does not Contravene the provisions of this section by acting in accordance with the alternative procedures.

(6) In this section: conflict of interest includes a conflict of an interest and a duty and a conflict of duties.

82. Duty not to accept benefits from third parties

(1) A Director of a Company must not accept a benefit from a third party if the benefit is given to the Director:

  • (a) because of the Director’s position as a Director of the Company; or
  • (b) for doing (or not doing) anything as a Director of the Company; unless the acceptance of the benefit cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest.

(2) In this section: conflict of interest includes a conflict of an interest and a duty and a conflict of duties.

83. Duty to declare interest in proposed transaction or arrangement

(1) This section applies if a Director of a Company becomes aware, or ought reasonably to have become aware, that the Director is in any way, directly or indirectly, interested in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company.

(2) The Director must declare the nature and extent of the interest to the other Directors of the Company in accordance with section 85 (Duty to declare interest in existing transaction or arrangement).

(3) But the declaration must be made before the proposed transaction or arrangement is entered into. For a declaration under this section, section 85 (Duty to declare interest in existing transaction or arrangement) applies to the Director with any other necessary changes.

84. Breaches of Directors’ duties

If a Director of a Company Breaches any 1 or more of the duties under sections 77 to 83, the Director is taken to have Contravened these Regulations.

85. Duty of Directors to declare interest in existing transaction or arrangement

(1) If a Director of a Company has, directly or indirectly, an interest in a transaction or arrangement entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and the Director is aware that the interest conflicts or may conflict, to a material extent, with the interests of the Company or Subsidiary, the Director must unless the Director has previously declared such interest under section 83 (Duty to declare interest in proposed transaction or arrangement), declare to the other Directors of the Company the nature and extent of the Director’s interest in accordance with this section.

(2) The declaration must be made as soon as practicable after the Director becomes aware of the circumstances that gave rise to the duty to make the declaration.

(3) The declaration must be made:

  • (a) at a meeting of the Directors; or
  • (b) by a general Written notice given to the other Directors.

(4) A declaration made at a meeting of the Directors under subsection (3)(a) must be tabled at, and recorded in the minutes of, the meeting.

(5) A declaration made by way of a general Written notice given to the other Directors under subsection (3)(b) must be tabled at, and recorded in the minutes of, the first meeting of the Directors after the declaration is made or, if it is not reasonably practicable to do so at that meeting, at the next earliest meeting of the Directors.

(6) A notice given to the Company by a Director that the Director is to be regarded as interested in a transaction or arrangement with a specified Person is sufficient declaration of the Director’s interest in any transaction or arrangement entered into with the Person after the notice is given.

(7) If a declaration of interest for section 83 or this section proves to be, or becomes, inaccurate or incomplete, a further declaration must be made, in the same way as the initial declaration.

(8) If a Director of a Company Fails to declare an interest of under this section or section 83, the Company, a Shareholder of the Company or the Registrar may apply to the Court for an order under this subsection. On the application, the Court may make any order that it considers appropriate, including, for example, either or both of the following:

  • (a) an order setting aside the relevant transaction or arrangement;
  • (b) an order directing the Director to account to the Company for any benefit, gain or profit obtained because of the relevant transaction or arrangement.

(9) However, a transaction or arrangement is not voidable, and a Director is not accountable, under subsection (8) in relation to it if, despite a Failure to comply with this section:

  • (a) the transaction or arrangement is ratified by the Company under section 86 (Ratification on interest in existing transaction or arrangement) at a General Meeting; and
  • (b) the nature and extent of the Director’s interest in the transaction or arrangement were declared in reasonable detail in the notice calling the General Meeting.

(10) Also, without limiting the Court’s power to order a Director to account for any profit, gain or benefit realised, the Court must not set aside a transaction or arrangement unless it is satisfied that:

  • (a) the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would be unfairly prejudiced if the transaction or arrangement were not set aside; or
  • (b) the transaction or arrangement was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the Company at the time it was made.

86. Ratification of interest in existing transaction or arrangement

(1) This section applies to the ratification by a Company of a transaction or arrangement mentioned in section 85(1) (Duty to declare interest in existing transaction or arrangement).

(2) The Company may, by an Ordinary Resolution, ratify the transaction or arrangement, unless its Constitutional Documents prohibit from doing so.

(3) If the Company is a Public Company, any votes cast by the Director or Directors who have the conflict of interest in the transaction or arrangement, and any other Connected Person to such a Director, must be disregarded for the purposes of any Ordinary Resolution mentioned in subsection (2).

(4) In this section:

Connected Person, in relation to a Director, means:

  • (a) the spouse, or a child, stepchild or a grand-child, of the Director; or
  • (b) a Body Corporate if the Director, alone or together with an individual or individuals mentioned in paragraph (a):
  • (i) has at least 20% of any share capital of the Body Corporate; or

(ii) is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of more than 20% of the voting power at any general meeting of the Body Corporate; or

  • (c) if the Director, or an individual mentioned in paragraph (a), is a partner in a partnership—each partner in the partnership; or
  • (d) any other Person declared by the Rules to be a Connected Person for this definition.

87. Prohibition of financial assistance to Directors etc.

(1) Subject to subsection (4), a Company must not provide financial assistance of any of the following kinds to a Director:

  • (a) making a loan, issuing a Debt Security or granting a credit facility or other similar form of financial assistance;
  • (b) giving a guarantee or security or indemnity in connection with a loan, Debt Security, credit facility or other similar form of financial assistance, whether the financial assistance is provided by the Company or another Person;
  • (c) any other form of financial assistance prescribed by the Rules,

unless:

  • (d) consent is given by Shareholders attending (in person or by proxy) a General Meeting who together hold not less than 90% of the Shares that are voted at the meeting; and
  • (e) all of the Directors of the Company certify that providing the financial assistance would not materially prejudice either of the following:
  • (i) the interests of the Company and its Shareholders; or

(ii) the Company’s ability to discharge its Liabilities as they fall due.

(2) Any financial assistance provided under subsection (1) must be:

  • (a) documented in Writing; and
  • (b) before it is provided, recorded in the minutes of a meeting of the Directors of the Company, under signature of all of the Directors, as being provided in accordance with the requirements of that subsection.

(3) Financial assistance may not be provided to a Connected Person for a Director of a Company except in accordance with this section.

(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the provision of financial assistance by a Company if:

  • (a) the financial assistance consists of remuneration paid in the ordinary course to a Director for services as a Director; or
  • (b) the financial assistance is for liability indemnity insurance related to the discharge of a Director’s duties to the Company; or
  • (c) the Company’s ordinary business includes providing finance and the financial assistance is provided in the ordinary course of that business and on ordinary commercial terms; or
  • (d) the financial is of a kind prescribed by the Rules as exempt from this section.

(5) Sections 81 (Duty to avoid conflicts of interest) and 82 (Duty not to accept benefits from third parties) do not apply to any financial assistance provided in accordance with this section.

88. Validity of acts of Director

The acts of a Director are valid despite any defect that may afterwards be found in the Director’s appointment or qualification.

89. Secretary

(1) A Public Company must have at least 1 Secretary.

(2) The Directors of a Public Company must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Secretary (or each joint Secretary) of the Company is a Person who appears to them to have the necessary knowledge and experience to discharge the Functions of Secretary of the Company and who:

  • (a) has held the office of Secretary of a public Body Corporate for at least 3 of the immediately preceding 5 years; or
  • (b) is a Person who, because of holding or having held any other position or by being a Shareholder of any other body, appears to the Directors to be capable of discharging the Functions of Secretary of the Company.

(3) A Private Company may have a Secretary.

(4) If a Private Company does not have a Secretary:

  • (a) anything authorised or required to be given or sent to, or served on, the Company by being given or sent to, or served on, its Secretary may be given or sent to, or served on, the Company itself and anything addressed to the Secretary is taken to be addressed to the Company; and
  • (b) anything else required or authorised to be done by the Secretary may be done by a Director or a Person authorised generally or specifically in that behalf by the Directors.

90. Register of Directors and Secretaries

(1) Every Company must keep, at its registered office, a Register of its Directors and, if applicable, a Register of its Secretaries. The Company must ensure that a register contains the particulars required by the Rules. An election may be made in relation to a Private Company for the information, which otherwise would require to be kept in the Register of Directors and Secretaries, to be kept by the Registrar.

(2) If a Company keeps a register at its registered office, the Company must ensure that the register is open to inspection, during business hours and without charge, by the Registrar or any Shareholder or Director of the Company.

(3) The Company may, by its Articles of Association or a decision in General Meeting, impose reasonable restrictions on the availability of a register for inspection under subsection (2), but must nevertheless ensure that the register is open to inspection for at least 2 hours on each day that its registered office is open.

(4) If a Company Fails to make a register available for inspection under subsection (2) by the Registrar or a Shareholder or Director of the Company, the Registrar may, by Written notice given to the Company, direct the Company to immediately make the register available for inspection by that Person. The Company must comply with the direction.

(5) Contravention of subsections (1) to (4) is punishable by a fine.

(6) A Private Company may make an election to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar.

(7) An election may be made under this section by:

(8) In paragraph (b) of subsection (7), the election is of no effect, without prior agreement of all the Shareholders of the Private Company at the particular time to the making of the election.

(9) An election under this section is made by giving notice of election to the Registrar.

(10) If the notice is given by Person(s) wishing to incorporate a Private Company:

  • (a) it must be given together with the application for the incorporation under section 13; and
  • (b) it must be accompanied by a statement containing all the information prescribed by the Rules.

(11) If the notice is given by the Private Company, it must be accompanied by:

(12) An election made under subsection (6) takes effect when the notice of election is registered by the Registrar.

(13) The election remains in force until either:

(14) While an election under subsection (6) is in force, a Private Company must continue to keep a Register of Directors and Secretaries in accordance with the Rules, containing all the information that was required to be stated in that Register as at the time immediately before the election took effect, but the Private Company does not have to update that Register to reflect any changes that occur after that time.

(15) The date to be recorded in the Register kept by the Registrar is to be the date on which the document containing that information is registered by the Registrar.

(16) During the period when an election under subsection (6) is in force, a Private Company must deliver to the Registrar any information in accordance with the Rules, which the Private Company would, in the absence of any such election, have been obliged under these Regulations to enter in its Register of Directors and Secretaries and it must do so as soon as reasonably practicable after any relevant change but in any event within a period of 14 days.

(17) A Private Company may by giving notice of withdrawal to the Registrar withdraw an election made by or in respect of it under subsection (6), where:

  • (a) the withdrawal takes effect when the notice is registered by the Registrar;
  • (b) the effect of withdrawal is that the Private Company's obligation under subsection (1) to keep a Register of Directors and Secretaries applies from then on with respect to the period going forward;
  • (c) the Private Company must place a note in its Register of Directors or Secretaries
  • (i) stating that the election under subsection (6) has been withdrawn;

(ii) recording when that withdrawal took effect; and

(iii) indicating that information about its Directors or Secretaries relating to the period when the election was in force that is no longer current is available for public inspection on the Register kept by the Registrar.

(18) All notices and information to be delivered to the Registrar under this section must be made in Writing.

(19) Contravention of subsections (6) to (18) is punishable by a fine.

91. Assumptions in relation to Directors and Secretary

(1) A Person dealing with a Company is entitled to assume that anyone who appears, from the information that is available to the public in the Register, or a register kept by the Company under these Regulations, to be a Director or Secretary of the Company:

  • (a) has been duly appointed; and
  • (b) has authority to Exercise the Functions customarily Exercised by a Director or Secretary of a similar Company.

(2) A Company is not entitled to assert in proceedings in relation to dealings of the Company that any assumption under subsection (1) is incorrect.

(3) However, a Person is not entitled to make an assumption under subsection (1) if at the time of the dealing with the Company the Person knew or could have reasonably suspected that the assumption was incorrect.

92. Disqualification orders

(1) Without limiting any other powers available to the Registrar, if the Registrar considers that it is in the public interest that an individual should not, without the leave of the Court, be a Director of, or in any way (whether directly or indirectly) be concerned or take part in the management of, a Company, the Registrar may apply to the Court for an order to that effect against the Person.

(2) The Court may make the order applied for if satisfied that the Person’s conduct (including, for example, any Breach by the person of any 1 or more of the duties under sections 77 to 83 and section 85) makes the person unfit to be concerned or take part in the management of a Company.

(3) An order under subsection (2) may be made:

  1. (a) in the case of a first offence, for the period, not longer than 15 years; or
  2. (b) in the case of a repeated offence, for an unlimited period, as the Court considers appropriate.

(4) A Person must not Contravene an order under subsection (2).

(5) Contravention of subsection (4) is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 10–MEETINGS

93. Participation in meetings

(1) Subject to the Articles of Association, a Shareholder may participate in a meeting by phone or by other similar means of communication if each Shareholder present at the meeting can hear what is said by any other Shareholder present at the meeting, and each Shareholder so participating at the meeting is taken to be present at the meeting.

(2) Subject to the Articles of Association, a Director may participate in a meeting by phone or other similar means of communication if each Director present at the meeting can hear what is said by any other Director present at the meeting, and each Director so participating at the meeting is taken to be present at the meeting.

94. Annual General Meeting

(1) A Private Company is not required to hold an Annual General Meeting unless expressly required to do so under its Articles of Association.

(2) Every Public Company must hold a General Meeting as its Annual General Meeting within 6 months of the end of each financial year (in addition to any other meetings held during that period). The Company must ensure that not more than 18 months elapses between the date of an Annual General Meeting and the date of the next.

(3) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

(4) A notice calling an Annual General Meeting of a Public Company must state that the meeting is an Annual General Meeting.

95. Meeting requests

(1) On a Shareholders’ request, the Directors or, if appointed, the Secretary, of a Company must, despite anything in the Articles of Association, promptly call a General Meeting or a meeting of holders of any class of Shares. The meeting must be held as soon as practicable, but not later than 2 months after the day the request is made (the request day).

(2) For this section, a Shareholders’ request is a request of Shareholders of the Company holding, on the request day, not less than 5% of the share capital of the Shares that on that day have the right to vote at the meeting requested.

(3) The Shareholders’ request must state the purpose of the meeting, be made by or on behalf of each Shareholder making the request and be deposited at the registered office of the Company. The request may consist of several Documents in similar form each signed by or on behalf of 1 or more of the Shareholders making the request.

(4) If, within 21 days after the request day, the Directors or Secretary of the Company do not call the requested meeting to be held within 2 months after the request day, made the Shareholders making the request, or any of them representing more than 1/2 of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves call a meeting. The meeting so called must be held within 3 months after the request day.

(5) A meeting called under this section must be called in the same way, as nearly as possible, as the in which meetings are to be called by Directors or Secretary.

96. Registrar’s power to call meeting in default

(1) If a meeting of a Company is not held as required by section 94 (Annual General Meetings) or 95 (Meeting requests), the Registrar may, on the application of any Director or Shareholder of the Company, call, or direct the Company to call, the meeting.

(2) If a Company is given a direction under subsection (1), the Company must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with the direction. Contravention of this subsection is punishable by a fine.

97. Notice of meetings

(1) Any General Meeting of a Private Company must be called by at least 7 days Written notice. Any General meeting of a Public Company (other than an Annual General Meeting of a Public Company or an adjourned such meeting) must be called by at least 14 days Written notice. An Annual General Meeting of a Public Company must be called by at least 21 days Written notice.

(2) If a General Meeting is called by shorter notice than that specified in subsection (1), it is taken to have been duly called if the required majority of the Shareholders agree that the meeting should be taken to have been duly called.

(3) For subsection (2), the required majority is:

(4) A notice of a General Meeting of a Company must:

98. General provisions about meetings and votes

The following provisions apply to any General Meeting of a Company or of the holders of any class of Shares in a Company unless the Articles of Association provide otherwise:

  1. (a) a notice of every meeting must be given to every Shareholder entitled to receive it:
  2. (i) by delivering or posting it to the Shareholder’s registered address; or

(ii) in the electronic form (if any) agreed to by the Shareholder; or

(iii) by making it available on the website (is any) agreed to by the Shareholder; or

(iv) in the other way or form (if any) agreed to by the Shareholder;

  1. (b) except for a Company with a single Shareholder, at any General Meeting of the Company, 2 Shareholders personally present or represented by proxy are a quorum;
  2. (c) at any meeting dealing with a variation of any class rights other than an adjourned meeting, the quorum is the number of Shareholders holding or representing by proxy at least 1/3 in nominal value of the issued Shares of the class, and at an adjourned meeting,1 Shareholder holding Shares of the class or the Shareholder’s proxy is a quorum;
  3. (d) any Shareholder elected by the Shareholders present at the meeting may chair the meeting;
  4. (e) on a show of hands, every Shareholder present in person at the meeting has 1 vote and, on a poll, every Shareholder has 1 vote for every Share held by the Shareholder;
  5. (f) if practicable, voting can be arranged in any other form, determined in the Articles of Association.

99. Representation of Body Corporate at meetings

(1) A Body Corporate may, by resolution of its Directors or other governing body, authorise any Person to act as its representative at any meeting of a Company, the holders of any class of Shares of a Company or the Creditors of a Company.

(2) A Person authorised under subsection (1) to attend a meeting for a Body Corporate is entitled to exercise the same powers for the Body Corporate as the Body Corporate could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Creditor of the Company.

100. Resolutions in writing of Private Companies

(1) Subject to any restrictions in a Private Company’s Articles of Association, anything that may be done by a Resolution of the Company passed at a Shareholders’ meeting (other than a Resolution to remove a Director or a Person who is registered as an auditor under these Regulations) may be done either by a resolution in writing in accordance with this section.

(2) A resolution in writing is passed as an Ordinary Resolution if it is passed by Shareholders representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of Shareholders who, at the relevant time, would be entitled to vote.

(3) A resolution in writing is passed as a Special Resolution only if:

  • (a) it stated that it was proposed as a Special Resolution; and
  • (b) it is passed by Shareholders representing not less than 75% of the total voting rights of Shareholders who, at the relevant time, would be entitled to vote.

(4) An Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution in writing may consist of several instruments in the same form each signed by or on behalf of 1 or more Shareholders.

(5) An Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution under this section is taken to be passed on the day the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is last signed or, if the resolution specifies a later date, on that date.

(6) Any Document attached to an Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution in writing under this section is taken to have been laid before a meeting of the Shareholders signing the Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution.

(7) Section 104 (Minutes and examination of minute books) applies to an Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution in writing under this section as if it had been passed at a meeting.

(8) This section does not affect or limit any provisions in the Articles of Association relating to the effectiveness of the consent of Shareholders, or any class of Shareholders, of a Private Company given to any Document, or anything else, otherwise than at a meeting of them.

101. Recording of decisions by sole Shareholder

(1) If:

(2) Failure to comply with subsection (1) does not affect the validity of the decision.

102. Proxies

(1) A Shareholder of a Company entitled to attend and vote at a General Meeting or at a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares is entitled to appoint, by Written notice to the Company, another Person (whether a Shareholder or not) as the Shareholder’s proxy to attend and vote instead of the Shareholder.

(2) A proxy appointed to attend and vote for a Shareholder has the same rights as the Shareholder, including, for example:

  • (a) to speak at the meeting; and
  • (b) to vote (but only to the extent allowed by the appointment or the Articles of Association); and
  • (c) to join in a demand for a poll.

(3) A notice calling a meeting of a Company must contain a reasonably prominent statement that a Shareholder entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy (or, if permitted, 1 or more proxies) to attend and vote instead of the Shareholder, and that a proxy need not also be a Shareholder.

103. Demand for poll

(1) A provision in the Articles of Association is void in so far as it would have the effect either of:

  • (a) excluding the right to demand a poll at a General Meeting, or at a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares, on a question, other than the election of the chair of the meeting or the adjournment of the meeting; or
  • (b) making ineffective a demand for a poll on any such question that is made either:
  • (i) by not less than 5 Shareholders having the right to vote on the question; or

(ii) by a Shareholder or Shareholders representing not less than 10% of the total number of Shares having the right to a vote on the question.

(2) The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at such a meeting is taken also to provide authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and, for subsection (1), a demand by a Person as proxy for a Shareholder is the same as a demand by the Shareholder.

(3) On a poll taken at such a meeting, a Shareholder entitled to more than 1 vote need not, if that Shareholder votes (in person or by proxy), use all the Shareholder’s votes in the same way.

104. Minutes and examination of minute books

(1) Every Company must ensure that minutes of all proceedings at General Meetings, meetings of the holders of any class of Shares, and meetings of its Directors and of committees of Directors, are entered in books kept for that purpose. The Company must ensure that the names of the Directors present at each of those meetings are recorded in the minutes.

(2) If the minutes purport to be signed by the chair of the meeting at which the proceedings took place or by the chair of the next meeting, the minutes are evidence of the proceedings.

(3) If minutes of a meeting have been made in accordance with this section, then, unless the contrary is proved, the meeting is taken to have been duly called and held, and all proceedings that took place at the meeting are taken to have duly taken place.

(4) A Company must ensure that the books containing the minutes of the General Meetings of the Company, or of meetings of the holders of a class of Shares of the Company, are kept at the Company’s registered office, and are open to inspection during business hours by a Shareholder without charge. The books can be stored using a system of mechanical or electronic data processing or any other medium that is capable of reproducing any required information in intelligible written form within a reasonable time.

(5) A Shareholder of a Company may, by giving the Company a Written request and paying the reasonable amount (if any) required by the Company, ask the Company for a copy of any minutes mentioned in subsection (4) (other than minutes of a meeting of the holders of a class of Shares if the Shareholder is not a holder of that class of Shares). The Company must, within 7 days after the day it receives the request and payment of any required amount, give the copy of the minutes to the Shareholder.

(6) If a Company Contravenes subsection (4) or (5) in relation to a Shareholder of the Company, the Registrar may, by Written notice given to the Company, direct the Company to immediately comply with the subsection in relation to the Shareholder. If a Company is given a direction under this subsection, the Company must comply with the direction.

CHAPTER 11–PROTECTION OF MINORITIES IN TAKEOVERS

105. Takeover Offers

(1) In this Chapter:

Takeover Offer, in relation to a Company, means an offer to acquire all the Shares, or all the Shares of any class or classes, in the Company (other than Shares that at the date of the offer are already held by The Offeror), if the offer is on terms that are the same in relation to all the Shares to which the offer relates or, if those Shares include Shares of different classes, in relation to all the Shares of each relevant class.

(2) In subsection (1):

Shares means Shares that:

  1. (a) have been allotted on the date of the offer; or
  2. (b) are subsequently allotted before a date specified in or determined in accordance with the terms of the offer; or
  3. (c) any rights convertible into Shares before a date specified or determined in accordance with the term of the offer.

(3) The terms offered in relation to any Shares are, for this section, to be treated as being the same in relation to all the Shares, or all the Shares of a class to which the offer relates, despite any variation permitted by subsection (4).

(4) A variation is permitted if:

  1. (a) the law of a country or territory outside the AIFC precludes the acceptance of an offer in that jurisdiction in the form or the forms specified, or precludes it except after compliance by The Offeror with conditions with which it is unable to comply or that it regards as unduly onerous; and
  2. (b) the variation is such that the Persons by whom the acceptance of an offer in that form is precluded are able to accept an offer in a different form but of substantially equivalent value.

(5) The reference in subsection (1) to Shares already held by The Offeror includes a reference to Shares that The Offeror has an unconditional right to acquire under an unconditional option to acquire.

(6) If the terms of an offer make provision for their revision and for an acceptance on the previous terms to be treated as an acceptance on the revised terms, the revision must not be regarded for this Chapter as the making of a fresh offer and a reference in this Chapter to the date of the offer is made is accordingly to be taken to be a reference to the date the original offer was made.

(7) In this Chapter:

The Company means the Company whose Shares are the subject of the Takeover Offer.

The Offeror means, subject to section 111 (Joint offers), the Person making the Takeover Offer.

106. Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders

(1) If, for a Takeover Offer that does not relate to Shares of different classes, The Offeror has, because of acceptances of the offer, acquired or contracted to acquire not less than9/10 in value of the Shares to which the offer relates, The Offeror may, within 120 days after the day the Takeover Offer closes, give notice to the holder of any Shares to which the offer relates that The Offeror has not acquired, or contracted to acquire, that The Offeror desires to acquire those Shares.

(2) If, for a Takeover Offer relates to Shares of different classes, The Offeror has, because of acceptances of the offer, acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 9/10 in value of the Shares of any class to which the offer relates, The Offeror may, within 120 days after the day the Takeover Offer closes, give notice to the holder of any Shares of that class that The Offeror has not acquired, or contracted to acquire, that The Offeror desires to acquire those Shares.

(3) The Offeror must not give a notice under subsection (1) or (2) unless The Offeror has acquired, or contracted to acquire, the Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum specified in the subsection within 4 months after the date of the offer, and must not give the notice more than 2 months after the day The Offeror acquires, or contracts to acquire, the shares necessary to satisfy that minimum.

(4) When The Offeror gives the first notice in relation to an offer, The Offeror must send a copy of it to The Company together with a signed declaration by The Offeror stating that the conditions for giving the notice are satisfied. The Offeror must not make the declaration unless The Offeror has reasonable grounds for believing it to be true.

(5) If The Offeror is a Body Corporate, the declaration must be signed by a Director of the Body Corporate for The Offeror. The Director must not make the declaration unless the Director has reasonable grounds for believing it to be true.

(6) Contravention subsection (4) or (5) is punishable by a fine.

(7) In a proceeding against a Person for a Failure to send a copy of a notice as required by subsection (4), it is a defence for the Person to prove that the Person took reasonable steps to ensure that the subsection was complied with.

(8) Subsection (9) applies if, during the period within which a Takeover Offer can be accepted, The Offeror acquires, or contracts to acquire, any of the Shares to which the offer relates otherwise than because of acceptances of the offer.

(9) If this subsection applies and either:

  • (a) the value (the acquisition value) for which the Shares are acquired, or contracted to be acquired, does not, at that time, exceed the value that is receivable by an acceptor under the terms of the offer; or
  • (b) those terms are subsequently revised so that, when the revision is announced, the acquisition value, at the time mentioned in paragraph (a) no longer exceeds the value that w is receivable by an acceptor under those terms;

The Offeror must be treated for this section as having acquired or contracted to acquire those Shares because of acceptances of the offer; but in any other case those Shares must be treated as excluded from those to which the offer relates.

107. Effect of notice under section 106

(1) Subject to section 110 (Applications to Court), the following provisions have effect if a notice is given in respect of any Shares under section 106 (Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders).

(2) The Offeror is entitled and bound to acquire the Shares on the terms of the offer.

(3) If the terms of the offer give the holder of any Shares a choice of payment for the Shares, the notice must give particulars of the choice and state:

  • (a) that the holder of the Shares may, within 6 weeks after the date of the notice, indicate the holder’s choice by a Written communication sent to The Offeror at an address specified in the notice; and
  • (b) which payment specified in the offer is to be taken as applying if holder indicate the holder’s choice; and the terms of the offer mentioned in subsection (2) have effect accordingly.

(4) Subsection (3) applies whether or not any time limit or other conditions applying to the choice under the terms of the offer can still be met. If the payment chosen by the holder of the Shares:

  • (a) is not cash and The Offeror is no longer able to make that payment; or
  • (b) was to have been made by a third party who is no longer bound or able to make the payment; the payment must be taken to consist of an amount of cash payable by The Offeror that, at the date of the notice, is equivalent to the chosen payment.

(5) At the end of 6 weeks after the date of the notice, The Offeror must immediately:

  • (a) send a copy of the notice to The Company; and
  • (b) make payment to The Company on behalf of the holders of the Shares to which the notice relates.

(6) The copy of the notice sent to The Company under subsection (5)(a) must be accompanied by an instrument of transfer executed on behalf of the Shareholder by a Person appointed by The Offeror. On receipt of that instrument, The Company must register The Offeror as the holder of those Shares.

(7) If the payment referred to in subsection (5)(b) is to be made in Securities to be issued by The Offeror, the reference in that section to making payment is a reference to the issue of the Securities to The Company on behalf of the holders of the Shares to which the notice relates.

(8) Any amount or other payment received by The Company under subsection (5)(b) is not the property of The Company but must be held by The Company on behalf of the Person entitled to the Shares in respect of which the amount or other payment was received.

(9) Any amount received, including any dividend or other amount accruing from any other payment, by The Company under subsection (5)(b) must be paid into a separate bank account, the balance of which bears interest at an appropriate rate and can be withdrawn by the notice (if any) that is appropriate.

108. Right of minority Shareholder to be bought out by The Offeror

(1) If, for a Takeover Offer does not relate to Shares of different classes, at any time before the end of the period within which the offer can be accepted:

  • (a) The Offeror has, because of acceptances of the offer, acquired or contracted to acquire some (but not all) of the Shares to which the offer relates; and
  • (b) those Shares, with or without any other Shares in the Company that The Offeror has acquired, or contracted to acquire, amount to not less than 9/10 in value of all the Shares in the Company;

the holder of any Shares to which the offer relates who has not accepted the offer may, by a Written communication addressed to The Offeror, require The Offeror to acquire the Shares.

(2) If, subsection (1) does not apply to a Takeover Offer and, at any time before the end of the period within which the offer can be accepted:

  • (a) The Offeror has, because of acceptances of the offer, acquired or contracted to acquire some (but not all) of the Shares of any class to which the offer relates; and
  • (b) those Shares, with or without any other Shares of that class that The Offeror has acquired, or contracted to acquire, amount to not less than 9/10 in value of all the Shares of that class;

the holder of any Shares of that class who has not accepted the offer may, by a Written communication addressed to The Offeror, require The Offeror to acquire the Shares.

(3) No later than 1 month after the end of the period within which the offer can be accepted The Offeror must give any Shareholder or holder of Shares of that class who has not accepted the offer a notice setting out:

  • (a) the rights that are exercisable by the Shareholder or holder of Shares of that class under subsection (1) or (2); and
  • (b) the period within which the rights are exercisable; and, if the notice is given before the end of the period within which the offer can be accepted, the notice must state that the offer is still open for acceptance.

(4) The notice under subsection (3) may specify a period (not less than 3 months after the end of the period within which the offer can be accepted) for the exercise of the rights given by this section. If the notices specify such a period, the rights may not be exercised after the end of that period.

(5) Subsection (3) does not apply to any Shares if The Offeror has given the Shareholder notice in respect of the Shares under section 106 (Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders).

(6) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

(7) If The Offeror is not a Company, then, in a proceeding against The Offeror for an alleged Failure to comply this section, it is a defence for The Offeror to prove that The Offeror took all reasonable steps to ensure that this section was complied with.

109. Effect of requirement under section 108

(1) Subject to section 110 (Applications to Court), the following provisions have effect if a Shareholder exercises the Shareholder’s rights in respect of any Shares under section 108 (Right of minority Shareholder to be bought out by The Offeror).

(2) The Offeror is entitled and bound to acquire the Shares on the terms of the offer or, if other terms are agreed, on the other terms.

(3) If the terms of the offer give the holder of the Shares a choice of payment for the Shares, the holder of the Shares may, in accordance with section 107(3) (Effect of notice under section 106), indicate the holder’s choice when requiring The Offeror to acquire them.

(4) Subsection (3) applies whether or not any time limit or other conditions apply to the choice under the terms of the offer can still be met. If the payment chosen by the holder of the Shares:

  • (a) is not cash and The Offeror is no longer able to make that payment; or
  • (b) was to have been made by a third party who is no longer bound or able to make that payment; the payment must be taken to consist of an amount of cash payable by The Offeror that, on the day the holder of the Shares required The Offeror to acquire them, is equivalent to the chosen payment.

110. Applications to Court

(1) If a notice is given under subsection 106 (Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders) to the holder of any Shares, the Court may, on an application made by the holder within 6 weeks after the day the notice was given:

  • (a) order that The Offeror is not be entitled and bound to acquire the Shares; or
  • (b) specify terms of acquisition different from those of the offer.

(2) If an application to the Court under subsection (1) is pending at the end of the period mentioned in section 107(5) (Effect of notice under section 106), then, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, that section does not have effect until the application has been disposed of.

(3) If the holder of any Shares exercises the holder’s rights under section 108 (Right of minority Shareholder to be brought out by The Offeror), the Court may, on an application made by the holder or The Offeror, order that the terms on which The Offeror is entitled and bound to acquire the Shares are the terms that the Court considers appropriate.

(4) On an application made under subsection (1) or (3) the Court may not require consideration that is:

  • (a) a higher value than the value (the offer value) specified in the notice containing the terms of the offer to be paid for the Shares to which the application relates, unless the holder of the Shares shows that the offer value would be unfair; or
  • (b) a lower value than the offer value.

(5) No order for costs may be made against a Shareholder making an application under subsection (1) or (3), unless the Court considers:

  • (a) that the application was unnecessary, improper or vexatious; or
  • (b) that there has been unreasonable conduct by the Shareholder during the proceedings on the application.

(6) If a Takeover Offer has not been accepted to the extent necessary to entitle The Offeror to give notices under section 106(1) or (2), the Court may, on the application of The Offeror, make an order authorising The Offeror to give notices under section 106 (1)or (2) if satisfied:

  • (a) that The Offeror has, after reasonable enquiry, been unable to trace 1 or more of the Persons holding Shares to which the offer relates; and
  • (b) that the Shares that The Offeror has acquired, or contracted to acquire, because of acceptances of the offer, together with the Shares held by the Person or Persons mentioned in paragraph (a), total not less than the minimum applying under section 106(1)or (2) and
  • (c) that the terms offered are fair and reasonable.

(7) However, the Court may not make an order under subsection (6) unless it considers that it is just and equitable to make the order having regard, in particular, to the number of Shareholders who have been traced but have not accepted the offer.

111. Joint offers

(1) A Takeover Offer may be made by 2 or more Persons jointly, and in that event, this Chapter has effect with the following modifications.

(2) The conditions for the exercise of the rights given by sections 106 (Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders) and 108 (Right of minority Shareholder to be brought out by The Offeror) are satisfied by the joint offerors acquiring, or contracting to acquire, the necessary Shares jointly (as respects acquisitions because of acceptances of the offer) and either jointly or separately (in other cases) and, subject to the following provisions, the rights and obligations of The Offeror under those sections and sections 107 (Effect of notice under section 106) and 109 (Effect of requirement under section 108) are respectively joint rights and joint and several obligations of the joint offerors.

(3) It is sufficient compliance with any provision of those sections requiring or authorising a notice or other Document to be given or sent by or to the joint offerors that it is given or sent by or to any of them, except that the declaration required by section 106(4) must be made by all of them and, for a joint offeror that is a Body Corporate, signed by a Director of the Body Corporate.

(4) In sections 105, 107(7) and 112, a reference to The Offeror is a reference to the joint offerors or any of them.

(5) In section 107(4)(a), the reference to The Offeror being no longer able to make the payment is a as reference to none of the joint offerors being able to do so.

(6) In section 107(6), a reference to The Offeror is a reference to the joint offerors or such of them as they may determine.

(7) In section 110, a reference to The Offeror is a reference to the joint offerors, except that any application under section 110(3) or (6) may be made by any of them. However, the reference in section 110(6)(a) to The Offeror having been unable to trace 1 or more of the Persons holding Shares is a reference to none of the joint offerors having been able to do so.

112. Associates

(1) The requirement in section 105(1) (Takeover Offers) that a Takeover Offer must extend to all the Shares, or all the Shares of any class or classes, in a Company may be satisfied even though the offer does not extend to Shares that associates of The Offeror hold or have contracted to acquire. Shares that an associate holds or has contracted to acquire, whether at the time when the offer is made or subsequently, must be disregarded for the purposes of any reference in this Chapter to the Shares to which a Takeover Offer relates.

(2) If, during the period within which a Takeover Offer can be accepted, any associate of The Offeror acquires, or contracts to acquire, any of the Shares to which the offer relates, then, if the condition specified in section 106(9)(a) or (b) (Right of The Offeror to buy out minority Shareholders) is satisfied in respect of those Shares, the Shares must be treated for section 106 as Shares to which the offer relates.

(3) In section 108(1)(b) and (2)(b) (Right of minority Shareholder to be bought out by The Offeror), the reference to Shares that The Offeror has acquired or contracted to acquire includes a reference to Shares that any associate of The Offeror has acquired or contracted to acquire.

(4) In this section: associate, in relation to The Offeror, means any of the following:

  1. (a) a nominee of The Offeror;
  2. (b) a Holding Company, Subsidiary or fellow Subsidiary of The Offeror or a nominee of such a Holding Company, Subsidiary or fellow Subsidiary;
  3. (c) a Body Corporate in which The Offeror has a substantial interest.

(5) For subsection (4), a Company is a fellow Subsidiary of another Body Corporate if both are Subsidiaries of the same Body Corporate, but neither is a Subsidiary of the other.

(6) For subsection (4), The Offeror has a substantial interest in a Body Corporate if:

  1. (a) the Body Corporate or its Directors are accustomed to act in accordance with The Offeror’s directions or instructions; or
  2. (b) The Offeror is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 1/2 or more of the voting power at General Meetings of the Body Corporate; or
  3. (c) The Offeror owns or controls directly or indirectly more than 20% of the share capital of the Body Corporate.

(7) If The Offeror is an individual, The Offeror’s associates also include The Offeror’s spouse and any child, stepchild or grandchild of The Offeror.

PART 8: MERGERS

CHAPTER 1–MERGERS: GENERAL

113. Application and interpretation of Part 8

(1) This Part applies only to the extent that a Merging Company is a Public Company.

(2) In this Part:

  1. (a) a reference to a Merging Body is a reference to a body proposing to merge with any 1 or more of the following:
  2. (i) a Company or Recognised Company;

(ii) a Body Corporate (other than a Recognised Company) incorporated outside the AIFC;

(and Merging Company has a corresponding meaning); and

  1. (b) a reference to a Merged Body is a reference to the body resulting from a merger under this Part, which may be:
  2. (i) a new Company or a new Body Corporate incorporated outside the AIFC (a New Body); or

(ii) an existing Company or an existing Body Corporate incorporated outside the AIFC (a Survivor Body);

(and Merged Company, New Company and Survivor Company have corresponding meanings).

(3) This Part does not apply to any Foreign Company that is declared to be an excluded body under the Rules.

(4) Chapter 11 (Protection of Minorities in Takeovers) of Part 7 (Private Companies and Public Companies) does not prevent the acquisition or takeover of a Merging Body by another Merging Body by way of a merger under this Part.

(5) This Part does not apply to a Company if the Company is being wound up under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations.

(6) In this Part:

Group Merger means a merger in which the Merging Bodies are:

  1. (a) a Holding Company and 1 or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Holding Company; or
  2. (b) a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Body Corporate and 1 or more of the following:
  3. (i) the Body Corporate;

(ii) 1 or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Body Corporate.

(7) For this Part, the Rules may prescribe the following:

  1. (a) pre-registration steps–if all Merging Bodies are Companies;
  2. (b) pre-registration steps–if a Merged Body is not a Company;
  3. (c) pre-registration steps–applicable in all other cases; and
  4. (d) any other procedures or matter that is required to assist or facilitate a merger to which this Part applies.

CHAPTER 2–MERGERS REQUIREMENTS

114. Merger agreement

(1) For the purposes of a merger, each Merging Body must enter into an agreement with each other Merging Body. The agreement (the merger agreement) must state the terms of the merger, including the following:

(ii) whether it is to be a Company, Recognised Company or another Body Corporate incorporated outside the AIFC;

(iii) the names and addresses of the Persons who are proposed to:

(A) be its Directors; or

(B) manage it, if it is to be a Body Corporate that does not have Directors;

  • (b) details of any arrangements necessary to complete the merger and to provide for the management of the Merged Body;
  • (c) details of any payment, other than the information specified in subsection (2), proposed to be made to a Shareholder, member or Director of a Merging Company;
  • (d) in relation to the transfer of any Securities of a Merging Company, the information specified in subsection (2).

(2) For subsection (1)(c) and (d), the specified information in relation to the transfer of any Securities of a Merging Company is:

  • (a) if any Securities are to be converted into Securities of the Merged Body—how the conversion is to be made; or
  • (b) otherwise, what the holders are to receive instead, and how and when they are to receive it.

(3) If the Merged Body is to be a New Company, the merger agreement must also set out:

  • (a) the proposed Articles of Association of the New Company; and
  • (b) a draft of any other Document or information that would be required to be delivered to the Registrar (however described) if that New Company were to be incorporated under these Regulations otherwise than by merger.

(4) If the Merged Body is to be a Survivor Company, the merger agreement must also:

  • (a) if any amendments to the Articles of Association of the Survivor Company are proposed—include details of the amendments; and
  • (b) if any person is to become, or cease to be, a Director of the Survivor Company on the merger—state the name and address of each such person.

(5) If Shares of a Merging Body are held by or on behalf of another Merging Body and the Merged Body is to be a New Company:

  • (a) the merger agreement must provide for the cancellation of the Shares, without any repayment of capital, when the merger is completed; and
  • (b) provision may not be made in the merger agreement for the conversion of the Shares into Securities of the New Company.

(6) A merger agreement may provide that, at any time before the completion of the merger, the agreement may be terminated by any 1 or more of the Merging Companies, even though the merger has been approved by the Shareholders or members of all or any of those Merging Companies.

(7) If an agreement is terminated under the terms of a merger agreement referred to in subsection (6), this Part does not require or authorise any further steps to be taken to complete the merger.

(8) The requirements of this section for a merger agreement do not apply in respect of a Group Merger.

115. Resolutions and certificates for merger

(1) Before notice is given of a meeting of a Merging Company to approve a merger agreement under section 116 (Approval of merger), the Directors of the Company must pass a Directors’ resolution that, in the opinion of the Directors voting for the resolution, the merger is in the best interests of the Company. The resolution must contain either a solvency statement referred to in subsection (2) or a statement referred to in subsection (4).

(2) If the Directors voting for the resolution under subsection (1) are satisfied on reasonable grounds that they can properly make a solvency statement in respect of the Company, the resolution must include a statement that they are so satisfied.

(3) For this section, a solvency statement is a statement that, having made full inquiry into the affairs of the Company, the person making the statement reasonably believes that the Company is, and will remain until the merger is completed, able to discharge its Liabilities as they fall due.

(4) If subsection (2) does not apply, the resolution must contain a statement that the Directors voting for it are satisfied on reasonable grounds that there is a reasonable prospect of obtaining the permission of the Court under section 119 (Company to apply to Court if solvency statement not made).

(5) After the resolution under subsection (1) is passed, but before notice is given as mentioned in that subsection, each Director who voted in favour of it must sign a certificate setting out the grounds for the solvency statement under subsection (2) or the statement under subsection (4), as the case may be.

(6) Before the notice is given as mentioned in subsection (1) each relevant person under subsection (7) must sign a certificate stating:

  • (a) that, in the person’s opinion, the Merged Body will be able to continue to conduct business and discharge its Liabilities as they fall due for 12 months after the day the certificate is signed or the merger is completed, whichever is the later; and
  • (b) the grounds for that opinion, having particular regard to:
  • (i) the prospects of the Merged Body; and

(ii) the proposals in any merger agreement in relation to the management of the Merged Body’s business, or any proposals in the Special Resolutions proposed to be approved under section 116 in relation to that matter; and

(iii) the amount and character of the financial resources that will, in the person’s opinion, be available to the Merged Body.

(7) For subsection (6), a relevant person is any of the following:

(ii) to manage the Merged Body, if it is to be a Body Corporate that does not have Directors;

  • (b) if none of the Directors of the Merging Bodies is a person mentioned in paragraph (a)—the persons who signed the certificate or statement mentioned in subsection (5).

116. Approval of merger

(1) Each Merging Body that is a Company must submit the merger for approval by a Special Resolution of the Company and, if there is more than 1 class of Shareholders, for approval by a Special Resolution of a separate meeting of each class.

(2) Notice of each meeting:

  1. (a) must be accompanied by:
  2. (i) a copy or summary of any merger agreement; and

(ii) copies of the proposed Articles of Association or other Constitutional Documents for the Merged Body or a summary of the principal provisions of those Documents; and

(iii) if the notice is accompanied by a summary mentioned in subparagraph (i) or (ii)—information about how a copy of the summarised Document may be inspected by the Shareholders of the Company; and

(iv) a copy of each certificate or statement signed under section 115(5) and (6) (Resolutions and certificates for merger) in relation to the merger; and

  1. (v) a statement of the material interests in the merger of the Directors of each Merging Body and the persons managing any Merging Body that does not have Directors; and

(vi) any further information that a Shareholder would reasonably require to make an informed decision about the merger; and

  1. (b) must contain sufficient information to alert Shareholders to their right to apply to the Court under section 117 (Objection to merger by Shareholders).

(3) A Special Resolution to approve a Group Merger must:

  1. (a) provide that the capital accounts of each Merging Body are to be added to the capital accounts of the Merged Body; and
  2. (b) specify any changes to the Articles of Association of the Merged Body that are to take effect on the merger; and
  3. (c) state the names and addresses of the persons who are proposed to be the Directors of the Merged Body after the merger; and
  4. (d) provide that the Shares of each Merging Body are to be cancelled without any repayment of capital.

(4) A merger is approved under this section when all the Special Resolutions mentioned in subsection (1) have been passed in respect of all the Merging Bodies that are Companies.

(5) A merger may not be completed unless it is approved under this section.

117. Objection to merger by Shareholders

(1) A Shareholder of a Merging Company may apply to the Court for an order under section 175 (Orders for unfair prejudice to Shareholders) on the ground that the merger would unfairly prejudice the interests of the Shareholder.

(2) An application must not be made:

  • (a) more than 28 days after the day the merger is approved under section 116 (Approval of merger); or
  • (b) by a Shareholder who voted in favour of the merger.

CHAPTER 3–CREDITORS

118. Notice to Creditors of merger

(1) No later than 28 days after the day a merger is approved under section 116 (Approval of merger), each Merging Body that is a Company must send Written notice to each of its Creditors who, after its Directors have made reasonable enquiries, is known to the Directors to have a claim against the Company exceeding U.S. $5,000.

(2) The notice must state:

  1. (a) that the Company intends to merge, in accordance with this Part, with 1 or more Bodies Corporate specified in the notice; and
  2. (b) that a copy of the merger agreement and each Special Resolution of the Company is available to Creditors from the Company, free of charge, on request.

(3) If section 119 (Company may apply to Court if solvency statement not made) applies to the merger, the notice must also:

  1. (a) state that a Merging Company has applied or will apply for the permission of the Court under that section; and
  2. (b) state that any Creditor of any of the Merging Bodies may request the Company making the application to send a copy of the application to the Creditor; and
  3. (c) set out information about:
  4. (i) how a Creditor may contact the Company making the application or a Person representing it in that application; and

(ii) the effect of section 119(4), including the date of the application to the Court, if known at the time of the notice.

(4) If section 119 does not apply to the merger, the notice must also state that any Creditor of the Company may:

  1. (a) give notice to the Company of the Creditor’s objection to the merger within 28 days after the day the notice is published under subsection (5); or
  2. (b) require the Company to notify the Creditor if any other Creditor of the Company applies to the Court for an order restraining the merger or modifying the merger agreement.

(5) The Company must publish the contents of the notice in the Appointed Publications or in another way approved by the Registrar.

(6) The notice must be published:

  1. (a) no later than 28 days after the day the merger is approved under section 116; or
  2. (b) as soon as practicable after the Company sends the last of the notices under subsection (1), whichever occurs earlier.

119. Company to apply to Court if solvency statement not made

(1) This section applies to a merger if a certificate signed by the Directors of any of the Merging Companies under section 115(5) (Resolutions and certificates for merger) does not contain the solvency statement mentioned in section 115(3).

(2) The merger may not be completed unless the Court permits the merger on the ground that the merger would not be unfairly prejudicial to the interests of any Creditor of any of the Merging Bodies.

(3) A Merging Company to which a certificate mentioned in subsection (1) relates, or all such Companies jointly if there are more than 1, must as soon as is practicable after the proposed merger is approved under section 116 (Approval of merger):

  1. (a) apply to the Court for permission for the merger; and
  2. (b) send a copy of the application to:
  3. (i) any Creditor known to the Directors, after having made reasonable enquiries, to have a claim against any of the Merging Bodies exceeding U.S. $5,000; and

(ii) any other Creditor of any of the Merging Bodies who request a copy from that Company; and

(iii) the Registrar.

(4) The Court must not hear the application for at least 28 days after the day it is made to the Court.

120. Objection by Creditor if solvency statements made

(1) This section applies to a merger if each certificate signed by the Directors of the Merging Companies under section 115(5) (Resolutions and certificates for merger) contains the solvency statement mentioned in section 115(3).

(2) A Creditor of a Merging Company who objects to the merger:

  1. (a) may, within 28 days of after the day the notice under section 118(5) (Notice to Creditors of merger) is published, give notice of the Creditor’s objection to the Company; and
  2. (b) if the Creditor’s claim against the Merging Company is not discharged—the Creditor may, within 28 days after the day the Creditor gives notice of the Creditor’s objection to the Company, apply to the Court for an order restraining the merger or modifying the merger agreement.

(3) If a Creditor makes an application under subsection (2)(b), the Company must, within a reasonable time after receiving a copy of the application, send a copy of it to each other Creditor:

  1. (a) to whom a notice was sent under section 118(1); or
  2. (b) who has made a request under section 118(3)(b); or
  3. (c) who has given notice of objection under subsection (2)(a); or
  4. (d) to whom the Court orders that a copy should be sent.

(4) If, on an application under subsection (2)(b), the Court is satisfied that the merger would unfairly prejudice the interests of the applicant or of any other Creditor of the Merging Company, the Court may make the order that it considers appropriate in relation to the merger, including, for example, an order:

  1. (a) restraining the merger; or
  2. (b) modifying the merger agreement (if any) or Special Resolution in the way specified in the order.

(5) Subsection (6) applies if the Court is considering making an order under subsection (4)(b) to modify a merger agreement or Special Resolution that does not contain a provision in accordance with section 114(6) (Merger agreement) allowing each of the Merging Companies to terminate the merger following the modification.

(6) The Court must not make the order unless:

  1. (a) the order also inserts the provision mentioned in subsection (5) in the merger agreement or Special Resolution; and
  2. (b) the Court is satisfied that each Merging Company will have an adequate opportunity to reconsider whether to proceed with the merger following the modification.

121. Consent of Registrar required for mergers involving bodies other than Companies

(1) If 1 or more of the Merging Bodies are not Companies:

  1. (a) the Merging Bodies must apply jointly to the Registrar for consent to the merger; and
  2. (b) the merger may not be completed unless the Registrar consents and any conditions of the consent are complied with.

(2) The application for consent must not be made until after the day of the last publication of a notice under section 118(5) (Notice of Creditors of merger).

(3) The application must be accompanied by:

  1. (a) a copy of any merger agreement and the Special Resolutions passed under section 116 (Approval of merger); and
  2. (b) if any Merging Body is a Company—a copy, in respect of each Company, of:
  3. (i) a copy of the resolution passed under section 115(1) (Resolutions and certificates for merger), together with, if the information is not contained in the resolution, a list identifying the Directors who voted in favour of the resolution; and

(ii) the certificates signed under sections 115(5) and (6); and

  1. (c) a copy of the notice to Creditors published under section 118(5), with the date of its publication; and
  2. (d) information, as at the time of the application under this section, about:
  3. (i) any application made by a Shareholder to the Court under section 117 (Objection to merger by Shareholders); or

(ii) if no application has been made to the Court under that section—the date by which an application may be made to the Court under that section.

(4) If section 119 (Company may apply to Court if solvency statement not made) applies to the merger:

  1. (a) the application under this section must also be accompanied by information, as at the time of that application, about the application made, or to be made, to the Court under that section; and
  2. (b) the applicants must:
  3. (i) keep the Registrar informed of the progress of the application under that section; and

(ii) provide, when available, a copy of the Court order permitting the merger.

(5) If section 120 (Objection by Creditor if solvency statement made) applies to the merger, the application under this section must also be accompanied by:

  1. (a) information, as at the time of the application under this section, about:
  2. (i) any notice of objection given by a Creditor under section 120(2)(a); or

(ii) if no notice of objection has been given—the date by which a notice of objection may be given; and

  1. (b) evidence satisfactory to the Registrar that the merger would not be unfairly prejudicial to the interests of any Creditor of any Merging Body that is a Company.

(6) If the Merged Body is to be a Company, the application must also be accompanied by:

  1. (a) the consent of the proposed Directors to act as Directors; and
  2. (b) a copy of its proposed Articles of Association, unless it is to be a Survivor Company and there are no amendments proposed to its Articles of Association.

(7) If 1 more of the Merging Companies is a Foreign Company, the application must also be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Registrar, in respect of each Foreign Company, that:

  1. (a) the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Foreign Company is incorporated do not prohibit either or both of:
  2. (i) the proposed merger; or

(ii) if the Merged Body is to be a new Body Corporate incorporated in that jurisdiction—the incorporation of that Body Corporate because of the merger; and

  1. (b) if those laws or the constitution of the Foreign Company require that an authorisation be given for the application under this section or for the merger—the authorisation has been given; and
  2. (c) if the Foreign Company is not to be a Survivor Company—the Foreign Company will, in due course after the completion of the merger, cease to be a Body Corporate incorporated under the law of the jurisdiction in which it is presently incorporated.

(8) If the Merged Body is to be a Foreign Company, the application must also be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Registrar that the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Merged Body is to be incorporated provide that on the merger:

  1. (a) the property and rights to which the transferor bodies were entitled immediately before the merger will become the property and rights of the Merged Body; and
  2. (b) the Merged Body will become subject to any criminal and civil liabilities, and any contracts, debts and other obligations, to which the transferor bodies were subject immediately before merger; and
  3. (c) any legal proceedings that, immediately before the merger, were pending by or against any of the transferor bodies may be continued by or against the Merged Body.

(9) Subsections (10) and (11) apply unless, at the time of the application under this section:

  1. (a) there has been no objection by a Shareholder or by a Creditor to the merger; and
  2. (b) the time for making any objection has elapsed.

(10) The applicants must:

  1. (a) notify the Registrar of any objection of which they become aware after the application; and
  2. (b) notify the Registrar of the result once any objection, whenever made, has been disposed of; and
  3. (c) provide to the Registrar any further information or Document reasonably required by the Registrar in connection with any objection.

(11) Until the applicants have complied with subsection (10), the Registrar:

  1. (a) must not make any decision on the application other than to refuse consent on grounds unconnected to an objection; and
  2. (b) may, in respect of the application, take any other action short of making a decision, or take no further action.

(12) In subsections (9), (10) and (11):

objection means:

  1. (a) the making by a Shareholder of any Merging Company of an application to the Court under section 117; or
  2. (b) the giving of notice of objection under section 120(2)(a) (Objection by Creditor if solvency statement made) by a Creditor of any Merging Company.

123. Grounds for opinion relating to merger

(1) A Person signing a certificate prescribed by the Rules under section 113(7) (Application and interpretation for Part 8) or a certificate under section 115 (Resolutions and certificates for merger) must have reasonable grounds for any opinion stated in the certificate.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 9: COMPROMISES AND ARRANGEMENTS

124. Power of Company to compromise with Creditors and Shareholders

(1) This section applies if a compromise or arrangement is proposed between a Company and:

(2) The Court may, on the application of:

  • (a) the Company; or
  • (b) a Creditor or Shareholder of the Company; or
  • (c) for a Company being wound up—its liquidator; order that a meeting of the Creditors or class of Creditors, or of the Shareholders or class of Shareholders, be held as the Court directs.

(3) The Court may, by order, sanction a compromise or arrangement, but only if a majority in number representing:

  • (a) 3/4 in value of the Creditors or that class of Creditors; or
  • (b) 3/4 of the voting rights of the Shareholders or that class of Shareholders; as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting, agree to the compromise or arrangement.

(4) If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under subsection (3), the compromise or arrangement is binding on:

  • (a) all the Creditors or that class of Creditors; or
  • (b) all the Shareholders or that class of Shareholders; as the case may be, and also on the Company or, if the Company is being wound up, on the liquidator and contributories of the Company.

(5) The Person on whose application the Court makes an order under subsection (3) must give a copy of the order, duly certified by the Registrar of the Court, to the Registrar as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 7 days after the day the order is made.

(6) The Court order under subsection (3) has no effect, until a duly certified copy of that order is given to the Registrar by the Person on whose application the order was made or the Company.

(7) The Registrar must, as soon as practicable after receiving a duly certified copy of the Court’s order referred to in subsection (5), include the order in the Company’s Articles of Association.

(8) Contravention of subsection (5) is punishable by a fine.

125. Information relating to compromise to be circulated

(1) This section applies if a meeting of Creditors or a class of Creditors, or of Shareholders or a class of Shareholders, of a Company is called under section 124 (Power of Company to compromise with Creditors and Shareholders).

(2) The notice calling for the meeting of Creditors or Shareholders must include a statement containing the following:

  • (a) an explanation of the effect of the compromise or arrangement;
  • (b) any material interests of Directors in the compromise or arrangement, including interests as an Officer, Creditor or Shareholder of the Company;
  • (c) if there any Debt Securities issued by the Company - how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the Debt Security holders;
  • (d) any other matter that has a material impact on the Company, and its Creditors and Shareholders and Debt Security holders, resulting from the compromise or arrangement.

(3) If the notice calling the meeting is given by advertisement, the advertisement must include either the statement referred to in subsection (2), or a notification of where or how the Creditors or Shareholders entitled to attend the meeting may obtain copies of the statement.

(4) If a notice given by advertisement includes a notification that copies of the statement referred to in subsection (2) can be obtained by Creditors or Shareholders entitled to attend the meeting, the Company must give a Creditor or Shareholder, on application, a copy of the statement free of charge.

(5) The Company, and each Officer of the Company, must ensure that every requirement of this section is complied with.

(6) Contravention of subsection (5) by the Company or an Officer of the Company is punishable by a fine.

126. Provisions for facilitating Company reconstruction or amalgamation

If an application is made to the Court under section 124 (Power of Company to compromise with Creditors and Shareholders) for the sanctioning of a compromise or arrangement proposed between a Company and any Persons mentioned in that section, the Court may make any orders as it considers appropriate to facilitate the compromise or arrangement, including a reconstruction of the Company, or an amalgamation of the Company with any other Company. In this section: Company may be taken to include a Body Corporate incorporated outside the AIFC.

PART 10: ACCOUNTS, REPORTS AND AUDIT

CHAPTER 1–ACCOUNTS, REPORTS AND AUDIT: GENERAL

127. Application of Part 10

(1) This Part does not apply to a Company that is exempt from these Regulations under any applicable AIFC Regulations.

(2) The requirements of this Part about accounts and audit apply in relation to each financial year of a Company.

128. Waiver etc. by the Rules

(1) The Rules may extend, exclude waive or modify the application of the provisions of this Part in relation to a specific Person or class of Persons.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the Rules may make provision for or in relation to the following:

  • (a) the inclusion in accounts of group accounts dealing with the affairs of a Company and its Subsidiaries;
  • (b) the inclusion in accounts of a report by the Directors dealing with prescribed matters;
  • (c) the accounting standards or principles to be applied in the preparation of accounts, including the following:
  • (i) the creation or adoption of 1 or more accounting standards or principles, or codes of practice;

(ii) which of, and how, prescribed accounting standards or principles may apply to particular Companies and in particular circumstances;

(iii) periods in which an accounting standard or principle may apply;

  • (d) the extending or shortening of a financial year in certain circumstances, including to facilitate synchronisation of accounts;
  • (e) the appointment, qualifications, remuneration, removal, resignation, rights and duties of Auditors;
  • (f) the creation or adoption of auditing standards or codes of practice;
  • (g) the waiver of the requirement for the preparation of accounts and examination and reporting on accounts by Auditors.

(3) The provisions of this section are subject to section 195 (Waivers and modifications of certain provisions).

CHAPTER 2–ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

129. Accounting Records of Companies

(1) Every Company must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  1. (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Company at any time; and
  2. (b) enable the Directors to ensure that any accounts prepared by the Company under this Part comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A Company must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  1. (a) kept at the place that the Directors consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  2. (b) preserved by the Company for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  3. (c) open to inspection by an Officer or Auditor of the Company at all reasonable times; and
  4. (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(2-1) If a Company, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a Company within the meaning of these Regulations, the Directors immediately before the Company ceases to exist or ceases to be a Company shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years from the date of cessation.

(3) If a Public Company keeps its Accounting Records outside of the AIFC, the Public Company must keep in the AIFC its returns in relation to the business it conducts in or from the AIFC.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

130. Financial years

(1) The first financial year of a Company starts on the day it is incorporated and lasts for a period not exceeding 18 months decided by the Directors.

(2) However, if a Foreign Company has become a Company under section 151 (Transfer of incorporation to AIFC), the first financial year of the Company under these Regulations may, at the option of the Directors, be taken to have started at the end of the previous financial year of the Company in the jurisdiction from which it was continued as a Company. If the Directors exercise that option, the first financial year of the Company under these Regulations is the period of 12 months from the date it is taken to have started.

(3) The second or any subsequent financial year of a Company starts at the end of the Company’s previous financial year and lasts for 12 months or some other period, which is within 7 days either shorter or longer than the 12 months, as may be decided by the Directors.

131. Accounts

(1) The Directors of every Company must ensure that accounts are prepared in relation to each financial year of the Company and that the accounts comply with the requirements in this section.

(2) The accounts must:

  1. (a) be prepared in accordance with accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise approved by the Registrar; and
  2. (b) show a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the period and of the state of the Company’s affairs at the end of the period; and
  3. (c) comply with any other requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) The Directors of a Company must approve the Company’s accounts and must ensure that they are signed on their behalf by at least 1 Director.

(4) The Directors of a Company must ensure that, within 6 months after the end of each financial year of the Company, the accounts for that year are:

  1. (a) prepared and approved by the Directors; and
  2. (b) examined and reported upon by an Auditor; and
  3. (c) if the Company is a Public Company—laid before a General Meeting, together with a copy of the Auditor’s report and Directors’ report, for discussion and, if considered appropriate, approval by the Shareholders; and
  4. (d) for all Companies—sent, together with (if applicable) a copy of the Auditor’s report or Directors’ report (or both), to every Shareholder, other than a Shareholder for whom the Company does not have a current postal address.

(5) A Company must file with the Registrar, within 14 days after the day subsection (4)(d) is complied with in relation to a financial year, a copy of the accounts and the Auditor’s report for the financial year and, if the Company is a Public Company, a copy of the Directors’ report prepared under section 133 (Directors’ reports for Public Companies) for the financial year.

(6) Unless otherwise provided in its Articles of Association, a Private Company and its Directors are not required to comply with subsections (4)(b) and (5) if the Company has:

  1. (a) an annual turnover of not more than U.S. $5,000,000.

(7) However, the Shareholders representing not less than 10% of the nominal value of the share capital of a Private Company to which subsection (6) applies may, by Written notice given to the Company no earlier than the start of any financial year and no later than 1 month before the end of the financial year, require the Company to obtain an audit of its accounts for financial year. The Directors of the Company must ensure that the request is complied with.

(8) If a provision of this section requires the Directors of a Company to do something, each of the Directors are severally liable if the thing is not done as required by this section.

(9) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

132. Provision of copy of accounts to Shareholders

(1) Any Shareholder of a Company is entitled, on Written request made by the Shareholder to the Company and without charge, to be given:

  • (a) a copy of the Company’s latest accounts, if section 131(6) (Accounts) applies; or
  • (b) in all other cases, the latest audited accounts and Auditor’s report.

(2) A Company must comply with a request under subsection (1) within 7 days after the day it receives the request.

(3) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

133. Directors’ report for Public Companies

(1) The Directors of a Public Company must prepare a Directors’ report for each financial year of the Company.

(2) The Directors’ report for a financial year must:

  • (a) state the names of the persons who, at any time during the financial year, were Directors; and
  • (b) state the principal activities of the Company during the financial year; and
  • (c) state the amount (if any) that the Directors recommend should be paid by way of dividend or other Distribution; and
  • (d) include a business review containing:
  • (i) a fair view of the Company’s business; and

(ii) a description of the risks and uncertainties facing the Company; and

(iii) an analysis of the development, performance and position of the Company’s business; and

(iv) the other information necessary for an understanding of the development, performance and position of the Company’s business; and

  • (e) state that the Directors are not aware of any relevant audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is not aware, and that they have taken all reasonable steps to become aware of such relevant audit information; and
  • (f) include the other matters prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Directors’ report must be signed on behalf of the Directors by a Director or the Secretary of the Company.

(4) Each Director of a Company must ensure that the requirements of this section are complied with in relation to the Company in relation to each financial year of the Company.

(5) Contravention of subsection (4) is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 3–AUDITORS

134. Qualification and registration of Auditors

(1) In this Part, a reference to an Auditor is a reference to a Person who is registered by the Registrar as an auditor under this Chapter.

(2) The Rules must prescribe the criteria that a Person must meet to be registered, and to maintain registration, as an auditor. The Rules may include requirements relating to the qualifications, experience and fitness and propriety of applicants.

(3) The Rules may provide for requirements referred to in subsection (2) to be varied for applicants who are, at the time of application, regulated in a jurisdiction outside the AIFC.

(4) The Registrar may:

  • (a) grant or refuse to grant an application for registration as an auditor; and
  • (b) impose any restrictions or conditions on granting registration.

(5) An Auditor must act within the scope of the Auditor’s registration and comply with any restrictions and conditions imposed on the registration.

(6) The Registrar may, by Written notice given to an Auditor on the Registrar’s own initiative or at the request of the Auditor:

  • (a) impose restrictions or conditions on the Auditor’s registration; or
  • (b) vary or withdraw any restrictions or conditions imposed on the Auditor’s registration; or
  • (c) suspend or withdraw the Auditor’s registration.

(8) In making a decision under this section, the Registrar must comply with any Rules applying in relation to the making of the decision.

135. Register of Auditors

(1) The Registrar must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of auditors under these Regulations, including any restrictions and conditions applying to registrations. The Rules may make provision for or in relation to the register.

(2) The Registrar must make a current version of the register freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

136. Appointment and removal of Auditors

(1) If a Company is required by these Regulations to have its accounts examined and reported on by an Auditor, the Company must appoint an Auditor to examine and report on, in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules, the accounts prepared under section 131 (Accounts).

(2) A Person who is not an Auditor must not:

  1. (a) consent to be appointed as an Auditor of a Company; or
  2. (b) act as an Auditor of a Company; or
  3. (c) prepare any report required by these Regulations and the Rules to be prepared by an Auditor.

(3) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

(4) The appointment of a firm as an Auditor of a Company is taken to be an appointment of each Person who is a partner of the firm.

(5) A Public Company must, at each Annual General Meeting at which the accounts for the previous financial year are laid, appoint an Auditor to hold office from the conclusion of that meeting to the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting at which the accounts are laid.

(6) Subject to section 131(6) (Accounts), a Private Company must, within 6 months after the end of a financial year or, if earlier, before the day the accounts are sent to the Shareholders, appoint an Auditor to hold office from that date until the end of the next period for appointing Auditors.

(7) The appointment of an Auditor by a Private Company must be by a resolution of its Directors unless the Shareholders, at a General Meeting, have appointed an Auditor by an Ordinary Resolution.

(8) The Directors of a Public Company may, at any time before the first General Meeting at which the accounts for the previous financial year are laid, appoint an Auditor to hold office to the conclusion of the first General Meeting.

(9) The Directors of a Company may fill any casual vacancy in the office of Auditor on the terms they consider appropriate. An Auditor appointed to fill a casual vacancy holds office:

  1. (a) for a Public Company—until the conclusion of the next General Meeting at which the accounts for the previous financial year are laid; or
  2. (b) for a Private Company—until the end of the next period for appointing Auditors.

(10) Subject to subsection (9), the Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, fix the Auditor’s remuneration.

(11) A Company must not appoint an Auditor under this section unless:

  1. (a) the Auditor has, before the appointment, consented in Writing to the Company; and
  2. (b) the Company is not, on reasonable inquiry, aware of any matter that should prevent the Auditor from giving the Auditor’s consent under paragraph (a).

(12) An Auditor must not consent to an appointment as an Auditor of a Company if:

  1. (a) the Auditor has, or may reasonably be perceived to have, a conflict of interest; or
  2. (b) the Auditor does not have, or may reasonably be perceived not to have, a requisite degree of independence from the Company; or
  3. (c) the Auditor, or any associate of the Auditor in a firm or business undertaking, has acted as an Auditor of the Company within the earlier period or frequency prescribed by the Rules.

(13) A Company may, despite anything in any agreement between it and its Auditor, remove the Auditor at any time by Resolution.

(14) The Court may, on application made by the Registrar, order the removal of the Auditor of a Company.

(15) This section does not deprive an Auditor removed under this section of compensation or damages payable to the Auditor in respect of the termination of the Auditor’s appointment.

(16) Every Company and its Officers must take reasonable efforts to provide the information and assistance required by an Auditor for the Exercise of the Auditor’s Functions under these Regulations or the Rules.

137. Auditor’s report to Company

(1) A Company’s Auditor must make a report to the Company’s Shareholders on the accounts examined by the Auditor.

(2) The Auditor’s report must state:

  • (a) whether, in the Auditor’s opinion, the accounts have been properly prepared in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules; and
  • (b) in particular, whether the accounts give a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial year and of the state of the Company’s affairs at the end of the financial year; and
  • (c) any other matter or opinion required under these Regulations or the Rules.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

138. Auditors’ Functions

(1) A Company’s Auditor must, in preparing a report in relation to the accounts of the Company, conduct the investigations necessary to enable the Auditor to form an opinion about the following matters:

  • (a) whether proper Accounting Records have been kept by the Company and proper returns adequate for the audit have been received from branches or offices not visited by the Auditor;
  • (b) whether the Company’s accounts are in agreement with the Accounting Records and returns;
  • (c) whether the Company’s accounts have been prepared in compliance with any applicable accounting principles or standards.

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) If the Auditor is of the opinion that proper Accounting Records have not been kept by the Company, that proper returns adequate for the audit have not been received from branches or offices not visited by the Auditor, that the accounts are not in agreement with the Accounting Records and returns, or that the accounts do not comply with any applicable principles or accounting standards, the Auditor must state that opinion in the report.

(4) The Auditor has a right of access, at all reasonable times, to the Company’s Records, and is entitled to require from the Company’s Officers all the information and explanations that the Auditor considers necessary for the purposes of the audit.

(5) The Auditor is entitled to receive notice of, and attend, any meeting of Shareholders and to be heard on any part of the business of the meeting that concerns the Auditor.

(6) If the Auditor does not obtain all the information and explanations that the Auditor considers, necessary for the purposes of the audit, the Auditor must state that fact in the report.

(7) Contravention of subsection (6) is punishable by a fine.

139. Resignation of Auditor

(1) An Auditor of a Company may resign from office by depositing a Written notice to that effect, together with a statement under subsection (2), at the Company’s registered office. The notice operates to bring the Auditor’s term of office to an end on the day the notice is deposited or, if a later date is stated in the notice, on that date. The Company must send a copy of the notice to the Registrar.

(2) If an Auditor of a Company ceases to hold office for any reason, the Auditor must deposit at the Company’s registered office either:

  • (a) a statement to the effect that there are no circumstances connected with the Auditor ceasing to hold office that the Auditor considers should be brought to the notice of the Shareholders or Creditors of the Company; or
  • (b) a statement of any circumstances mentioned in paragraph (a).

(3) If an Auditor of a Company deposits a statement under subsection (2)(b), the Company must, within 14 days after the day the Auditor deposits the statement, send a copy of the statement to every Shareholder of the Company and to every Person entitled to receive notice of General Meetings.

(4) If an Auditor of a Company ceases to hold office for any reason, the Directors of the Company must, within 30 days after the day the Auditor ceases to hold office, appoint a replacement under section 136(9) (Appointment and removal of Auditors).

(5) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

140. Cooperation with Auditors

(1) A Company, or any Officer of a Company, must not, knowingly or recklessly:

  • (a) make a statement, or give information, (whether orally, in a Document or any other way) to an Auditor of the Company that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (b) give a Document to an Auditor of the Company that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (c) withhold any information from an Auditor of the Company if the withholding of the information makes information given by the Company or Officer to the Auditor false or misleading in a material particular or likely to mislead or deceive the Auditor; or
  • (d) conceal any information from the Auditor if the concealment is likely to mislead or deceive the Auditor.

(2) A Company, an Officer of a Company, or a Person acting under the direction or authority of a Company or Officer of a Company, must not, without reasonable excuse, engage in conduct if the Company, Office or Person knows, or ought to know, that the conduct could:

  • (a) obstruct or hinder an Auditor of the Company in the Exercise of the Auditor’s Functions; or
  • (b) result in the Company’s accounts or any aspect of the Auditor’s report being false or misleading in a material particular.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), that subsection applies to the following conduct:

  • (a) destroying or concealing a Document;
  • (b) coercing, manipulating, misleading, or improperly influencing the Auditor;
  • (c) Failing to provide access to information or Documents required by the Auditor;
  • (d) Failing to give the Auditor any information or explanation that the Person is able to give;
  • (e) Failing to give the Auditor any assistance in relation to the audit that the Company, Officer or Person is required and able to give.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

141. Obligation of disclosure by Auditor

(1) An Auditor is subject to obligations of disclosure under section 196 (Obligation of disclosure to Registrar).

(2) Without limiting any other provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, an Auditor does not Contravene any duty to which the Auditor is subject merely because the Auditor:

  • (a) makes a disclosure under section 196; or
  • (b) gives the Registrar any other information or opinion in relation to a matter to which the disclosure applies or any related matter.

142. Court orders

(1) This section applies if the Court is satisfied, on application of the Registrar that an Auditor:

  • (a) has Contravened these Regulations; or
  • (b) has Failed, whether within or outside the AIFC, to Exercise the Functions of Auditor adequately or properly; or
  • (c) is otherwise not a fit and proper Person to remain registered as an Auditor.

(2) The Court may make 1 or more of the following orders:

  • (a) an order that the Registrar cancel, or suspend for a specified period, the registration of the Auditor;
  • (b) an order imposing conditions or restrictions on the future conduct of the Auditor;
  • (c) an order requiring the Auditor to do, or not do, anything;
  • (d) any other order that the Court considers appropriate.

(3) This section does not affect the powers that any Person or the Court may have apart from this section.

PART 11: OTHER TYPES OF COMPANY

143. Incorporation of prescribed types of Company

(1) A Company may be incorporated as, or an existing Company may be converted into, a type of Company that is specified in this Part or prescribed under the Rules, if such a type of Company is desirable in the interests of the AIFC.

(2) The Rules may:

  1. (a) prescribe any of the following:
  2. (i) the types of Companies;

(ii) the circumstances in which such a Company may be incorporated, or an existing Company may be converted into, including any requirements for approval by another regulatory authority;

(iii) any requirements or restrictions in relation to such a Company’s Articles of Association or its constitution generally;

(iv) forms and procedures for the incorporation and administration of such a Company; or

  1. (b) extend, exclude, waive or modify the application of provisions of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, with the exception of Part 1 (General), Part 2 (Appointment and role of Registrar) and Chapters 1 (Powers of inspection and investigation) and 3 (General Contraventions) of Part 14 (Powers and remedies) of these Regulations, if the Board of Directors of the AFSA considers it necessary or desirable to facilitate the incorporation of, conversion to, and management and Functions of, such a Company.

(3) Except as otherwise provided by the Rules, these Regulations apply to a Company established under this section.

PART 12: RECOGNISED COMPANIES

144. Foreign Companies

(1) A Foreign Company must not conduct business in or from the AIFC as an AIFC Participant unless it is registered a Recognised Company under this Part.

(2) The Rules may make provision about what is (or is not) conducting business for this Part.

(3) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(4) A Foreign Company may apply to the Registrar for registration as a Recognised Company in accordance with the Rules.

(5) If a Recognised Company becomes a Company, the Registrar must cancel its registration as a Recognised Company.

145. Refusal to register Foreign Company

The Registrar may refuse to register a Foreign Company as a Recognised Company for any reason the Registrar considers to be a proper reason for refusing to register the company.

146. Effect of registration as Recognised Company

(1) If the Registrar registers a Foreign Company as a Recognised Company, the Registrar must:

(2) A certificate of recognition issued by the Registrar is conclusive evidence:

(3) Without limiting subsection (1)(a), the Registrar may make alternative arrangements relating to the issue of certificates of recognition to Recognised Companies in circumstances prescribed by the Rules.

(4) [intentionally omitted]

147. Requirements of Recognised Company

(1) A Recognised Company must:

  1. (a) appoint and retain at all times at least 1 Person who is authorised to accept service of any Document or notice on behalf of the Recognised Company and to Exercise any other Function prescribed by the Rules; and
  2. (b) have a place of business in the AIFC to which all communications and notices may be addressed; and
  3. (c) file with the Registrar, in the form and way required by the Rules, notice of the following:
  4. (i) the appointment of Persons authorised to accept service for the Recognised Company;

(ii) the address of the principal place of business of the Recognised Company in the AIFC;

(iii) details of Persons authorised to accept service and the address of its principal place of business in the AIFC;

(iv) details of the Recognised Company’s shareholders or members;

  1. (v) details of the Recognised Company’s Directors and Secretary; and
  2. (d) give the Registrar a copy of each annual return or comparable document filed in its jurisdiction of incorporation, within 30 days after the day it files the annual return or comparable document in that jurisdiction; and
  3. (e) comply with any other requirement prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar may:

  1. (a) prescribe procedures in relation to the requirements under this Part; and
  2. (b) exclude, waive or modify any requirements under this Part in relation to different cases or classes of case.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

148. Notification of change in Registered Details of Recognised Company

(1) If any of the Registered Details of a Recognised Company change, the Recognised Company must notify the Registrar in Writing of the change within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the Recognised Company under the Rules in relation to the change.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(3) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

149. Accounting Records of Recognised Companies

(1) A Recognised Company must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

(2) A Recognised Company must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place that the Directors or managers consider appropriate except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the Recognised Company for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by an Officer or auditor of the Recognised Company at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

150. Inspection and remedies

Part 14 (Powers and remedies) applies, with any necessary modifications, to a Recognised Company as if it were a Company.

PART 13: TRANSFER OF INCORPORATION

151. Transfer of incorporation to AIFC

(1) A Foreign Company may, if authorised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, apply to the Registrar of Companies for the continuation of the Foreign Company as a Company.

(2) An application for continuation must be made to the Registrar in accordance with the Rules and must be:

  • (a) executed under seal and signed by an Officer of the Foreign Company, and verified by an affidavit, or other similar sworn statement, of the Officer signing the application; and
  • (b) accompanied by articles of continuation that comply with section 14(1), (2) and (3) (Articles of Association); and
  • (c) accompanied by any other Document required by the Registrar.

(3) The articles of continuation must make any amendments to the original articles of association of the Foreign Company, as they have been amended, necessary to make the articles of continuation comply with these Regulations, the Rules, any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar and any other Acting Law of the AIFC.

152. Certificate of continuation

(1) If the Registrar approves the application for continuation made by a Foreign Company under section 151 (Transfer of incorporation to AIFC), the Registrar must:

  • (a) issue a certificate of continuation on the terms and conditions the Registrar considers appropriate; and
  • (b) assign a number to the Company, which is to be the Company’s identification number; and
  • (c) enter the name of the Company in the Register.

(2) The Registrar may refuse to issue a certificate of continuation if the Registrar considers it appropriate to refuse to issue the certificate.

153. Effect of certificate

From the date of continuation stated in a certificate of continuation issued to a Foreign Company:

  • (a) the Foreign Company becomes a Company to which these Regulations apply as if it had been incorporated under these Regulations; and
  • (b) the articles of continuation become the Articles of Association of the Company; and
  • (c) the certificate of continuation is treated as the certificate of incorporation of the Company.

154. Copy of certificate of continuation

The Registrar must, if requested by a Company to which a certificate of continuation has been issued, send a copy of the certificate of continuation to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdiction in which the application for continuation was authorised.

155. Rights and Liabilities of continued Foreign Company

If a Foreign Company is continued as a Company under these Regulations, the Company:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the Liabilities, restrictions and debts, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

156. Transfer of incorporation from AIFC to another jurisdiction

(1) A Company may, if it is authorised by a Special Resolution or the Registrar in the way prescribed by the Rules, apply to the appropriate official or public body of a jurisdiction outside the AIFC (the other jurisdiction) to transfer its incorporation to the other jurisdiction and request that the Company be continued as a Foreign Company.

(2) The Company must not apply under subsection (1) unless the laws of the other jurisdiction provide that the Foreign Company:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the Liabilities, restriction and debts, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

(3) The Company ceases to be a Company within the meaning of these Regulations if the Company is continued as a Foreign Company and files with the Registrar a copy of the certificate or instrument of continuation certified by the appropriate official or public body of the other jurisdiction.

(4) When the Registrar receives the other jurisdiction’s certificate or instrument of continuation, the Registrar must strike the name of the Company off the Register.

157. Refusal to grant authorisation to transfer incorporation

The Registrar may refuse to authorise a Company to apply to be continued as a Foreign Company under section 156(1) (Transfer of incorporation from AIFC to another jurisdiction).

PART 14: POWERS AND REMEDIES

CHAPTER 1–POWERS OF INVESTIGATION

158. Application and interpretation of Part 14

(1) In this Part, a reference to a Company includes a reference to a Recognised Company, except where expressly provided otherwise.

(2) In this Part, a reference to a Regulated Entity is a reference to a Company or to any other entity that is was registered, incorporated or otherwise formed under Legislation Administered by the Registrar, and includes, for example, any of the following entities:

  1. (a) a General Partnership or Recognised Partnership under the AIFC General Partnership Regulations;
  2. (b) an Incorporated Organisation under the AIFC Non-profit Incorporated Organisations Regulations;
  3. (c) a Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership under the AIFC Limited Liability Partnership Regulations;
  4. (d) a Limited Partnership or Recognised Limited Partnership under the AIFC Limited Partnership Regulations.

(3) In this Part, a reference to a Regulated Relevant Person for a Regulated Entity is a reference to:

  1. (a) a Person who is a director, officer, partner, member, employee, or agent, (however described) of the Regulated Entity;
  2. (b) an Auditor, or former auditor, of the Regulated Entity; or
  3. (c) any other Person who is concerned in any way with the Regulated Entity’s management.

(4) In the application of subsection (3) to a Regulated Entity that is a Company:

  1. (a) a reference to a director includes a reference to a Director (as defined in Schedule1);
  2. (b) a reference to an employee includes a reference to an Employee (as defined in Schedule 1).

(5) Without limiting the powers available to the Registrar of Companies, the Registrar may exercise any power given to the Registrar under these Regulations, the Rules, or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, in relation to an entity that has ceased to be a Regulated Entity, or in relation to any Person who was a Regulated Relevant Person for a Regulated Entity or an entity that has ceased to be a Regulated Entity, within 3 years after the day the Registrar becomes aware of an act or omission that gives rise to the right to exercise the power.

(6) For this section, the Registrar of Companies becomes aware of an act or omission in relation to a Contravention if the Registrar has information from which the Contravention can reasonably be inferred.

159. Appointment of Inspectors

(1) The Registrar of Companies may appoint a Person as an inspector to investigate and report on the affairs of a Regulated Entity (the relevant Regulated Entity), if the Registrar considers it necessary or desirable to do so in pursuit the Registrar’s Objectives.

(2) The Person appointed as an Inspector may, with the consent of the Registrar of Companies, also investigate and report on the affairs of another Regulated Entity that, in the Registrar’s opinion, is or was related to the relevant Regulated Entity.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may also appoint a Person as an Inspector to investigate and report on an alleged Contravention of these Regulations.

(4) Any of the following Persons, without limitation, may be appointed as an Inspector under this Part:

  • (a) an officer or employee of the office of the Registrar;
  • (b) an officer or employee of any other division, department or office (however described) of the AFSA; or
  • (c) an independent third party.

(5) To remove any doubt, the powers of investigation set out in the Part are, in the first instance, vested in the Registrar of Companies and nothing in this Part limits the authority of the Registrar of Companies to exercise such powers.

160. Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and Documents etc.

(1) If an Inspector considers that a Person may be able to give information or produce a Document that is or may be relevant to the investigation for which the Inspector was appointed (including any investigation under section 159(2) (Appointment of Inspectors), the Inspector may do any of the following:

  1. (a) enter the business premises of the Person during normal business hours for the purpose of inspecting, obtaining and copying information or Documents, in any form, on the premises;
  2. (b) require the Person to produce, or arrange for the production of, any books, Records or other Documents in the Person’s custody or power relating to the investigation;
  3. (c) require the Person to give, or arrange for the giving of, specified information relating to the investigation;
  4. (d) require the Person to attend before the Inspector at a specified time and place (but on reasonable notice) and to answer all questions put to the Person by or on behalf of the Inspector relating to the investigation (a compulsory interview);
  5. (e) require the Person to give reasonable assistance of any other kind to the Inspector in connection with the investigation.

(2) The Inspector may, for the exercise of powers under subsection (1)(a) in relation to premises:

  1. (a) require any appropriate Person to make available any relevant information or Documents, in any form, on the premises for inspection or copying; and
  2. (b) require any appropriate Person to convert any relevant information or Documents on the premises into a form capable of being copied; and
  3. (c) use the facilities of the occupier of the premises, free of charge, to make copies.

(3) If the Inspector requires a Person (the interviewee) to attend a compulsory interview under subsection (1)(d), the Inspector may give directions:

  1. (a) about who may be present at the compulsory interview, including a direction requiring the interviewee to answers questions put to the interviewee in private; and
  2. (b) preventing any Person present during any part of the compulsory interview from disclosing to any other Person any information provided to the interviewee or questions asked by or on behalf of the Inspector during the compulsory interview; and
  3. (c) about the conduct of any Person present at the compulsory interview, including about how the Person must participate in the interview; and
  4. (d) requiring the interviewee to swear an oath or give an affirmation that the answers of the interviewee will be true; and
  5. (e) requiring the interviewee to answer any questions relevant to the investigation; and
  6. (f) requiring the interview to be audio or video recorded.

(4) If an Inspector has reasonable grounds to suspect that a Regulated Relevant Person for a Regulated Entity the subject of the investigation maintains or has maintained a bank account of any description, whether alone or jointly with another Person, into or out of which has been paid amounts that are in any way related to the affairs of the Regulated Entity, the Inspector may require the Person to obtain and produce all books and Records in the Person’s custody or power relating to the bank account.

(5) If an Inspector makes a requirement of, or gives a direction to, a Person under this section, the Person must comply with the requirement.

(6) A Person required under this section to answer a question that is put to the Person by or on behalf of an Inspector must not, knowingly or recklessly:

  1. (a) make a statement, or give information, (whether orally, in a Document or in any other way) that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  2. (b) withhold any information if withholding the information makes any information given by the Person false or misleading in a material particular or likely to mislead or deceive the Inspector.

(7) An Inspector may exercise any of the powers under this section in respect of any Person within, or outside of, the AIFC. However, if the Person is outside the AIFC, the Inspector must either:

  1. (a) use any arrangements with a relevant authority in the jurisdiction in which the Person is resident or domiciled, or the premises are located, to assist it to exercise the power; or
  2. (b) apply to the Court for an order compelling the Person to give or arrange for the giving of information, to produce or arrange for the production of Documents, to answer questions or to permit the Inspector or any Person assisting the Inspector to enter premises of the Person and exercise any powers on or in relation to the premises.

(8) Contravention of subsection (5) or (6) is punishable by a fine.

161. Use and effect of information and Documents obtained for investigations

(1) Information or a Document given, produced or obtained because of the exercise by an Inspector of powers under section 160 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and Documents etc.) is admissible in evidence in any proceedings, if the information or Document complies with any requirements relating to the admissibility of evidence in the proceedings.

(2) A requirement under section 160 to give, produce, or arrange for the giving or production of, information or a Document does not apply if the information or a Document is subject to legal professional privilege.

(2-1) Where information or a Document has not been produced to an Inspector on the grounds that it is subject to legal professional privilege and the Inspector disputes this claim, the Inspector may make an application to the Court for an order to produce that information or Document.

(3) An Inspector must not disclose a statement made by a Person in answer to any question asked under section 160 to any law enforcement agency for the purpose of criminal proceedings against the Person unless:

  1. (a) the Person consents to the disclosure; or
  2. (b) the Inspector is required by law or court order to disclose the statement.

(4) An Inspector may retain possession of any information and Document obtained under section 160 for so long as is necessary:

  1. (a) for the purposes of the relevant investigation; or
  2. (b) for a decision to be made about whether or not a proceeding to which the information or Document may be relevant should be commenced; or
  3. (c) for a proceeding mentioned in paragraph (b) to be finally completed.

(5) A Person is not entitled to claim a lien on a Document as a basis for Failing to comply with a requirement under section 160, but any lien is not otherwise prejudiced.

(6) If a Person is unable to produce information or a Document in compliance with a requirement made by an Inspector under section 160, the Inspector may require the Person to state, to the best of the Person’s knowledge or belief, where the information or Document may be found and who last had possession, custody or control of the information or Document.

(7) If an Inspector considers that, if disclosed, the fact of the issuing of a notice requiring a Person to do anything under section 160, may hinder an investigation, the Inspector may direct the Person not to disclose any information about the notice or the Person’s compliance with it to any other Person, other than the first Person’s legal representative under a duty of confidentiality.

(8) A Person is entitled to legal representation during the course of an investigation.

162. Obstructing or hindering Inspectors

(1) A Person must not, without reasonable excuse, engage in conduct intended to obstruct or hinder an Inspector in the Exercise of any Functions under sections 160 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and Documents etc.) and 161 (Use and effect of information and Documents obtained for investigations) or any other provision of these Regulations, or under the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, including, for example, by engaging in any of the following conduct:

  1. (a) destroying or concealing a Document;
  2. (b) Failing to give or produce information or a Document required by the Inspector;
  3. (c) Failing to attend before the Inspector at a specified time and place to answer questions;
  4. (d) making a statement, or giving information, (whether orally, in a Document or in any other way) that is false or misleading in a material particular;
  5. (e) Failing to give any assistance in relation to an investigation that the Person is required and able to give;
  6. (f) Failing to comply with any other requirement made of the Person, or any direction given to the Person, by the Inspector under these Regulations.

(2) If a Person Fails to comply with a requirement or direction of an Inspector (whether under section 160 or 161 or otherwise), the Inspector may certify the Failure in Writing to the Court. The Court may inquire into the matter and make the orders that it considers appropriate.

(3) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

163. Inspectors’ reports

(1) At the conclusion of an Inspector’s investigation, the Inspector must give the Registrar of Companies a Written report on the investigation, in the form and covering the matters that the Registrar may require.

(2) An Inspector must make the interim reports (if any) to the Registrar of Companies that the Registrar may require.

(3) If the Registrar of Companies receives a report from an Inspector, the Registrar may do any 1 or more of the following:

  • (a) provide a copy of the report, or any part of the report, to any Regulated Entity to which the report relates, with or without a direction that it be disclosed to any shareholders, members, partners or any other Persons stated in the direction;
  • (b) provide a copy of the report, or any part of the report, to any Person whose financial interests may have been affected by the matters dealt with in the report;
  • (c) publish the report, or any part of the report, in the way the Registrar considers appropriate.

164. Application to Court by Registrar of Companies

(1) The Registrar of Companies may apply to the Court for an order under this section if, from any report made or information or Document obtained under this Part the Registrar considers that:

(ii) unfairly prejudicial to the interests of the Regulated Entity’s shareholders, members or partners generally or of any of its shareholders, member or partners or to any other Person or class of Persons with an interest in the Regulated Entity or its affairs; or

  • (b) an actual or proposed act of a Regulated Entity (including an act or omission on its behalf) Contravenes or would Contravene, these Regulation or is, or would be, so unfairly prejudicial.

(2) If the Court is satisfied that an application by the Registrar of Companies under subsection (1)is well founded, the Court may make the order that it considers appropriate for giving relief in respect of the matters complained of.

CHAPTER 2–OTHER POWERS OF REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES

165. Direction to comply with Legislation Administered by the Registrar

(1) This section applies if a Regulated Entity, or a Regulated Relevant Person for a Regulated Entity, Fails to comply with a requirement (however expressed and including, to remove any doubt, a requirement applying for the benefit of a Person other than the Registrar of Companies):

  1. (a) under a provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar; or
  2. (b) made by the Registrar under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may, by Written notice, direct the Regulated Entity, the Regulated Relevant Person, or another Regulated Relevant Person for the Regulated Entity, to comply with the requirement, or ensure that the requirement is complied with, within the time stated in the notice.

(3) If the Regulated Entity or Regulated Relevant Person Fails to comply with the direction under subsection (2), the Registrar of Companies may apply to the Court for 1 or more of the following orders:

  1. (a) an order directing the Regulated Entity or Regulated Relevant Person, or another Regulated Relevant Person for the Regulated Entity, to comply with the direction or with any relevant provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, or ensure that the direction is complied with, within the time stated in the order;
  2. (b) an order directing the Regulated Entity or Regulated Relevant Person to pay any costs incurred by the Registrar or any other Person relating to:
  3. (i) the giving of the direction by the Registrar; or

(ii) the relevant Contravention of these Regulations;

  1. (c) any other order that the Court considers appropriate.

(4) This section does not affect the operation of any other provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar imposing penalties in respect of a Failure to comply with a requirement to which this section applies, or any powers that the Registrar, another Person or the Court may have under any other provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

166. General power to obtain information

(1) The Registrar of Companies may, by Written notice, require any Regulated Entity, or any Regulated Relevant Person for a Regulated Entity, to give specified information, produce specified Documents, or ensure that specified information or Documents are given or produced, to the Registrar. The Regulated Entity or Regulated Relevant Person must comply with the requirement within the time specified in the notice.

(2) The Registrar may, by Written notice, require any Regulated Entity to allow the Registrar to enter any premises of the Regulated Entity during normal business hours, or at any other time agreed between the Registrar and the Regulated Entity, for the purpose of inspecting and copying information or Documents, in any form, on the premises. The Regulated Entity must comply with the requirement.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may exercise a power under subsection (1) or (2) if the Registrar considers that it is necessary or desirable to do so for the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(4) Information or a Document given, produced or obtained because of the exercise by the Registrar of Companies of powers under subsection (1) or (2) is admissible in evidence in any proceedings, if the information or Document complies with any requirements relating to the admissibility of evidence in the proceedings.

(5) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to information or a Document if the information or Document is subject to legal professional privilege.

(6) The Registrar of Companies may apply to the Court for an order to require a Person to comply with a requirement under subsection (1) or (2), and the Court may make the orders that it considers appropriate.

167. Powers to strike off names of Companies from the Register

(1) The Registrar of Companies may strike the name of a Company off the Register if the Registrar has reason to believe that:

  1. (a) the Company is not conducting business or is not in operation;
  2. (b) the Company is Contravening these Regulations; or
  3. (c) it is prejudicial to the interests of the AIFC for the Company to remain in the Register.

(1-1) The Registrar of Companies may conclude that a Company is not conducting business or is not in operation where:

  1. (a) the annual return or the annual confirmation statement of the Company has not been filed by the relevant date pursuant to section 26 (Annual returns) or section 26-1 (Annual confirmation of accuracy of information in the register); or
  2. (b) a fee due to the Registrar has not been paid on the date due, and in each case, the Company has failed to file the annual return, pay the fee due or to respond to correspondence with the Registrar and a period of 12 months has elapsed since the date on which the annual return or the annual confirmation statement was due to be filed or the relevant fee was due to be paid.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may also strike the name of a Company off the Register if the Company is being wound up in a creditors voluntary winding up and:

  1. (a) the Registrar has reason to believe either that:
  2. (i) no liquidator is acting; or

(ii) the affairs of the Company are fully wound up; and

  1. (b) the returns required to be made by the liquidator have not been made for a period of at least 6 consecutive months.

(3) In deciding whether to strike the name of a Company off the Register under subsection (1) or (2), the Registrar of Companies comply with the Decision-making Procedures and must also:

  1. (a) publish a notice in the Appointed Publications of the Registrar’s intention to strike the name of the Company off the Register and dissolve the Company before doing so; and
  2. (b) if the Company is licensed, registered or recognised by the AFSA—obtain the AFSA’s consent before publishing the notice under paragraph (a).

(4) If an application is made by a Company to strike the Company’s name off the Register following a voluntary winding up in accordance with the procedures under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations, the Registrar of Companies may strike the Company's name off the Register if the requirements of subsection (5) to (9) are met.

(5) An application under subsection (4) must:

  1. (a) be made on the Company’s behalf by its Directors or a majority of them; and
  2. (b) be in the form prescribed by the Rules.

(6) Within 7 days after the day that an application under subsection (4) is made, the applicants must give a copy of the application to every Person who, on the day the application is made, is:

  1. (a) a Shareholder of the Company; or
  2. (b) an Employee of the Company; or
  3. (c) a Creditor of the Company; or
  4. (d) a Director of the Company who is not a party to the application.

(7) An application must not be made on behalf of a Company under subsection (4):

  1. (a) if at any time in the previous 3 months, the Company has:
  2. (i) changed its name; or

(ii) traded or otherwise carried on business; or

(iii) made a disposal for value of property or rights held, before the disposal, for gain in the normal course of trading; or

(iv) engaged in any other activity, other than an activity that is necessary or desirable for the purposes of making an application under subsection (4) for concluding the affairs of the Company or complying with associated legal requirements; or

  1. (b) at a time when any process in respect of the Company, or its property, has commenced under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations.

(8) The Registrar of Companies must not strike the Company’s name off the Register under subsection (4) unless the Registrar has published a notice in the Appointed Publications, containing the matters required by subsection (9), and at least 3 months have elapsed since the day of publication of the notice.

(9) A notice under subsection (8) must:

  1. (a) state that the Registrar of Companies may exercise the power to strike the Company’s name off the Register; and
  2. (b) invite any Person to show cause why that should not be done.

(10) If the name of a Company is struck off the Register under subsection (1), (2) or (4), the Liability of every Director and Shareholder of the Company continues and may be enforced as if the Company had not been dissolved.

(11) If the Registrar of Companies strikes the name of the Company off the Register, the Company must be dissolved.

(12) If the name of a Public Company is struck off the Register under this section, the Company must maintain its books and Records for a period of 6 years after the day its name is struck off the Register.

168. Restoration of a Company

(1) The Court may, on application under subsection (2), make an order or orders to restore a Company to the Register and any other order that it considers appropriate.

(2) The application may be made by any 1 or more of the following:

  • (a) the Registrar of Companies;
  • (b) any former Director of the Company;
  • (c) any Person with an interest in any property that was subject to rights vested in the Company or that was benefited by obligations owed by the Company;
  • (d) any Person who, apart from, the Company’s dissolution would have been in a contractual relationship with it;
  • (e) any Person with a potential legal claim against the Company;
  • (f) any former Shareholder of the Company;
  • (g) any Person who was a Creditor of the Company when it its name was struck off the Register or it was dissolved;
  • (h) any other Person appearing to the Court to have an interest in the matter.

(3) However, an order under subsection (1) must not be inconsistent with any provision of the AIFC Insolvency Regulations relation to the dissolution of Companies.

(4) If the Court makes an order under subsection (1) to restore a Company to the Register, general effect of the order is that the Company is taken to have continued existence as if its name had not been struck off the Register and it had not been dissolved. However, the Company is not liable to a fine for Failure to deliver accounts for any financial year in relation to which the period for filing accounts ended after the day of the striking off or dissolution and before the restoration of the Company to the Register.

(5) If the Court makes an order under subsection (1) to restore a Company to the Register, the Court may give directions and make the provisions it considers just for placing the Company and all other Persons in the same position (as nearly as may be) as if the Company’s name had not been struck off the Register and the Company had not been dissolved.

(6) If the Court makes an order under subsection (1) to restore a Company to the Register, the applicant for the order must deliver a copy of the order to the Registrar of Companies within 14 days after the day the order is made or, if the Court allows a longer period, that longer period.

(7) The Registrar of Companies must, as soon as practicable after receiving a copy of the Court order, restore the Company to the Register.

(8) The restoration of the Company takes effect on a copy of the Court’s order being delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

(9) The Registrar of Companies may, without the need to make an application to the Court, reinstate a Company that has been struck off the Register of Companies by the Registrar of Companies where the Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the Company should be restored to the Register.

CHAPTER 3–GENERAL CONTRAVENTIONS

169. When does a Person Contravene these Regulations

(1) A Person Contravenes these Regulations if the Person:

(2) This section does not apply to anything done, or omitted to be done, by the Governor, AFSA, AIFCA or Registrar of Companies.

170. Involvement in Contraventions of these Regulations

(1) If a Person is Knowingly Concerned in a Contravention of these Regulations committed by another Person, the first Person as well as the other Person Contravenes these Regulations and is liable to be proceeded against and dealt with accordingly.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), if an Officer of a Company or another Body Corporate is Knowingly Concerned in a Contravention of these Regulations committed by the Body Corporate, the Officer as well as the Body Corporate Contravenes these Regulations and is liable to be proceeded against and dealt with accordingly.

(3) If the affairs of a Body Corporate are managed by its members, subsection (2) applies in relation to the acts and omissions of a member in connection with the member’s management Functions as if the member were an Officer of the Body Corporate.

(4) For these Regulations, a Person is Knowingly Concerned in a Contravention of these Regulations if the Person:

  • (a) aided, abetted, counselled or procured the Contravention; or
  • (b) induced the Contravention, whether by threats or promises or otherwise; or
  • (c) was in any way, whether by act or omission and whether directly or indirectly, knowingly involved in, or a party to, the Contravention; or
  • (d) conspired with another Person or others to affect the Contravention; or
  • (e) whether alone or in concert with others and whether directly or indirectly, did, attempted or planned any of the following:
  • (i) concealing the existence, extent or nature of the Contravention;

(ii) obstructing, hindering, impeding or preventing competent authorities within the AIFC from detecting, investigating or prosecuting the Contravention.

(5) In this section:

member, of a Body Corporate that is a Company, includes a Shareholder.

Officer, of a Company or other Body Corporate, includes a Person who is, acts as or purports to be any of the following:

(6) This section does not apply to anything done, or omitted to be done, by the Governor, AFSA, AIFCA or Registrar of Companies.

CHAPTER 4–ENFORCEMENT

171. Enforceable agreements

(1) The Registrar of Companies may accept a written undertaking given by a Person if the Registrar considers that accepting the undertaking is necessary or desirable in the pursuit of the Registrar’s Objectives.

(2) The Person may withdraw or vary the undertaking at any time, but only with the consent of the Registrar of Companies.

(3) If the Registrar of Companies considers that the Person who gave the undertaking has Breached or is Breaching any of its terms, the Registrar may apply to the Court for an order under subsection (4).

(3-1) The Registrar of Companies may, if it considers it appropriate, publish the terms of any undertaking given by a Person under this section.

(4) If the Court is satisfied that the Person has Breached or is Breaching a term of the undertaking, the Court may make 1 or more of the following orders:

  • (a) an order directing the Person to comply with that term;
  • (b) an order directing the Person to pay to any other Person or to the Registrar an amount up to the amount of any profit, gain or benefit that the Person has obtained directly or indirectly and that is reasonably attributable to the Breach;
  • (c) any order that the Court considers appropriate directing the Person to compensate any other Person who has suffered loss or damage because of the Breach;
  • (d) any other order the Court considers appropriate.

172. Administrative censures

(1) The Registrar of Companies may censure a Person if the Person Contravenes these Regulations or Contravenes any Guidance.

(2) In deciding whether to censure a Person under subsection (1), the Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may censure a Person by any means, including by way of publishing a notice of censure in any way the Registrar considers appropriate.

173. Administrative imposition of fines

(1) If the Registrar of Companies is satisfied that a Person has Contravened these Regulations and Contravention of the relevant provision or of a relevant requirement is expressed to be punishable by a fine, the Registrar may impose a fine on the Person and publish the details of the fine imposed on a Person under this subsection.

(2) In deciding whether to impose a fine on a Person and, if so, the amount of the fine to be imposed, the Registrar of Companies must comply with any applicable Decision-making Procedures and any limits for fines set by the Rules.

CHAPTER 5–APPLICATIONS TO COURT

174. Orders for compensation

(1) If a Person intentionally, recklessly or negligently Contravenes any requirement, direction, duty, prohibition, responsibility or obligation that is imposed by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, the Person is liable to compensate any other Person for any loss or damage caused to the other Person because of the conduct, and is otherwise liable to restore the other Person to the position the other Person was in before the conduct.

(2) If a Person suffers loss or damage caused because of conduct mentioned in subsection (1), the Court may, on application brought by the Person or the Registrar on behalf of the Person, make orders for the recovery of damages, for compensation or for the recovery of property or any other order as the Court considers appropriate, unless liability for the loss or damage is excluded under these Regulations, the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

(3) This section does not limit or otherwise affect any rights that a Person may have, or any powers that the Court may have, apart from this section.

174A Liability of officers and others

In circumstances where the actions (or lack thereof) of an individual have given rise to the award of a disqualification order under section 92 (Disqualification orders) or a compensation order under section 175 (Orders for unfair prejudice to Shareholders), and the Court believes that such actions (or lack thereof) were as a result of the direction of an officer of the Company or another Person in accordance with whose instructions the directors of the Company are accustomed to act then the Court may make a disqualification order or a compensation order against that officer or Person.

175. Orders for unfair prejudice to Shareholders

(1) If a Company’s affairs are being or have been conducted in a way that is unfairly prejudicial to the interests of its Shareholders generally or any of its Shareholders, or an actual or proposed act or omission of the Company (including an act or omission on its behalf) is or would be so unfairly prejudicial, the Court may, on application of a Shareholder, make 1 or more of the following orders:

  • (a) an order regulating the conduct of the Company’s affairs in the future;
  • (b) an order requiring a Person to do, or not to do, anything;
  • (c) an order authorising proceeding to be brought in the name of and on behalf of the Company and on the terms the Court considers appropriate;
  • (d) an order providing for the purchase of the rights of any Shareholders of the Company by other Shareholders or by the Company itself and, for a purchase by the Company itself, the reduction of the Company’s capital accounts accordingly;
  • (e) any other order that the Court considers appropriate.

(2) If an order under this section requires the Company not to make any, or any specified, amendments of its Articles of Association, the Company must not, without leave of the Court, make any such amendment.

(3) An amendment of the Articles of Association of the Company made under an order under this section has the same effect as if it had been duly made by Special Resolution of the Company, and these Regulations, the Rules and any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar apply to the Articles of Association as so amended accordingly.

(4) If the Court makes an order under this section amending the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company must deliver a copy of the order to the Registrar of Companies for registration within 14 days after the day the order is made or, if the Court allows a longer period, the longer period.

(5) This section does not limit or otherwise affect any rights that a Person may have, or any powers that the Court may have, apart from this section.

176. Compulsory winding up

(1) The Registrar of Companies may apply to the Court for the winding up of a Company if:

  • (a) either:
  • (i) a Company is Contravening or has Contravened these Regulations; or

(ii) it is in the interests of the Shareholders of the Company, or of the Creditors of the Company, for a Company to be wound up; and

  • (b) it is just and equitable and in the interests of the AIFC for the Company to be wound up and, if the Company is licensed, registered or recognised by the AFSA, the AFSA has given its prior consent for the application to be made.

(2) The Court may make any orders that it considers necessary or desirable for the winding up of the Company.

(3) This section does not limit or otherwise affect any rights that a Person may have, or any powers that the Court or Registrar of Companies may have, apart from this section.

177. Appointment of receivers

(1) In this section: relevant requirement means a requirement, duty, prohibition, responsibility or obligation that is imposed by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(2) This section applies if:

  • (a) the Registrar of Companies has appointed an Inspector to conduct an investigation into the affairs of a Company; or
  • (b) a civil or regulatory proceeding has been instituted, by the Registrar or otherwise, against a Person because of the Person’s conduct in relation to the affairs of a Company; or
  • (c) a Person has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct that was, is or will be a Contravention of a relevant requirement.

(3) The Court may, on application of the Registrar of Companies or any other Person, make an order appointing a receiver or receiver and manager, with the powers that the Court considers appropriate, of the property or any of the property of the Company.

(4) If the Company is licensed, registered or recognised by the AFSA, the Registrar of Companies may not make an application under subsection (3) unless the AFSA has given its prior consent to the Registrar making the application.

(5) This section does not limit or otherwise affect any rights that a Person may have, or any powers that the Court or the Registrar of Companies may have, apart from this section.

178. Power of Court to grant relief in certain cases

(1) If, in proceedings relating to any Contravention, default, negligence, or any Breach of duty, obligation, prohibition, requirement, responsibility or trust imposed by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, commenced against an Officer of a Company or an auditor, it appears to the Court that the Officer or auditor is or may be liable for the conduct, but that the Officer or auditor has acted honestly and that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case (including those connected with the Officer’s or auditor’s appointment), the Officer or auditor ought fairly to be excused for the conduct, the Court may relieve the Officer or auditor, either wholly or partly, from liability for the conduct on the terms it considers appropriate.

(2) If an Officer or auditor of a Company has reason to apprehend that a claim will or might be made against the Officer or auditor in respect of any Contravention, default, negligence, or any Breach of duty, obligation, prohibition, requirement, responsibility or trust imposed by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, the Officer or auditor may apply to the Court for relief, and the Court has the same power on the application to relieve the Officer or auditor from liability for conduct as it would have had if proceedings had been brought against the Officer or auditor for the conduct.

(3) In this section: auditor means a Person who is registered by the Registrar of Companies as an auditor under these Regulations.

179. Effect of provisions

To remove any doubt, nothing in any section of this Part limits any other section of this Part, or limits any other provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar if the provision provides for administrative remedies or the commencement of proceedings in the Court.

PART 14-1: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

CHAPTER 1–BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF RELEVANT PERSONS

179-1 Meaning of Ultimate Beneficial Owner

(1) In this Part, a reference to an “Ultimate Beneficial Owner” of a Relevant Person is a reference to a natural person (other than a person acting solely in the capacity of a professional adviser or professional manager) who:

  • (a) in relation to a company:
  • (i) owns or controls (directly or indirectly) Shares in the share capital of the company or other Ownership Interests in the Relevant Person of at least 25%;

(ii) owns or controls (directly or indirectly) voting rights in the Relevant Person of at least 25%;

(iii) owns or controls (directly or indirectly) the right to appoint or remove the majority of the Directors of the Relevant Person; or

(iv) has the legal right or through other ownership interests to exercise, or actually exercises, significant control or influence over the activities of the company; or

  • (b) in relation to a partnership, has the legal right to exercise, or actually exercises, significant control or influence over the activities of the partnership;
  • (c) in relation to a Foundation or a Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation, has the legal right to exercise, or actually exercises, significant control or influence over the activities of the Governing Body, Person or other arrangement administering the property or carrying out the objects of the Foundation, or Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation; or
  • (d) in relation to a Trust, is defined in the AIFC Trust Regulations.

(2) Beneficial ownership may be traced through any number of Persons or arrangements of any description.

(3) If 2 or more natural persons jointly own or control an interest in a Relevant Person in accordance with subsection (1), each of them is treated for the purposes of these Regulations as owning or controlling that interest.

(4) A Relevant Person may have any number of natural persons each identified as its Ultimate Beneficial Owner.

(5) If no natural person is identified as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a Relevant Person under subsection (1), any natural person upon whose instructions the Relevant Person or its Governing Body is required or is accustomed to act, shall be an Ultimate Beneficial Owner.

(6) If there is no Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a Relevant Person under either of subsection (1) or (5), each:

179-2 Ultimate Beneficial Ownership information

(1) Each Relevant Person shall at all times take reasonable steps to obtain, maintain and hold adequate, accurate and current UBO Details in relation to each of its Ultimate Beneficial Owners and (if applicable) the information required under section 179-9 (Ownership through an exempt entity).

(2) A Relevant Person shall be taken to have obtained, and shall hold, all information in relation to its Ultimate Beneficial Owners which is supplied to the Registrar in connection with its application for incorporation, formation, registration or continuation, as the case may be.

(3) A Relevant Person who is provided with a share transfer or other document relating to a change in ownership shall not register, recognise or give effect to that transfer or document, unless it is also provided with a statement by or on behalf of the transferee, which states:

  • (a) whether the transfer will result in a change in the Ultimate Beneficial Ownership of the Relevant Person;
  • (b) if it will result in such a change, the nature of the change; and
  • (c) the UBO Details in respect of each new Ultimate Beneficial Owner, as a result of the change.

179-3 Notice in respect of Ultimate Beneficial Ownership

(1) Without prejudice to the generality of section 179-2(1) (Ultimate Beneficial Ownership information), a Relevant Person shall, subject to subsection (3), give any Person it has reasonable cause to believe is an Ultimate Beneficial Owner and whose UBO Details are not correctly or fully recorded on its Beneficial Ownership Register, the notice referred to in subsection (2).

(2) The notice referred to in subsection (1) is a Written notice that:

  • (a) states that it is given under these Regulations;
  • (b) sets out the relevant UBO Details that the Relevant Person reasonably knows or believes to be the relevant particulars and leaves a space in the appropriate place to indicate that a relevant particular is not known;
  • (c) requests the addressee to:
  • (i) state whether or not he or she is a beneficial owner of the Relevant Person;

(ii) confirm or correct any particulars that are included in the notice; and

(iii) supply any particulars that are missing; and

  • (d) states that should the addressee fail to comply with the notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice, the notified particulars will be entered in the Beneficial Ownership Register maintained by the Relevant Person.

(3) A Relevant Person is not required to give a notice under subsection (1), if:

  • (a) it has already been supplied with all the required UBO Details by that Person or with the knowledge of that Person; or
  • (b) the Relevant Person has made an inquiry (whether formal or informal) as to a natural person’s status as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of it, and thirty (30) days has not elapsed since the making of those enquiries.

(4) For the purpose of identifying natural persons who are Ultimate Beneficial Owners, a Relevant Person is entitled to rely in good faith, without further enquiry, on the response of a Person to whom a notice was given under subsection (1), unless the Relevant Person has reason to believe that the response is misleading or false.

(5) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(6) A Person who provides information that is false or misleading in a material particular in relation to a notice given under subsection (1) shall be liable to a fine.

CHAPTER 2: BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REGISTER

179-4 Requirements relating to Beneficial Ownership Register

(1) A Relevant Person shall keep and maintain a Beneficial Ownership Register within the time specified in subsections (3) and (4), in which the UBO Details in respect of each of its Ultimate Beneficial Owners and (if applicable) the information required under section 179-9 (Ownership through the Exempt entity), shall be recorded. The Relevant Person shall record any changes to this information in the Beneficial Ownership Register within fourteen (14) days of becoming aware of such change.

(1-1) An election may be made in relation to a Private Company for the information, which otherwise would require to be kept in the Beneficial Ownership Register, to be kept by the Registrar. If an election is made under subsection (9), to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar, subsections (1) to (8) shall not apply.

(2) The Beneficial Ownership Register shall be kept and maintained at the address of the Relevant Person's registered office or any other address in the AIFC notified in Writing by the Relevant Person to the Registrar.

(3) Each Relevant Person in existence at the Commencement Date shall establish a Beneficial Ownership Register within ninety (90) days of such commencement.

(4) Each Relevant Person which comes into existence on or after the Commencement Date shall establish a Beneficial Ownership Register within thirty (30) days of its incorporation or registration.

(5) Subject to section 179-9 (Ownership through the Exempt entity), the Relevant Person shall cause the following information to be entered in its Beneficial Ownership Register in respect of each Ultimate Beneficial Owner:

  1. (a) full legal name;
  2. (b) residential address and, if different, an address for service of notices under these Regulations;
  3. (c) date and place of birth;
  4. (d) nationality;
  5. (e) information identifying the Person from their passport or other government-issued national identification document acceptable to the Registrar, including:
  6. (i) identifying number;

(ii) country of issue; and

(iii) date of issue and of expiry;

  1. (f) the date on which the Person became an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of the Relevant Person; and
  2. (g) the date on which the Person ceased to be an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of the Relevant Person.

(6) If after having exhausted all reasonable means:

  1. (a) no natural person is identified as the Ultimate Beneficial Owner of the Relevant Person; or
  2. (b) there is reasonable doubt that that any natural person so identified is an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of the Relevant Person, the Relevant Person shall enter on its Beneficial Ownership Register, the UBO Details of the natural persons who are deemed to be the Ultimate Beneficial Owners pursuant to section 179-1(6).

(7) If a Relevant Person causes an entry to be made in its Beneficial Ownership Register naming a natural person as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner, and the information and particulars were not provided either by that natural person or with his or her knowledge, the Relevant Person shall within thirty (30) days of making the entry, notify the Person whose name has been included in the Beneficial Ownership Register of that fact.

(8) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(9) A Private Company may make an election to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar.

(10) An election may be made under this section by:

  1. (a) the applicant wishing to incorporate a Private Company under these Regulations; or
  2. (b) the Private Company itself once it is incorporated.

(11) In paragraph (b) of subsection (10), the election is of no effect, without prior agreement of all the Shareholders of the Private Company to the making of the election.

(12) An election under this section is made by giving notice of election to the Registrar.

(13) If the notice is given by Person(s) wishing to incorporate a Private Company:

  1. (a) it must be given together with the application for the incorporation under section 13; and
  2. (b) it must be accompanied by a statement containing all the information prescribed by the Rules.

(14) If the notice is given by the Private Company, it must be accompanied by:

  1. (a) a statement by the Private Company that all the Shareholders of the Private Company have assented to the making of the election; and
  2. (b) a statement containing all the information prescribed by the Rules to be contained in the Private Company's Beneficial Ownership Register as at the date of the notice in respect of matters that are current as at that date.

(15) An election made under subsection (9) takes effect when the notice of election is registered by the Registrar.

(16) The election remains in force until either:

  1. (a) the Private Company ceases to be a Private Company; or
  2. (b) a notice of withdrawal sent by the Private Company under subsection (20) is registered by the Registrar, whichever occurs first.

(17) While an election under subsection (9) is in force, a Private Company must continue to keep a Beneficial Ownership Register in accordance with the subsection (5) of section 179-4, containing all the information that was required to be stated in that Register as at the time immediately before the election took effect, but the Private Company does not have to update that Register to reflect any changes that occur after that time.

(18) The date to be recorded in the Register kept by the Registrar is to be the date on which the document containing that information is registered by the Registrar.

(19) During the period when an election under subsection (9) is in force, a Private Company must deliver to the Registrar any information under subsection (5) which the Private Company would, in the absence of any such election, have been obliged under these Regulations to enter in its Beneficial Ownership Register and it must do so as soon as reasonably practicable after any relevant change but in any event within a period of 14 days.

(20) A Private Company may by giving notice of withdrawal to the Registrar withdraw an election made by or in respect of it under subsection (9), where:

  1. (a) the withdrawal takes effect when the notice is registered by the Registrar;
  2. (b) the effect of withdrawal is that the Private Company's obligation under subsection (1) of section 179-4 to keep and maintain a Beneficial Ownership Register applies from then on with respect to the period going forward;
  3. (c) the Private Company must place a note in its Register of Beneficial Ownership—
  4. (i) stating that the election under subsection (9) has been withdrawn;

(ii) recording when that withdrawal took effect; and

(iii) indicating that information about its Beneficial Owners relating to the period when the election was in force that is no longer current is available for public inspection on the Register kept by the Registrar.

(21) All notices and information to be delivered to the Registrar under this section must be made in Writing.

(22) Contravention of subsections (9) to (21) is punishable by a fine.

179-5 Application to the Court to rectify the Beneficial Ownership Register

(1) If:

  • (a) the name of any Person is, without sufficient cause, entered in or omitted from; or
  • (b) no entry is made in; or
  • (c) unnecessary delay takes place in:
  • (i) entering the name of any Person in; or

(ii) removing the name of any Person who has ceased to be a beneficial owner from,

a Relevant Person’s Beneficial Ownership Register, the Person aggrieved, or any other interested party may apply to the Court for rectification of the Beneficial Ownership Register.

(2) Where an application is made under subsection (1), the Court may either:

(3) On such an application, the Court may:

  • (f) decide any question as to whether the name of any Person who is a party to the application should or should not be entered in or omitted from the Beneficial Ownership Register; and
  • (g) decide any question necessary or expedient to be decided for rectification of the Beneficial Ownership Register.

(4) The reference in subsection (1) to “any other interested party” is a reference to:

CHAPTER 3: NOMINEE DIRECTORS

179-6 Duty of Nominee Directors

(1) A Nominee Director shall inform the company that he is a nominee and provide all the required particulars referred to in section 179-7(1)(a) to (e) (Register of Nominee Directors) of the Person for whom the Nominee Director is a nominee within:

  1. (a) sixty (60) days of the Commencement Date, where the company is incorporated, registered or continued prior to the Commencement Date; or
  2. (b) thirty (30) days of the later of:

(iii) the date of incorporation or registration of the company; or

(iv) the Nominee Director becoming a nominee.

(2) A Nominee Director shall inform the company of any change to the particulars provided under subsection (1) within thirty (30) days of the change.

(3) A Nominee Director shall also inform the company that he ceased to be a nominee within thirty (30) days of the cessation.

(4) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Director is a Nominee Director if he is under an obligation to act in accordance with the directions or instructions of another Person, notwithstanding his duties owed to a Company as referred to in section 76 (Duties of Directors).

(5) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

179-7 Register of Nominee Directors

(1) A company which has one (1) or more Nominee Directors shall keep and maintain a Register of Nominee Directors in which they shall be entered. An election may be made in relation to a Private Company for the information, which otherwise would require to be kept in the Register of Nominee Directors, to be kept by the Registrar.

(1-1) The following information obtained pursuant to section 179-6(1) (Duty of Nominee Directors) or otherwise known by it, shall be entered in relation to the Person on whose behalf, each Nominee Director acts:

  • (a) full legal name;
  • (b) residential address and, if different, an address for service of notices under these Regulations;
  • (c) date of birth;
  • (d) nationality;
  • (e) information identifying the Person from their passport or other government-issued national identification document acceptable to the Registrar of Companies, including:
  • (i) identifying number;

(ii) country of issue; and

(iii) date of issue and of expiry, and, in respect of each Nominee Director;

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) A Private Company may make an election to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar.

(4) An election may be made under this section by:

(5) In paragraph (b) of subsection (4), the election is of no effect, without prior agreement of all the Shareholders of the Private Company to the making of the election.

(6) An election under this section is made by giving notice of election to the Registrar.

(7) If the notice is given by Person(s) wishing to incorporate a Private Company:

  • (a) it must be given together with the application for the incorporation under section 13; and
  • (b) it must be accompanied by a statement containing all the information prescribed by the Rules.

(8) If the notice is given by the Private Company, it must be accompanied by:

(9) An election made under subsection (3) takes effect when the notice of election is registered by the Registrar.

(10) The election remains in force until either:

(11) While an election under subsection (3) is in force, a Private Company must continue to keep a Register of Nominee Directors in accordance with the subsection (1) of section 179-7, containing all the information that was required to be stated in that Register as at the time immediately before the election took effect, but the Private Company does not have to update that Register to reflect any changes that occur after that time.

(12) The date to be recorded in the Register kept by the Registrar is to be the date on which the document containing that information is registered by the Registrar.

(13) During the period when an election under subsection (3) is in force, a Private Company must deliver to the Registrar any information under subsection (1-1) which the Private Company would, in the absence of any such election, have been obliged under these Regulations to enter in its Register of Nominee Directors and it must do so as soon as reasonably practicable after any relevant change but in any event within a period of 14 days.

(14) A Private Company may by giving notice of withdrawal to the Registrar withdraw an election made by or in respect of it under subsection (3), where:

  • (a) the withdrawal takes effect when the notice is registered by the Registrar;
  • (b) the effect of withdrawal is that the Private Company's obligation under subsection (1) of section 179-7 to keep and maintain a Register of Nominee Directors applies from then on with respect to the period going forward;
  • (c) the Private Company must place a note in its Register of Nominee Directors —
  • (i) stating that the election under subsection (3) has been withdrawn;

(ii) recording when that withdrawal took effect; and

(iii) indicating that information about its Nominee Directors relating to the period when the election was in force that is no longer current is available for public inspection on the Register kept by the Registrar.

(15) All notices and information to be delivered to the Registrar under this section must be made in Writing.

(16) Contravention of subsections (3) to (15) is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 4–EXEMPTIONS

179-8 Exemptions

The requirements in this Part do not apply to a Relevant Person which:

(1) has its Securities listed or traded on a Recognised Exchange;

(2) [Intentionally omitted];

(3) is a Recognised Company, Recognised General Partnership, Recognised Limited Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership, which satisfies the Registrar that it is subject to equivalent international standards, which ensure adequate transparency of ownership information in its home jurisdiction;

(4) is a Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation which does not, as its primary function, engage in raising or disbursing funds for charitable, religious, cultural, educational, social, fraternal or similar purposes;

(5) is wholly owned by a government or government agency of a Relevant Jurisdiction; or

(6) is established under a law of Kazakhstan to perform governmental functions.

179-9 Ownership through an exempt entity

Notwithstanding Chapters 1 to 3 and Chapter 5, where a Person referred to in section 179-8(1) to (6) (Exemptions) beneficially owns or controls (directly or indirectly) at least 25% of a Relevant Person, the Relevant Person shall:

(1) not be required to make any further inquiry as to its Ultimate Beneficial Ownership, to the extent that such ownership is directly or indirectly held by or through such an entity; and

(2) record the following information in respect of each such entity on its Beneficial Ownership Register:

  1. (a) full legal name;
  2. (b) registered address;
  3. (c) the category under section 179-8 that applies to the entity; and
  4. (d) if the entity:
  5. (i) has its securities listed or traded on a Recognised Exchange, the name of the Recognised Exchange;

(ii) [Intentionally omitted];

(iii) is wholly owned by a government or government agency, its name and the Relevant Jurisdiction; or

(iv) is established under a law of Kazakhstan to perform governmental functions, the name of such law.

CHAPTER 5: PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO REGISTRAR

179-10 Access to Registers

(1) A Relevant Person must not disclose, or make available for inspection, the Beneficial Ownership Register, the Register of Nominee Directors or any particulars contained in either register to any Person, except:

(2) Each Relevant Person in existence at the Commencement Date shall within ninety (90) days of such date provide to the Registrar the UBO Details of:

(3) Each Relevant Person which is incorporated, registered or converted after the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have provided to the Registrar the UBO Details of any Ultimate Beneficial Owners as part of the application for incorporation, registration or conversion.

(4) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

179-11 Notification to the Registrar

(1) A Relevant Person which makes a change in its Beneficial Ownership Register or Register of Nominee Directors, shall within thirty (30) days of the date of making the change, notify the Registrar of the particulars of the change.

(2) The Registrar may pursuant to subsection (1) and section 179-10(2) (Access to Registers) require the provision of such further information in relation to any Ultimate Beneficial Owner on the Beneficial Ownership Register or Nominee Directors on the Register of Nominee Directors, as the Registrar may require.

(3) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

179-12 Notices issued by the Registrar of Companies

(1) The Registrar of Companies may, by Written notice, require a Relevant Person or any other Person (without prejudice to any lien claimed by such a Person on any documents produced by him) who may have information or documents related to Ultimate Beneficial Owners or Nominee Directors, whichever is applicable, to:

  1. (a) provide; or
  2. (b) produce for the purposes of inspection; or
  3. (c) furnish, to the Registrar of Companies' officers, servants or agents authorised for the purposes of inspection under this section, on production of evidence of such authority,

such information or documents, in such form and manner, within such time and at such place as may be specified in the notice, as the Registrar of Companies may require for the performance of his functions under these Regulations.

(2) The powers conferred on the Registrar of Companies by subsection (1) to require a Person to provide information or produce any documents includes the power:

  1. (a) where the documents are produced, to take copies of them or extracts from them, in circumstances where the Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the taking of such copies or extracts is necessary for the proper exercise of powers under or in relation to these Regulations;
  2. (b) where the documents are not produced, to require the Person who was required to produce them to state, to the best of his knowledge and belief, where they are;
  3. (c) to attend at such time and place as may be required and explain and answer questions relating to any matters in relation to which the production of the information may be required; and
  4. (d) where required by the urgency of the situation or other relevant circumstances, to attend at the Relevant Person's place of business or its registered office in the AIFC, without prior notice and to request any such information or documents to be produced immediately.

(3) A Person to whom a notice or other request is directed is not required to provide any information that is subject to legal professional privilege.

(4) A statement made by a Person in response to a requirement imposed by or under subsections (1) or (2) may be used in evidence against him in:

  1. (a) proceedings other than criminal proceedings; and
  2. (b) in criminal proceedings:
  3. (i) where evidence relating to it is adduced, or a question relating to it is asked, in the proceedings by or on behalf of that Person; or

(ii) for:

(A) an offence under these Regulations;

(B) some other offence where, in giving evidence, he makes a statement inconsistent with it, but the statement is only admissible to the extent necessary to establish the inconsistency;

(C) perjury; or

(D) perverting the course of justice.

(5) If a Relevant Person is in the process of being wound up or dissolved, the liquidator or other person responsible for the winding up of the affairs of the Relevant Person shall deliver to the Registrar the Beneficial Ownership Register and (if applicable) the Register of Nominee Directors of the Relevant Person or a true copy thereof, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment.

(6) In the case where a Relevant Person is in the process of being struck off the Register under Chapter 2 of Part 14 (Powers and remedies), the members of the Governing Body shall deliver to the Registrar the Beneficial Ownership Register and (if applicable) the Register of Nominee Directors of the Relevant Person or a true copy thereof, within thirty (30) days of an application for strike off made by the Relevant Person or a notice of strike off issued by the Registrar of Companies.

(7) A Contravention of subsection (1), (5) or (6) is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 6: OBLIGATIONS OF REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES

179-13 Obligations of the Registrar of Companies

(1) The Registrar of Companies shall collect and process information relating to Ultimate Beneficial Owners and Nominee Directors obtained by him under these Regulations only for the purposes of regulation in relation to money laundering and terrorism financing, unlawful organisations and sanctions compliance in the AIFC, or to comply with the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(2) Except as required for the purpose of subsection (1) or (4), the Registrar of Companies shall:

  • (a) not retain in his possession such information; and
  • (b) shall make arrangements for its secure destruction.

(3) The Registrar of Companies shall, unless the Relevant Person consents to such disclosure, disclose such information only at the request of a regulator, a law enforcement agency or other government authority prescribed by the Acting Law of the AIFC, and then only to the regulator, agency or authority which made the request, for the purpose of such a request.

(4) In the case of a Relevant Person that has been wound up, dissolved, terminated or struck off, the Registrar of Companies shall retain any records delivered to him pursuant to section 179-12(5) (Notices issued by the Registrar of Companies) relating to that legal person as at the date of its dissolution, termination or striking off (as the case may be) for a period of 6 years after that date.

CHAPTER 7: ENFORCEMENT

179-14 Removal of Ultimate Beneficial Owner

(1) Where the Registrar of Companies is notified or becomes aware that an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a Relevant Person is:

  • (a) the subject of a sanction imposed by any:
  • (i) government;

(ii) entity that is a representative, constituent part or extension of a sovereign state or political subdivision thereof; or

(iii) entity that is established under international law or the laws of any two (2) or more sovereign states; or

  • (b) involved or has been involved in any proceedings that are law enforcement related or criminal, civil, regulatory, tax or administrative in nature, and the Registrar of Companies considers that having such a Person as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a Relevant Person in the AIFC is:
  • (c) contrary to the law of Kazakhstan or any other Legislation administered by the Registrar of Companies; or
  • (d) prejudicial to the interests of the AIFC, the Registrar of Companies may, by Written notice, require the Relevant Person to remove such a Person as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of the Relevant Person within the time specified in the notice to the extent permissible by law, and require the steps sets out in section 59(4) (Rights of Public Company to request information about interests in its Shares) to be taken in respect of any shares in the share capital of the Relevant Person in which such a Person has an interest.

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

179-15 Strike off

If a Relevant Person Fails to comply with a requirement of this Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Ownership) or notice thereunder, the Registrar of Companies may, after following any relevant procedures set out in these Regulations, strike the Relevant Person off the Register.

PART 14-2: WHISTLEBLOWING

CHAPTER 1–INTERPRETATION

179-16 Meaning of Protected Report, Protected Reporter, Worker, and Employer

In this Part:

Protected Report means a report that meets all of the following requirements:

(1) it is about an AIFC Participant or a person connected with a AIFC Participant;

(2) it is made to the AIFC Participant itself or a Person specified or referred to in section 179-17(1) (Protected Reports and Protected Reporters);

(3) if it is made to an authority or officer, the authority or officer is responsible for matters of the kind reported;

(4) it is given in good faith;

(5) it gives information that the reporter reasonably believes shows that any of the following has happened, is happening, or is likely to happen:

  • (a) a criminal offence (whether under the law of the Republic of Kazakhstan or of another jurisdiction);
  • (b) a person is in contravention of a legal requirement, or is failing to comply with any legal obligation to which he is subject;
  • (c) the endangering of the health and safety of an individual;
  • (d) a breach of an AIFC Participant’s policies and procedures (including, for example, a breach of any code of conduct or policy in relation to ethical behaviour); or
  • (e) the deliberate concealment of a matter referred to in any of (a) to (d).

Protected Reporter means a Worker who makes a Protected Report.

Worker means:

(1) an individual who has entered into or works under (or, where employment has ceased, worked under):

  • (a) an express or implied contract of hire under which the other person has the right to control the details of work performance; or
  • (b) any other contract, whether express or implied and (if it is express) whether oral or in writing, whereby the individual undertakes to do or perform personally any work or services for another party to the contract whose status is not by virtue of the contract that of a client or customer of any profession or business undertaking carried on by the individual;

(2) an individual who is not a worker as defined by (1) but who:

  • (a) works or worked for a person in circumstances in which he is or was introduced or supplied to do that work by a third person and the terms on which he is or was engaged to do the work are or were in practice substantially determined not by him but by the person for whom he works or worked, by the third person or by both of them;
  • (b) contracts or contracted with a person, for the purposes of that person's business, for the execution of work to be done in a place not under the control or management of that person and who would therefore fall within (1)(b) if for "personally" in that provision there were substituted "(whether personally or otherwise)"; or
  • (c) is or was provided with work experience provided pursuant to a training course or programme or with training for employment (or with both) otherwise than under a contract of employment or on a course provided by any university, college, school or other educational establishment.

Employer means:

(1) in relation to a Worker falling within (1)(a) of the definition of "Worker", the person by whom the worker is (or, where employment has ceased, was) employed;

(2) in relation to a Worker falling within (2)(a) of the definition of "Worker", the person who substantially determines or determined the terms on which he is or was engaged; or

(3) in relation to a Worker falling within (2)(c) of the definition of "Worker", the person providing the work experience or training.

CHAPTER 2–RIGHTS AND REMEDIES FOR WHISTLEBLOWERS

179-17 Protected Reports and Protected Reporters

(1) A Protected Report shall be protected provided that it is made to:

  • (a) the AIFC Participant concerned;
  • (b) an auditor of the AIFC Participant or a member of the audit team;
  • (c) a legal adviser in the course of obtaining legal advice;
  • (d) a prosecuting authority;
  • (e) a law enforcement authority;
  • (f) an AIFC Body;
  • (g) a regulatory or governmental authority, body or agency in a jurisdiction outside the AIFC (whether in the Republic of Kazakhstan or not), including a body or officeholder responsible for enforcing the criminal law of that jurisdiction; or
  • (h) any other Person designated under the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(2) An AIFC Participant that receives a report that purports to be a Protected Report:

  • (a) must treat the individual who made the report as a Protected Reporter; and
  • (b) must treat the report as a Protected Report; until the AIFC Participant has decided, acting reasonably and on the basis of a proper investigation, that the report is not a Protected Report.

(3) If an AIFC Participant becomes aware that an individual has made a report that purports to be a Protected Report about the AIFC Participant to a Person specified or referred to in subsection (1), then the AIFC Participant must treat the individual as a Protected Reporter until the AIFC Participant establishes, acting reasonably and on the basis of a proper investigation, that the report is not a Protected Report.

(4) If an AIFC Participant proposes, in accordance with subsections (2) or (3), not to treat an individual as a Protected Reporter or a report as a Protected Report, then it must, where possible, provide adequate notice to that individual in order to allow that individual sufficient time to apply to the AIFC Court for an order pursuant to subsection (5) to retain his status as a Protected Reporter and that of the report as a Protected Report.

(5) The AIFC Court may order an AIFC Participant to:

179-18 Right not to suffer detriment

(1) A Protected Reporter has the right:

  • (a) not to be subjected to any detriment by any act, or any deliberate failure to act, done by:
  • (i) his Employer;

(ii) another Worker of the Protected Reporter's Employer in the course of that other Worker's employment; or

(iii) an agent of the Protected Reporter's Employer acting with the Employer's authority, on the ground that the Protected Reporter has made a Protected Report; and

(2) Where a Protected Reporter is subjected to detriment by anything done as mentioned in subsections (1)(a)(ii) or (iii), that thing is treated as also done by the Worker's Employer and it is immaterial, for the purposes of this subsection (2), whether the thing is done with the knowledge or approval of the Worker's Employer.

(3) A Protected Reporter may present a complaint to the AIFC Court that he has been subjected to a detriment in contravention of subsection (1)(a) or he has been dismissed in contravention of subsection (1)(b).

(4) In proceedings against a Protected Reporter's Employer in respect of anything alleged to have been done as mentioned in subsection (1)(a)(ii), it is a defence for the Employer to show that the Employer took all reasonable steps to prevent the other Worker from doing that thing or from doing anything of that description.

(5) A Worker or agent of a Protected Reporter's Employer is not liable by reason of subsections (1)(a)(ii) or (iii) for an act that subjects the Protected Reporter to detriment if:

  • (a) the Worker or agent does that thing in reliance on a statement by the Employer that doing it does not Contravene this section; and
  • (b) it is reasonable for the Worker or agent to rely on the statement, but this does not prevent the Employer from being liable by reason of subsection (2).

(6) A Protected Reporter must not be subject to any civil or contractual Liability for making a Protected Report and no contractual, civil or other remedy or right may be enforced against the Protected Reporter by another Person for making the Protected Report or any consequence resulting from the Protected Report.

(7) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

179-19 Remedies where detriment is suffered

(1) Where the AIFC Court finds a complaint made under section 179-18(3) (Right not to suffer detriment) well-founded, the AIFC Court:

  • (a) shall make a declaration to that effect; and
  • (b) may make an award of compensation to be paid by the Employer to the complainant in respect of the act or failure to act to which the complaint relates.

(2) The amount of the compensation awarded shall be such as the AIFC Court considers just and equitable in all the circumstances having regard to:

  • (a) the infringement to which the complaint relates;
  • (b) any loss which is attributable to the act, or failure to act, which infringed the complainant's right; and
  • (c) the extent to which the complainant has taken steps reasonably available to him to mitigate the loss referred to in subsection (2)(b).

(3) The loss shall be taken to include:

  • (a) any expenses reasonably incurred by the complainant in consequence of the act, or failure to act, to which the complaint relates; and
  • (b) loss of any benefit which he might reasonably be expected to have had but for that act or failure to act.

(4) Where the AIFC Court finds that the act, or failure to act, to which the complaint relates was to any extent caused or contributed to by any action of the complainant, it shall reduce the amount of the compensation by such proportion as it considers just and equitable having regard to that finding.

CHAPTER 3–WHISTLEBLOWING POLICIES

179-20 Whistleblowing policy

(1) An AIFC Participant must establish a written policy on whistleblowing that:

  • (a) is approved by its Governing Body;
  • (b) complies with this Part; and
  • (c) is appropriate for the nature, scale and complexity of the AIFC Participant's business.

(2) An AIFC Participant that is a branch, or is a member of a group, may rely on the whistleblowing policy of its head office, or a group-wide whistleblowing policy, provided that the policy substantially complies with this Part.

179-21 Content of whistleblowing policy

(1) An AIFC Participant's whistleblowing policy must comply with all of the following requirements:

  • (a) it must provide two or more independent channels for making a Protected Report, which may include any two of the following non-exhaustive examples:
  • (i) a dedicated email address to which reports may be sent;

(ii) a dedicated telephone number over which reports may be made; and

(iii) designated individual(s) within the AIFC Participant to whom reports may be made.

  • (b) if appropriate, it must provide for a report to be made in a language other than English;
  • (c) it must recognise that a report may be made by anybody with the necessary information (not only by an officer or employee of the AIFC Participant);
  • (d) it must allow a Protected Report to be made anonymously;
  • (e) to the extent that a Protected Reporter's identity is disclosed voluntarily or is revealed to, or inferred by, the AIFC Participant following an investigation of the Protected Report, the policy must provide for the identity of that Protected Reporter to be kept confidential (so far as possible);
  • (f) it must provide for reasonable measures to protect a Protected Reporter, anyone who assists in investigating a Protected Report, and anyone who cooperates with the investigation, against retaliation or detriment;
  • (g) it must explicitly recognise a Protected Reporter’s right (and, in certain cases, obligation) to report to or communicate with the entities or individuals listed in section 179-17(1) (Protected Reports and Protected Reporters);
  • (h) it must provide a suitable set of guiding principles, and clear procedures, for the assessment, investigation and escalation of a Protected Report;
  • (i) it must provide for the investigation of a Protected Report to be independent of the individual or business unit concerned, for example through the appointment of a third party investigator;

  • (j) it must provide for a Protected Report to be acknowledged by the AIFC Participant, and for the Protected Reporter who made it to be kept informed (to the extent that is appropriate in the circumstances) about the progress and outcome of the investigation;
  • (k) it must provide for the reporting, monitoring and investigation of retaliation, attempts at retaliation and threats of retaliation against, and any other actions causing detriment to, the Protected Reporter and any Persons that assist in the conduct of the investigation;
  • (l) it must provide for retaliation, an attempt at retaliation, or a threat of retaliation and any other actions causing detriment to the Protected Reporter or a Person assisting an investigation into a Protected Report to be treated as gross misconduct;
  • (m) it must provide for appropriate reporting to the AIFC Participant's governing body and the AFSA about Protected Reports, the investigation of such reports and the outcome of the investigations.

(2) The AIFC Participant must set out the policy clearly in a document, and must ensure that all of the firm’s officers and employees have access to, and understand, the document.

(3) The policy must also clearly set out statements of:

  • (a) the benefits to the AIFC Participant of the whistleblowing policy; and
  • (b) the AIFC Participant's commitment to it.

179-22 Implementation of whistleblowing policy

(1) The Governing Body of an AIFC Participant must ensure that the AIFC Participant's whistleblowing policy is fully implemented.

(2) In particular, the AIFC Participant's Governing Body must take reasonable steps to ensure that a Protected Reporter, anyone who assists in investigating a Protected Report, and anyone who cooperates in the investigation, are protected against retaliation and any other action causing detriment.

(3) An AIFC Participant must nominate an appropriately senior individual to oversee the implementation of the whistleblowing policy.

(4) An AIFC Participant that receives a Protected Report must notify the AFSA within five business days.

(5) An AIFC Participant's Governing Body must ensure that the whistleblowing policy is reviewed and, if necessary, updated at least once every three years by:

  • (a) the AIFC Participant’s internal auditor; or
  • (b) an independent and objective external reviewer.

(6) An AIFC Participant must provide regular training for all of its Employees on its whistleblowing policy and any relevant procedures contained in the policy. In particular, the AIFC Participant must provide appropriate specialist training for the Employees who are responsible for key elements of the policy.

(7) An AIFC Participant may outsource the implementation of its whistleblowing policy. If the AIFC Participant does so, it must ensure that the outsourcing agreement:

  • (a) nominates the individual referred to in subsection (3); and
  • (b) otherwise provides appropriately for the implementation of the firm’s obligations under the policy.

(8) In the event that the AIFC Participant outsources the implementation of its whistleblowing policy, its rights and obligations under this Part shall remain unaltered, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the outsourcing agreement.

PART 15: GENERAL PROVISIONS

CHAPTER 1–BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE AFSA

180. Functions of Board of Directors of the AFSA in relation to the Registrar etc.

(1) The Board of Directors of the AFSA may, from time to time:

  • (a) do anything that it considers necessary or desirable to ensure that the Registrar Exercises the Registrar’s Functions in pursuit of the Registrar’s Objectives; or
  • (b) review the Registrar’s performance and the use of the Registrar’s resources; or
  • (c) after consultation with the Governor, give the Registrar Written directions:
  • (i) to further any of the Registrar’s Objectives; or

(ii) relating to the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions.

(2) The Board of Directors of the AFSA may delegate any of its Functions, other than a Function under subsection (1), to the Registrar if the Board considers that the Functions may more efficiently and effectively be Exercised by the Registrar.

(3) This section is additional to, and does not limit, any other Function of the Board of Directors of the AFSA, whether the Function is given by or under these Regulations or the Rules or otherwise.

181. Power to adopt Rules etc.

(1) The Board of Directors of the AFSA may adopt Rules prescribing matters:

(2) However, the Board may not adopt Rules under this section on matters related to the regulation of financial services and related operations in the AIFC.

(3) Without limiting subsection (1), the Board may adopt Rules:

  • (a) with respect to any matters relating to the Registrar’s Objectives or Functions; or
  • (b) to facilitate the administration of, or further the purposes of, these Regulations or any Legislation Administered by the Registrar; or
  • (c) prescribing standard articles of association; or
  • (d) with respect to the procedures for the imposition or recovery of fines, including any circumstances in which the procedures do not apply to the imposition of a fine; or
  • (e) setting limits for fines and other penalties that may be imposed for Contraventions of these Regulations; or
  • (f) the giving of waiver and modification notices under section 195 (Waivers and modifications of certain provisions), including the procedures for the making of application for, or giving of, notices; or
  • (g) with respect to any of the following:
  • (i) forms, procedures and requirements under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar;

(ii) the keeping of public registers and databases;

(iii) the conduct of the Registrar and the Registrar’s officers, employees, delegates and agents in relation to the Exercise of Functions, including discretionary Functions and the conduct of investigations and hearings.

(4) Rules adopted by the Board may incorporate standards and codes of practice by reference. A standard or code of practice incorporated into Rules adopted by the Board has the same effect as it had been adopted in the Rules, except so far as the Rules otherwise provide.

(5) Instead of incorporating a standard or code of practice into Rules adopted by the Board, the Board may adopt the standard or code of practice as non-binding guidance for AIFC Participants.

(6) Without limiting subsection (1), Rules adopted by the Board may do any of the following:

  • (a) make different provision for different cases or circumstances;
  • (b) include supplementary, incidental and consequential provisions;
  • (c) make transitional and savings provisions.

(7) If any Rules adopted by the Board purport to be adopted in the exercise of a particular power or powers, the Rules are taken also to be adopted in the exercise of all the powers under which they may be adopted.

(8) Until Rules mentioned in subsection (3)(e) are adopted by the Board, there are no limits on the fines and other penalties that may be imposed for a Contravention of these Regulations.

182. Publication of proposed Rules

(1) Before making Rules under section 181 (Power to adopt Rules etc.), the Board of Directors of the AFSA must publish a notice under this section.

(2) The notice must include, or have attached to it:

  • (a) a summary of the proposed Rules; and
  • (b) the text of the Rules; and
  • (c) a statement of the substance and purpose of the material provisions of the Rules; and
  • (d) if the Rules incorporate a standard or code of practice by reference—a summary, and the text, of the standard or code of practice and a statement of the substance and purpose of the material provisions of the standard or code of practice.

(3) The notice must invite interested Persons to make representations about the proposed Rules within a stated period of at least 30 days.

(4) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to the making of Rules if the Board of Directors of the AFSA considers:

  • (a) that any delay likely to arise because of complying with those subsections is prejudicial to the interests of the AFSA; or
  • (b) that the Rules are merely consequential on any other Rules adopted (or proposed to be adopted) by the Board; or
  • (c) that the Rules do not change, or significantly change, the policy intended to be given effect by these Regulations and the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

CHAPTER 2-THE REGISTRAR

183. Reporting by Registrar

(1) The Registrar must report to the Board of Directors of the AFSA in such a way as the Board of Directors of the AFSA may direct.

184. Record keeping

The Registrar must make suitable arrangements for keeping appropriate Records in relation to the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions.

185. Conflicts of interest

(1) This section applies to an individual (a relevant person) who is the Registrar or an officer, employee, delegate, agent of the Registrar.

(2) A relevant person must disclose all material conflicts of interest that the person has in Exercising the person’s Functions. The disclosure must be made without undue delay to the person to whom the relevant person reports.

(3) A relevant person must not take part in the making of a decision on a matter in relation to which the person has a material conflict of interest.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) in relation to a decision does not invalidate the decision.

186. Confidential information

(1) For this section, information is confidential if:

(2) Confidential information must not be disclosed by the Registrar, by an officer, employee, delegate or agent of the Registrar, or by any Person coming into possession of the information, without the consent of the Person to whom the duty of confidentiality is owed.

(3) However, the Registrar may, and must if directed by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, disclose confidential information if the disclosure is:

  • (a) permitted or required to be made under these Regulations, the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules; or
  • (b) permitted or required to be made by or under any other law; or
  • (c) made to the AFSA for the purpose of assisting the AFSA to Exercise its regulatory Functions; or
  • (d) made in good faith for the purposes of the Exercise of the Registrar’s Functions.

187. [intentionally omitted]

188. Annual budget of Registrar

(1) Before the end of each financial year of the AFSA an estimate of the annual income and expenditure of the Registrar for the next financial year must, be submitted to the Board of Directors of the AFSA as a part of the AFSA’s annual budget.

(2) The estimates must include figures relating to levels of remuneration and entitlement to expenses of the Registrar including its officers, employees and agents.

(3) The Board of Directors of the AFSA may, within 30 days after the day it receives estimates for a financial year under subsection (1):

  • (a) approve the estimates; or
  • (b) on reasonable grounds, reject them.

189. Funding and fees

(1) The Board of Directors of the AFSA shall provide financial resources to the Registrar from the annual budget available to the AFSA to enable the Registrar to Exercise the Registrar’s Functions in an adequate manner.

(2) The Rules may require the payment to the AFSA of fees in respect of:

(3) The Registrar may charge a fee for any services provided by the Registrar otherwise than under an obligation imposed on the Registrar by or under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(4) If a fee is prescribed or charged under this section for the Exercise of a Function, or the provision of services, by the Registrar, no action needs to be taken by the Registrar until the fee is paid and, if the fee is payable on the receipt by the Registrar of a Document required to be given or delivered to, or filed with, the Registrar (however described), the Registrar is taken not to have received the Document until the fee is paid.

190. Accounts of Registrar

(1) The Registrar must keep proper accounts of the Registrar’s financial activities and provide such information to the Board of Directors of the AFSA as they may require to enable the AFSA to satisfy any accounting and audit requests applicable to it.

191. [intentionally omitted]

192. [intentionally omitted]

193. Liability

(1) Neither the Registrar, the AFSA, nor an officer, employee, delegate or agent of the Registrar or AFSA, can be held liable for anything done or omitted to be done in the Exercise or purported Exercise of the Functions of the Registrar or the Board of Directors of the AFSA under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an act or omission if the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

194. Independent review of Registrar

(1) The Governor may appoint an independent Person (the reviewer) to review and report to the Governor on any aspect of the efficiency and effectiveness of the Registrar in the use of the Registrar’s resources.

(2) The office of the Governor must meet the reasonable expenses incurred by the reviewer in conducting the review and preparing the report.

(3) The reviewer has a right of access, at all reasonable times, to all information that is held or controlled by any officer, employee or agent of the Registrar and that is reasonably required by the reviewer for the purposes of the review.

(4) The reviewer is entitled reasonably to require from the Registrar, and the officers, employees and agents of the Registrar, the information and explanations that the reviewer considers necessary for the purposes of the review.

(5) A Person must not, without reasonable excuse, intentionally engage in conduct that obstructs or hinders the reviewer in the Exercise of the reviewer’s Functions under this section.

CHAPTER 3–MISCELLANEOUS

195. Waivers and modifications of certain provisions

(1) In this section: relevant provision means a provision of these Regulations, the Rules, or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, or any provision of other Regulations and Rules declared by the Rules to be a provision to which this section applies.

(2) On the application or with the consent of a Person, the Registrar may, by Written notice, provide that 1 or more relevant provisions:

  • (a) do not apply to the Person; or
  • (b) apply to the Person with the modifications stated in the notice.

(3) The notice may be given subject to conditions.

(4) If the notice is given subject to conditions, the Person must comply with the conditions. If the Person Contravenes a condition, the Registrar may, without limiting the Registrar’s other powers, apply to the Court for the order that the Registrar considers appropriate, including an order that the Person comply with the condition, whether or not in a specified way.

(5) Unless the Registrar is satisfied that it is inappropriate or unnecessary to do so, the Registrar must publish a notice under subsection (2) in a way the Registrar considers appropriate for bringing the notice to the attention of:

  • (a) Persons likely to be affected by it; and
  • (b) others who may be likely to become subject to a similar notice.

(6) The Registrar may withdraw or vary a notice under subsection (2), on the Registrar’s own initiative or on the application of the Person to whom the notice applies.

196. Obligation of disclosure to Registrar

(1) A Regulated Entity or auditor of a Regulated Entity must disclose to the Registrar any matter that reasonably tends to show:

  1. (a) that the Regulated Entity has or may have Contravened these Regulations; or
  2. (b) anything else prescribed by the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) Subsection (1) does not require disclosure of a privileged communication.

(4) A Regulated Entity must establish and maintain appropriate systems and internal procedures to enable it to comply with subsection (1).

(5) Any provision in an agreement between a Regulated Entity and a Relevant Person for the Regulated Entity or an auditor, is void so far as it purports to hinder any Person from causing or assisting a Regulated Entity to comply with an obligation under subsection (1).

(6) A Person must not be subjected to detriment, loss or damage merely because the Person does anything to cause or assist a Regulated Entity to comply with an obligation under subsection (1).

(7) The Court may, on the application of an aggrieved Person, make any order for relief if the Person has been subjected to any detriment, loss or damage referred to in subsection (6).

(8) In this section: auditor includes a Person who is registered by the Registrar as an auditor under these Regulations. privileged communication means a communication attracting a privilege arising from the provision of professional legal advice or any other advice to which the relationship of lawyer and client or other similar relationship applies but does not include a communication to which a general duty of confidentiality only applies. Regulated Entity has the meaning given by section 158(2) (Application and interpretation of Part 14). Relevant Person, for a Regulated Entity, has the meaning given by section 158(3) and (4).

197. Disclosures to Registrar

(1) A Person is not liable to any proceedings, subject to any Liability, or in Breach of any duty, merely because the Person gives or produces any information or Document to the Registrar in good faith, and in the reasonable belief that the information or Document is relevant to any of the Functions of the Registrar under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

(2) This section applies whether the information or Document is given or produced under a requirement at law or otherwise.

198. [intentionally omitted]

199. Irregularities

(1) In this section: procedural irregularity includes a defect, irregularity or deficiency of notice or time. procedure means any procedure, including, for example, the making of a decision, the conduct of a hearing, the giving of a notice, and any proceeding, whether or not a legal proceeding.

(2) A procedure under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar is not invalid because of any procedural irregularity unless the Court declares the procedure to be invalid.

(3) A Person may apply to the Court for an order:

  • (a) declaring that:
  • (i) anything purporting to have been done; or

(ii) any procedure purporting to have been commenced or undertaken; under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar is not invalid because of any Contravention of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar; or

  • (b) extending or abridging the period for doing anything, or commencing or undertaking any procedure, under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar; if the thing or procedure is essentially of a procedural nature.

200. Giving false or misleading information to Registrar etc.

(1) A Person must not:

  • (a) make a statement, or give information, to the Registrar (whether orally, in a Document or in any other way) that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (b) give a Document to the Registrar that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (c) conceal information or a Document if the concealment is likely to mislead or deceive the Registrar.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

201. Compliance with orders etc. of Registrar

(1) If the Registrar makes an order, issues a direction, or makes a requirement, (however described) in relation to a Person under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, the Person must comply with the order, direction or requirement.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

202. Notification of Registrar’s decisions and reasons

(1) This section applies if, under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar:

  • (a) the Registrar makes a decision (including a decision refusing to make a decision) on the application (however described) of a Person (the affected Person for the decision); or
  • (b) the Registrar makes a decision affecting the interests of a Person (the affected Person for the decision) on the Registrar’s own initiative.

(2) As soon as practicable after the Registrar makes the decision, the Registrar must give the affected Person Written notice of the decision.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), the notice must:

  • (a) if the decision is to take effect on the day after the day the notice is given to the Person—state that fact; or
  • (b) if the decision is to take effect at a different time—specify the time; or
  • (c) if the decision is to grant or issue (however described) permit, registration or anything else subject to conditions, restrictions or limitations of any kind—state the conditions, restrictions or limitations; or
  • (d) if the decision is to grant or issue (however described) permit, registration or anything else for a period - specify the period.

(4) The notice must include, or be accompanied by, a statement of the Registrar’s reasons for the decision.

(5) However, if the decision was made on the application (however described) of the affected Person, subsection (4) does not apply to the decision so far as the decision was the decision the affected Person applied for.

(6) Also, subsection (4) does not apply to the decision if a provision of any Legislation Administered by the Registrar expressly provides that the Registrar need not provide reasons for the decision.

(7) This section is additional to, and does not limit, any other provision of any the AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

203. Publication by AFSA

(1) The AFSA must make Rules and Guidance available to the public without undue delay after they are adopted.

(2) The AFSA may publish, in the form and way the AFSA considers appropriate, information and statements relating to the practices and procedures of the Registrar, decisions of the Court, and any other matters that the Registrar considers relevant to the conduct of affairs in the AIFC.

(3) Publications made under this section may be provided with or without charge, as the Board of Directors of the AFSA may decide.

204. Public registers

(1) The Registrar must keep and publish registers of current and past registrations of Companies and Recognised Companies in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar must make a reasonably current version of each register kept under subsection (1) freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

205. Language

The Registrar may require communications to which the Registrar is a party (including communications under any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar) to be conducted in the English language.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Note: See section 6.

1. Meaning of Legislation Administered by the Registrar

Each of the following is Legislation Administered by the Registrar:

  • (a) these Regulations and the Rules;
  • (b) any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules if the Regulations or Rules declare that they are administered by the Registrar;
  • (c) a provision of any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules if the provision gives a Function to the Registrar or relates to the Exercise of a Function given to the Registrar by another provision of the AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

2. Meaning of Subsidiary, Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holding Company, and Ultimate Holding Company

(1) A Body Corporate (the first Body Corporate) is a Subsidiary of another Body Corporate (the second Body Corporate) if:

(ii) is a shareholder of the first Body Corporate and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the board of Directors or managers of the first Body Corporate; or

(iii) is a shareholder of the first Body Corporate and controls alone, under an agreement with other shareholders, a majority of the voting rights in the first Body Corporate; or

(2) A Body Corporate is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of another Body Corporate if the first Body Corporate has no shareholders except:

(3) A Body Corporate is the Holding Company of another Body Corporate if the second Body Corporate is a Subsidiary of the first Body Corporate.

(4) A reference to a Holding Company includes a reference to an Ultimate Holding Company.

(5) A Holding Company is a holding Body Corporate that is a Company.

(6) A reference to an Ultimate Holding Company is a reference to a Holding Company that is:

(7) In paragraph (a)(i) and (iii), a reference to the voting rights in a Body Corporate is a reference to the rights given to shareholders in respect of their shares, or, for a Body Corporate not having a share capital, on partners, to vote at general meetings of the Body Corporate on all or substantially all matters.

(8) In paragraph 3(1)(a)(ii), the reference to the right to appoint or remove a majority of the board of Directors or managers is a reference to the right to appoint or remove Directors or managers holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board on all or substantially all matters; and for that provision:

  • (a) a Body Corporate is taken to have the right to appoint to a directorship or manager position if:
  • (i) a Person’s appointment to it follows necessarily from the Person’s appointment as Director or manager of the Body Corporate; or

(ii) the directorship or manager position is held by the Body Corporate itself; and

  • (b) a right to appoint or remove that is exercisable only with the consent or concurrence of another Person is not to be taken into account unless no other Person has a right to appoint or, as the case may be, remove in relation to the directorship or manager position.

(9) Rights that are exercisable only in certain circumstances may be taken into account only:

  • (a) when the circumstances have arisen, and for so long as they continue to apply; or
  • (b) when the circumstances are within the control of the Person having the rights;

and rights that are normally exercisable, but are temporarily incapable of exercise, must continue to be taken into account.

(10) Rights held by a Person in a fiduciary capacity must be treated as not held by the Person.

(11) Rights held by a Person as nominee for another Person must be treated as held by the other Person; and rights must be regarded as held as nominee for another Person if they are exercisable only on the other Person’s instructions or with the other Person’s consent or concurrence.

(12) Rights attached to shares held by way of security must be treated as held by the Person providing the security if:

  • (a) apart from the right to exercise them for the purpose of preserving the value of the security or of realising it, the rights are exercisable only in accordance with the Person’s instructions; and
  • (b) the shares are held in connection with the granting of loans as part of normal business activities and, apart from the right to exercise them for the purpose of preserving the value of the security or of realising it, the rights are exercisable only in the Person’s interests.

(13) Rights must be treated as held by a Body Corporate if they are held by any of its Subsidiaries.

(14) For subsection (12), rights must be treated as being exercisable in accordance with the instructions or in the interests of a Body Corporate if they are exercisable in accordance with the instructions of or, as the case may be, in the interests of:

(15) For this section, the voting rights in a Body Corporate must be reduced by any rights held by the Body Corporate itself.

(16) In subsections (10) to (13) a reference to rights held by a Person include rights falling to be treated as held by the Person under any other provision of those subsections.

3. Provision of information

(1) If any provision of these Regulations, the Rules, or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, requires a Company to provide any information to a Shareholder or to any other Person (however expressed), the Company may provide the information either in print or in electronic form if it is accessible in electronic form to the Shareholder or other Person.

(2) To remove any doubt, a Company may, with the consent of a Shareholder, communicate with the Shareholder by electronic means.

4. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying Documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting Documents, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journals entries and other adjustment to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means the Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Bodies has the meaning given by article 9 of the Constitutional Statute and the document entitled The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre adopted by the Management Council on 26 May 2016.

AIFC Participants has the meaning given by article 1(5) of the Constitutional Statute.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor and includes, for example, the Rules made under these Regulations.

Allotment, of Shares in a Company, means a transaction by which a Person acquires the unconditional right to be included in the Company’s Register of Shareholders as the holder of the Shares.

Annual General Meeting, of a Company, means the General Meeting held by the Shareholders of the Company as an Annual General Meeting.

Annual Return means the annual return required pursuant to section 26 of these Regulations;

Appointed Publications: a notice or other Document is published in the Appointed Publications if either:

  1. (a) it is published on a website written in English that is appointed by the Registrar; or
  2. (b) it is published in a newspaper published in English with national circulation in the Republic of Kazakhstan and, if different, a newspaper with national circulation in the country where the relevant Company or other Body Corporate has its principal place of business.

Articles of Association, of a Company, means its Articles of Association as originally framed or as amended in accordance with these Regulations.

Auditor, in Part 10 (Accounts, reports and audits), has the meaning given by section 134(1) (Qualification and registration of Auditors).

Beneficial Ownership Register shall be construed in accordance with section 179-4 (Requirements relating to Beneficial Ownership Register).

Body Corporate includes a company or other body corporate incorporated outside the AFC.

Breach includes Contravene.

Commencement Date means 1 March 2019.

Company means a Private Company or a Public Company and, in Part 14 (Powers and Remedies), has the extended meaning given by section 158(1) (Application and interpretation of Part 14).

Company Limited by Shares means a Company incorporated in the AIFC as a Company Limited by Shares.

Connected Person has the meaning given by section 86(4) (Ratification of interest of interest in existing transaction or arrangement).

Constitutional Documents, of a Company, means the Articles of Association of the Company and any other Resolutions and agreements to which section 28 applies (Filing of Special Resolutions and certain other Resolutions and agreements).

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan of dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Contravenes these Regulations has the meaning given by section 169 (When does a Person Contravene these Regulations).

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Creditor includes a present, prospective or contingent creditor.

Debt Security, of a Company, means a Security of the Company evidencing indebtedness of the Company, whether or not constituting or benefiting from a charge on assets of the Company.

Decision-making Procedures, in relation to the making of a decision by the Registrar, means the procedures prescribed by the Rules that apply to the making of the decision by the Registrar.

Director, in relation to a Company or another Body Corporate, means a Person, by whatever name called, who is:

  1. (a) appointed to the position of a director; or
  2. (b) appointed to the position of an alternate director, and is acting in that capacity; or
  3. (c) not validly appointed as a director but is acting in the position of a director (that is, a de facto director).

Distribution, in relation to a Company, has the meaning given by section 72(7) (Restrictions on Distributions).

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Employee, of a Company, means an individual who is appointed or employed by the Company and whose services are provided to, or for the purposes of, the Company, and includes an Officer of the Company. However, with respect to a Director, the Company itself must decide whether its Director is an employee or not. If the former is the case, a contract of employment must be in place.

Employee Share Scheme, in relation to a Company, means a scheme or arrangement for encouraging or facilitating the holding of Shares in the Company by or for the benefit of:

  1. (a) the genuine Employees or former Employees of the Company, a Subsidiary or Holding Company of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company’s Holding Company; or
  2. (b) the spouses or minor children or minor step-children of the individuals referred to in paragraph (a).

Employer, in Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing), has the meaning given by section 179-16 (Meaning of Protected Reports, Protected Reporter, Worker, and Employer);

Equity Securities, of a Company, means:

  1. (a) Ordinary Shares in the Company; or
  2. (b) rights to subscribe for, or to convert other Securities into, Ordinary Shares in the Company.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Financial Services Regulator means a financial services regulator designated by the AFSA from time to time under these Regulations.

Foreign Company means a body corporate incorporated in any jurisdiction other than the AIFC.

Foundation has the meaning given in Schedule 1 (Interpretation) of the AIFC Foundations Regulations.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

General Meeting, of a Company, means a meeting of the Company’s Shareholders.

Governing Body means, in the case of:

  1. (a) a company, the board of Directors;
  2. (b) a Limited Partnership, the general partner;
  3. (c) a Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation, the board; and
  4. (d) a Foundation, the council.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Group Merger, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113 (Application and interpretation of Part 8).

Guidance means:

  1. (a) guidance adopted by the Registrar under section 10(4)(b) (Registrar’s Objectives and Functions); or
  2. (b) a standard or code of practice adopted as guidance by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181(5) (Power to adopt Rules etc.).

Holding Company has the meaning given by section 2 of this Schedule.

Incorporator, of a Company (or proposed Company), means a Person to whom Shares in the Company (or proposed Company) are allotted (or are to be alloted) on the incorporation of the Company (or proposed Company).

Inspector means a Person who is appointed by the Registrar under section 159 (Appointment of Inspectors) as an inspector.

Knowingly Concerned in a Contravention of these Regulations has the meaning given by section 170(4) (Involvement in Contraventions of these Regulations).

Legislation Administered by the Registrar has the meaning given by section 1 of this Schedule.

Liability includes any debt or obligation.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Merged Body, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113 (Application and interpretation of Part 8).

Merged Company, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113.

Merging Body, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113.

Merging Company, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113.

New Body, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113.

New Company, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113.

Nominee Director has the meaning given in section 179-6(4).

Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation means an incorporated organisation registered under the AIFC Non-Profit Incorporated Organisations Regulations.

Objectives, of the Registrar, has the meaning given by section 9(1) (Registrar’s Objectives and Functions).

Officer, of a Company or another Body Corporate, includes any of the following in relation to the Body Corporate:

  1. (a) a Director or Secretary;
  2. (b) a senior manager;
  3. (c) a receiver or a receiver and manager;
  4. (d) an administrator of a deed of arrangement;
  5. (e) an official manager;
  6. (f) a liquidator or provisional liquidator.

Ordinary Resolution, of a Company, means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes of the Shareholders (or the Shareholders of the relevant class of Shares) who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or, if proxies are allowed, by proxy, at a General Meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution was duly given, and includes an Ordinary Resolution in writing passed under section 100 (Resolution in writing of Private Companies).

Ordinary Share, in a Company, means a Share in the Company, other than a Share that carries a right to participate in dividends or capital (that is, Distributions) only up to a specified amount.

Ownership Interest means an interest entitling the owner to receive distributions of income or capital, or to exercise voting rights, in relation to a Relevant Person and if the proportion of distributions of either kind, or voting rights, is not identical, the highest proportion of these shall be the ownership interest.

Paid-up includes credited as paid-up.

Person includes any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a Company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Personal Representative, in relation to an individual who has died, means the Person who is the individual’s executor or administrator.

Post-Registration Procedures means any post-registration procedure including but not limited to, changes in the Registered Details.

Protected Report, in Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing), has the meaning given by section 179-16 (Meaning of Protected Report, Protected Reporter, Worker, and Employer).

Protected Reporter, in Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing), has the meaning given by section 179-16 (Meaning of Protected Report, Protected Reporter, Worker, and Employer).

Private Company means a body corporate that is incorporated as, or converted to, a Private Company under these Regulations.

Public Company means a body corporate that is incorporated as, or converted to, a Public Company under these Regulations.

Recognised Company means a Foreign Company that is registered under these Regulations as a Recognised Company.

Recognised Exchange means any investment exchange recognised by AFSA as adhering to standards of corporate governance and disclosure comparable to those of the AIFC.

Recognised General Partnership has the meaning given in Schedule 1 (Interpretation) of the AIFC General Partnership Regulations.

Recognised Limited Partnership has the meaning given in Schedule 1 (Interpretation) of the AIFC Limited Partnership Regulations.

Recognised Limited Liability Partnership has the meaning given in Schedule 1 (Interpretation) of the AIFC Limited Liability Partnership Regulations.

Records means Documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Register means the Register of Companies maintained by the Registrar under these Regulations.

Registered Details, of a Company or Recognised Company, means information about the Company or Recognised Company included in the Register.

Registrar means the Office of the Registrar of Companies of the AFSA including the individual who is appointed the Registrar of Companies for the time being.

Registrar of Companies means the individual who is appointed as the Registrar of Companies under section 9 (Appointment of Registrar).

Register of Nominee Directors, has the meaning given by section 179-7 (Register of Nominee Directors).

Regulated Entity, in Part 14 (Powers and remedies), has the meaning given by section 158(2) (Application and interpretation of Part 14).

Regulated Market means a multilateral system or facility that:

  1. (a) is operated or managed (or both) by a market operator; and
  2. (b) brings together or facilitates the bringing together of multiple third parties buying and selling interests in securities; and
  3. (c) operates in accordance with its non-discretionary rules in a way that results in contracts in respect of the financial instruments admitted to trading on it; and
  4. (d) is authorised by the AFSA and functions regularly.

Regulated Relevant Person, for a Regulated Entity and in Part 14 (Powers and Remedies), has the meaning given by section 158(3) (Application and interpretation of Part 14).

Relevant Jurisdiction means Kazakhstan or any other jurisdiction that the Register of Companies may determine from time to time.

Relevant Person means any Body Corporate, partnership, Trust, arrangement or ownership structure incorporated, registered, continued or carrying on business in the AIFC including without limitation a Public Company, Private Company, Recognised Company, a company incorporated under Part 2 of these Regulations, Foundation, Recognised Foundation, Non-Profit Incorporated Organisation, General Partnership, Recognised General Partnership, Limited Partnership, Recognised Limited Partnership, Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership or any other legal body or structure created by Legislation administered by the Registrar established under the Acting Law of the AIFC.

Resolution, of a Company, means Special Resolution or Ordinary Resolution of the Company, as appropriate.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 "(Power to adopt Rules etc.), whether for these Regulations or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar.

Secretary, of a Company or another Body Corporate, means a Person occupying the position of secretary of the Body Corporate, by whatever name called.

Security, of a Company, means any transferable instrument issued by a Company (including, for example, any Share, Debt Security, warrant, certificate, unit or option issued by the Company).

Share, in a Company, means a share in the share capital of the Company, of whatever class of share it may be.

Share Capital, of a Company and in Chapter 7 (Reduction of capital) of Part 7 (Private Companies and Public Companies), includes any capital reserves of the Company.

Shareholder, of a Company, means a Person entered in the Company’s Register of Shareholders as the holder of a Share in the Company.

Special Resolution, of a Company, means a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes of the Shareholders (or the Shareholders of the relevant class of Shares) who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or, if proxies are allowed, by proxy, at a General Meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution was duly given, and includes a Special Resolution in writing passed under section 100 (Resolutions in writing of Private Companies).

Standard Articles means standard articles of association prescribed by the Rules.

Subsidiary has the meaning given by section 2 of this Schedule.

Survivor Body, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113 (Application and interpretation of Part 8).

Survivor Company, in Part 8 (Mergers), has the meaning given by section 113 (Application and interpretation of Part 8).

Takeover Offer, in relation to a Company and in Chapter 11 (Protection of Minorities in Takeovers) of Part 7 (Private Companies and Public Companies), has the meaning given by section 105(1) (Takeovers).

The Company, in Chapter 11 (Protection of Minorities in Takeovers) of Part 7 (Private Companies and Public Companies), has the meaning given by section 105(7) (Takeovers).

The Offeror, in Chapter 11 (Protection of Minorities in Takeovers) of Part 7 (Private Companies and Public Companies), has the meaning given by section 105(7) (Takeovers).

Trust means the legal relationship created by a Person, the settlor, when assets have been placed under the control of a trustee for the benefit of a beneficiary for a specified purpose.

UBO Details is a reference to the particulars set out in section 179-4(5) (Requirements relating to Beneficial Ownership Register).

Ultimate Beneficial Owner has the meaning given by section 179-1 (Meaning of Ultimate Beneficial Owner).

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary has the meaning given by section 2 of this Schedule.

Worker, in Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing), has the meaning given by section 179-16 (Meaning of Protected Report, Protected Reporter, Worker, and Employer).

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means.

GENERAL PARTNERSHIP REGULATIONS

General Partnership

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC General Partnership Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

7. Administration of these Regulations

These Regulations are administered by the Registrar of Companies.

PART 2: FORMATION AND REGISTRATION

8. What is a general partnership

A general partnership is a relationship which exists between 2 or more Persons jointly conducting any business, purpose or activity with a view to making a profit.

9. Prohibition on unregistered general partnerships

(1) Two or more Persons must not conduct any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC as a general partnership unless the general partnership:

  1. (a) is either:
  2. (i) formed in the AIFC as a general partnership and registered under section 12; or
  3. (ii) formed outside the AIFC as a general partnership and registered under section 13 as a Recognised Partnership; and
  4. (b) [intentionally omitted]

(2) [intentionally omitted]

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

10. General partnership agreement

(1)       Each partner of a general partnership formed in the AIFC must enter into a partnership agreement signed by all the partners.

(2)       A general partnership may adopt, as its partnership agreement, the whole or any part of the Standard Partnership Agreement that is relevant to the general partnership.

(3)       If the Standard Partnership Agreement is not adopted by a general partnership in its entirety, the general partnership must submit to the Registrar of Companies, before the partnership agreement is adopted by the general partnership, a statement by the initial partners that the partnership agreement proposed to be adopted by the general partnership complies with the requirements of these Regulations, the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(4)       If any change to these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the provisions of a general partnership’s agreement and the provisions of these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  1. (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules prevail; and
  2. (b) the general partnership is not required to amend its partnership agreement, unless these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.


11. Presumptions for existence of general partnership

In the absence of a partnership agreement, an unincorporated body of Persons that conducts any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC with a view to making profit is taken to be a general partnership unless:

  • (a) an agreement or articles of association exists between the Persons and specifies that the relationship between them is that of an unincorporated association or a body corporate; or
  • (b) none of the Persons hold themselves out or represent themselves as being members of a partnership.

12. Registration as General Partnership

(1) On the formation of a general partnership in the AIFC, the partners may apply for registration of the general partnership, and for the registration of each of the partners, by signing, and filing with the Registrar of Companies, an application for registration.

(2) The application must set out:

  • (a) name of the general partnership, which must end with the word ‘Partnership’ or ‘and Partners’ or ‘& Co.’; and
  • (b) the address of the registered office of the general partnership in the AIFC; and
  • (c) the nature of the business, purpose or activity to be conducted by the general partnership in or from the AIFC; and
  • (d) the name and address of each of the partners of the general partnership; and
  • (e) the particulars required by Part 14-1 (ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may require the partners to provide additional information reasonably required by the Registrar of Companies to decide the application.

(4) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to register a general partnership, or any partner of a general partnership, under this section for any reason the Registrar of Companies considers to be a proper reason for refusing the registration.

(5) The Registrar of Companies may register a general partnership, and the partners of the partnership, under this section in accordance with the Rules.

(6) A general partnership formed in the AIFC is registered under this section as a General Partnership.

13. Registration as Recognised Partnership

(1) The partners of a general partnership formed outside of the AIFC may apply for the registration of the partnership as a Recognised Partnership, and for the registration of each of the partners, by signing, and filing with the Registrar of Companies, an application for registration.

(2) The application must set out:

  1. (a) the name of the general partnership; and
  2. (b) the address for service of the general partnership in the AIFC, and the name and address of the Person authorised to accept service of any document on behalf of the partnership; and
  3. (c) the nature of the business, purpose or activity to be conducted by the general partnership in or from the AIFC; and
  4. (d) the name and address of each of the partners of the general partnership.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may require the partners to provide additional information reasonably required by the Registrar of Companies to decide the application.

(4) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to register a general partnership, or any partner of a general partnership, under this section for any reason the Registrar of Companies considers to be a proper reason for refusing the registration.

(5) The Registrar of Companies may register a general partnership, and the partners of the partnership, under this section in accordance with the Rules.

(6) A general partnership formed outside the AIFC is registered under this section as a Recognised Partnership.

14. Notification of change in Registered Details of General or Recognised Partnership

(1) This section applies if there is a change in:

  • (a) the constitution of a General Partnership or Recognised Partnership, by the incoming or outgoing of any partner; or
  • (b) the name of a General Partnership, Recognised Partnership, or the Person authorised to accept service of any document on behalf of the Recognised Partnership; or
  • (c) any other particulars relating to the Registered Details of the General Partnership, Recognised Partnership, or the Person authorised to accept service of any document on behalf of the Recognised Partnership including a change of address for service.

(2) The General Partnership or Recognised Partnership must notify the Registrar of Companies in Writing of the change within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the partnership under the Rules in relation to the change.

(2-1) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

15. Power to refuse registration of change of name and require change of name

(1) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to register a change of name of a General Partnership if, in the Registrar of Companies’ opinion, the proposed name is, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another partnership) or otherwise undesirable.

(2) If, in the Registrar of Companies’ opinion, the name by which a General Partnership is registered is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another partnership), or otherwise undesirable, the Registrar of Companies may direct the partnership to change it.

(3) A General Partnership must comply with a direction given by the Registrar of Companies under subsection (2) within 30 days after the date specified in the direction unless the Registrar of Companies allows a longer period to comply with the direction.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

PART 3: ADMINISTRATION OF AFFAIRS OF PARTNERSHIPS

16. Registered office and conduct of business etc. of partnerships

(1) A General Partnership that conducts any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC must, at all times, have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices to the partnership may be addressed.

(2) A General Partnership must conduct its principal business, purpose or activity in the AIFC, unless the Registrar of Companies otherwise permits, but may also conduct the same outside the AIFC.

(3) A document may be served on a General Partnership by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the partnership in the AIFC.

(4) A Recognised Partnership must appoint and retain at all times at least 1 Person who is authorised to accept service of any Document on behalf of the partnership and to do anything else for the partnership prescribed by the Rules.

(5) A Recognised Partnership must, at all times, have an address for service in the AIFC.

(6) A document may be served on (however described) a Recognised Partnership:

  • (a) sending it by post to the address for service of the Recognised Partnership in the AIFC; or
  • (b) serving it on the Person authorised to accept service on behalf of the Recognised Partnership.

(7) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

17. Management of General Partnership

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership:

  • (a) every partner must take part in the management of the partnership business, purpose or activity; and
  • (b) a Person may not become a partner without the consent of all of the existing partners; and
  • (c) any difference arising about ordinary matters connected with the partnership business, purpose and activity may be decided by a majority of the partners, but no change may be made in the nature of the partnership business, purpose or activity without the consent of all of the existing partners.

18. Particulars in partnership communications

(1) A General Partnership must ensure that its name, and the address of its registered office, appear in legible characters in all of its letterheads, order forms, receipts, correspondence and other communications.

(2) A Recognised Partnership must ensure that, in relation to the business, purpose or activity it conducts in or from the AIFC, its name, and its address for service, appear in legible characters in all of its letterheads, order forms, receipts, correspondence and other communications.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine

19. Accounting Records of General Partnership

(1) The General Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the partnership at any time; and
  • (b) enable the partners to ensure that any accounts prepared by the partnership under this Part comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A General Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place that the partners consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a partner or auditor of the partnership at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained in such manner as may be prescribed in the Rules.

(2-1) If a General Partnership, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a General Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations, the partners immediately before the General Partnership ceases to exist or ceases to be a General Partnership shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

20. Accounts of General Partnership

(1) The partners of a General Partnership must ensure that accounts are prepared in relation to each financial year of the partnership and that the accounts comply with the requirements of this section.

(2) The accounts must:

  • (a) be prepared in accordance with accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise prescribed by the Registrar of Companies; and
  • (b) show a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the partnership for the period and of the state of the partnership’s affairs at the end of the period; and
  • (c) comply with any other requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) Within 6 months after the end of a General Partnership’s financial year, the partners must approve the partnership’s accounts and must ensure that they are signed on their behalf by at least 1 of them.

(4) A General Partnership must file its accounts for a financial year with the Registrar of Companies within 7 days after the day the accounts are approved by the partners.

(5) It is not necessary for a General Partnership to appoint an auditor or have its accounts audited, unless this is required by the Rules or its partnership agreement.

(6) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

21. Records of General Partnership

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership:

  • (a) the partnership Records must be kept at the registered place of business of the partnership in the AIFC; and
  • (b) every partner is entitled to access to any Records or other information of the partnership.

PART 4: DUTIES OF THE PARTNERS

22. Accountability of partners

(1) Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, a partner must account to the partnership for, and hold in a fiduciary capacity, any property, profit or benefit derived by the partner in the conduct of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity derived from a use by the partner of the partnership’s property, name or connections.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), that subsection also applies to transactions undertaken after the General Partnership has been dissolved by the death of a partner and before the affairs of the partnership have been completely wound up, either by any surviving partner or by the representatives of the deceased partner.

23. Duty of partner not to compete with General Partnership

(1) Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, a partner must refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity before the dissolution of the partnership.

(2) If a partner, without the consent of the other partners of a General Partnership, conducts any business, or undertakes any transaction, competing with the partnership’s business, purpose or activity, the partner must account for, and pay over to the partnership, any profits made by the partner from that business or transaction.

PART 5: GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AUTHORISATION

CHAPTER 1–AUTHORISATION

24. Power of partner to bind General Partnership

(1) Each partner of a General Partnership is an agent of the partnership for the purpose of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity.

(2) An act of a partner of a General Partnership in the ordinary course of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity binds the partnership, unless:

  • (a) the partner had no authority to act for the partnership in the particular matter and the Person with whom the partner was dealing had notice that the partner had no authority; or
  • (b) there are circumstances of fraud or misrepresentation.

(3) If the partners of a General Partnership agree that a restriction should apply to the power of any 1 or more of them to bind the partnership, nothing done in contravention of the restriction is binding on the partnership in relation to Persons having notice of the restriction.

25. General Partnership legal person

(1) The General Partnership is a legal person and can sue and be sued in its own name.

(2) Subsection (1) does not alter the joint and several liability of the partners.

26. Partners bound by acts on behalf of General Partnership

Without limiting section 24, an act or instrument relating to the business, purpose or activity of a General Partnership is binding on the partnership if it is done or executed in the partnership’s name, or in any other way showing an intention to bind the Partnership, by any authorised Person (whether a partner or not).

27. Partner using resources of General Partnership for private purposes

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, a partner must not use information, money or property of the partnership for a purpose other than the business, purpose or activity conducted by the partnership.

28. Indemnification of partners of General Partnership etc.

Subject to the partnership agreement of a General Partnership, the partnership may indemnify any partner or other Person from and against any and all claims and demands of any kind.

CHAPTER 2–LIABILITIES OF GENERAL PARTNERSHIP

29. Liability of partners of General Partnership

(1) Unless otherwise agreed by all the other partners of a General Partnership, a partner is liable, jointly and severally with the other partners, for all debts and obligations of the partnership incurred while the partner is a partner.

(2) Subject to section 35(3) (Liabilities of incoming and outgoing partners), on the death of a partner or former partner (the deceased partner), the deceased partner’s estate remains liable, in the same way as the deceased partner would have been had the deceased partner lived, for the debts and obligations incurred by the deceased partner during the time the deceased partner was a partner, so far as they remain unsatisfied and until the affairs of the partnership have been completely wound up.

30. Liability of General Partnership

A General Partnership is liable for any wrongful act, omission, loss or injury as a result of any partner acting in the ordinary course of the business, purpose or activity of the partnership or with the authority of the other partners.

31. General Partnership: safe keeping of money and property

(1) If a partner of a General Partnership receives money or property in a fiduciary capacity belonging to another Person, the partner must place the money or property in safe keeping and make appropriate arrangements to preserve the money or property held on behalf of the other Person.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to any agreement with the other Person about the application of the money or property and to any other obligations at law.

32. General Partnership: misapplication of money or property

(1) This section applies if:

  • (a) a partner in a General Partnership, acting within the scope of the partner’s apparent authority, receives money or property in a fiduciary capacity on behalf of a third Person and misapplies it; or
  • (b) a partner in a General Partnership, in the course of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity, receives money or property of a third Person in a fiduciary capacity, and the money or property is misapplied by 1 or more of the partners while it is in the custody of the partnership.

(2) The General Partnership is liable to make good the loss.

33. Admissions and representations of partners of General Partnership

An admission or representation made by any partner of a General Partnership about the affairs of the partnership, and in the ordinary course of its business, purpose or activity, is evidence against the partnership.

34. Notice to partner of General Partnership

Written notice to a partner of a General Partnership operates as a notice to the partnership, except in the case of a fraud on the partnership committed by or with the consent of that partner.

35. General Partnership: liabilities of incoming and outgoing partners

(1) A Person who is admitted as a partner to an existing General Partnership does not become liable to the creditors of the partnership for anything done before the Person became a partner.

(2) An outgoing partner of a General Partnership is not liable for the partnership debts or obligations incurred after the partner ceases to be a partner.

(3) An outgoing partner or the estate of a deceased partner may be discharged by agreement from any liabilities existing at the date when the partner ceased to be a partner.

CHAPTER 3–CONSENTS

36. Variation by consent of terms of General Partnership

The mutual rights and duties of partners of a General Partnership, whether ascertained by Written agreement or defined by these Regulations, may be varied with the Written consent of all of the partners.

PART 6: PROPERTY

37. General Partnership Property

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership:

  • (a) all General Partnership Property must be held and applied by the partners exclusively for the purposes of the partnership and in accordance with the partnership agreement; and
  • (b) all General Partnership Property must be held jointly and severally.

38. Judgement debt procedure against partner of General Partnership

(1) If a proceeding is instituted against a partner of a General Partnership in relation to General Partnership Property, the Court may, on the application of a creditor of the partner, make the orders that it considers appropriate in the circumstances to release the partner’s interest in the partnership for satisfaction of the judgement debt.

(2) A partner of a General Partnership aggrieved by an application or orders made under subsection (1) may apply to the Court to make orders to preserve rights in relation to General Partnership Property and to make the other orders the Court considers appropriate.

39. General Partnership rules in relation to interest

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, the interest of partners in General Partnership Property, and their rights and duties in relation to the partnership, are to be decided by the following provisions:

  • (a) all the partners are entitled to share equally in the capital and profits of the business, purpose or activity, and must contribute equally towards the losses, whether of capital or otherwise, sustained by the partnership;
  • (b) the partnership must indemnify every partner in relation to payments made from the partner’s own money or property and personal liabilities incurred by the partner:
  • (i) in the ordinary and proper conduct of the business, purpose or activity of the partnership; or

(ii) in or about anything necessarily done for the preservation of the business, purpose or activity or the property of the partnership;

  • (c) if a partner makes, for the purpose of the partnership, any actual payment or advance beyond the amount of capital that the partner has agreed to subscribe, the partner is entitled to interest at the National Bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan 90 day deposit rate.

PART 7: DISSOLUTION AND CONTINUANCE

CHAPTER 1–DISSOLUTION

40. General Partnership: dissolution by notice

(1) Subject to any agreement between the partners, if a General Partnership was entered into for an undefined time and for no fixed venture or undertaking, the partnership may be dissolved by any partner giving Written notice to the others of the partner’s intention to dissolve the partnership.

(2) The General Partnership is dissolved on the date mentioned in the notice as the date of dissolution, or, if a date of dissolution is not mentioned, on the day, or the last of the days, the notice is given to the other partners.

41. General Partnership: dissolution by death or bankruptcy

(1) Subject to any agreement between the partners, a General Partnership is dissolved by the death or bankruptcy of any partner.

(2) The remaining partners must notify the Registrar of Companies of the death or bankruptcy.

42. General Partnership: dissolution by illegality

A General Partnership is dissolved by the happening of any event that makes it unlawful for the business, purpose or activity of the partnership to continue.

43. General Partnership: dissolution with consent of Registrar of Companies

(1) If a partner or 2 or more partners of a General Partnership wish to dissolve the partnership by agreement or other voluntary means, other than by an application to the Court under section 44 (General Partnership: dissolution by Court), the partner or partners may request the Registrar of Companies to consent to the dissolution of the partnership.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may give consent to the dissolution of the General Partnership if satisfied that there are no outstanding liabilities to creditors, and there will be no guarantees or other legal obligations on the partnership after its dissolution.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may, in the Registrar’s absolute discretion, refuse to consent to the dissolution of the General Partnership.

44. General Partnership: dissolution by Court

The Court may order the dissolution of a General Partnership, on the application of the Registrar of Companies or a partner, if:

  • (a) a partner, other than the partner instituting the proceeding, is under a disability or is otherwise incapable of performing the partner’s part of the partnership agreement; or
  • (b) a partner, other than the partner instituting the proceeding, has Contravened the law and, in the opinion of the Court, that partner will prejudicially affect the conduct of business in or from the AIFC; or
  • (c) a partner, other than the partner instituting the proceeding:
  • (i) has wilfully or persistently Contravened the partnership agreement or any AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules; or

(ii) has otherwise behaved in matters relating to the partnership business, purpose or activity in a way that it is not reasonable for the other partner or partners to conduct the business, purpose or activity in partnership with that partner; or

  • (d) the business, purpose or activity of the General Partnership is being conducted at a loss; or
  • (e) circumstances have arisen that, in the opinion of the Court, make it just and equitable that the partnership be dissolved; or
  • (f) it is in the interests of the AIFC to make an order dissolving the partnership.

CHAPTER 2–CONTINUANCE IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

45. General Partnership: removal of partner

(1) On the application of a General Partnership or a partner of a General Partnership, the Court may order the removal of a partner in the circumstances that it considers appropriate.

(2) An order of the Court under subsection (1) does not dissolve the General Partnership.

46. General Partnership: outgoing partners

(1) The retirement, death, incapacity or removal of a partner of a General Partnership dissolves the partnership, unless the partnership agreement provides for the continuance of the partnership or the remaining partners elect to continue the partnership.

(2) If the General Partnership continues as provided for in subsection (1), the partners must provide the Registrar of Companies with a copy of an indemnity for the liabilities of the outgoing or deceased partner. If the partners do not provide the copy of the indemnity, the Registrar of Companies may refuse to allow the continuance of the General Partnership.

47. General Partnership: presumption of continuance of old terms

(1) If a General Partnership entered into for a defined time or a fixed venture or undertaking is continued after the time has ended or the venture or undertaking completed, and without any express new agreement, the rights and duties of the partners remain the same as they were at the end of that time or the completion of the venture or undertaking, so far as they are consistent with the terms of the partnership agreement.

(2) A continuance of the business, purpose or activity of the General Partnership by the partners, or such of them as regularly acted for the partnership, without any settlement or winding up of the partnership’s affairs, is presumed to be a continuance of the partnership.

48. Rights of assignee of share in General Partnership

(1) This section applies if:

  • (a) a partner in a General Partnership assigns the partner’s share in the partnership, either absolutely or by way of mortgage or redeemable charge; and
  • (b) the partner remains a partner after the assignment; and
  • (c) the assignee’s interest in the partnership is only as assignee of the share.

(2) The assignment does not, as against the other partners, entitle the assignee, during the continuance of the partnership:

  • (a) to interfere in the management or administration of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity; or
  • (b) to require any accounts of the partnership’s transactions; or
  • (c) to inspect the partnership’s Records or books.

(3) The assignee is entitled to receive the share of profits to which the assigning partner would otherwise be entitled, and the assignee must accept the accounts of profits agreed to by the General Partnership.

(4) The assignee is liable for the debts to which the assigning partner would otherwise be liable, and the assignee must accept the amount of the debt agreed to by the General Partnership.

(5) If the General Partnership is dissolved, whether in relation to all the partners or the assigning partner only, the assignee is entitled to receive the share of the partnership assets to which the assigning partner would otherwise be entitled.

CHAPTER 3–RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

49. Rights of Persons dealing with General Partnership

(1) If a Person continues to deal with a General Partnership after a change in its constitution or dissolution, the Person is entitled to treat all apparent members of the old General Partnership as still being members of the General Partnership until the Person has notice of the change or dissolution.

(2) Notice published in accordance with the Rules is sufficient notice of the change or dissolution.

CHAPTER 4–RIGHTS OF PARTNERS

50. Continuing authority of partners of General Partnership for winding up etc.

After the dissolution of a General Partnership, the authority of each partner to bind the partnership, and the other rights and obligations of the partners, continue despite the dissolution so far as necessary to wind up the affairs of the partnership, and to complete transactions begun but unfinished at the time of the dissolution, but not otherwise.

51. Rights of partners to application of General Partnership Property etc.

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership:

  • (a) on the dissolution of the partnership, every partner is entitled to have:
  • (i) the General Partnership Property applied in payment of the debts and liabilities of the partnership; and

(ii) surplus assets, after payment of the debts and liabilities, applied in payment of what may be owing to the partners respectively after deducting what may be owing from them as partners to the partnership; and

  • (b) any partner or the partner’s representatives may, on the dissolution of partnership, apply to the Court to wind up the partnership.

52. General Partnership: apportionment of premium on premature dissolution

If a partner pays a premium to another partner on entering into a General Partnership for a defined time, and the partnership is dissolved before the end of that time, the Court may, having regard to the terms of the partnership agreement and to the length of time of the partnership, make orders in relation to the premium or the part of it that it considers appropriate.

53. Rights if General Partnership is dissolved for fraud or misrepresentation

If the partnership agreement of a General Partnership is rescinded because of the fraud or misrepresentation of a party (the guilty party), the party rescinding the agreement (the rescinding party) is, without prejudice to any other right, entitled to:

  • (a) a lien on, or right of retention of, the surplus of the General Partnership Property, after satisfying the partnership liabilities, for any amounts paid by the rescinding party for the purchase of a share in the partnership and for any capital contributed; and
  • (b) stand in the place of the creditors of the partnership for any payments made by the rescinding party in relation to the partnership liabilities; and
  • (c) be indemnified by the guilty party against any loss suffered by the rescinding party because of the wrong doing to the partnership.

CHAPTER 5–SHARING OF PROFITS ON DISSOLUTION

54. General Partnership: right of outgoing partner to share profits

If a partner of a General Partnership has died or otherwise ceased to be a partner, and the surviving or continuing partners conduct the business, purpose or activity of the partnership with its capital or assets without any final settlement of accounts between the partnership and the outgoing partner (or that partner’s estate), then, in the absence of any agreement to the contrary, the outgoing partner (or that partner’s estate) is entitled to the share of the profits made since the dissolution of the partnership that the Court considers just in the circumstances.

55. General Partnership: outgoing partner’s share to be debt

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, the amount owing from surviving or continuing partners to an outgoing partner (or the partner’s estate) in relation to the outgoing partner’s share is a debt accruing on the day of the partnership’s dissolution.

56. General Partnership: distribution of assets on dissolution

Unless otherwise agreed by all the partners of a General Partnership, the following provisions apply when settling accounts between the partners after the dissolution of the partnership:

  • (a) losses, including losses and deficiencies of capital, must be paid first out of profits, next out of capital, and lastly, if necessary, by the partners individually in the proportion in which they were entitled to share profits;
  • (b) the assets of the partnership, including the amounts (if any) contributed by the partners to make up losses or deficiencies of capital, must be applied in the following way and order:
  • (i) in paying the debts and liabilities of the partnership to Persons who are not partners;

(ii) in paying to each partner rateably what is owing from the partnership to the partner for advances as distinguished from capital;

(iii) in paying to each partner rateably what is owing from the partnership to the partner in relation to capital;

(iv) the ultimate residue (if any) must be divided among the partners in the proportion in which profits are divisible.

57. Insolvency of General Partnership: postponement of certain rights

If an amount has been advanced to a General Partnership by way of an unsecured loan or for the purchase of goodwill in consideration for a share of profits of the partnership, and the partnership becomes insolvent, the lender or buyer is not entitled to recover any amount until the claims of all other creditors have been satisfied.

PART 7-1: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

57-1. Ultimate Beneficial Owners

The provisions of Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to General Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 7-2: WHISTLEBLOWING

57-2. Whistleblowing

The provisions of Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to General Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 8: MISCELLANEOUS

58. Compliance with orders etc. of Registrar of Companies to partnerships

(1) If the Registrar of Companies makes an order, issues a direction, or makes a requirement, (however described) in relation to a General Partnership or Recognised Partnership under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar of Companies, each partner must ensure that the partnership complies with it.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

59. Public registers of partnerships

(1) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of General Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of Recognised Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Registrar of Companies must make a reasonably current version of each register kept under this section freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar of Companies.

60. Accounting Records of Recognised Partnership

(1) A Recognised Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  1. (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Recognised Partnership at any time; and
  2. (b) enable the partners to ensure that any accounts prepared by the Recognised Partnership comply with the requirements of these Regulations.

(2) A Recognised Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  1. (a) kept at the place that the partners consider appropriate except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  2. (b) preserved by the Recognised Partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, that period; and
  3. (c) open to inspection by a partner or auditor of the Recognised Partnership at all reasonable times; and
  4. (d) otherwise kept and maintained in such manner as required by the Rules.


(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Note: See section 6.

1. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting documents, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journal entries and other adjustments to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal entries;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means the Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made for these Regulations.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

General Partnership means a general partnership formed in the AIFC that is registered under these Regulations as a General Partnership.

General Partnership Property, in relation to a General Partnership, means all property (whether real, personal, tangible and intangible), and all interests in any property, acquired by the General Partnership, whether by purchase or otherwise.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Legislation Administered by the Registrar of Companies has the meaning given by section 1 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Partner, of a General Partnership, means every Person who has entered into the partnership agreement for the General Partnership and is registered as partner of the General Partnership under these Regulations.

Person means any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Registered Details, of a General Partnership, Recognised Partnership or the Person authorised to accept service on behalf of a Recognised Partnership, means information about the partnership or Person included in the relevant register kept by the Registrar of Companies under these Regulations.

Recognised Partnership means a general partnership formed outside of the AIFC that is registered under these Regulations as a Recognised Partnership.

Records means documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies.

Registrar of Companies means the Registrar of Companies under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Standard Partnership Agreement means a standard partnership agreement prescribed by the Rules.

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means.

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP REGULATIONS

Limited Partnership

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Limited Partnership Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are approved by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

7. Administration of these Regulations

These Regulations are administered by the Registrar of Companies.

7-1. Application of the AIFC Collective Investment Scheme Rules

The AIFC Collective Investment Scheme Rules including any legislation administered by the AFSA on matters related to the regulation of financial services and related operations in the AIFC apply to a Limited Partnership or a Recognised Limited Partnership which is formed, and is to operate, for the sole purpose of conducting the business of a Fund.

PART 2: FORMATION AND REGISTRATION

8. Limited partnerships

(1) A limited partnership may be established in the AIFC for any lawful business, purpose or activity by 2 or more Persons on the terms, with the rights and powers, and subject to the conditions, limitations and Liabilities applying under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A limited partnership may exist between any number of Persons but must include:

  • (a) 1 or more Persons called general partners, who are liable for all of the partnership’s Liabilities; and
  • (b) 1 or more Persons called limited partners, who:
  • (i) must, when entering into the partnership, make or agree to make a contribution to the partnership property in money, money’s worth or any other property; and

(ii) are not liable for any of the partnership’s Liabilities beyond the amounts that they have already contributed or agreed to contribute.

9. Prohibition on unregistered limited partnerships

(1) A Person must not conduct any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC as a limited partnership unless the partnership:

  1. (a) is either:
  2. (i) registered under these Regulations as a Limited Partnership; or

(ii) a Foreign Limited Partnership that is registered under Part 8 (Recognised Limited Partnership) as a Recognised Limited Partnership; and

  1. (b) [intentionally omitted]

(2) [intentionally omitted]

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

10. Partnership agreement of limited partnership formed in AIFC

(1) A limited partnership formed in the AIFC must have a partnership agreement.

(2) The partnership agreement must be in the English language and must be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively.

(3) The partnership agreement must be a Written agreement between the partners about the affairs of the partnership and the conduct of its business, purpose or activity.

(4) The partnership agreement must be binding on the initial partners and their assigns, and on subsequent partners and their assigns, in the same way as if they had all executed the agreement.

(5) The partnership agreement may be amended only by a Written instrument and all amendments must be binding in the way mentioned in subsection (4).

(6) A limited partnership may adopt, as its partnership agreement, the whole or any part of the Standard Partnership Agreement that is relevant to the limited partnership.

(7) If the Standard Partnership Agreement is not adopted by a limited partnership in its entirety, the limited partnership must submit to the Registrar of Companies, before the partnership agreement is adopted by the limited partnership, a statement by the initial partners that the partnership agreement proposed to be adopted by the limited partnership complies with the requirements of these Regulations, the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(8) If any change to these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the provisions of a limited partnership’s agreement and the provisions of these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  1. (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules prevail; and
  2. (b) the limited partnership is not required to amend its partnership agreement, unless these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.

11. Limited Partnerships: General Partners and Limited Partners

(1) A Person may not be a General Partner and a Limited Partner at the same time in the same Limited Partnership.

(2) A body corporate may be a General Partner or Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership.

12. Limited Partnerships: registration

(1) A limited partnership formed in the AIFC may be registered under this section in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) On the formation of a limited partnership in the AIFC, the general partners may apply for registration of the limited partnership, and for the registration of each of the partners, by signing, and filing with the Registrar of Companies, an application for registration.

(3) The application must set out:

  1. (a) name of the limited partnership, which must end with the words ‘Limited Partnership’; and
  2. (b) the address of the registered office of the limited partnership in the AIFC; and
  3. (c) the nature of the business, purpose or activity to be conducted by the limited partnership in or from the AIFC; and
  4. (d) the other particulars (if any) required by the Registrar of Companies or the Rules; and
  5. (e) the particulars required by Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

(4) For subsection (3)(c), it is sufficient for the application to state that the purpose of the Limited Partnership is to conduct any lawful business, purpose or activity, without specifying the nature of that business, purpose or activity.

(5) A copy of the entire partnership agreement must be filed with the application along with the statement mentioned the statement mentioned in section 10(7) (Partnership agreement of limited partnership formed in AIFC) unless the Standard Partn ership Agreement is adopted by a limited partnership in its entirety.

(6) The Registrar of Companies may require the general partners to provide additional information reasonably required by the Registrar to decide the application.

(7) The Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures and may refuse to register the limited partnership, or any partner of the limited partnership, under this section for any reason the Registrar considers to be proper reason for refusing the registration.

(8) If the Registrar of Companies decides to register the limited partnership, the Registrar must:

  1. (a) issue a certificate of registration confirming that the partnership is registered and stating that the partnership is registered as a ‘Limited Partnership’; and
  2. (b) assign a number to the partnership, which is to be the partnership’s identification number; and
  3. (c) enter the partnership’s name in the appropriate register kept by the Registrar under these Regulations; and
  4. (d) [intentionally omitted]
  5. (e) register the general partners and the limited partners that the Registrar has decided to register; and
  6. (f) register the partnership agreement that accompanied the application for incorporation unless the Standard Partnership Agreement is adopted by a limited part nership in its entirety.

13. Limited Partnerships: notice of General Partner becoming Limited Partner

(1) This section applies if, under any arrangement or transaction, a General Partner of a Limited Partnership is to cease to be a General Partner and is to become a Limited Partner of the partnership.

(2) The arrangement or transaction has no effect for these Regulations unless notice the arrangement or transaction has been published in accordance with the Rules.

(3) This section does not apply in relation to a General Partner of a Limited Partnership that is a Fund registered by the AFSA.

14. Limited Partnerships: notification of change in registered details

(1) This section applies if there is a change in:

  • (a) the constitution of a Limited Partnership, by the incoming or outgoing of any Partner; or
  • (b) the name of a Limited Partnership; or
  • (c) any of the registered details of a Limited Partnership.

(2) The Limited Partnership must notify the Registrar of Companies in Writing of the change within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the partnership under the Rules in relation to the change.

(2-1) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(4) In this section: registered details, in relation to a Limited Partnership, means information about the partnership prescribed by the Rules for this section.

15. Limited Partnerships: change of name

(1) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to register a change of name of a Limited Partnership if, in the Registrar’s opinion, the proposed name is, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another partnership) or otherwise undesirable.

(2) If, in the opinion of the Registrar of Companies, the name by which a Limited Partnership is registered is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of another partnership), or otherwise undesirable, the Registrar may direct the partnership to change it.

(3) A Limited Partnership must comply with a direction given by the Registrar of Companies under subsection (2) within 30 days after the date specified in the direction unless the Registrar allows a longer period to comply with the direction.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

PART 3: ADMINISTRATION OF AFFAIRS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

16. Limited Partnerships: registered office and conduct of business etc.

(1) A Limited Partnership that conducts any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC must, at all times, have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices to the partnership may be addressed.
(2) A Limited Partnership must conduct its principal business, purpose or activity in the AIFC, unless the Registrar of Companies otherwise permits.
(3) A Document may be served on a Limited Partnership by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the Limited Partnership in the AIFC.
(3-1) A Limited Partnership must establish and maintain a Register of Partners. An election may be made in relation to a Limited Partnership for the information, which otherwise would require to be kept in the Register of Partners, to be kept by the Registrar.
(4) The General Partners of a Limited Partnership must keep at the registered office of the partnership in the AIFC:
  1. (a) a register showing the following particulars for each Person who is or has been a Partner, and kept in alphabetical order of their names:
  2. (i) for an individual—the individual’s full name and address;
(ii) for a body corporate—the body corporate’s full name, the place where it was incorporated and the address of its registered or principal office;
(iii) the date each Person was registered as a Partner and whether the Person was registered as a general partner or limited partner;
(iv) if the Person has ceased to be a Partner—a statement that the Person has ceased to be a Partner and the date the Person ceased to be a partner; and
  1. (b) a copy of the partnership’s certificate of registration; and
  2. (c) a copy of the partnership agreement and each amendment made to it; and
  3. (d) a statement of the amounts of any contributions agreed to be made by the Partners and the time at which, or events on the happening of which, the contributions are to be made; and
  4. (e) a statement of the amounts of money, and nature and value of any other property, contributed by each Partner and the dates the contributions were made; and
  5. (f) anything else required by these Regulations or the Rules.
(5) The General Partners must ensure that Limited Partnership’s Records kept under subsection (4) are available for inspection, and copying without charge, by a Partner during ordinary business hours at the request of the Partner.
(6) If any of the details in the Limited Partnership’s Records kept under subsection (4) change, the General Partners must ensure that the Records are updated within 14 days after the day the change happens.
(7) The information contained in the Records of a Limited Partnership kept under subsection (4) is taken to be accurate, unless proven otherwise.
(8) Contravention of subsections (1), (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7) is punishable by a fine.
(9) A Limited Partnership may make an election to keep information in the Register kept by the Registrar.
(10) An election may be made under this section by:
  1. (a) the applicant wishing to incorporate a Limited Partnership under these Regulations; or
  2. (b) the Limited Partnership itself once it is incorporated.
(11) In paragraph (b) of subsection (10), the election is of no effect, without prior agreement of all the Partners of the Limited Partnership to the making of the election.
(12) An election under this section is made by giving notice of election to the Registrar.
(13) If the notice is given by Persons wishing to register a Limited Partnership:
  1. (a) it must be given together with the application for registration under section 12; and
  2. (b) it must be accompanied by a statement containing all the information under subsection (4).
(14) If the notice is given by the Limited Partnership, it must be accompanied by:
a) a statement by the Limited Partnership that all the Partners of the Limited Partnership have assented to the making of the election; and
  1. (b) a statement containing all the information that is required under subsection (4) to be contained in the Limited Partnership's Register of Partners as at the date of the notice in respect of matters that are current as at that date.
(15) An election made under subsection (9) takes effect when the notice of election is registered by the Registrar.
(16) The election remains in force until either:
  1. (a) the Limited Partnership ceases to be a Limited Partnership; or
  2. (b) a notice of withdrawal sent by the Limited Partnership under subsection (20) is registered by the Registrar, whichever occurs first.
(17) While an election under subsection (9) is in force, a Limited Partnership must continue to keep a Register of Partners in accordance with subsection (4) containing all the information that was required to be stated in that Register as at the time immediately before the election took effect, but the Limited Partnership does not have to update that Register to reflect any changes that occur after that time.
(18) The date to be recorded in the Register kept by the Registrar is to be the date on which the document containing that information is registered by the Registrar.
(19) During the period when an election under subsection (9) is in force, a Limited Partnership must deliver to the Registrar any information under subsection (4) which the Limited Partnership would, in the absence of any such election, have been obliged under these Regulations to enter in its Register of Partners and it must do so as soon as reasonably practicable after any relevant change but in any event within a period of 14 days.
(20) A Limited Partnership may by giving notice of withdrawal to the Registrar withdraw an election made by or in respect of it under subsection (9), where:
  1. (a) the withdrawal takes effect when the notice is registered by the Registrar;
  2. (b) the effect of withdrawal is that the Limited Partnership's obligation under subsection (4) to maintain a Register of Partners applies from then on with respect to the period going forward;
  3. (c) the Limited Partnership must place a note in its Register of Partners —
  4. (i) stating that the election under subsection (9) has been withdrawn;
(ii) recording when that withdrawal took effect; and
(iii) indicating that information about its Partners relating to the period when the election was in force that is no longer current is available for public inspection in the Register kept by the Registrar.
(21) All notices and information to be delivered to the Registrar under this section must be made in Writing.
(22) Contravention of sections (9) to (21) is punishable by a fine.


17. Limited Partnerships: particulars in communications

(1) A Limited Partnership must ensure that its name, and the address of its registered office, appear in legible characters in all of its letterheads, order forms, receipts, correspondence and other communications, instruments, invoices, letterheads, order forms, receipts, statements of account, correspondence, publications and other communications, including any communications in electronic form.

(2) However, the Limited Partnership may abbreviate the words ‘Limited Partnership’ in its name to ‘LP’.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

18. Limited Partnerships: management

(1) Unless otherwise agreed by all the general partners of a Limited Partnership, every general partner must take part in the management of the partnership business, purpose or activity.

(2) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership must not take part in the conduct or management of the business, purpose or activity of the partnership, and must not transact the business, purpose or activity of, sign or execute documents for, or otherwise bind, the partnership.

(3) Despite subsection (2), but subject to the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership, a Limited Partner may, with the assistance that may reasonably be required of the General Partners, examine and inquire into the state and prospects of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity.

19. Limited Partnerships: Accounting Records

(1) A Limited Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the partnership’s financial position at any time; and
  • (b) enable the Partners to ensure that any accounts prepared by the partnership comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A Limited Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place the General Partners consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a Partner or auditor of the partnership at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(2-1) If a Limited Partnership, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a Limited Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations, the General Partner immediately before the Limited Partnership ceases to exist or ceases to be a Limited Partnership shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

20. Limited Partnerships: accounts

(1) The General Partners of a Limited Partnership must ensure that accounts are prepared for the partnership in relation to each financial year of the partnership and that the requirements of this section are complied with in relation to the accounts.

(2) The accounts must:

  1. (a) be prepared in accordance with accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise approved by the Registrar of Companies; and
  2. (b) show a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Limited Partnership for the financial year and of the state of the partnership’s affairs at the end of the financial year; and
  3. (c) comply with any other requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) Within 6 months after the end of the financial year, the accounts for the financial year must be:

  1. (a) prepared and approved by all the Partners; and
  2. (b) signed on their behalf by at least 1 of the Partners, one of whom must be a General Partner.

(4) The Limited Partnership must file a copy of its accounts for the financial year with the Registrar of Companies within 7 days after the day the accounts are approved by the Partners.

(5) It is not necessary for a Limited Partnership to appoint an auditor or have its accounts audited, unless this is required by the Rules or its partnership agreement.

(6) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(7) This section does not apply in relation to a Limited Partnership that is a Fund registered by the AFSA.

21. Limited Partnerships: Records etc.

Unless otherwise agreed by all the Partners of a Limited Partnership:

  • (a) the partnership Records must be kept at the registered place of business of the partnership in the AIFC; and
  • (b) every Partner is entitled to access to any Records or other information of the partnership.

PART 4: PROVISIONS APPLYING TO LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

22. Limited Partnerships: legal personality

(1) The Limited Partnership is a legal person and can sue and be sued in its own name.

(2) Subsection (1) does not alter the liability of the partners.

23. Limited Partnerships: partnership property

Unless otherwise provided in the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership, these Regulations or the Rules:

  • (a) the partnership property must be held and applied by the Partners exclusively for the purposes of the partnership and in accordance with the partnership agreement;
  • (b) the beneficial interest in all Limited Partnership Property is shared evenly between the Partners.

24. Limited Partnerships: power of General Partners to bind partnership

(1) Each General Partner of a Limited Partnership is an agent of the partnership for the purpose of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity.

(2) An act of a General Partner of a Limited Partnership in the ordinary course of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity binds the partnership, unless:

  • (a) the partner had no authority to act for the partnership in the particular matter and the Person with whom the partner was dealing had notice that the partner had no authority; or
  • (b) there are circumstances of fraud or misrepresentation.

(3) If the General Partners of a Limited Partnership agree that a restriction should apply to the power of any 1 or more of them or anyone else to bind the partnership, nothing done in contravention of the restriction is binding on the partnership in relation to Persons having notice of the restriction.

25. Limited Partnerships: Partners bound by acts on behalf of partnership

An act or instrument relating to the business, purpose or activity of a Limited Partnership is binding on the partnership if it is done or executed in the partnership’s name, or in any other way showing an intention to bind the partnership, by any authorised Person (whether a partner or not).

26. Limited Partnerships: execution of Documents by General Partners

(1) If a General Partner of a Limited Partnership signs or otherwise executes a Document on behalf of the partnership, it must be presumed in favour of any Person who is not a Partner that:

  • (a) the General Partner had the authority under which the General Partner purported to act; and
  • (b) the executed Document was validly executed.

(2) However, a Person may not rely on subsection (1) if the General Partner had no authority to act for the Limited Partnership in the particular matter and the Person had notice that the partner had no authority.

27. Limited Partnership: indemnification of Partners etc.

Subject to the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership, the partnership may indemnify any Partner or other Person from and against any and all claims and demands of any kind.

28. Limited Partnerships: admission of additional Limited Partners

Additional Limited Partners may be admitted to a Limited Partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement.

29. Limited Partnerships: assignment of interest by Limited Partner

(1) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership may, with the consent of the General Partners or in accordance with the partnership agreement, assign, in whole or part and including by way of security, the Limited Partner’s interest in the partnership to another Person.

(2) The assignee does not become a Limited Partner in the Limited Partnership until the assignee’s ownership of the assigned interest is entered in the partnership’s register kept in accordance with section 16(4)(a) (Limited Partnerships: registered office and conduct of business etc.).

PART 5: RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP PARTNERS

30. Limited Partnerships: rights and Liabilities of General Partner

(1) A General Partner of a Limited Partnership has all the rights and powers required to Exercise its Functions as a General Partner, including those incidentals to the Exercise of the partner’s Functions as a General Partner, subject only to the limitations and Liabilities applying to the partner under the partnership agreement, these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A General Partner of a Limited Partnership must Exercise all the Functions necessary for, and connected with, the conduct of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity, and must discharge all obligations imposed on a General Partner, in the partner’s capacity as a General Partner of the partnership or on the partnership itself, unless otherwise provided under the partnership agreement, these Regulations or the Rules.

(3) A General Partner of a Limited Partnership must not, without the prior Written consent of all the Limited Partners:

  1. (a) do anything that restricts, in any way, the partnership’s ability to conduct its business, purpose or activity in accordance with the partnership agreement; or
  2. (b) use or dispose of any partnership property, or any rights in partnership property, for a purpose other than those permitted under the partnership agreement, these Regulations or the Rules, unless immediate action is required in the best interest of all the Partners.

(4) If immediate action is taken as mentioned in subsection (3)(b) without prior Written consent of all the Limited Partners, the General Partners must take all reasonable steps to have all the Limited Partners ratify the action as soon as possible.

(5) Any property of a Limited Partnership that is transferred to, vested in or held on behalf of any 1 or more of the General Partners, or that is transferred into or vested in the name of the partnership, must be held (or taken to be held) by the General Partner (or, if by 2 or more General Partners, by the General Partners jointly) as an asset of the partnership in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement.

(6) Any Liability incurred by a General Partner of a Limited Partnership in the conduct of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity is a Liability of the partnership.

(7) Each General Partner of a Limited Partnership is liable in the insolvency of the partnership for all of the partnership’s Liabilities.

31. Limited Partnerships: rights and Liabilities of Limited Partner

(1) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership has the same rights as a General Partner:

  1. (a) during business hours, to inspect and make copies of, or take extracts from, the partnership’s books and other Records; and
  2. (b) to be given on request, true and full information of everything affecting the partnership and to be given a formal account of partnership affairs whenever just and reasonable.

(2) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership is not entitled to dissolve the partnership by notice.

(3) Subject to any provision, express or implied, of the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership to the contrary, the partnership is not dissolved by:

  1. (a) the death, legal incapacity, bankruptcy, or withdrawal from the partnership, of a Limited Partner who is an individual or
  2. (b) the dissolution, insolvency, winding up, or withdrawal from the partnership, of a Limited Partner that is a body corporate.

32. Limited Partnerships: share of profits of Limited Partner

(1) Subject to the terms of the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership, these Regulations or the Rules, a Limited Partner has the right to a share of the partnership’s profits.

(2) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership must not be paid the share of the profits provided by the partnership agreement, or any part of it, if the General Partners should reasonably believe that the partnership is not able, or will not be able for the next 12 months after the share of the profits is paid, to meet its debts as and when they fall due in the normal course of business.

(3) If an amount is paid to a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership in Contravention of subsection (2), the amount is a debt owing by the Limited Partner to the partnership and is immediately repayable.

33. Limited Partnerships: dealings by Limited Partner with partnership

(1) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership may lend money to borrow money from, and enter into transactions with, the partnership, except so far as otherwise provided in the partnership agreement.

(2) If a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership borrows money from the partnership and proceedings to dissolve the partnership are commenced, the amount that has not been repaid by the partner must be immediately repaid by the partner to the partnership.

34. Limited Partnerships: rights of Limited Partners among themselves

Limited Partners of a Limited Partnership rank, in relation to one another:

  • (a) equally in relation to the return of their contributions; and
  • (b) pro rata to their contributions in relation to profits.

35. Limited Partnerships: rights of Limited Partners to return of contributions

(1) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership has a right to claim the return of all or part of the partner’s contribution:

  • (a) on the dissolution of the partnership, but subject to subsection (2); or
  • (b) in accordance with any provision included in the partnership agreement relating to its return, but only if the General Partners should reasonably believe that the partnership is able, and will be for the next 12 months after the contribution is returned be able, to meet its debts as and when they fall due in the normal course of business.

(2) If the Limited Partnership is dissolved, a Limited Partner must not be allowed to claim, or otherwise withdraw, any part of the partner’s contribution until the claims of all the other Creditors of the partnership, and all charges on it, have been fully paid or satisfied.

(3) In this section, a reference to the return of the contribution of a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership includes a reference to the release of any obligation of the partner forming part of the capital contribution.

36. Limited Partnerships: liability of Limited Partners to Creditors

(1) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership is not liable for the partnership’s Liabilities.

(2) However, if a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership participates in the partnership’s management in its dealings with Persons who are not Partners, the Limited Partner is liable for all Liabilities of the partnership incurred during the period that the Limited Partner participates in the partnership’s management as though the Limited Partner were for that period a General Partner.

(3) A Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership is liable under subsection (2) only to a Person who dealt with the partnership with actual knowledge of the participation of the Limited Partner in the partnership’s management and who then reasonably believed the Limited Partner to be a General Partner.

(4) For this section, a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership does not participate in the management of the partnership only by doing 1 or more of the following:

  • (a) being a contractor for, or an agent or employee of, the partnership or of a General Partner, or acting as a director, officer or shareholder of a corporate General Partner, if the capacity in which the Limited Partner is acting is made clear to any third party dealing with the partnership;
  • (b) consulting with and advising a General Partner in relation to the partnership’s activities, including being an advisory member of an investment or other committee;
  • (c) investigating, reviewing, approving, or being advised about, the partnership’s accounts or affairs or exercising any right given to a Limited Partner by these Regulations or the Rules;
  • (d) acting as surety or guarantor for the partnership, either generally or in relation to specific obligations;
  • (e) approving or disapproving an amendment of the partnership agreement;
  • (f) voting on, or otherwise signifying approval or disapproval of, 1 or more of the following:
  • (i) the dissolution and winding up of the partnership;

(ii) the purchase, sale, exchange, lease, pledge, hypothecation, creation of a security interest, or other dealing in, any asset by or of the partnership;

(iii) the creation or renewal of an obligation by the partnership;

(iv) a change in the nature of the activities of the partnership;

    (v) the admission, removal, or withdrawal, of a General Partner or Limited Partner, and the continuation of the partnership afterwards;

(vi) transactions in which 1 or more of the General Partners have an actual or potential conflict of interest with 1 or more of the Limited Partners;

(vii) instituting a legal proceeding on behalf of the partnership under section 43(3) (Limited Partnerships: legal proceedings and service of Documents) and taking subsequent steps in relation the proceeding.

(5) Subsection (4) does not imply that the possession or exercise of any other power by a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership is necessarily the participation by the partner in the partnership’s management.

37. Limited Partnerships: Liabilities of incoming and outgoing Partners

(1) A Person who is admitted as a Partner, otherwise than by assignment, to an existing Limited Partnership does not become liable to the Creditors of the partnership for anything done before the Person became a Partner.

(2) An outgoing Partner of a Limited Partnership is not liable for the Liabilities incurred by the partnership after the Partner ceases to be a Partner.

(3) An outgoing Partner, or the estate of a deceased Partner, of a Limited Partnership may be discharged, by agreement with the partnership, from any Liabilities existing on the day the Partner ceased to be a Partner.

PART 6: DISSOLUTION OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

38. Limited Partnerships: statement of dissolution

(1) Subject to section 39 (Limited Partnerships: winding up of affairs on dissolution) and section 40 (Limited Partnerships: dissolution of partnership on death etc. of sole General Partner), a Limited Partnership must not be dissolved by an act of the Partners until a statement of dissolution signed by all the General Partners has been delivered by a General Partner to the Registrar of Companies.

(2) When the statement of dissolution is delivered to the Registrar of Companies, the Registrar must cancel the registration of the Limited Partnership.

(3) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

39. Limited Partnerships: winding up of affairs on dissolution

(1) If a Limited Partnership is dissolved, its affairs must be wound up by the General Partners unless the activities of the partnership are taken over and continued in accordance with subsection (2) or the Court otherwise directs.

(2) After the dissolution of a Limited Partnership, the authority of a General Partner to bind the partnership, and the other rights and obligations of the Partners, continue despite the dissolution so far as may be necessary to wind up the partnership’s affairs, and to complete transactions begun but unfinished at the time of the dissolution (including the collection of contributions to be made which have become due), but not otherwise.

40. Limited Partnerships: dissolution on death etc. of sole General Partner

(1) Despite any provision, express or implied, of the partnership agreement of a Limited Partnership to the contrary, if the partnership has a single General Partner, the partnership is automatically dissolved on:

  • (a) for a General Partner who is an individual—the General Partner’s death, legal incapacity, bankruptcy, or withdrawal from the partnership; or
  • (b) for a General Partner that is a body corporate—the General Partner’s dissolution, insolvency, winding up or withdrawal from the partnership.

(2) On its dissolution under subsection (1), the Limited Partnership must be wound up in accordance with the partnership agreement or, on the application of a Limited Partner or a Creditor of the partnership, in accordance with the directions of the Court.

(3) However, the Limited Partnership is not required to be wound up under subsection (2) if, within 90 days after the day of the dissolution, the Limited Partners, either unanimously or as otherwise provided for in the partnership agreement, elect 1 or more General Partners. If 1 or more General Partners are elected under this subsection, the Limited Partnership is taken not to have been dissolved and the activities of the partnership may be taken over and continued as provided for in the partnership agreement or a subsequent agreement.

(4) If a Limited Partnership is dissolved under subsection (1), and the activities of the partnership are not taken over and continued under subsection (3), a statement of dissolution signed by a Limited Partner must be delivered by the partner to the Registrar of Companies. When the statement of dissolution is delivered to the Registrar of Companies, the Registrar must cancel the registration of the Limited Partnership.

41. Limited Partnerships: dissolution by Court

(1) The Court may order the dissolution of a Limited Partnership, on the application of a Partner, the Registrar of Companies or the AFSA, if:

  • (a) a Partner, other than any Partner instituting the proceeding, has Contravened the Acting Law of the AIFC and, in the opinion of the Court, that Partner will prejudicially affect the conduct of business in or from the AIFC; or
  • (b) a Partner, other than any Partner instituting the proceeding:
  • (i) has wilfully or persistently Contravened the partnership agreement or any AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules; or

(ii) has otherwise behaved in matters relating to the partnership business, purpose or activity in a way that it is not reasonable for the other Partner or Partners to conduct the business, purpose or activity in partnership with that Partner; or

  • (c) the business, purpose or activity of the partnership is being conducted at a loss; or
  • (d) the partnership is being conducted in a way calculated or likely to affect prejudicially the conduct of the business, purpose or activity of the partnership; or
  • (e) the partnership is being conducted in a way oppressive to 1 or more of the Limited Partners; or
  • (f) circumstances have arisen that, in the opinion of the Court, make it just and equitable that the partnership be dissolved; or
  • (g) it is in the interests of the AIFC to make an order dissolving the partnership.

(2) If the Court makes an order under subsection (1) for the dissolution of a Limited Partnership, the Court may give the directions it considers appropriate about the winding up of the partnership.

42. Limited Partnerships: settling accounts on dissolution

If accounts are settled after the dissolution of a Limited Partnership, the Liabilities of the partnership to Creditors must be paid first and then, subject to the partnership agreement or any other agreement between the partnership and the Creditor concerned, the Liabilities of the partnership must be paid in the following order:

  • (a) to Limited Partners other than for capital and profits;
  • (b) to General Partners other than for capital and profits;
  • (c) to Limited Partners in relation to the capital of their contributions;
  • (d) to Limited Partners in relation to the profits on their contributions;
  • (e) to General Partners in relation to capital;
  • (f) to General Partners in relation to profits.

PART 7: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND APPLICATIONS TO THE COURT

43. Limited Partnerships: legal proceedings and service of Documents

(1) Legal proceedings by or against a Limited Partnership must be instituted by or against the partnership or any 1 or more of the General Partners in their capacity as General Partners only and no Limited Partner must be a party to or named in the proceedings.

(2) However, a General Partner of a Limited Partnership or, with the leave of the Court, any other Person has the right to join or otherwise institute a legal proceeding against 1 or more of the Limited Partners who may be liable under section 36(2) (Limited Partnerships: liability of Limited Partners to Creditors).

(3) Also, a Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership may institute a legal proceeding on behalf of the partnership if any 1 or more of the General Partners with authority to institute the proceeding have, without good cause, refused to institute the proceeding.

(4) For these Regulations and the Rules, a Document may be served on a General Partner of a Limited Partnership in relation to the partnership by:

  • (a) delivering it to the General Partner; or
  • (b) sending it by post or delivering it to the partnership’s registered office.

44. Limited Partnerships: enforcement of judgements against partnership property

(1) Judgement must not be enforced against any property of a Limited Partnership unless the judgement was given against the partnership or a General Partner in the partner’s capacity as a General Partner of the partnership.

(2) Creditors of a General Partner or Limited Partner of a Limited Partnership, in that partner’s capacity otherwise than as a Partner of the partnership, have no claim against the property of the partnership.

(3) However, subsection (1) does not prevent the enforcement of an order of the Court relating to property of a Limited Partnership if, because of any of the events mentioned in section 40(1) (Limited Partnerships: dissolution on death etc. of sole General Partner), a judgement could not be given against a General Partner in the partner’s capacity as a General Partner of the partnership.

PART 8: RECOGNISED LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

45. Applications by Foreign Limited Partnerships

A Foreign Limited Partnership may apply to the Registrar for registration as a Recognised Limited Partnership.

46. Recognised Limited Partnerships: requirements

A Recognised Limited Partnership must:

  1. (a) appoint and retain at all times at least 1 Person who is authorised to accept service of any notice or other Document on behalf of the Recognised Limited Partnership and to Exercise any other Function prescribed by the Rules; and
  2. (b) have a principal place of business in the AIFC to which all communications and notices may be addressed; and
  3. (c) file with the Registrar of Companies, in accordance with the Rules, notice of the following:
  4. (i) the appointment of Persons authorised to accept service on behalf of the partnership;

(ii) the address of the partnership’s principal place of business in the AIFC;

(iii) any change in the name of the partnership or details of Persons authorised to accept service on behalf of the partnership or the address of its principal place of business in the AIFC;

(iv) any change in the constitution of the partnership, by the incoming or outgoing of any General Partner.

(d) establish and maintain a Register of Partners at its registered office in the AIFC.


47. Recognised Limited Partnerships: notification of change in registered details

(1) If any of the registered details of a Recognised Limited Partnership change, the partnership must notify the Registrar of Companies in Writing within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the partnership under the Rules in relation to the change.

(1-1) Changes in the registered details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(3) In this section: registered details, in relation to a Recognised Limited Partnership, means information about the partnership prescribed by the Rules for this section.

48. Recognised Limited Partnerships: particulars in communications

(1) A Recognised Limited Partnership must ensure that, in relation to the business, purpose or activity it conducts in or from the AIFC, its name, and its address for service, appear in legible characters in all of its instruments, invoices, letterheads, order forms, receipts, statements of account, correspondence, publications and other communications, including any communications in electronic form.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

49. Recognised Limited Partnerships: Accounting Records

(1) A Recognised Limited Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the partnership’s financial position at any time; and
  • (b) enable the partners to ensure that any accounts prepared by the partnership are held for the purpose of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity.

(2) A Recognised Limited Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place that the partners consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a partner or auditor of the partnership at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(2-1) If a Recognised Limited Partnership, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a Recognised Limited Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations, the General Partner immediately before the Recognised Limited Partnership ceases to exist or ceases to be a Recognised Limited Partnership shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 9: TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

50. Application for transfer of Foreign Limited Partnership to AIFC

(1) A Foreign Limited Partnership may, if authorised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was formed and subject to its partnership agreement, apply to the Registrar of Companies for the continuation of the Foreign Limited Partnership as a Limited Partnership.

(2) The application for continuation of the Foreign Limited Partnership must be made to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with the Rules and must be:

  • (a) executed under seal, signed by a general partner, and verified by an affidavit, or other sworn statement, of the general partner; and
  • (b) accompanied by its partnership agreement; and
  • (c) accompanied by any other Document required by the Registrar of Companies.

(3) The partnership agreement accompanying the application must comply with section 10 (Partnership agreement of limited partnership formed in AIFC) and the include the amendments of the original partnership agreement of the Foreign Limited Partnership, as they have been amended, necessary to make the partnership agreement otherwise comply with these Regulations and comply with the Rules, any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar and any other Acting Law of the AIFC.

51. Issue of certificate of continuation etc.

(1) If the Registrar of Companies approves an application for continuation made by a Foreign Limited Partnership under section 50 (Application for transfer of Foreign Limited Partnership to AIFC), the Registrar must:

  • (a) issue a certificate of continuation on the terms and conditions the Registrar considers appropriate; and
  • (b) assign a number to the partnership, which is to be the partnership’s identification number; and
  • (c) register the partnership as a Limited Partnership;
  • (g) [intentionally omitted]
  • (h) register the general partners and the limited partners that the Registrar has decided to register; and
  • (d) register the partnership agreement that accompanied the application for incorporation.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to approve the application for any reason the Registrar considers appropriate.

52. Effect of certificate of continuation

From the date of continuation stated in the certificate of continuation issued to a Foreign Limited Partnership:

  • (a) the partnership becomes a Limited Partnership to which these Regulations apply as if it had been formed in the AIFC; and
  • (b) the certificate of continuation is treated as the partnership’s certificate of registration.

53. Copy of certificate of continuation

The Registrar of Companies must, if requested by a Limited Partnership to which a certificate of continuation has been issued, send a copy of the certificate of continuation to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdiction in which the partnership was formed.

54. Rights and Liabilities of continued Foreign Limited Partnership

If a Foreign Limited Partnership is continued as a Limited Partnership under these Regulations, the Limited Partnership:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the limitations and Liabilities, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

55. Transfer of Limited Partnership from AIFC to another jurisdiction

(1) A Limited Partnership may apply to the appropriate official or public body of a jurisdiction outside the AIFC (the other jurisdiction) to transfer the Limited Partnership to the other jurisdiction and request that the Limited Partnership be continued as a Foreign Limited Partnership.

(2) However, the Limited Partnership must not make the application unless it is authorised to make the application:

  • (a) under the laws of the other jurisdiction; and
  • (b) by its partnership agreement or, if the partnership agreement is silent, by all the General Partners and Limited Partners; and
  • (c) by the Registrar of Companies in the way prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Limited Partnership must also not make the application unless the laws of the other jurisdiction provide that the Foreign Limited Partnership:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the limitations and Liabilities, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

(4) The Limited Partnership ceases to be a Limited Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations if the Limited Partnership is continued as a Foreign Limited Partnership and files with the Registrar of Companies a copy of the certificate or instrument of continuation certified by the appropriate official or public body of the other jurisdiction.

(5) When the Registrar of Companies receives the other jurisdiction’s certificate or instrument of continuation, the Registrar must strike the name of the Limited Partnership off the register of current registrations of Limited Partnerships kept under section 59 (Public registers of limited partnerships).

56. Refusal to grant authorisation to transfer Limited Partnership

The Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures and may refuse to authorise a Limited Partnership to apply to be continued as a Foreign Limited Partnership under section 55(1) (Transfer of Limited Partnership from AIFC to another jurisdiction).

PART 9-1: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

56-1. Ultimate Beneficial Owners

The provisions of Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Limited Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 9-2: WHISTLEBLOWING

56-2. Whistleblowing

The provisions of Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Limited Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS

57. Compliance with orders etc. of Registrar to limited partnerships

(1) If the Registrar of Companies makes an order, issues a direction, or makes a requirement, (however described) in relation to a Limited Partnership or Recognised Limited Partnership under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, each partner must ensure that the partnership complies with it.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

58. Power to strike names of limited partnerships off register

(1) The Registrar of Companies may strike the name of a limited partnership off the register if the Registrar has reason to believe:

  1. (a) that the partnership is not conducting the business, purpose or activity for which it was formed or is not in operation; or
  2. (b) that the partnership is Contravening these Regulations (within the meaning given by section 169 of the AIFC Companies Regulations); or
  3. (c) that it is prejudicial to the interests of the AIFC for the partnership to remain on the register.

(2) In deciding whether to strike the name of a limited partnership off the register under subsection (1), the Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures and must also:

  1. (a) publish a notice in the Appointed Publications of the Registrar’s intention to strike the name of the partnership off the register and dissolve the partnership; and
  2. (b) if the partnership is licensed, registered or recognised by the AFSA—obtain the AFSA’s consent before publishing the notice under paragraph (a).

(3) If the Registrar of Companies strikes the name of a limited partnership off the register, the partnership must be dissolved.

(4) If the name of a limited partnership is struck off the register under this section and the partnership is dissolved, the liability of every partner of the partnership continues, and may be enforced, as if the partnership’s name had not been struck off the register and the partnership had not been dissolved.

(5) If the name of a limited partnership is struck off the register under this section, the partnership must maintain its books and Records for a period of 6 years after the day its name is stuck off the register.

(6) In this section: limited partnership means a Limited Partnership or Recognised Limited Partnership. register means the register of current registrations of Limited Partnerships or Recognised Limited Partnerships, as the case requires, kept under section 59 (Public registers of limited partnerships).

59. Public registers of limited partnerships

(1) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of Limited Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of Recognised Limited Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Registrar of Companies must make a reasonably current version of any register kept under this section freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

1. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying Documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting Records, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journal entries and other adjustments to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal entries;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made for these Regulations.

Appointed Publications has the meaning given by section 4 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Constitutional Statute means the Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Creditor includes a present, future or contingent creditor.

Decision-making Procedures, in relation to the making of a decision by the Registrar of Companies, means the procedures prescribed by the Rules that apply to the making of the decision by the Registrar.

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Foreign Limited Partnership means a limited partnership formed outside of the AIFC that has not become a Limited Partnership.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

Fund has the meaning given in section 92 (Definition of Collective Investment Scheme) of the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations.

General Partner, of a Limited Partnership, means a Person who is registered as a general partner of the partnership under these Regulations.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Legislation Administered by the Registrar has the meaning given by section 1 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Liability includes any debt or obligation.

Limited Partner, of a Limited Partnership, means a Person who is registered as a limited partner of the partnership under these Regulations.

Limited Partnership means a limited partnership formed in the AIFC that is registered under these Regulations as a Limited Partnership, and, to remove any doubt, includes a limited partnership formed outside of the AIFC that is registered under these Regulations as a Limited Partnership because of an application for continuation under Part 9 (Transfer of limited partnerships).

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Partner, of a Limited Partnership, means a Person who is registered as a general partner or limited partner of the partnership under these Regulations

Person means any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Recognised Limited Partnership means a Foreign Limited Partnership that is registered under these regulations as a Recognised Limited Partnership.

Records means Documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies.

Registrar of Companies means the individual who is the Registrar of Companies appointed under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Standard Partnership Agreement means a standard partnership agreement prescribed by the Rules.

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means

and Written shall be construed accordingly.

LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP REGULATIONS

Limited Liability Partnership

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are AIFC Limited Liability Partnership Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

7. Administration of these Regulations

These Regulations are administered by the Registrar of Companies.

PART 2: FORMATION AND REGISTRATION

8. Limited liability partnerships

(1) A limited liability partnership may be established in the AIFC for any lawful business, purpose or activity by 2 or more Persons on the terms, with the rights and powers, and subject to the conditions, limitations and Liabilities applying under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A limited liability partnership may exist between any number of Persons but must include 2 or more Persons called limited partners, who:

  • (a) must, when entering into the partnership, make or agree to make a contribution to the partnership property in money, money’s worth or any other property; and
  • (b) are not liable for any of the partnership’s Liabilities beyond the amounts that they have already contributed or agreed to contribute.

9. Prohibition on unregistered limited liability partnerships

(1) A Person must not conduct any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC as a limited liability partnership unless the partnership:

  1. (a) is either:
  2. (i) incorporated under these Regulations as a Limited Liability Partnership; or

(ii) a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership that is registered under Part 8 (Recognised Limited Liability Partnership) as a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership; and

  1. (b) [intentionally omitted]

(2) [intentionally omitted]

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

10. Method of formation

(1) Two or more Persons may apply for the incorporation of a Limited Liability Partnership in accordance with the terms of a partnership agreement, by signing and filing with the Registrar of Companies an application for incorporation in accordance with the Rules.

(2) The application must state the following:

  1. (a) the proposed name of the Limited Liability Partnership, which must end with the words ‘Limited Liability Partnership’;
  2. (b) the proposed address of the partnership’s registered office;
  3. (c) the nature of the business, purpose or activity proposed to be conducted by the partnership;
  4. (d) the name and address of each of the Persons who are to be members of the Limited Liability Partnership on incorporation;
  5. (e) the names of those Persons who are to be Designated Members on incorporation or that every member of the partnership is a Designated Member;
  6. (f) the other particulars (if any) required by the Registrar of Companies or the Rules.; and
  7. (g) the particulars required by Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

(3) For subsection (2)(c), it is sufficient for the application to state that the purpose of the Limited Liability Partnership is to conduct any lawful business, purpose or activity, without specifying the nature of that business, purpose or activity.

(4) A copy of the partnership agreement must be filed with the application along with the statement mentioned in section 11(5) (Limited Liability Partnership agreement) unless the Standard Partnership Agreement is adopted by a Limited Liability Partnership in its entirety.

(5) The Registrar of Companies may require the applicants to provide additional information reasonably required by the Registrar to decide the application.

(6) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to incorporate a Limited Liability Partnership for any reason the Registrar considers to be a proper reason for refusing to incorporate the partnership.

(7) If the Registrar of Companies incorporates a Limited Liability Partnership, the Registrar must register the partnership agreement that accompanied the application for incorporation unless the Standard Partnership Agreement is adopted by a Limited Liability Partnership in its entirety.

11. Limited Liability Partnership agreement

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership’s partnership agreement must be in the English language and must be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively.

(2) The mutual rights and duties of the Limited Liability Partnership and its members must be decided, subject to the terms of the partnership agreement, by the following rules:

  1. (a) all members of the partnership are entitled to share equally in the capital and profits of the partnership;
  2. (b) the partnership must indemnify each member in relation to payments made and personal liabilities incurred by the member:
  3. (i) in the ordinary and proper conduct of the partnership’s business; or

(ii) in relation to anything necessarily done for the preservation of the partnership’s business or property;

  1. (c) every member may take part in the management of the partnership;
  2. (d) no member must be entitled to remuneration for acting in the conduct or management of the partnership;
  3. (e) no Person may be introduced as a member or voluntarily assigned an interest in the partnership without the consent of all existing members;
  4. (f) any difference arising about ordinary matters connected with the business, purpose or activity of the partnership must be decided by a majority of the members, but no change may be made in the nature of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity without the consent of all the members;
  5. (g) the books and Records of the partnership must be made available for inspection by the members at the partnership’s registered office or at any other place the members consider appropriate, and every member may have reasonable access to inspect and copy any of them;
  6. (h) every member must render true accounts and full information of everything affecting the partnership to any other member or any other member’s legal representatives;
  7. (i) if a member, without the partnership’s consent, conducts any business of the same nature as and competing with any business of the partnership, the member must account for and pay over to the partnership all profits made by the member in that business;
  8. (j) a member must account to the partnership for any benefit derived by the member without the partnership’s consent from any transaction concerning the partnership or from any use by the member of the partnership’s property, name or business connections.

(3) If the partnership agreement of a Limited Liability Partnership is amended, the partnership must file with the Registrar of Companies a copy of the amendments and a copy of the agreement as it has been amended.

(4) A limited liability partnership may adopt, as its partnership agreement, the whole or any part of the Standard Partnership Agreement that is relevant to the Limited Liability Partnership.

(5) If the Standard Partnership Agreement is not adopted by a Limited Liability Partnership in its entirety, the Limited Liability Partnership must submi t to the Registrar of Companies, before the partnership agreement is adopted by the Limited Liability Partnership, a statement by

the initial partners that the partnership agreement proposed to be adopted by the Limited Liability Partnership complies with the requirements of these Regulations, the Rules and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules

(6) If any change to these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the prov isions of a Limited Liability Partnership’s agreement and the provisions of these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  1. (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rul es prevail; and
  2. (b) the Limited Liability Partnership is not required to amend its partnership agreement, unless these Regulations, the Rules or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.

12. Effect of incorporation etc.

(1) On the incorporation of a Limited Liability Partnership and registration of its partnership agreement, the Registrar of Companies must:

  • (a) issue a certificate of incorporation confirming that the partnership is incorporated and stating that the partnership is a ‘Limited Liability Partnership’; and
  • (b) assign a number to the partnership, which is to be the partnership’s registered number; and
  • (c) enter the partnership’s name in the appropriate register kept by the Registrar under these Regulations; and
  • (d) [intentionally omitted]

(2) On the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate of incorporation:

  • (a) the applicants for incorporation become the initial members of the Limited Liability Partnership; and
  • (b) the partnership, with the name stated in the certificate of incorporation, becomes a body corporate, capable of Exercising all the Functions of a body corporate.

(3) The certificate of incorporation is conclusive evidence of the following matters:

  • (a) that the Limited Liability Partnership has been duly incorporated;
  • (b) that the partnership is a Limited Liability Partnership;
  • (c) that the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules have been complied with in relation to the partnership’s registration.

PART 3: NAMES AND CHANGE OF NAMES

13. Name of Limited Liability Partnership

(1) The name of a Limited Liability Partnership must appear in legible characters on the partnership’s seal.

(2) A Limited Liability Partnership must use only its registered name and must ensure that, whenever it uses its name, its name includes the words ‘Limited Liability Partnership’. However, the Limited Liability Partnership may abbreviate the words ‘Limited Liability Partnership’ in its name to ‘LLP’.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

14. Change of Limited Liability Partnership’s name

(1) The members of a Limited Liability Partnership may agree to change the partnership’s name, but must not change the name to a name that is not acceptable to the Registrar.

(2) If a Limited Liability Partnership changes its name under this section, the Registrar of Companies must register the new name in place of the former name, and issue a certificate of name change showing the former and new names of the partnership.

(3) The change of name takes effect on the day the Registrar of Companies issues the certificate of name change.

(4) The change of name does not:

  • (a) affect any rights or obligations of the Limited Liability Partnership; or
  • (b) render defective any legal proceedings by or against it.

(5) Any legal proceedings that could have been commenced or continued against the Limited Liability Partnership under its former name may be commenced or continued against it under its new name.

(6) If a Limited Liability Partnership changes its name under this section, it must amend its partnership agreement to reflect the change within 30 days after the day the Registrar of Companies issues the certificate of name change or, if the Registrar allows a longer period, the longer period.

(7) If, in the opinion of the Registrar of Companies, the name by which a Limited Liability Partnership is registered is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of a Company or another Limited Liability Partnership), or otherwise undesirable, the Registrar may direct the partnership to change it.

(8) The Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures in deciding whether to give a direction under subsection (7).

(9) A Limited Liability Partnership must comply with a direction given to it by the Registrar of Companies under subsection (7) within 30 days after the date specified in the direction unless the Registrar allows a longer period to comply with the direction.

(10) If a Limited Liability Partnership changes its name under this section, it must amend the partnership agreement to reflect the changed name.

(11) Contravention of subsection (1), (6), (9) or (10) is punishable by a fine.

PART 4: CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

15. Limited Liability Partnerships: registered office and conduct of business

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership must, at all times, have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices to the partnership may be addressed.

(2) A Document may be given to, or served on, (however described) the Limited Liability Partnership by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the partnership in the AIFC.

(3) A Limited Liability Partnership must conduct its principal business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC, unless the Registrar of Companies otherwise permits.

(4) To remove any doubt, subsection (3) does not prevent the Limited Liability Partnership also conducting its principal business, purpose or activity outside the AIFC.

(5) Contravention of subsection (1) or (3) is punishable by a fine.

16. Limited Liability Partnerships: particulars in communications

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership must ensure that its name, and the address of its registered office, appear in legible characters in all of its instruments, invoices, letterheads, order forms, receipts, statements of account, correspondence, publications and other communications, including any communications in electronic form.

(2) However, the Limited Liability Partnership may abbreviate the words ‘Limited Liability Partnership’ in its name to ‘LLP’.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 5: CORPORATE CAPACITY AND TRANSACTIONS

17. Nature of Limited Liability Partnership etc.

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership is a body corporate with a legal personality separate from that of its members.

(2) A Limited Liability Partnership has the capacity, rights and privileges of a natural person.

(3) A Limited Liability Partnership is formed by being incorporated under Part 2 (Formation and registration).

(4) If a Limited Liability Partnership is wound up, the members of the partnership have the liability (if any) to contribute to its assets provided under these Regulations, the partnership agreement, any other AIFC Regulations and any AIFC Rules.

18. Limited Liability Partnerships: pre-incorporation contracts

(1) A contract that purports to be made by or on behalf of a Limited Liability Partnership before its incorporation has effect as a contract made with the Person purporting to act for or on behalf of the partnership, and that Person is personally liable on the contract and entitled to the benefits of the contract unless subsection (2) applies.

(2) The Limited Liability Partnership may, within the period specified in the contract or, if no period is specified, within a reasonable time after the partnership is incorporated, adopt the contract by act or conduct signifying its intention to be bound by the contract. If the Limited Liability Partnership adopts the contract:

  • (a) the partnership is bound by the terms of the contract and is entitled to its benefits; and
  • (b) the Person who purported to act for or on behalf of the partnership before its incorporation ceases to be bound by the contract or to be entitled to its benefits.

PART 6: MEMBERS

19. Members

(1) In addition to the Persons named as members of a Limited Liability Partnership in the partnership agreement, a Person may become a member of the partnership with the agreement of the existing members.

(2) A Person may cease to be a member of a Limited Liability Partnership (as well as by death or dissolution) with the agreement of the other members or, in the absence of agreement with the other members, by giving reasonable notice to the other members.

(3) No majority of members can expel any member unless a power to do so has been given by express agreement between the members.

(4) A member of a Limited Liability Partnership must not be regarded for any purpose as employed by the partnership.

(5) A Limited Liability Partnership must not conduct any business, purpose or activity if it has fewer than two members and has had less than 2 members for at least 14 days.

(6) Subsection (7) applies to a Person if:

  • (a) the Person is a member of a Limited Liability Partnership that conducts any business, purpose or activity during any period in contravention of subsection (5); and
  • (b) during the whole or any part of the period mentioned in paragraph (a), the Person knows that the partnership is conducting the business, purpose or activity with fewer than 2 members.

(7) The Person is liable (jointly and severally with the Limited Liability Partnership) for the payment of the partnership’s debts contracted during the period to which subsection (6)(b) applies.

20. Relationship of members

(1) Except so far as otherwise provided under these Regulations, any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules, the mutual rights and duties of the members of a Limited Liability Partnership, and the mutual rights and duties of the partnership and its members, are governed by the partnership agreement.

(2) A partnership agreement made before the incorporation of a Limited Liability Partnership between the Persons who apply for the partnership’s incorporation may impose obligations on the partnership to take effect at any time after its incorporation.

21. Functions of members

A member of a Limited Liability Partnership must, in Exercising the Functions of a member:

  • (a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the members and the partnership; and
  • (b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

22. Members as agents

(1) Each member of a Limited Liability Partnership is an agent of the partnership for the purpose of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity.

(2) An act of a member of a Limited Liability Partnership in the ordinary course of the partnership’s business, purpose or activity binds the partnership, unless:

  • (a) the member had no authority to act for the partnership in the particular matter and the Person with whom the member was dealing had notice that the member had no authority; or
  • (b) there are circumstances of fraud or misrepresentation.

(3) If the members of a Limited Liability Partnership agree that a restriction should apply to the power of any one or more of them to bind the partnership, nothing done in contravention of the restriction is binding on the partnership in relation to Persons having notice of the restriction.

(4) If a Person (the former member) has ceased to be a member of a Limited Liability Partnership, the former member is to be regarded, in relation to any Person dealing with the partnership, as still being a member of the partnership unless:

  • (a) the Person has notice that the former member has ceased to be a member of the partnership; or
  • (b) notice that the former member has ceased to be a member of the Partnership has been given to the Registrar of Companies.

(5) If a member of a Limited Liability Partnership is liable to any Person (other than another member of the partnership) as a result of a wrongful act or omission of the member in the course of the partnership’s business or with its authority, the partnership is jointly and severally liable to the same extent as the member.

23. Assumptions in relation to members

(1) A Person dealing with a Limited Liability Partnership is entitled to assume that anyone who appears, from information that is available on a public register of current registrations kept by the Registrar of Companies under these Regulations, to be a member of the partnership:

(2) A Limited Liability Partnership is not entitled to assert in proceedings in relation to dealings of the partnership that any assumption under subsection (1) is incorrect.

(3) However, a Person is not entitled to make an assumption mentioned in subsection (1) if at the time of the dealings the Person knew or suspected that the assumption was incorrect.

24. Former members

(1) This section applies if a member of a Limited Liability Partnership has:

  • (a) ceased to be a member; or
  • (b) died; or
  • (c) become bankrupt or has been wound up; or
  • (d) assigned the whole or any part of the member’s share in the partnership absolutely or by way of charge or security.

(2) Any of the following must not interfere with the management or administration of any business or affairs of the Limited Liability Partnership:

  • (a) the former member;
  • (b) the deceased member’s personal representative;
  • (c) the member’s administrator, trustee or liquidator (however described);
  • (d) the member’s assignee.

(3) However, this section does not affect any right to receive an amount from the Limited Liability Partnership.

25. Designated Members

(1) If the partnership agreement of a Limited Liability Partnership specifies who are to be Designated Members, they become the Designated Members on incorporation.

(2) Any other member may, at any time, become a Designated Member with the agreement of the other members.

(3) A member who is a Designated Member may cease to be a Designated Member with the agreement of the other members.

(4) However, there must, at all times, be at least 1 Designated Member and, if at any time no member is appointed as a Designated Member, every member is taken to be a Designated Member.

(5) If the partnership agreement states that every member of the Limited Liability Partnership is a Designated Member, every member is a Designated Member.

(6) A Limited Liability Partnership may at any time give the Registrar of Companies:

  • (a) notice that specified members are Designated Members; or
  • (b) notice that every member of the partnership is a Designated Member.

(7) Matters stated in a notice given by a Limited Liability Partnership under subsection (6) have effect as if they were stated in the partnership agreement.

(8) A notice given by a Limited Liability Partnership under subsection (6) must be:

  • (a) in a form approved by the Registrar of Companies; and
  • (b) signed by a Designated Member of the partnership or authenticated in a way approved by the Registrar.

(9) A Person ceases to be a Designated Member if the Person ceases to be a member.

(10) The Designated Members of a Limited Liability Partnership have the Functions given under these Regulations and the Rules.

26. Notification of membership changes

(1) This section applies to a Limited Liability Partnership if there is a change in:

  • (a) the members or Designated Members of the partnership; or
  • (b) the name or address of a member.

(2) The Limited Liability Partnership must give the Registrar of Companies notice of the change, in accordance with subsection (5), within the required number of days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the partnership under the Rules in relation to the change.

(3) For subsection (2), the required number of days is:

  • (a) for a change mentioned in subsection (1)(a)—14 days; or
  • (b) for a change mentioned in subsection (1)(b)—28 days.

(4) If all the members the Limited Liability Partnership are Designated Members, subsection (2) does not require notice that a Person has become or ceased to be a Designated Member as well as a member.

(5) The notice under subsection (2):

  • (a) must be in a form approved by the Registrar of Companies; and
  • (b) must be signed by a Designated Member of the Limited Liability Partnership or authenticated in a way approved by the Registrar; and
  • (c) if it relates to a Person becoming a member or Designated Member—must contain a statement that the Person consents to becoming a member or Designated Member and must be signed by the Person or authenticated in a way approved by the Registrar.

(6) Each Designated Member of the Limited Liability Partnership must take reasonable steps to ensure that subsection (2) is complied with.

(6-1) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

(7) Contravention of subsection (2) or (6) is punishable by a fine.

PART 7: ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

CHAPTER 1–GENERAL

27. Application of Part 7

This Part does not apply in relation to a Limited Liability Partnership that is an Authorised Firm, Authorised Market Institution, Recognised non-AIFC Member or Recognised non-AIFC Market Institution under the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations.

CHAPTER 2–ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS

28. Accounting Records of Limited Liability Partnerships

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the partnership’s financial position at any time; and
  • (b) enable the members to ensure that any accounts prepared by the partnership under this Part comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A Limited Liability Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place in the AIFC that the members consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a member or Auditor of the partnership at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(2-1) If a Limited Liability Partnership, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a Limited Liability Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations, the partners immediately before the Limited Liability Partnership ceases to exist or ceases to be a Limited Liability Partnership shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

29. Financial years of Limited Liability Partnerships

(1) The first financial year of a Limited Liability Partnership starts on the day it is incorporated and lasts for the period not exceeding 18 months decided by the members.

(2) The second or any subsequent financial year starts at the end of the Limited Liability Partnership’s previous financial year and lasts for 12 months or the other period, which is within 7 days either shorter or longer than the 12 months, decided by the members.

30. Accounts of Limited Liability Partnerships

(1) The members of a Limited Liability Partnership must ensure that accounts are prepared for the partnership in relation to each financial year of the partnership and that the requirements of this section are complied with in relation to the accounts.

(2) The accounts must:

  1. (a) be prepared in accordance with accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise approved by the Registrar of Companies; and
  2. (b) show a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Limited Liability Partnership for the financial year and of the state of the partnership’s affairs at the end of the financial year; and
  3. (c) comply with any other requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) Within 6 months after the end of the financial year, the accounts for the financial year must be:

  1. (a) prepared and approved by all the members; and
  2. (b) signed on their behalf by at least 1 of the members; and
  3. (c) examined and reported on by an Auditor subject to section 31 below.

(4) The Limited Liability Partnership must file a copy of its accounts for the financial year, and the Auditor’s report on the accounts, if applicable, with the Registrar of Companies within 7 days after the day the accounts have been reported on by the Auditor.

(5) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

CHAPTER 3–AUDITORS

31. Appointment of Auditors

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership must appoint an Auditor to examine and report on, in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules, the accounts prepared under section 30 (Accounts of Limited Liability Partnership), except for the Limited Liability Partnership with the annual turnover of not more than U.S. $5,000,000.

(2) A Person who is not an Auditor must not:

  1. (a) consent to be appointed as an Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership; or
  2. (b) act as an Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership; or
  3. (c) prepare any report required by these Regulations and the Rules to be prepared by an Auditor.

(3) Contravention of subsection (2) is punishable by a fine.

(4) The appointment of a firm as an Auditor of a Company is taken to be an appointment of each Person who is a partner of the firm.

32. Auditor’s report to members

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership’s Auditor must make a report to the members on the accounts examined by the Auditor.

(2) The Auditor’s report must state:

  • (a) whether, in the Auditor’s opinion, the accounts have been properly prepared in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules; and
  • (b) in particular, whether the accounts give a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Limited Liability Partnership for the financial year and of the state of the partnership’s affairs at the end of the financial year; and
  • (c) any other matter or opinion required under these Regulations or the Rules.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

33. Auditors’ Functions

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership’s Auditor must, in preparing a report in relation to accounts of the partnership, conduct the investigations necessary to enable the Auditor to form an opinion about the following matters:

  • (a) whether proper Accounting Records have been kept by the partnership and proper returns adequate for the audit have been received from branches or offices not visited by the Auditor;
  • (b) whether the partnership’s accounts are in agreement with the Accounting Records and returns;
  • (c) whether the partnership’s accounts have been prepared in compliance with any applicable accounting principles or standards.

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) If the Auditor is of the opinion that proper Accounting Records have not been kept, that proper returns adequate for the audit have not been received from branches or offices not visited by the Auditor, that the accounts are not in agreement with the Accounting Records and returns, or that the accounts do not comply with any applicable accounting principles or standards, the Auditor must state that opinion in the report.

(4) The Auditor has a right of access, at all reasonable times, to the Limited Liability Partnership’s Records, and is entitled to require from the partnership’s members all the information and explanations that the Auditor considers necessary, for the purposes of the audit.

(5) The Auditor is entitled to receive notice of, and attend, any meeting of members and to be heard on any part of the business of the meeting that concerns the Auditor.

(6) If the Auditor does not obtain all the information and explanations that the Auditor considers necessary for the purposes of the audit, the Auditor must state that fact in the report.

(7) Contravention of subsection (6) is punishable by a fine.

34. Resignation of Auditor etc.

(1) An Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership may resign from office by depositing a Written notice to that effect, together with a statement under subsection (2), at the partnership’s registered office. The notice operates to bring the Auditor’s term of office to an end on the day the notice is deposited or, if a later date is stated in the notice, on that date. The partnership must give a copy of the notice to the Registrar of Companies.

(2) If an Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership ceases to hold office for any reason, the Auditor must deposit at the partnership’s registered office:

  • (a) a statement to the effect that there are no circumstances connected with the Auditor ceasing to hold office that the Auditor considers should be brought to the notice of the members or Creditors of the partnership; or
  • (b) a statement of any circumstances mentioned in paragraph (a).

(3) If an Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership deposits a statement under subsection (2)(b), the partnership must, within 14 days after the day the Auditor deposits the statement, send a copy of the statement to every member of the partnership.

(4) If an Auditor of a Limited Liability Partnership ceases to hold office for any reason, the partnership must, within 30 days after the day the Auditor ceases to hold office, appoint a replacement.

(5) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

35. Cooperation with Auditors

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership, or a member of a Limited Liability Partnership, must not knowingly or recklessly:

  • (a) make a statement, or give information, (whether orally, in a Document or any other way) to an Auditor of the partnership that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (b) give a Document to an Auditor of the partnership that is false or misleading in a material particular; or
  • (c) withhold any information from an Auditor of the partnership if the withholding of the information makes information given by the partnership or member to the Auditor false or misleading in a material particular or likely to mislead or deceive the Auditor; or
  • (d) conceal any information from the Auditor if the concealment is likely to mislead or deceive the Auditor.

(2) A Limited Liability Partnership, a member of a Limited Liability Partnership, or a Person acting under the direction or authority of a Limited Liability Partnership or member of a Limited Liability Partnership, must not, without reasonable excuse, engage in conduct if the partnership, member or Person knows, or ought to know, that the conduct could:

  • (a) obstruct or hinder an Auditor of the partnership in the Exercise of the Auditor’s Functions; or
  • (b) result in the partnership’s accounts or any aspect of the Auditor’s report being false or misleading in a material particular.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), that subsection applies to the following conduct:

  • (a) destroying or concealing a Document;
  • (b) coercing, manipulating, misleading or improperly influencing the Auditor;
  • (c) Failing to provide access to information or Documents required by the Auditor;
  • (d) Failing to give any information or explanation to the Auditor that the partnership, member or Person is able to give;
  • (e) Failing to give the Auditor any assistance in relation to the audit that the partnership, member or Person is required and able to give.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 8: RECOGNISED LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIPS

36. Applications by Foreign Limited Liability Partnerships

A Foreign Limited Liability Partnership may apply to the Registrar of Companies for registration as a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership in accordance with the Rules.

37. Requirements applying to Recognised Limited Liability Partnerships

A Recognised Limited Liability Partnership must:

  • (a) appoint and retain at all times at least 1 Person who is authorised to accept service of any notice or other Document on behalf of the partnership and to Exercise any other Function prescribed by the Rules; and
  • (b) have at all times a principal place of business in the AIFC to which all communications and notices may be addressed; and
  • (c) file with the Registrar of Companies, in accordance with the Rules, notice of the following:
  • (i) the appointment of Persons authorised to accept service on behalf of the partnership;

(ii) the address of the partnership’s principal place of business in the AIFC;

(iii) any change in the name of the partnership or details of Persons authorised to accept service on behalf of the partnership or the address of its principal place of business in the AIFC;

(iv) any change in the constitution of the partnership, by the incoming or outgoing of any member.

38. Notification of change in registered details of Recognised Limited Liability Partnership

(1) If any of the registered details of a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership change, the partnership must notify the Registrar of Companies in Writing within 14 days after the day the change happens and must comply with all other requirements applying to the partnership under the Rules in relation to the change.

(1-1) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in by the Rules from time to time.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

(3) In this section: registered details, in relation to a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership, means information about the partnership prescribed by the Rules for this section.

39. Recognised Limited Partnerships: particulars in communications

(1) A Recognised Limited Liability Partnership must ensure that, in relation to the business, purpose or activity it conducts in or from the AIFC, its name, and its address for service, appear in legible characters in all of its instruments, invoices, letterheads, order forms, receipts, statements of account, correspondence, publications and other communications, including any communications in electronic form.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

40. Accounting Records of Recognised Limited Liability Partnership

(1) A Recognised Limited Liability Partnership must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the partnership’s financial position at any time; and
  • (b) enable the members to ensure that any accounts prepared by the partnership comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) A Recognised Limited Liability Partnership must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place that the members consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the partnership for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a member or auditor of the partnership at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as required by the Rules.

(2-1) If a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations, the partners immediately before the Recognised Limited Liability Partnership ceases to exist or ceases to be a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 9: TRANSFER OF LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIPS

41. Application for transfer of Foreign Limited Liability Partnership to AIFC

(1) A Foreign Limited Liability Partnership may, if authorised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated and subject to its partnership agreement, apply to the Registrar of Companies for the continuation of the Foreign Limited Liability Partnership as a Limited Liability Partnership.

(2) The application for continuation of the Foreign Liability Limited Partnership must be made to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with the Rules and must be:

  • (a) executed under seal, signed by a member of the partnership, and verified by an affidavit, or other sworn statement, of the member; and
  • (b) accompanied by its partnership agreement; and
  • (c) accompanied by any other Document required by the Registrar of Companies.

(3) The partnership agreement accompanying the application must comply with section 11 (Limited Liability Partnership agreement) and include the amendments of the original partnership agreement of the Foreign Limited Liability Partnership, as they have been amended, necessary to make the partnership agreement otherwise comply with these Regulations and comply with the Rules, any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar and any other Acting Law of the AIFC.

42. Issue of certificate of continuation etc.

(1) If the Registrar of Companies approves an application for continuation made by a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership under section 41 (Application for transfer of Foreign Limited Liability Partnership to AIFC), the Registrar must:

  • (a) issue a certificate of continuation on the terms and conditions the Registrar considers appropriate; and
  • (b) assign a number to the partnership, which is to be the partnership’s identification number; and
  • (c) register the partnership as a Limited Liability Partnership.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to approve the application for any reason the Registrar considers appropriate.

43. Effect of certificate of continuation

From the date of continuation stated in the certificate of continuation issued to a Foreign Liability Limited Partnership:

  • (a) the partnership becomes a Limited Liability Partnership to which these Regulations apply as if it had been incorporated in the AIFC; and
  • (b) the certificate of continuation is treated as the partnership’s certificate of registration.

44. Copy of certificate of continuation

The Registrar of Companies must, if requested by a Limited Liability Partnership to which a certificate of continuation has been issued, send a copy of the certificate of continuation to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdiction in which the partnership was incorporated.

45. Rights and Liabilities of continued Foreign Limited Partnership

If a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership is continued as a Limited Liability Partnership under these Regulations, the Limited Liability Partnership:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the limitations and Liabilities, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

46. Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership from AIFC to another jurisdiction

(1) A Limited Liability Partnership may apply to the appropriate official or public body of a jurisdiction outside the AIFC (the other jurisdiction) to transfer the Limited Liability Partnership to the other jurisdiction and request that the Limited Liability Partnership be continued as a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership.

(2) However, the Limited Liability Partnership must not make the application unless it is authorised to make the application:

  • (a) under the laws of the other jurisdiction; and
  • (b) by its partnership agreement or, if the partnership agreement is silent, by all the members of the partnership; and
  • (c) by the Registrar of Companies in the way prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Limited Liability Partnership must also not make the application unless the laws of the other jurisdiction provide that the Foreign Limited Liability Partnership:

  • (a) continues to have all the property, rights and privileges, and is subject to all the limitations and Liabilities, that it had before the continuation; and
  • (b) remains a party in any legal proceedings commenced in any jurisdiction in which it was a party before the continuation.

(4) The Limited Liability Partnership ceases to be a Limited Liability Partnership within the meaning of these Regulations if the Limited Liability Partnership is continued as a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership and files with the Registrar of Companies a copy of the certificate or instrument of continuation certified by the appropriate official or public body of the other jurisdiction.

(5) When the Registrar of Companies receives the other jurisdiction’s certificate or instrument of continuation, the Registrar must strike the name of the Limited Partnership off the register of current registrations of Limited Liability Partnerships kept under section 51 (Public registers of limited liability partnerships).

47. Refusal to grant authorisation to transfer Limited Partnership

The Registrar of Companies may refuse to authorise a Limited Partnership to apply to be continued as a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership under section 46(1) (Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership from AIFC to another jurisdiction).

PART 9-1: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

47-1. Ultimate Beneficial Owners

The provisions of Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Limited Liability Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 9-2: WHISTLEBLOWING

47-2. Whistleblowing

The provisions of Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Limited Liability Partnerships as set out therein.

PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS

48. Compliance with orders etc. of Registrar to limited liability partnerships

(1) If the Registrar of Companies makes an order, issues a direction, or makes a requirement, (however described) in relation to a Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, each member of the partnership must ensure that the partnership complies with it.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

49. Power to strike names of limited liability partnerships off register

(1) The Registrar of Companies may strike the name of a limited liability partnership off the register if the Registrar has reason to believe:

  • (a) that the partnership is not conducting the business, purpose or activity for which it was formed or is not in operation; or
  • (b) that the partnership has conducted a business, purpose or activity for longer than 14 days without having at least 2 members; or
  • (c) that the partnership is Contravening these Regulations (within the meaning given by section 169 of the AIFC Companies Regulations); or
  • (d) that it is prejudicial to the interests of the AIFC for the partnership to remain on the register.

(2) The Registrar of Companies may also strike the name of a limited liability partnership off the register if:

  • (a) the partnership is being wound up in a creditors voluntary winding up; and
  • (b) the Registrar has reason to believe either:
  • (i) that no liquidator is appointed; or

(ii) that the affairs of the partnership are fully wound up; and

  • (c) the returns required to be made by the liquidator have not been made for a period of at least 6 months.

(3) In deciding whether to strike the name of a limited liability partnership off the register under subsection (1) or (2), the Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures and must also:

  • (a) publish a notice in the Appointed Publications of the Registrar’s intention to strike the name of the partnership off the register and dissolve the partnership; and
  • (b) if the partnership is licensed, registered or recognised by the AFSA—obtain the AFSA’s consent before publishing the notice under paragraph (a).

(4) If the Registrar of Companies strikes the name of a Limited Liability Partnership off the register, the partnership must be dissolved.

(5) If the Registrar of Companies strikes the name of a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership off the register, the partnership must cease conducting any business, purpose or activity in or from the AIFC.

(6) If the name of a Limited Liability Partnership is struck off the register under this section and the partnership is dissolved, the liability of every member of the partnership continues, and may be enforced, as if the partnership’s name had not been struck off the register and the partnership had not been dissolved.

(7) If the name of a limited liability partnership is struck off the register under this section, the partnership must maintain its books and Records for a period of 6 years after the day its name is stuck off the register.

(8) In this section: limited liability partnership means a Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership.

register means the register of current registrations of Limited Liability Partnerships or Recognised Limited Liability Partnerships, as the case requires, kept under section 51 (Public registers of limited liability partnerships).

50. Orders for unfair prejudice

(1) If a limited liability partnership’s affairs are being or have been conducted in a way that is unfairly prejudicial to the interests of its members generally or any of its members, or an actual or proposed act or omission of the partnership (including an act or omission on its behalf) is or would be so prejudicial, the Court may, on application of a member of the partnership, make 1 or more of the following orders:

  • (a) an order regulating the conduct of the partnership’s affairs in the future;
  • (b) an order requiring a Person to do, or not to do, anything;
  • (c) an order authorising proceedings to be brought in the name and on behalf of the partnership by the Person, and on the terms, the Court considers appropriate;
  • (d) any other order that the Court considers appropriate.

(2) This section does not limit or otherwise affect any rights that a Person may have, or any powers that the Court may have, apart from this section.

(3) In this section:

limited liability partnership means a Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership.

51. Public registers of limited liability partnerships

(1) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of Limited Liability Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish a register of current and past registrations of Recognised Limited Liability Partnerships in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(3) The Registrar of Companies must make a reasonably current version of any register kept under this section freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Note: See section 6.

1. Definitions for these Regulations

1. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying Documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting Documents, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journal entries and other adjustments to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal entries;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made for these Regulations.

Appointed Publications has the meaning given by section 4 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Auditor means a Person who is registered by the Registrar of Companies as an auditor under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Company means a body corporate that is incorporated as, or converted to, a private company or public company under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Creditor includes a present, future or contingent creditor or the partnership.

Decision-making Procedures, in relation to the making of a decision by the Registrar of Companies, means the procedures prescribed by the Rules that apply to the making of the decision by the Registrar.

Designated Member, of a Limited Liability Partnership, means a member of the partnership who is a Designated Member of the partnership under these Regulations.

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Foreign Limited Liability Partnership means a body corporate incorporated as a limited liability partnership in any jurisdiction other than the AIFC that has not become a Limited Liability Partnership.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Legislation Administered by the Registrar has the meaning given by section 1 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Liability includes any debt or obligation.

Limited Liability Partnership means a body corporate that is incorporated under these Regulations as a Limited Liability Partnership, and, to remove any doubt, includes a limited liability partnership incorporated outside of the AIFC that is registered under these Regulations as a Limited Liability Partnership because of an application for continuation under Part 9 (Transfer of limited liability partnerships).

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Person includes any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a Company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Recognised Limited Liability Partnership means a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership that is registered under Part 8 (Recognised Limited Liability Partnership) as a Recognised Limited Liability Partnership.

Records means Documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies.

Registrar of Companies means the individual who is the Registrar of Companies appointed under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Standard Partnership Agreement means a standard partnership agreement prescribed by the Rules.

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means.

NON-PROFIT INCORPORATED ORGANIZATIONS REGULATIONS

Non-Profit Incorporated Organizations

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Non-profit Incorporated Organisations Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and paragraph 1 of article 3 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

The Schedule 1 contains definitions and interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

7. Administration of these Regulations

These Regulations are administered by the Registrar of Companies.

PART 2: ACTIVITIES

8. Prohibition against conducting certain activities

(1) A Person must not conduct activities as an Incorporated Organisation in or from the AIFC unless the Person is incorporated as an Incorporated Organisation.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a Person if the Person:

  • (a) is an exempt Person under the Rules; or
  • (b) [intentionally omitted]

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

9. Authorised Activities of Incorporated Organisations

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must not conduct an activity unless the activity is an Authorised Activity.

(2) For these Regulations, Authorised Activities are the following:

  • (a) professional and financial services activities, except so far as the activities are activities declared by the Rules not to be authorised activities;
  • (b) activities related to the promotion and development of financial services, so far as the activities are approved at the discretion of the Registrar of Companies in relation to the Incorporated Organisation, a class of Incorporated Organisations or Incorporated Organisations generally;
  • (c) any activity (whether or not of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b)) declared to be an authorised activity under the Rules.

(3) However, Authorised Activities do not include activities contrary to public interest and public morals of the Republic of Kazakhstan.

(4) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

10. Restrictions on Incorporated Organisations

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must not be formed to conduct activities for the purpose of commercial or financial gain for its Founding Members or Ordinary Members or former Founding Members or Ordinary Members.

(2) An Incorporated Organisation must not distribute profits or revenues from its activities to its Founding Members or Ordinary Members or former Founding Members or Ordinary Members.

(3) An Incorporated Organisation must ensure that the revenues generated from its activities are used only for the following purposes:

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

11. Nature of Incorporated Organisations etc.

(1) An Incorporated Organisation is a body corporate with a legal personality separate from that of its Founding Members and Ordinary Members.

(2) An Incorporated Organisation has the capacity, rights and privileges of a natural person.

(3) An Incorporated Organisation is formed by being incorporated under Part 3 (Formation and registration).

PART 3: FORMATION AND REGISTRATION

12. Method of formation

(1) One or more Founding Members may apply for the incorporation of an Incorporated Organisation by signing, and filing with the Registrar of Companies, an application for incorporation in the accordance with the Rules.

(2) The application must state the following:

  1. (a) the proposed name of the Incorporated Organisation;
  2. (b) the proposed address of the Incorporated Organisation’s registered office;
  3. (c) the Authorised Activities proposed to be conducted by the Incorporated Organisation;
  4. (d) the full name, date of birth, nationality, residency and address of each of the applicants, if the applicant is a natural person;
  5. (e) the other particulars (if any) required by the Registrar of Companies or the Rules;
  6. (f) the full name, date and place of incorporation or registration of each of the applicants, if the applicant is a Body Corporate.

(3) The application must include, or be accompanied by, the following:

  1. (a) a declaration signed by each of the applicants that the Incorporated Organisation will only conduct Authorised Activities;
  2. (b) the proposed Charter of Organisation of the Incorporated Organisation.

13. Charter of Organisation

(1) An Incorporated Organisation’s Charter of Organisation must be in the English language and must be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively.

(2) An Incorporated Organisation’s Charter of Organisation must be consistent with the Authorised Activities of the Incorporated Organisation and must contain the matters required by these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) The Charter of Organisation may contain any other matters that the Founding Members wish to include in the Charter of Organisation. However, the Charter of Organisation must not contain a provision that is inconsistent with these Regulations or the Rules.

(4) The Rules may prescribe model provisions to be known as the Standard Charter.

(5) An Incorporated Organisation may adopt, as its Charter of Organisation, the whole or any part of the Standard Charter that is relevant to the Incorporated Organisation.

(6) If the Standard Charter is not adopted in its entirety, the Registrar of Companies may object to any amendment of the Standard Charter if the amendment is inconsistent with the Authorised Activities of the Incorporated Organisation or because of the amendment a provision of the Charter of Organisation would be inconsistent with these Regulations or the Rules.

(7) An Incorporated Organisation may amend its Charter of Organisation by Special Resolution of the Founding Members.

(8) Every amendment of the Charter of Organisation must be submitted to the Registrar of Companies for approval before the amendment takes effect.

(9) The Incorporated Organisation must submit an updated Charter of Organisation to the Registrar of Companies if the amendment is approved by the Registrar.

14. Decision on incorporation application etc.

(1) The Registrar of Companies may refuse to incorporate an Incorporated Organisation for any reason the Registrar considers to be a proper reason for refusing to incorporate the Incorporated Organisation.

(2) If the Registrar of Companies incorporates an Incorporated Organisation, the Registrar must register the Charter of Organisation that accompanied the application for incorporation.

15. Effects of incorporation etc.

(1) On the incorporation of an Incorporated Organisation and registration of its the Charter of Organisation, the Registrar of Companies must:

(2) On the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate of incorporation:

(3) A certificate of incorporation issued by the Registrar of Companies for an Incorporated

Organisation is conclusive evidence of the following matters:

(4) Without limiting subsection (1)(a), the Registrar of Companies may make alternative arrangements relating to the issue of certificates of incorporation to Incorporated Organisations in circumstances prescribed by the Rules.

16. Registered office and conduct of activities

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must, at all times, have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices to the Incorporated Organisation may be addressed.

(2) A Document may be given to or served on (however described) the Incorporated Organisation by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the Incorporated Organisation in the AIFC.

(3) An Incorporated Organisation must conduct its activities in or from the AIFC.

(4) Contravention of subsection (1) or (3) is punishable by a fine.

17. Particulars in communications

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must ensure that its name, and the address of its registered office, appear in legible characters in all of its instruments, invoices, letterheads, order forms, receipts, statements of account, correspondence, publications and other communications, including any communications in electronic form.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

18. Name of Incorporated Organisation

(1) The name of an Incorporated Organisation must appear in legible characters on the common seal of the Incorporated Organisation.

(2) An Incorporated Organisation must use only its registered name and must ensure that, whenever it uses its name, its name is immediately followed by the words ‘Non-profit Organisation’ unless those words are part of its name.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

19. Change of name

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must not change its name otherwise than by Special Resolution of the Founding Members and must not change the name to a name that is not acceptable to the Registrar of Companies.

(2) If an Incorporated Organisation changes its name under this section, the Registrar of Companies must register the new name in place of the former name, and must issue a certificate of name change showing the former and new names of the Incorporated Organisation.

(3) The change of name takes effect on the day the Registrar of Companies issues the certificate of name change.

(4) The change of name does not:

  1. (a) affect any rights or obligations of the Incorporated Organisation; or
  2. (b) render defective any legal proceedings by or against it.

(5) Any legal proceedings that could have been commenced or continued against the Incorporated Organisation under its former name may be commenced or continued against it under its new name.

(6) If an Incorporated Organisation changes its name under this section, it must amend its Charter of Organisation to reflect the change within 30 days after the day the Registrar of Companies issues the certificate of name change or, if the Registrar allows a longer period, the longer period.

(7) If, in the opinion of the Registrar of Companies, the name by which an Incorporated Organisation is registered is, has become, or is reasonably likely to become, misleading, deceptive, conflicting with another name (including an existing name of a company or another Incorporated Organisation), or otherwise undesirable, the Registrar may direct the Incorporated Organisation to change it.

(8) The Registrar of Companies must comply with the Decision-making Procedures in deciding whether to give a direction under subsection (7).

(9) The Incorporated Organisation must comply with a direction given to it by the Registrar of Companies under subsection (7) within 30 days after the date specified in the direction unless the Registrar allows a longer period to comply with the direction.

(10) Contravention of subsection (1), (6) or (9) is punishable by a fine.

PART 4: FINANCIAL RESOURCES, ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

20. Financial resources

The financial resources of an Incorporated Organisation may consist of the following:

  • (a) fees collected by the Incorporated Organisation for services provided to the Founding Members or Ordinary Members;
  • (b) grants and donations received by the Incorporated Organisation and accepted by its Board;
  • (c) any other resources approved by its Board in accordance with these Regulations and the Rules.

21. Accounting Records of Incorporated Organisations

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must keep Accounting Records that are sufficient to show and explain its transactions so as to:

  • (a) disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Incorporated Organisation at any time; and
  • (b) enable the Founding Members and the Board to ensure that any accounts prepared by the Incorporated Organisation under this Part comply with the requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) An Incorporated Organisation must ensure that its Accounting Records are:

  • (a) kept at the place in the AIFC that the Founding Members consider appropriate, except so far as the Rules otherwise require; and
  • (b) preserved by the Incorporated Organisation for at least 6 years after the day they are created or, if the Rules prescribe another period, the other period; and
  • (c) open to inspection by a Founding Member at all reasonable times; and
  • (d) otherwise kept and maintained as may be prescribed by the Rules.

(2-1) If an Incorporated Organisation, for whatever reason, ceases to exist or ceases to be an Incorporated Organisation within the meaning of these Regulations, the Founding Members immediately before the Incorporated Organisation ceases to exist or ceases to be an Incorporated Organisation shall ensure that its Accounting Records are preserved for at least 6 years after the date of such cessation.

(3) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

22. Accounts

(1) The Founding Members of an Incorporated Organisation must ensure that accounts are prepared in relation to each financial year of the Incorporated Organisation within 6 months after the end of the financial year and that the accounts comply with the requirements of this section.

(2) The accounts must:

  1. (a) be prepared in accordance with accounting principles or standards prescribed by the Rules or otherwise approved by the Registrar of Companies; and
  2. (b) show a true and fair view of the financial position of the Incorporated Organisation; and
  3. (c) comply with any other requirements of these Regulations and the Rules.

(3) The Founding Members must approve the Incorporated Organisation’s accounts and must ensure that they are signed on their behalf by at least 1 of them.

(4) The accounts must be examined and reported on by an Auditor, only if the gross annual income of an Incorporated Organisation is more than 500,000 USD.

(5) An Incorporated Organisation must file its audited accounts for a financial year with the Registrar of Companies within 7 days after the day the accounts are approved by the Founding Members and reported on by an Auditor.

(6) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 5: FOUNDING MEMBERS AND ORDINARY MEMBERS

23. Founding Members and Ordinary Members

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must have Founding Members and may have Ordinary Members.

(2) The Charter of Organisation of an Incorporated Organisation must define who may become a Founding Member or an Ordinary Member of the Incorporated Organisation.

(3) The initial Founding Members are the Persons who applied for the incorporation of the Incorporated Organisation.

(4) After the incorporation of the Incorporated Organisation, Founding Members are appointed by Special Resolution of the Founding Members

(5) The Founding Members of an Incorporated Organisation must, in Exercising their Functions, act honestly, in good faith and in the best interest of the Incorporated Organisation and must exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

(6) A person may not be a Founding Member and an Ordinary Member at the same time in the same Incorporated Organisation.

24. Rights and liabilities etc. of Founding Members and Ordinary Members

(1) A Founding Member or Ordinary Member of an Incorporated Organisation is not liable, only because of being a Founding Member or Ordinary Member, to contribute towards the payment of the debts and liabilities of the Incorporated Organisation or to the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up of the Incorporated Organisation.

(2) A Founding Member or Ordinary Member of an Incorporated Organisation does not have, as a Founding Member or Ordinary Member, any right, title or interest, whether legal or equitable, in the property of the Incorporated Organisation.

25. Register of members

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must maintain an up to date register of Founding Members and Ordinary Members in accordance with the Rules.

(2) The Incorporated Organisation must ensure that the register is kept at the Incorporated Organisation’s registered office in the AIFC.

(3) The Incorporated Organisation must ensure that the register is open to inspection by any Founding Member or Ordinary Member of the Incorporated Organisation, or any other Person, during business hours without charge.

(4) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

26. Meetings of Founding Members

(1) The Founding Members are to meet at the times and places that they decide.

(2) However, a Founding Member may at any time call a meeting of the Founding Members by giving the other Founding Members at least 7 days Written notice of the meeting.

27. Board of Incorporated Organisation

(1) An Incorporated Organisation must be managed by a Board.

(2) [intentionally omitted]

(3) An Incorporated Organisation must ensure that its Charter of Organisation makes provision about the membership of its Board and the Board’s Functions and operations.

(4) The Board may appoint a resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan to be the Incorporated Organisation’s agent.

(5) Subject to the Charter of Organisation, the Board may delegate any of its Functions to any Person it considers appropriate.

(6) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

PART 6: REPORTING

28. Notice of certain changes

(1) If any of the following changes happen in relation to an Incorporated Organisation, the Incorporated Organisation must file notice of the change with the Registrar of Companies, in accordance with the Rules, within 30 days after the day the change happens:

  • (a) any change relating to its registered office or contact details (including, for example, a change in the address of its registered office, a change in a telephone or fax number or a change of email address);
  • (b) any change to its Founding Members;
  • (c) any change to its name;
  • (d) any change in its Authorised Activities.

(2) Changes in the Registered Details notice must be accompanied by the prescribed fee set out in the Rules from time to time.

PART 7: DISSOLUTION

29. Voluntary dissolution

The Founding Members of an Incorporated Organisation may agree, by Special Resolution, to the voluntary dissolution of the Incorporated Organisation if the Incorporated Organisation has no outstanding liabilities.

30. Dissolution by Registrar of Companies

(1) The grounds for dissolving an Incorporated Organisation under this section are as follows:

(2) If the Registrar of Companies believes that a ground may exist for dissolving an Incorporated Organisation under this section, the Registrar may, by Written notice given to the Incorporated Organisation, tell the Incorporated Organisation:

  • (a) about the Registrar’s belief that a ground may exist for dissolving the Incorporated Organisation under this section; and
  • (b) that it may make representations to the Registrar, in the way specified in the notice, about the matter within a stated period of at least 14 days after the day the notice is given to the Incorporated Organisation.

(3) If, after considering any representations made by the Incorporated Organisation in accordance with the notice, the Registrar of Companies is satisfied that a ground exists for dissolving the Incorporated Organisation under this section and that the Incorporated Organisation should be dissolved under this section, the Registrar may dissolve the Incorporated Organisation by striking its name off the Register of Incorporated Organisations.

31. Publication of notice of dissolution

The Registrar of Companies must publish notice of the dissolution of an Incorporated Organisation on the AIFC’s website.

32. Distribution of surplus assets on dissolution

(1) Subject to the AIFC Insolvency Regulations, an Incorporated Organisation must not distribute any surplus assets available for distribution at the completion of the dissolution of the Incorporated Organisation under this Part to:

(2) Any of surplus assets must be distributed as determined by the Incorporated Organisation’s liquidator with approval of the Registrar of Companies, after consultation with the Board of the Incorporated Organisation and the liquidator.

(3) However, surplus assets, or any part of surplus assets, that were supplied, or were purchased from funds supplied, by a government department or public authority, including any unexpended part of a grant, must be returned to the department or authority or given to a Person nominated by the department or authority.

PART 8: POWERS OF INVESTIGATION

33. Appointment of Inspectors

(1) The Registrar of Companies may appoint a Person as an inspector to investigate andreport on the affairs of an Incorporated Organisation (the relevant Incorporated Organisation), if the Registrar considers it necessary or desirable to do so in pursuit the Registrar’s objectives.

(2) The Person appointed as inspector may, with the consent of the Registrar of Companies,also investigate and report on the affairs of a Company or another Incorporated Organisation that is or was related to the relevant Incorporated Organisation.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may also appoint a Person as an inspector to investigate and report on an alleged Contravention of these Regulations in relation to an Incorporated Organisation.

(4) This section does not prevent the Registrar of Companies from appointing a Person as an inspector under this section and also as an inspector under section 159 (Appointment of Inspectors) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

(5) In this section: objectives, of the Registrar of Companies, has the meaning given by section 9(1) (Registrar’s Objectives and Functions) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

34. Provisions about investigations

(1) In this section: applied provisions means the following provisions of the AIFC Companies Regulations:

  1. (a) section 158(2) and (3) (Application and interpretation of Part 14);
  2. (b) section 160 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and Documents etc.);
  3. (c) section 161 (Use and effect of information and Documents obtained for investigations);
  4. (d) section 162 (Obstructing or hindering Inspectors);
  5. (e) section 163 (Inspectors’ reports);
  6. (f) section 164 (Application to Court by Registrar of Companies);
  7. (g) the definitions in Schedule 1(other than the definition of Inspector) that apply in relation to any of those provisions.

(2) The applied provisions apply in relation to an Incorporated Organisation as if:

  1. (a) a reference to an Inspector were a reference to a Person who is appointed by the Registrar of Companies under section 33 (Appointment of Inspectors) as an inspector; and
  2. (b) a reference to a Company included a reference to an Incorporated Organisation; and
  3. (c) a reference to an Employee of a Company were a reference to a Founding Member or Employee of an Incorporated Organisation; and
  4. (d) a reference to a Director or past Director of a Company included a reference to a Founding Member or past Founding Member of an Incorporated Organisation; and
  5. (e) a reference to a Shareholder were a reference to a Founding Member; and
  6. (f) the reference in section 160(1) to section 159(2) were a reference to section 33(2); and
  7. (g) any other necessary change, and any change prescribed by the Rules, were made.

PART 8-1: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

34-1. Ultimate Beneficial Owners

The provisions of Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Non-Profit Incorporated Organisations as set out therein.

PART 8-2: WHISTLEBLOWING

34-2. Whistleblowing

The provisions of Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to NonProfit Incorporated Organisations as set out therein.

PART 8-3: ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND COUNTER TERRORIST FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

34-1. Obligations in respect of payments and transactions

An Incorporated Organisation must carry out its payments and transactions of the third parties through a banking and financial intermediary (a regulated financial institution) based in the AIFC jurisdiction, Republic of Kazakhstan, or in a jurisdiction that is a FATF member or an equivalent jurisdiction.


34-2. Notification obligations

(1)       An Incorporated Organisation must immediately notify the AFSA when it becomes aware of:

(a)       complex or unusually large transactions, or an unusual pattern of transactions;

(b)       transactions which have no apparent economic or legal purpose; and

(c)       other activity which an Incorporated Organisation regards as particularly likely by its nature to be related to money laundering or terrorist financing.

(2)       An Incorporated Organisation must inform the AFSA in writing as soon as possible if, in relation to its activities carried on as part of the AIFC or in relation to any of its branches or subsidiaries, it:

(a)       receives a request for information from a regulator or agency responsible for anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, or sanctions compliance in connection with potential money laundering, terrorist financing, or sanctions breaches;

(b)       becomes aware, or has reasonable grounds to believe, that a money laundering event has occurred or may have occurred in or through its business;

(c)       becomes aware of any money laundering or sanctions matter in relation to the Incorporated Organisation or its branch or subsidiary which could result in adverse reputational consequences to the Incorporated Organisation; or

(d)       becomes aware of a significant breach of the AIFC AML regulation framework or a breach of the relevant Kazakhstan legislation by the Incorporated Organisation or any of its employees.


34-3. Reporting and record keeping

(1)       An Incorporated Organisation must report any information about customers, third parties, their transactions, identified risks of money laundering and terrorist financing and any suspicious activities on request of the AFSA and Financial Intelligence Unit of the Republic of Kazakhstan (FIU).

(2)       The information must be filed in the form and manner prescribed by the AFSA and the FIU and must contain the information required by the AFSA and the FIU.

(3)       An Incorporated Organisation must maintain the following records:

(a)       the supporting documents (consisting of the original documents or certified copies) in respect of the customer business relationship, including transactions;

(b)       suspicious activities and any relevant supporting documents and information, including internal findings and analysis of money laundering and terrorist financing risks; any relevant communications with the FIU;

(c)       for at least six years from the date on which the notification or report was made, the business relationship ends or the transaction is completed, whichever occurs last.


PART 9: MISCELLANEOUS

35. Application of AIFC Insolvency Regulations

The AIFC Insolvency Regulations apply in relation to an Incorporated Organisation as if:

36. Obligation of disclosure to Registrar of Companies

(1) An Incorporated Organisation or an Auditor of an Incorporated Organisation must disclose to the Registrar of Companies any matter that reasonably tends to show:

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) Subsection (1) does not require disclosure of a privileged communication.

(4) An Incorporated Organisation must establish and maintain appropriate systems and internal procedures to enable it to comply with subsection (1).

(5) Any provision in an agreement between an Incorporated Organisation and an Employee, agent or Auditor is void so far as it purports to hinder any Person from causing or assisting an Incorporated Organisation to comply with subsection (1).

(6) A Person must not be subjected to detriment, loss or damage only because the Person does anything to cause or assist an Incorporated Organisation to comply with subsection

(1).

(7) The Court may, on the application of an aggrieved Person, make any order for relief if the Person has been subjected to any detriment, loss or damage mentioned in subsection

(6).

(8) In this section: privileged communication means a communication attracting a privilege arising from the provision of professional legal advice or any other advice to which the relationship of lawyer and client or other similar relationship applies, but does not include a communication to which a general duty of confidentiality only applies.

37. Compliance with orders etc. of Registrar to Incorporated Organisations

(1) If the Registrar of Companies makes an order, issues a direction, or makes a requirement, (however described) in relation to an Incorporated Organisation under these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, each Founding Member must ensure that the Incorporated Organisation complies with it.

(2) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

38. Public registers

(1) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish registers of current and past registrations of Incorporated Organisations in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar of Companies must make a reasonably current version of each register kept under subsection (1) freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Note: See section 6.

1. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying Documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting Documents, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journal entries and other adjustments to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal entries;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

Auditor means a Person who is registered by the Registrar of Companies as an auditor under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Authorised Activities has the meaning given by section (Authorised Activities of Incorporated Organisations).

Board means the governing body of the Incorporated Organisation. Charter of Organisation, of an Incorporated Organisation, means its Charter of Organisation as originally adopted or as amended in accordance with these Regulations.

Company means a Company or Recognised Company under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled. On the Astana International Financial Centre. Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Contravenes these Regulations has the meaning given by section 169 (When does a Person Contravene these Regulations) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Decision-making Procedures, in relation to the making of a decision by the Registrar of Companies, means the procedures prescribed by the Rules that apply to the making of the decision by the Registrar.

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Employee, of an Incorporated Organisation, means an individual who is appointed or employed by the Incorporated Organisation or whose services are provided to, or for the purposes of, the Incorporated Organisation.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

FATF means the Financial Action Task Force, an inter-governmental body whose purpose is the development and promotion of international standards to combat money laundering and terrorist financing.

FIU means the Financial Intelligence Unit of the Republic of Kazakhstan, a state authority carrying out financial monitoring and taking other measures on combating the legalisation (laundering) of proceeds from crime, the financing of terrorism, and the financing of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction in accordance with the Kazakhstan legislation.

Founding Member, of an Incorporated Organisation, means a Person:

  1. (a) who was:
  2. (i) an applicant for the Incorporated Organisation’s incorporation; or
  3. (ii) appointed after its incorporation as a Founding Member by Special Resolution of the Founding Members; and
  4. (b) has not ceased to be a Founding Member under the Charter of Organisation.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

Incorporated Organisation means an Incorporated Organisation registered under these Regulations.

Legislation Administered by the Registrar has the meaning given by section 1 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations. Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Person means any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a Company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Records means Documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies.

Registrar of Companies means the individual who is the Registrar of Companies appointed under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Special Resolution, of the Founding Members of an Incorporated Organisation, means a resolution passed at a meeting of the Founding Members by the votes of at least 75% of the Founding Members present at the meeting in person or, if proxies are allowed, by proxy, if notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution was duly given.

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means.


FOUNDATIONS REGULATIONS

Foundations

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations may be cited as the AIFC Foundations Regulations 2019.

2. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 April 2019.

3. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraphs 3) and 3-1) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

4. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

5. Interpretation

(1) Schedule 1 (Interpretation) contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

(2) Schedule 2 (Application of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations) contains provisions relating to the application of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations in relation to these Regulations.

(3) Schedule 3 (Fines) contains fines applicable for Contravention of these Regulations.

PART 2: NATURE OF AN AIFC FOUNDATION

6. Nature of a Foundation

(1) A Foundation is a body corporate with a legal personality separate from that of its Founder(s) and any other Person.

(2) A Foundation has the capacity, rights and privileges of a natural person. The validity of an act done by a Foundation shall not be called into question on the ground of lack of capacity by reason of anything in its Charter or By-laws.

(3) The property of a Foundation is not held by it upon Trust for any other Person.

(4) A Founder has such rights (if any) in respect of a Foundation as provided for in its By-laws.

(5) A Person specified in the By-laws (other than a Founder, a member of the Council, and any Guardian) has such rights (if any) in respect of a Foundation as provided for in its By-laws.

(6) Any rights a Person may have in respect of a Foundation may be assigned to some other Person, if its By-laws so provide.

(7) If rights are assigned under subsection (6), the Person assigning the rights must within a period of thirty (30) days provide a copy of the assignment to the Registrar. A Person who fails to comply with this requirement is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

7. Duration of a Foundation

(1) A Foundation may, but need not, be established for a fixed period or for a specified limited period, provided that it may be dissolved at an earlier time in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations.

(2) Subject to section 55 (Application of insolvency rules in winding up), if a Foundation is to be wound up and dissolved upon:

  • (a) the happening of some event; or
  • (b) the expiration of a fixed period of time, the details of the event or period must be specified in its By-laws.

(3) If a Person is to have the right to wind up and dissolve a Foundation, the details of such right must be specified in its By-laws, subject to any right arising under any applicable law.

8. Objects of Foundations

A Foundation's objects:

  • (a) must be certain, reasonable and possible; and
  • (b) must not be violating the Acting Law of the AIFC or contrary to public policy in the AIFC.

9. Nature of objects of a Foundation

(1) A Foundation may be established for:

  • (a) objects which are exclusively charitable; and/or
  • (b) one or more of the following:
  • (i) objects which are not exclusively charitable; or

(ii) objects to benefit Persons by name, category or class.

(2) It is sufficient, for purposes of subsection (1)(b)(i), for the Charter to provide that a Foundation is to hold property that has been selected in accordance with its By-laws.

(3) It is sufficient, for purposes of subsection (1)(b)(ii), for the Charter to provide that a Person or class of Persons to receive benefits may be determined in accordance with the By-laws.

(4) A Foundation may not carry out any commercial activities, except those necessary for, and ancillary or incidental to, its objects.

(5) The objects of a Foundation may only be amended:

  • (a) where there is an express power to do so in the Charter; or
  • (b) by order of the Court.

(6) If there is no express power to amend the objects in a Foundation’s Charter then, subject to subsections (1) and (2), an object may be amended by order of the Court on an application made by or on behalf of a Founder, the Foundation or a Guardian where:

  • (a) the object has been, as far as may be, fulfilled;
  • (b) the object cannot be carried out or cannot be carried out in accordance with the original intention or spirit in which the Foundation was established;
  • (c) the object provides a use for only part of the property of the Foundation;
  • (d) the object was laid down by reference to a class of Persons or to a matter which has for any reason since ceased to be:
  • (i) suitable; or

(ii) practicable in administering the Foundation;

  • (e) in the case of a charitable object, the object has ceased to be charitable (by being useless or harmful to the community or otherwise); or
  • (f) the object has ceased in any other way to provide a suitable and effective method of using the property of the Foundation, and, in these cases, the property, or the remainder of the property, as the case may be, shall be held for such other charitable or non-charitable object as the Court may order to be consistent with the original intention of the Founder(s), or the spirit in which the Foundation was established.

(7) An application to the Court pursuant to subsection (6) may be brought by any one of:

10. Matters determined by the Acting Law of the AIFC

(1) Subject to subsection (2), all matters arising in regard to a Foundation or in regard to any disposition of property to or by a Foundation, including questions as to:

  1. (a) the capacity of a Founder or Contributor;
  2. (b) any aspect of the validity of the disposition or the interpretation or effect thereof;
  3. (c) the administration of the Foundation (whether the administration is conducted in the AIFC or elsewhere), including questions as to the powers, obligations, liabilities and rights of the members of the Council of the Foundation and their appointment and removal; or
  4. (d) the existence and extent of powers, conferred or retained, including powers of variation of the Charter or By-laws or dissolution of the Foundation, and the validity of any exercise thereof, shall be determined in accordance with the Acting Law of the AIFC without reference to the laws of any other jurisdictions with which the Foundation or disposition may be connected.

(2) Subject to sections 11 (Limitations in Foreign Law), 12 (Heirship Rights) and 13 (Foreign Judgments), subsection (1) shall:

  1. (a) not validate any disposition of property which is neither owned by a Founder or Contributor, nor is the subject of a power vested in a Founder or Contributor;
  2. (b) not validate any trust or disposition of immovable property situated in a jurisdiction other than the AIFC in which such trust or disposition is invalid according to the laws of such jurisdiction;
  3. (c) not validate any testamentary trust or disposition which is invalid according to the laws of the testator’s last domicile;
  4. (d) not affect the recognition of Foreign Laws in determining whether a Founder or Contributor is or was the owner of any property transferred to the Foundation or is or was the holder of a power to dispose of such property;
  5. (e) not affect the recognition of the laws of its place of incorporation in relation to the capacity of a corporation; or
  6. (f) not affect the recognition of Foreign Laws prescribing generally, without reference to the existence or the establishment of the Foundation, the formalities for the disposition of property within the jurisdiction of those Foreign Laws.

11. Limitations in Foreign Law

(1) Without limiting the generality of subsection 10(1) (Matters determined by the Acting Law of the AIFC), no disposition of property to a Foundation that is valid under the Acting Law of the AIFC is void, voidable, liable to be set aside or defective in any manner by reference to a Foreign Law; nor is the capacity of any Founder in relation to the Foundation or disposition to be questioned nor is the Foundation or any other Person to be subjected to any liability or deprived of any power or right, by reason that:

  1. (a) the laws of any foreign jurisdiction prohibit or do not recognise the concept of a foundation;
  2. (b) the disposition voids or defeats any rights, claims or interests conferred by Foreign Law upon any Person by reason of a Personal Relationship to a founder or any other Person related to the foundation or by way of Heirship Rights or Contravenes any rule of Foreign Law or any foreign, judicial or administrative order, arbitration award or action intended to recognise, protect, enforce or give effect to any such rights, claims or interests; or
  3. (c) the Foreign Law or foreign judicial or administrative order or arbitration award imposes any obligation or liability on a founder, foundation or any other party in relation to the foundation or the property of the foundation.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), a transfer of property to a Foundation shall not be void, voidable or liable to be set aside by reason of a Founder or a Contributor’s bankruptcy, the liquidation of a Founder or Contributor, or any action or claims made against a Founder or Contributor by any creditor, notwithstanding any foreign statute providing otherwise.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), where the Court determines that, at the time when the property was transferred to a Foundation, a Founder or Contributor, as applicable, was insolvent or intended to defraud any creditor of a Founder or Contributor, as applicable, it may declare that the transfer of property was void to the extent of the creditor’s claim.

(4) In making claims to set aside transfers of property to a Foundation under subsection (3), the burden of proof shall rest with the creditor.

12. Heirship Rights

An Heirship Right conferred by Foreign Law in relation to the property of a living Person shall not be recognised as:

(1) affecting the ownership of immovable property in the AIFC and movable property wherever it is situated for the purposes of subsections 10(2)(a) and (b) (Matters determined by the Acting Law of the AIFC) or for any other purpose; or

(2) constituting an obligation or liability for any purpose.

13. Foreign judgments

A foreign judgment shall not be recognised or enforced or give rise to any estoppels insofar as it is inconsistent with sections 11 (Limitations in Foreign Law) and 12 (Heirship Rights).

PART 3: ESTABLISHMENT OF AN AIFC FOUNDATION

14. Creation

(1) The Founder(s) may apply for the establishment of a Foundation by signing and filing with the Registrar an application for its establishment in the manner prescribed by the Registrar.

(2) The application filed with the Registrar under subsection (1) shall be signed by each Founder and shall include:

  1. (a) the name of the proposed Foundation;
  2. (b) the address of the proposed Foundation’s registered office in the AIFC;
  3. (c) the full name, nationality and address of each Founder;
  4. (d) the full name, nationality and address of each of the proposed members of the Council of the proposed Foundation;
  5. (e) the Charter of the proposed Foundation (subject to subsections 16(7) and 16(7-1) (Charter);
  6. (f) the By-laws of the proposed Foundation (subject to subsections 17 (5) and 17(5-1) (By laws);
  7. (g) the particulars required by Part 16 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations; and
  8. (h) such other particulars as the Registrar may require.

(3) The provisions of section 21 (Prohibition against use of misleading, deceptive or conflicting Company names) of the AIFC Companies Regulations shall apply to a Foundation in respect of the use of misleading, deceptive or conflicting names.

(4) Upon lodgment of the application and payment of the prescribed fee, the Registrar shall either:

  1. (a) register the Foundation;
  2. (b) seek further information in respect of the proposed Foundation; or
  3. (c) refuse the application.

(5) On the registration of a Foundation, the Registrar shall:

  1. (a) issue a certificate that the Foundation is established and such certificate shall expressly set out its status as a Foundation;
  2. (b) assign to the Foundation a number, which shall be the Foundation’s registered number; and
  3. (c) [intentionally omitted]

(6) The provisions of section 8 (Certificates) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to a certificate issued to a Foundation.

(7) A Person must not conduct business in or from the AIFC as a Foundation unless the Person is incorporated or registered under these Regulations as a Foundation.

(8) Contravention of this section is punishable by a fine.

15. Constitution

(1) The constitution of a Foundation comprises:

  • (a) its Charter; and
  • (b) subject to subsection 17(4) (By-Laws), its By-laws.

16. Charter

(1) A Foundation must have a Charter which shall be in the English language.

(2) The Charter must contain the following:

  1. (a) its name;
  2. (b) the object(s);
  3. (c) a description of the initial property;
  4. (d) the duration of the Foundation (if it is to subsist for a limited period only); and
  5. (e) a declaration by each Founder requesting the Council to comply with the terms of the Charter.

(3) The Charter may contain any matter:

  1. (a) that is otherwise required or permitted to be in the By-laws in accordance with section 17 (By-Laws); or
  2. (b) that the Founder(s) think fit,

provided that there is no provision which is contrary to or inconsistent with these Regulations.

(4) The Charter may be amended only if:

  1. (a) the Charter so provides; or
  2. (b) the Court so orders under section 40 (Power of the Court to order amendment of Charter or By-Laws).

(5) Where a Charter specifies an exclusively charitable object, it may not provide for the amendment of the Charter so as to specify a non-charitable object in place of the charitable object.

(6) Each Founder must subscribe to the Charter, if a Founder is:

  1. (a) an individual, by signing the Charter in his own name; or
  2. (b) a body corporate, by an authorised signatory signing the Charter.

(7) A Foundation may adopt, as its Charter, the whole or any part of the Standard Charter as is applicable to the Foundation.

(7-1) If the Standard Charter is not adopted by a Foundation in its entirety, the Foundation must submit to the Registrar of Companies, before the charter is adopted by the Foundation, a statement by the Founder(s) that the Charter proposed to be adopted by the Foundation complies with the requirements of these Regulations and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(7-2) If any change to these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the provisions of a Foundation’s Charter and the provisions of these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  1. (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules prevail; and
  2. (b) the Foundation is not required to amend its Charter, unless these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.

(8) If a Foundation proposes to amend its Charter, it must after completing its internal processes necessary to amend the Charter, lodge the amended Charter with the Registrar within a period of thirty (30) days after such amendment.

(9) The amended Charter shall come into force upon it being registered by the Registrar, and, if the change involves a change of name, upon the issue of a certificate by the Registrar pursuant to subsection 30(1) (Change of name).

(10) The Charter may provide that if at any time the property of the Foundation includes any property which by reason of the law of the Republic of Kazakhstan or any other jurisdiction may be held only by a national of that country, the only Persons who may be members of the Council of the Foundation or Qualified Recipients under the Foundation are nationals of that jurisdiction at that time, and may further provide that such provision may not be amended or revoked.

(11) If the Charter contains an irrevocable provision of the type referred to in subsection (10) then notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, that provision may not be amended or revoked.

17. By-laws

(1) The By-laws must:

  1. (a) prescribe the functions of the Council;
  2. (b) detail the procedures for the appointment, resignation and removal of members of the Council and any Guardian;
  3. (c) if the members of the Council or any Guardian are to be remunerated, the details in respect thereof;
  4. (d) set out how the decisions of the Council are to be made and, if any decision requires the approval of any other Person, specify the decisions and that Person;
  5. (e) if the functions of the Council must or may be delegated or exercised in conjunction with any other Person, the extent to which this must or may be done; and
  6. (f) specify what is to happen to any property of the Foundation that remain should the Foundation be wound up and dissolved.

(2) The By-laws may:

  1. (a) prescribe the manner in which the property of the Foundation may be distributed, accumulated or applied;
  2. (b) detail whether, and if so how, further property may be endowed upon the Foundation;
  3. (c) provide for the addition or removal of a Person or class of Persons as recipients or for the exclusion from the category of recipient of a Person or class of Persons, either revocably or irrevocably;
  4. (d) detail any Person’s powers in relation to the Foundation (including, but not limited to, the power to appoint or remove any member of the Council, to take investment decisions or to approve the use of property);
  5. (e) impose obligations upon recipients as a condition of receipt of any amount from the Foundation;
  6. (f) make the potential right of a recipient in relation to a receipt of any amount from the Foundation:
  7. (i) liable to termination;

(ii) subject to a restriction on alienation or dealing; or

(iii) subject to diminution or termination in the event of the recipient becoming bankrupt;

  1. (g) detail the name and address of a default recipient, failing which the default recipient shall be an AIFC Body or its organisation to be prescribed by AIFC Acts; and
  2. (h) contain any other matter that the Founder(s) deem fit.

(3) The By-laws may be amended only if:

  1. (a) the Charter so provides, or
  2. (b) the Court so orders under section 40 (Power of the Court to order amendment of Charter or By-Laws).

(4) To the extent to which matters required or authorised to be in the By-laws under subsection (1) are contained within the Charter, such matters need not also be in the By-laws, and if all of the matters in subsections (1) and (2) are contained in the Charter, a Foundation need not have any By-laws.

(5) A Foundation may adopt, as its By laws, the whole or any part of the Standard By laws as are applicable to the Foundation.

(5-1) If the Standard By laws are not adopted by a Foundation in its entirety, the Foundation must submit to the Registrar of Companies, before the By laws are adopted by the Foundation, a statement by the Founder(s) that the By laws proposed to be adopted by the Foundation comply with the requirements of these Regulations and all other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules.

(5-2) If any change to these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules results in an inconsistency between the provisions of a Foundation’s By laws and the provisions of these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules:

  1. (a) the provisions of these Regulations and any other applicable AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules prevail; and
  2. (b) the Foundation is not required to amend its By laws, unless these Regulations or any other applicable AIFC Regulations expressly require it to do so.

(6) The Registrar shall be notified of any change to the By-laws and a copy of the amended By-laws shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty (30) days of such change. A Foundation which fails to comply with this requirement is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

18. Default recipient

(1) The Charter or By-laws may identify a default recipient to whom all property of a Foundation for which provision has not otherwise been made shall pass in the event of the termination thereof.

(2) Unless otherwise provided in the Charter or By-laws, a default recipient is not entitled to information about the Foundation, and has no rights in respect of it.

(3) If:

  • (a) no default recipient is named in the Charter or By-laws; or
  • (b) any such default recipient no longer exists, any property of a Foundation existing at its termination shall, unless the Charter or By-laws provide otherwise, become property of an AIFC Body or its organisation as designated by the AIFC.

19. Council

(1) A Foundation must have a Council to administer its property and to carry out its objects.

(2) The Council shall comprise at least two (2) members.

(3) A Founder or a body corporate may be appointed as a member of the Council.

(4) A member of the Council:

  1. (a) must be so named in the Register;
  2. (b) must ensure that the Council keeps accurate Accounting Records for the Foundation; and
  3. (c) must comply with the provisions of these Regulations, the Charter and By-laws.

(5) A Person must not be appointed as a member of a Council, or be so referred to in the Register, unless he has consented in writing to being a member of the Council.

(6) The appointment of a Person as a member of a Council is void and will have no effect if that Person is also a Guardian of the Foundation.

(7) The members of a Council must conduct the Foundation's affairs in accordance with its Charter and By-laws, these Regulations and any other applicable law.

(8) A Council member must:

  1. (a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Foundation;
  2. (b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent Person would exercise in comparable circumstances; and
  3. (c) declare any interest in a transaction of the Foundation at any Council meeting at which such transaction is considered.

(9) The duty under subsection (8)(a) is fiduciary in nature.

(10) An act of a member of the Council is valid despite any defect that may afterwards be found in:

  1. (a) the appointment of the member; or
  2. (b) the member’s qualifications.

(11) The Registrar must be notified of the details of any change in the membership of a Foundation’s Council within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the change. A Foundation which fails to comply with this requirement is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

20. Guardian

(1) If a Foundation has a charitable object, or a specified non-charitable object, the Foundation must have a Guardian in relation to that object.

(2) A Foundation may, but need not, have a Guardian:

  1. (a) in respect of an object to provide some or all of its property to a Person or class of Persons:
  2. (i) whether or not immediately ascertainable; or

(ii) ascertained by reference to a Personal Relationship; or

  1. (b) if its Charter provides, pursuant to subsection 9(2) (Nature of objects of a Foundation), that the Foundation is to hold property that has been selected in accordance with its By-laws.

(3) A Founder or a body corporate may be appointed as Guardian of a Foundation.

(4) A Guardian:

  1. (a) must be so named in the Register;
  2. (b) must keep and retain accurate accounts and records of his guardianship for so long as his guardianship subsists and for a period of six (6) years thereafter; and
  3. (c) must comply with the provisions of these Regulations, the Charter and the By-laws.

(5) A Person must not be appointed as a Guardian, or be so referred to in the Register, unless he has consented in writing to being the Guardian of the Foundation.

(6) The appointment of a Person as Guardian is void and shall have no effect if the Person is also a member of the Council of the Foundation.

(7) In the event that there is no surviving Founder, a Guardian shall be appointed by any Person empowered to do so in the Charter or By-laws or otherwise in writing, and if there is no such Person, a Council member shall make application to the Court for the appointment of a Person to be the Guardian and the Court shall duly appoint a consenting Person to act as a Guardian.

(8) The Guardian must take reasonable steps to ensure that the Council of the Foundation carries out its functions.

(9) Accordingly, the Guardian may require the Council to account to the Guardian for the way in which it has:

  1. (a) administered the Foundation’s property; and
  2. (b) acted to further the Foundation’s objects.

(10) The By-laws may give a Guardian the power to approve or disapprove any specified actions of the Council.

(11) Except to the extent that the By-laws provide otherwise, a Guardian may sanction or authorise any action taken or to be taken by the Council that would not otherwise be permitted by the By-laws if the Guardian considers that it is appropriate to do so.

(12) However, the Guardian must not sanction or authorise any action taken or to be taken by the Council unless he is satisfied:

  1. (a) that it is in the best interests of the Foundation; and
  2. (b) that the Council has acted, or will be acting, in good faith.

(13) If a Guardian sanctions or authorises any action of the Council under subsection 20(11), the Council, in taking that action, may be presumed by third parties to have acted in good faith.

(14) Nothing in subsection (11) is to be construed as permitting a Guardian to sanction or to authorise any action taken or to be taken by the Council that would be inconsistent with these Regulations or any other applicable law.

21. Liability of Council members and others

(1) This section applies to a Person appointed under the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation when acting or purporting to be acting in the course of that appointment.

(2) Nothing:

  • (a) in the Charter or By-laws; or
  • (b) in a contract between the Foundation and a Person to whom this section applies, relieves, releases or excuses that Person from any liability for fraud, wilful misconduct or gross negligence.

(3) Any insurance purchased and maintained by the Foundation in respect of a Person to whom this section applies must not include insurance in respect of:

  • (a) any liability the Person may incur:
  • (i) to the Foundation;

(ii) to pay a fine in respect of a Contravention of these Regulations; or

  • (b) any costs the Person may incur:
  • (i) in defending criminal proceedings in which the Person is convicted; or

(ii) in defending civil proceedings brought by the Foundation in which judgment is given against the Person.

22. Reservation to Founder of powers to amend, revoke, vary or terminate

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a Founder may not reserve to himself any powers to amend, revoke or vary the Charter or By-laws or to terminate the Foundation.

(2) A Founder may reserve the following powers:

  1. (a) a power to amend, revoke or vary the terms of the Charter or By-laws, or both of them, in whole or in part;
  2. (b) subject to subsection 9(1) (Nature of objects of a Foundation), a power to amend, revoke or vary the objects of the Foundation, in whole or in part; and
  3. (c) a power to terminate the Foundation, provided that the power to amend, revoke, vary or terminate, as the case may be, is detailed in full in the Charter, and provided that these powers are only reserved:
  4. (a) for a period not exceeding the duration of a Founder’s life, if he is a natural Person; or
  5. (b) for a period not exceeding fifty (50) years from the date of establishment of the Foundation, if the Founder is a legal Person, and thereafter any such powers so reserved shall lapse, notwithstanding the terms of the Charter.

(3) If, at any time in respect of a Foundation:

  1. (a) any power has been reserved or granted under subsection (1) to more than one Founder; and
  2. (b) more than one Founder is capable of exercising it at that time, then such power must be exercised by those Founders unanimously unless the Charter provides otherwise.

PART 4: PROPERTY OF AN AIFC FOUNDATION

23. Property endowment

(1) The initial property of a Foundation is the property endowed upon the Foundation in order that the Foundation may be established.

(2) The initial property may comprise any movable or immovable property, and includes rights and interests, whether present or future and whether vested or contingent, and may be provided by way of gift or for valuable consideration.

(3) Following the endowment of the initial property, further property may be endowed upon the Foundation by any Person if the Charter so permits.

(4) A Founder does not have any interest in a Foundation by virtue only of endowing it with its initial property or further property or otherwise by virtue of being a Founder thereof.

(5) No Person has any interest in a Foundation, or is a Founder of a Foundation, by virtue only of endowing it with further property in accordance with subsection (3).

24. Financial resources

The property of a Foundation shall consist of:

(1) the initial property of the Foundation;

(2) any further property endowed upon the Foundation and accepted by its Council;

(3) any appreciation in the value of the property including any proceeds of investment of any capital held the Foundation; and/or

(4) any other property acquired by its Council in accordance with these Regulations.

25. Qualified Recipients

(1) A Foundation’s By-laws may provide for the distribution of property of the Foundation to Qualified Recipients.

(2) A Qualified Recipient shall be one or more of the following:

  • (a) a Person holding an entitlement specified in, or pursuant to, the By-laws to a fixed share of the property and income of the Foundation when the Foundation distributes it;
  • (b) a Person holding a Depository Receipt;
  • (c) a Person who is a prospective recipient of a fixed, or discretionary, share of the property of the Foundation upon the happening of a future event specified in the By-laws;
  • (d) a Person who is nominated pursuant to the By-laws to be a recipient of a fixed, or discretionary, share of the property and income of the Foundation at a time following the establishment of the Foundation;
  • (e) a charity; and/or
  • (f) a default recipient.

(3) A Qualified Recipient has no right to or interest in the property of the Foundation other than a right to payment of amounts which arises by virtue of the terms of the By-laws or pursuant to the By-laws, or a contract with the Foundation, including a contract in relation to a Depository Receipt.

(4) If:

(5) Except as provided by subsection (6), a Qualified Recipient must seek an order pursuant to subsection (4) within the period of three (3) years from the time when the Qualified Recipient became aware of the entitlement to receive the amount.

(6) If the Qualified Recipient has not attained the age of 18 years when he or she became aware of his or her entitlement to receive the amount, the period referred to in subsection (5) begins to run on the day on which the Qualified Recipient attains that age.

26. Depository Receipts

(1) A Foundation may issue Depository Receipts representing specific rights to payment quantified by reference to specific parts of the property owned by the Foundation or relating to other rights or interests, whether present or future, to which the Foundation is or might be entitled.

(2) Any such Depository Receipts issued by a Foundation may be subscribed for or issued in favour of any natural person or legal entity.

(3) The Foundation retains full ownership of the properties and full entitlement to the rights or interest in any property in respect of which it issued Depository Receipts under subsection (1).

(4) Any payments to holders of Depository Receipts issued pursuant to subsection (1) shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the By-laws, or agreed to by the Foundation in accordance with procedures contained in the By-laws.

(5) In the case of Depository Receipts issued in connection with Shares or other Securities held by the Foundation, the Foundation shall retain any voting rights that may be attached to the Securities it owns, unless the terms and conditions of the Securities concerned expressly provide otherwise.

27. Limitation to the transferability of rights in respect of a Foundation

(1) Unless otherwise provided in the By-laws, the right to receive payments from a Foundation is transferable.

(2) The By-laws may limit the right to transfer a right to payment in one (1) or more of the following cases:

  • (a) the transferee is already a holder of Depository Receipts of the same kind, and issued by the same Foundation;
  • (b) the transferee is a Founder;
  • (c) the transferee is a Qualified Recipient of the Foundation; or
  • (d) the transferee is a legal entity or a natural Person acting in the name or on behalf of one (1) of the Persons indicated under subsections (2)(a), (b) or (c).

PART 5: ADMINISTRATION OF AIFC FOUNDATIONS

28. Registered office and conduct of business

(1) A Foundation shall at all times have a registered office in the AIFC to which all communications and notices may be delivered.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection 9(4) (Nature of objects of a Foundation), a Foundation shall carry on its activities in the AIFC and elsewhere as permitted by the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(3) A document may be served on a Foundation by leaving it at, or sending it by post to, the registered office of the Foundation or by other means agreed by the Foundation.

28-1. Register of Founders

A Foundation must establish and maintain a Register of Founders at its registered office in the AIFC.


29. Particulars in correspondence and other communications

Subject to the Acting Law of the AIFC, the name of a Foundation and its registered number shall appear in legible characters on the common seal of the Foundation (if applicable), and on every business letter, statement of account, invoice, official notice, publication or any other instrument issued by the Foundation, including communications through electronic means.

30. Change of name

(1) Where a Foundation changes its name under subsection 16(4) (Charter), the Registrar shall enter the new name on the Register in place of the former name, and shall issue a certificate of name change showing the previous name and the new name of the Foundation, provided that any such name change shall also be subject to subsection 14(3) (Creation).

(2) The name change will take effect from the date on which the Registrar issues the certificate of name change.

(3) A change of name by a Foundation under these Regulations does not affect any rights or obligations of the Foundation or render defective any legal proceedings by or against it and any legal proceedings that might have been continued or commenced by or against it under its former name may be continued or commenced under its new name.

31. Accounts and accounting records

(1) Unless inconsistent with this section, sections 129 to 132 of the AIFC Companies Regulations shall apply to a Foundation, as if it were a private company and any reference to “Director(s)” or “Officer(s)” in relevant sections in the AIFC Companies Regulations shall be interpreted to refer to member(s) of the Council. A Foundation which fails to keep and maintain accounts or make them available as required under these Regulations is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

(2) A Foundation’s accounts shall be approved by the Council and signed on their behalf by at least two members of the Council. A Foundation which fails to comply with this requirement is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

(3) A Foundation shall within thirty (30) days after the accounts have been approved by the Council file a copy of its annual accounts with the Registrar.

(4) A Foundation which fails to comply with the requirements in subsection 31(3) is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

(5) A Person who makes a statement that is false, misleading or deceptive in a material way to the Registrar in respect of accounts, is liable to a fine as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

PART 6: REGISTRAR

32. Exercise of functions of the Registrar

(1) The Registrar shall administer these Regulations.

(2) In the exercise of his functions under these Regulations, the Registrar has all the powers and duties conferred upon him by:

  1. (a) Chapters 1 (Powers of Inspection and Investigation) and 2 (Other Powers of the Registrar) of Part 14 (Powers and Remedies) of the AIFC Companies Regulations;
  2. (b) Part 2 (The Appointment and Role of Registrar) of the AIFC Companies Regulations; and
  3. (c) Chapters 2 (The Registrar) and 3 (Miscellaneous) of Part 15 (General Provisions) of the AIFC Companies Regulations, including the power of delegation.

(3) In exercising any powers and duties conferred upon the Registrar in subsection (2), any reference to a “Relevant Entity” shall be interpreted as applying to a Foundation, and any reference to “Relevant Person(s)”, “Director(s)” or “Officer(s)” shall be interpreted as referring to member(s) of the Council.

(4) A Foundation must comply with the provisions of the AIFC Companies Regulations specified in subsection (2) as if it were a "Relevant Entity" and any reference to “Relevant Person(s)”, “Director(s)” or “Officer(s)” in relevant sections in the AIFC Companies Regulations shall be interpreted to refer to member(s) of the Council.

33. Register to be kept and made available for public inspection

(1) The Registrar must keep a Register for the purposes of these Regulations.

(2) The Register must include the information contained in subsections 14(2)(a) to (d) (Creation), inclusive of the details of any changes filed with the Registrar.

(3) On payment of any prescribed fee, the Registrar must supply a Person with a certificate stating whether or not a named body is a Foundation and, if it is, the following details as they appear in the Register:

  1. (a) the date of its establishment;
  2. (b) its registration number;
  3. (c) the registered office of the Foundation in the AIFC; and
  4. (d) in respect of a Foundation established for objects which are exclusively charitable pursuant to subsection 9(1)(a):
  5. (i) the full name and nationality of each Founder; and

(ii) the full name and nationality of each member of the Council of the Foundation.

(4) On payment of any prescribed fee, the Registrar must supply a Person with Sufficient Interest with a certified copy of the Charter as filed with the Register.

(5) The following documents are admissible in evidence in legal proceedings:

  1. (a) a certificate supplied by the Registrar under subsection (3); or
  2. (b) a certified copy of the Charter supplied under subsection (4).

34. Keeping of records by Registrar

(1) A record delivered to the Registrar under these Regulations may be kept by the Registrar in any form:

(2) The Registrar is to be taken to have complied with an obligation to keep a record if he has complied with subsection (1) in respect of the record.

(3) The Registrar may destroy a record kept by the Registrar if:

  • (a) it is an original record and it has been recorded and kept in accordance with subsection (1); or
  • (b) it relates solely to a Foundation that has been dissolved more than six (6) years previously.

35. Registrar may change registration number of Foundation

The Registrar may, for good cause, change the registration number of a Foundation, provided that he must inform the Foundation if he does so.

36. Foundation to make annual return

(1) A Foundation must file an annual return with the Registrar.

(2) The annual return must be filed in the form and manner prescribed by the Registrar and must contain the information required by the Registrar

(3) The annual return must be made up to the Foundation’s return date, or such other date the Registrar considers appropriate, and must be submitted to the Registrar within 6 months of the end of each financial year, or other date the Registrar considers appropriate.

(4) A Foundation which fails to file an annual return by the date specified in subsection (3) is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines and Fees).

(5) A Foundation must pay the prescribed application for registration fees to the Registrar as prescribed in Regulations.

37. Power of the Registrar to refuse documents

(1) The Registrar may refuse to accept any document delivered under these Regulations if:

  • (a) it does not comply with these Regulations;
  • (b) it has not been duly completed;
  • (c) it contains any material error;
  • (d) it is not legible; or
  • (e) is not accompanied by the prescribed fee.

(2) If the Registrar refuses to accept a document, the Registrar must return it to the Person who submitted it together with a notice specifying the grounds upon which the document was refused.

(3) Subject to subsection (5), a document refused by the Registrar is deemed not to have been delivered.

(4) A Person who is aggrieved by the refusal of a document by the Registrar may appeal to the Court within thirty (30) days after the date of refusal or such further time as the Court may allow.

(5) On hearing an appeal under subsection (4), the Court may confirm the refusal or make such determination in the matter as it sees fit.

PART 7: JUDICIAL AND NON-JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS

38. Role of the Court in administration of Foundations

(1) The Court may intervene in the administration of a Foundation to the extent its jurisdiction is invoked by a Person with Sufficient Interest or as provided by the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(2) A Foundation is not subject to continuing judicial supervision unless so ordered by the Court.

(3) Unless specifically stated otherwise, any Person with Sufficient Interest in respect of a Foundation may apply to the Court to make any order or take any action specified in this Part.

(4) If the Court has to determine whether a Person is a Person with Sufficient Interest in respect of a Foundation, the reference in subsection (1) to a Person with Sufficient Interest, for the purpose of determining that question, shall include such a Person.

39. Power of the Court to order compliance

(1) If the Court is satisfied that a person has failed to comply with:

  • (a) a requirement of these Regulations, the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation; or
  • (b) an obligation imposed on the person by these Regulations, the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation, the Court may order the person to comply with the requirement or obligation.

(2) If the Court is satisfied that a Foundation, acting through its Council, has failed to carry out its objects or any of them, the Court may order the Foundation to do so.

(3) An order under this section may specify the action, the person or Foundation is required to take.

40. Power of the Court to order amendment of Charter or By-laws

(1) The Court may on an application made by or on behalf of a Founder, the Foundation or a Guardian order the amendment of the Charter or the By-laws of a Foundation, if the Court is satisfied:

  • (a) that the change will assist the Foundation to administer its property or to attain its objects; or
  • (b) that those objects are no longer attainable and that the change will assist the Foundation to attain objects as near as reasonably possible to those objects.

(2) If the order is to amend a Foundation’s Charter, the thirty (30) day period referred to subsection 16(8) (Charter) to file an amended Charter with the Registrar shall be calculated from the date of the Court order.

(3) Without limiting subsection (1), the Court may make an order under section (1) in the event that a Foundation does not have By-laws, or that the relevant provisions of the By-laws cannot be readily ascertained or are otherwise incomplete.

(4) The Court may, on an application made by or on behalf of a Founder, in its absolute discretion and on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit, by order authorise the rectification of any error, defect or omission in the Charter or the By-laws of a Foundation.

41. Power of the Court to give directions

(1) This section applies if the Court is satisfied:

  • (a) that if it gives a direction it will assist a Foundation to administer its property or to carry out its objects; or
  • (b) that it is otherwise desirable for the Court to give a direction.

(2) The Court may on an application made by or on behalf of a Founder, the Foundation or a Guardian give a direction as to:

  • (a) the meaning and effect of a provision or term in the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation;
  • (b) the manner in which the Council is required to carry out the administration of the Foundation’s property or to carry out its objects;
  • (c) the functions of the Council or of any of its members;
  • (d) the functions of any other person appointed under the By-laws of a Foundation;
  • (e) whether a person is a Qualified Recipient of a Foundation;
  • (f) the rights of Qualified Recipients under a Foundation as between themselves or as between themselves and the Foundation; or
  • (g) such other matters as the Court considers relevant to the Foundation, its Charter, its By-laws, the administration of its property or the carrying out of its objects.

(3) The Court may, in addition to giving a direction under subsection (2), make such an order as it thinks fit to give effect to the direction.

42. Power of the Court to protect interests under a Foundation

(1) The Court may in any proceeding under this Part by order appoint a person to protect the interests of a person who the Court is satisfied is a Qualified Recipient under a Foundation, where the Court is satisfied that the person is unable to act on his, her or its own behalf and may by order determine the terms of such appointment, remove such person and give directions as to service of such person.

(2) A person so appointed may represent the person whose interests he has been appointed to protect in any dealing with the Foundation or in any proceeding under this Part.

(3) Where a representative has been appointed under subsection (1), no settlement affecting a person to whom subsection (1) applies shall be valid without the approval of the Court.

43. Power of the Court to take action on behalf of others

(1) This section applies where the Court is satisfied that a person has failed to comply with:

(2) The Court may, by order, require the Registrar comply with the requirement or obligation on behalf of the person who has failed to do so.

(3) The Court must not do so unless it is satisfied:

  • (a) that to do so will assist the Foundation in the administration of its property or the attainment of its objects; or
  • (b) that it is otherwise desirable that it should do so.

(4) Where the Court does so, its order has the same effect as if it were an action taken by the person required to comply with the requirement or obligation.

44. General power of the Court in respect of orders

(1) An order made by the Court under this Part in respect of a Foundation may, in particular, provide for the appointment or removal of a person appointed under its By-laws.

(2) Any order made by the Court under this Part may be made on such terms, and may impose such conditions, as the Court thinks fit.

45. Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property due to mistake

(1) In this section:

  1. (a) ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who exercises a power to transfer or make other disposition of property to a Foundation on behalf of a Founder and a person who exercises a power over a Foundation or property of a Foundation; and
  2. (b) ‘mistake’ includes (but is not limited to):
  3. (i) a mistake as to:

(A) the effect of;

(B) any consequences of; or

(C) any of the advantages to be gained by, a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation, or the exercise of a power over or in relation to a Foundation or property of a Foundation;

(ii) a mistake as to a fact existing either before or at the time of, a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation, or the exercise of a power over or in relation to a Foundation or property of a Foundation; or

(iii) a mistake of law including a law of a foreign jurisdiction; and

  1. (c) references to a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation do not include a testamentary disposition.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection 47(1), and in the circumstances set out in subsection (3), declare that a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation:

  1. (a) by a Founder or Contributor acting in person (whether alone or with any other Founder or Contributor); or
  2. (b) through or by reason of a person exercising a power or the exercise of a power by a person over the Foundation or property of a Foundation is voidable and:
  3. (i) has such effect as the Court may determine; or

(ii) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances are where a Founder, Contributor or person exercising a power:

  1. (a) made a mistake in relation to the transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation; and
  2. (b) would not have made that transfer or other disposition but for that mistake; and the mistake is of so serious a character as to render it just for the Court to make a declaration under this section.

46. Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property exercised by fiduciary power

(1) In this section, ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who exercises a power to transfer or make other disposition of property to a Foundation on behalf of a Founder and who owes a fiduciary duty to such Founder in relation to the exercise of his or her power.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection (1), and in the circumstances set out in subsection (3), declare that a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation by a Founder or Contributor (whether alone or with any other Founder or Contributor) through a person exercising a power, is voidable and:

  • (a) has such effect as the Court may determine; or
  • (b) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances referred to in subsection (2) are where, in relation to the exercise of his or her power, the person exercising a power:

  • (a) failed to take into account any relevant considerations or took into account irrelevant considerations; and
  • (b) would not have exercised the power, or would not have exercised the power in the way it was so exercised, but for the failure to take into account relevant considerations or the taking into account of irrelevant considerations.

(4) This section applies whether or not the circumstances set out in subsection (3) occurred as a result of any lack of care or other fault on the part of the person exercising a power, or on the part of any person giving advice in relation to the exercise of the power.

47. Applications and orders under sections 45 and 46

(1) An application under subsections 45(2) (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property due to a mistake) or 46(2) (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property exercised by fiduciary power) may be made by any Founder or Contributor or any of his or her personal representatives or successors in title, the Foundation or any person to whom property of a Foundation has been appointed.

(2) The Court may, consequential upon a declaration made under either of sections 45 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property due to a mistake) and 46 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property exercised by fiduciary power), make such order as it thinks fit.

(3) Nothing in sections 45 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property due to a mistake) or 46 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of property exercised by fiduciary power) shall prejudice:

  1. (a) any application for a declaration that a transfer or other disposition of property to a Foundation, or the exercise of any power over or in relation to a Foundation or property of a Foundation, is void or voidable on grounds other than those specified in those sections; or
  2. (b) any personal remedy which may be available against any person.

48. Provisions for facilitating Foundation division or amalgamation

(1) This section applies where the members of the Council of one or more Foundations unanimously resolve that the property of a Foundation should be divided amongst two (2) or more Foundations, or that two (2) or more Foundations should be combined into a single Foundation.

(2) An application may be made to the Court under subsection (1) for the division of the Foundation, or the amalgamation of the Foundations, on notice to all persons with sufficient interest in any Foundation affected by the making of such an order.

(3) On any application under subsection (1), the Court may make such orders as it considers appropriate to facilitate the division or amalgamation.

(4) Each of the Foundations affected by any order of the Court shall give details of the change of status of the Foundations to the Registrar in such manner as he may require.

(5) The Registrar shall make such entries in the Register as are required to give effect to the order of the Court and ensure any new or amalgamated Foundation is correctly registered.

49. Arbitration of Foundation disputes

(1) Where the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation provide that any dispute or Administrative Question arising between any of the parties in relation to the Foundation shall be submitted to arbitration, that provision shall, for all purposes under the AIFC Arbitration Regulations have effect as between those parties as if were an arbitration agreement and as if those parties were parties to that agreement.

(2) Where the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation do not provide that any dispute or Administration Question arising in relation to the Foundation shall be submitted to arbitration but the parties to that dispute agree in writing to have it resolved by arbitration, that agreement shall, for all purposes under the AIFC Arbitration Regulations, have effect as between those parties as if it were an arbitration agreement.

(3) The AIFC Arbitration Regulations shall apply to an arbitration under these Regulations in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 2 (Application of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations).

(4) The Court may make such orders in relation to an arbitration or possible arbitration which supplement or vary the application of Schedule 2 (Application of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations) as the Court deems appropriate in the circumstances.

50. Powers of the arbitral tribunal

(1) This section shall apply except to the extent otherwise provided in the Charter or By-laws of a Foundation.

(2) The arbitral tribunal may, in addition to all other powers of the tribunal, at any stage in an arbitration under these Regulations, exercise all the powers of the Court (whether arising by law, including these Regulations, under the inherent jurisdiction of the Court or otherwise) in relation to the administration of a Foundation or the rights of any party in relation to the Foundation.

(3) The arbitral tribunal has the same powers to appoint a person to represent the interests of any person (including a minor, a person unborn or unascertained) or class of person in an arbitration concerning a Foundation as the Court has in relation to proceedings before the Court.

51. Provision of information by a Foundation

A Person with Sufficient Interest in a Foundation may make written requests to the Foundation for full and accurate information in respect of any of the following:

  1. (a) the financial statements of the Foundation;
  2. (b) the property of the Foundation;
  3. (c) the manner in which the Foundation’s property are being administered;
  4. (d) the way in which the Foundation is carrying out its objects; and
  5. (e) the administration of the Foundation, and the Foundation shall comply as soon as practicable after receipt of such requests provided that any such requests shall be subject to subsection (2).

(2) Subject to subsection (4), a Foundation is not required to provide any person with information about the Foundation where the provision of that information is prohibited under the Foundation’s Charter or By-laws, unless the obligation to make such disclosure is imposed by an order of the Court.

(3) If subsection (2) applies, the person making the request may apply to the Court under section 39 (Power of the Court to order compliance) for an order authorising or requiring the provision of the requested information, in which case it must be shown to the Court that the provision of the information is necessary or expedient to enable the determination as to whether or not:

  1. (a) the Foundation is carrying out its objects;
  2. (b) the Council of the Foundation is carrying out its functions;
  3. (c) the property of the Foundation is being properly administered; and
  4. (d) the Foundation is being properly administered.

(4) Subsection (2) does not affect any other obligation of a Foundation to supply information about the Foundation under these Regulations or the power of the AIFC Authority, the Registrar or the AFSA to obtain information under the Acting Law of the AIFC.

PART 8: DISSOLUTION OF FOUNDATIONS

52. Dissolution

(1) A Foundation shall be dissolved where:

  1. (a) the Foundation is established for a definite period and that period expires;
  2. (b) the object(s) of the Foundation are fulfilled or become incapable of fulfilment, and the members of the Council, by unanimous decision, so resolve;
  3. (c) any provision of the Charter or By-laws of the Foundation so requires;
  4. (d) the Court orders that the Foundation be dissolved under section 53 (Court dissolution); or
  5. (e) the Registrar strikes the Foundation off the Register in accordance with section 56 (Dissolution by the Registrar).

(2) Where a Foundation is dissolved pursuant to the provisions of subsection 53(1) (Court dissolution), the members of the Council, or such other Person as may be authorized by the Charter or By-laws of the Foundation to supervise the dissolution of the Foundation, shall do all things that are necessary for orderly supervision of dissolution of the Foundation, and shall collect the property of the Foundation, and after discharging or making adequate provision for the discharge of the obligations of the Foundation shall distribute the remaining property in the manner provided in section 54 (Distribution of property).

53. Court dissolution

(1) A Foundation may, upon application, by an order of the Court be dissolved if the Court is of the opinion that:

  • (a) the Foundation is insolvent;
  • (b) it is just and equitable that the Foundation be dissolved; or
  • (c) it is prejudicial to the interest of the AIFC for a Foundation to remain on the Register.

(2) An application for the dissolution of a Foundation under subsections (1)(a) or (b) may be made by the Foundation, a member of the Council of the Foundation, a Guardian of the Foundation or by a creditor of the Foundation.

(3) An application for the dissolution of a Foundation under subsection (1)(c) may be made by the AFSA.

(4) Where the Court orders that a Foundation be dissolved under this section, the Court may appoint a person to supervise the dissolution of the Foundation and may, from time to time, direct the manner in which the dissolution is to be conducted.

54. Distribution of property

(1) Subject to subsection (2), where a Foundation is dissolved and there remains some property after its dissolution such property shall be the property of the Person who, according to the Charter or By¬laws, is entitled to receive any property remaining after the dissolution of the Foundation.

(2) In the event that:

  • (a) there is no Person entitled to receive the remaining property of the Foundation as provided in subsection (1); or
  • (b) the Person entitled to receive the remaining property refuses to accept the transfer of the property, and there is no relevant provision in the Charter or By-laws of the Foundation, the remaining property shall vest in an AIFC Body or its organisation to be prescribed by AIFC Acts.

55. Application of insolvency rules in winding up

(1) In the winding up of an insolvent Foundation the same rules concerning rights of creditors, proof of debts, valuation of liabilities and preferential payments as are in operation for the time being under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations and the AIFC Insolvency Rules with respect to the estates of insolvent companies apply and must be observed.

56. Dissolution by the Registrar

(1) If the Registrar has reason to believe that:

  • (a) a Foundation is acting in Contravention of these Regulations; or
  • (b) it is prejudicial to the interest of the AIFC for a Foundation to remain on the Register, he may give notice to the Foundation that at the conclusion of three (3) months from the date of the notice, the Foundation shall be struck off the Register unless reason is shown to the contrary.

(2) If by the end of the three (3) month period, the Registrar has not received from the Foundation an objection to the striking off of the Foundation from the Register or from any other party sufficient reason as to why the Foundation should not be struck off the Register, the Registrar may strike the name of the Foundation off the Register and the Foundation shall be dissolved.

(3) When a Foundation has been struck off the Register under subsection (2), the Foundation or its liquidator may apply to have the name of the Foundation reinstated on the Register, provided such application is made prior to the sixth anniversary of its removal from the Register.

(4) Where an application is made under subsection (3) and upon payment of all outstanding fees and penalties to the Registrar, the Registrar may reinstate the Foundation on the Register.

(5) Where the Foundation is reinstated on the Register under subsection (4), the Foundation is deemed to have continued in existence as if it had not been dissolved or struck off the Register.

(6) Upon dissolution of a Foundation under this section, its outstanding property shall become the property of an AIFC Body or its organisation to be prescribed by AIFC Acts, provided that if it is reinstated to the Register such property shall once again become the property of the Foundation.

57. Publication of dissolution

The Registrar shall publish the dissolution of a Foundation on the website of the AIFC.

PART 9: ULTIMATE BENEFICIAL OWNERS

58. Ultimate Beneficial Owners

The provisions of Part 14-1 (Ultimate Beneficial Owners) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Foundations as set out therein.

PART 10: WHISTLEBLOWING

59. Whistleblowing

The provisions of Part 14-2 (Whistleblowing) of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply to Foundations as set out therein.

PART 10-1: ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING AND COUNTER TERRORIST FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

59-1. Obligations in respect of payments and transactions

A Foundation must carry out its payments and transactions of the third parties through a banking and financial intermediary (a regulated financial institution) based in the AIFC jurisdiction, Republic of Kazakhstan, or in a jurisdiction that is a FATF member or an equivalent jurisdiction.

59-2. Notification obligations

(1) A Foundation must immediately notify the AFSA when it becomes aware of:

  1. (a) complex or unusually large transactions, or an unusual pattern of transactions;
  2. (b) transactions which have no apparent economic or legal purpose; and
  3. (c) other activity which the Foundation regards as particularly likely by its nature to be related to money laundering or terrorist financing.

(2) A Foundation must inform the AFSA in writing as soon as possible if, in relation to its activities carried on as part of the AIFC or in relation to any of its branches or subsidiaries, it:

  1. (a) receives a request for information from a regulator or agency responsible for anti-money laundering and counter terrorism financing, or sanctions compliance in connection with potential money laundering, terrorist financing, or sanctions breaches;
  2. (b) becomes aware, or has reasonable grounds to believe, that a money laundering event has occurred or may have occurred in or through its business;
  3. (c) becomes aware of any money laundering or sanctions matter in relation to the Foundation or its branch or subsidiary which could result in adverse reputational consequences to the Foundation; or
  4. (d) becomes aware of a significant breach of the AIFC AML regulation framework or a breach of the relevant Kazakhstan legislation by the Foundation or any of its employees.

59-3. Reporting and record keeping

(1) A Foundation must report any information about customers, third parties, their transactions, identified risks of money laundering and terrorist financing and any suspicious activities on request of the AFSA and the FIU.

(2) The information must be filed i n the form and manner prescribed by the AFSA and the FIU and must contain the information required by the AFSA and the FIU.

(3) A Foundation must maintain the following records:

  1. (a) the supporting documents (consisting of the original documents or certified copies) in respect of the customer business relationship, including transactions;
  2. (b) suspicious activities and any relevant supporting documents and information, including intern al findings and analysis of money laundering and terrorist financing risks; any relevant communications with the FIU;
  3. (c) for at least six years from the date on which the notification or report was made, the business relationship ends or the transaction is completed, whichever occurs last.

PART 11: FINES AND FEES

60. Fines

(1) A Foundation which Contravenes a requirement of these Regulations to provide information to the Registrar is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

(2) A Foundation which in any document or other communication provided to the Registrar makes a statement which is false or intentionally misleading in any particular, is liable to a fine, as set out in Schedule 3 (Fines).

(3) Schedule 3 (Fines) to these Regulations contains a list of maximum fines applicable to any Contravention of these Regulations.

(4) Sections 171 to 173 of the AIFC Companies Regulations apply in relation to proceedings by the Registrar in respect of Contraventions, or possible Contraventions, of these Regulations.

(5) Section 170 (Involvement in Contraventions of these Regulations) of the AIFC Companies Regulations applies in respect of the involvement of Persons knowingly concerned in a Contravention of these Regulations.

61. Fees

Fees Rules to these Regulations contains a list of fees payable to the Registrar in connection with these Regulations.

SCHEDULE 1

INTERPRETATION

In these Regulations:

Accounting Records means Records and underlying Documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting Documents, including, for example, any of the following:

  1. (a) cheques;
  2. (b) Records of electronic funds transfers;
  3. (c) invoices;
  4. (d) contracts;
  5. (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journals entries and other adjustment to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal;
  6. (f) worksheets and spreadsheets supporting costs allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

Administration Question means any relief or question in respect of which an action, application or other reference to the Court could be brought or made under these Regulations.

AIFC Act has the meaning given by article 1 of the Constitutional Statute.

AIFC Bodies has the meaning given by article 9 of the Constitutional Statute and the document entitled The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre adopted by the Management Council on 26 May 2016.

AIFC Arbitration Regulations means the AIFC Arbitration Regulations 2017.

AIFC Companies Regulations means the AIFC Companies Regulations 2017.

AIFC Insolvency Regulations means the AIFC Insolvency Regulations 2017.

Board of Directors of the AFSA means the Board of Directors of the Astana Financial Services Authority.

Body Corporate means any body corporate, including a limited liability partnership and a body corporate constituted under the law of a country or territory outside the AIFC.

By-laws includes any document, by whatever name called, which complies with the requirements of these Regulations relating to the by-laws of a Foundation.

Certificate means an instrument:

  1. (a) which confers on the holder contractual or property rights to or in respect of a Share, Debenture or Warrant held by a Person; and
  2. (b) the transfer of which may be effected by the holder without the consent of that other Person,

but excludes rights under an option.

Charter includes any document, by whatever name called, which complies with the requirements of these Regulations relating to the charter of a Foundation.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan of dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contract of Insurance means any contract of insurance or contract of reinsurance.

Contribute in the context of a Contributor, to pass, or covenant to pass, the title in property absolutely, with or without consideration, to a Foundation so that the property is an asset of the Foundation (and “to pass”, for the objects of this definition, includes whatever act may be necessary in relation to that property to transfer title effectively) and “contribution” is to be construed accordingly.

Contributor means a Person, other than a Founder, who contributes property to a Foundation.

Council means the council of a Foundation established to administer a Foundation’s property and to carry out its objects under section 19 (Council).

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Debenture means an instrument creating or acknowledging indebtedness, whether secured or not, but excludes:

  1. (a) an instrument creating or acknowledging indebtedness for, or for money borrowed to defray, the consideration payable under a contract for the supply of goods or services;
  2. (b) a cheque or other bill of exchange, a banker’s draft or a letter of credit (but not a bill of exchange accepted by a banker);
  3. (c) a banknote, a statement showing a balance on a bank account, or a lease or other disposition of property; and
  4. (d) a Contract of Insurance.

Depository Receipts has the meaning given by section 26(2) (Depository Receipts).

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Enforce in relation to a Foundation means to require or compel members of the Council to execute, carry out and perform their duties under the Foundation’s Charter and By-laws in relation to its non-charitable objects and to bring and prosecute proceedings to enforce the terms of the Charter and By-laws.

FATF means the Financial Action Task Force, an inter governmental body whose purpose is the development and promotion of international standards to combat money laundering and terrorist financing.

FIU means t he Financial Intelligence Unit of the Republic of Kazakhstan a state authority carrying out financial monitoring and taking other measures on combating the legalisation (laundering) of proceeds from crime, the financing of terrorism, and the financing of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction in accordance with the Kazakhstan legislation.

Foreign Law means any law other than the Acting Law of the AIFC.

Foundation means a foundation established in accordance with these Regulations.

Founder means a Person who contributes property to a Foundation in order to establish it in accordance with section 14(1) (Creation).

Guardian means the Person who is the guardian of a Foundation by virtue of section 20 (Guardian).

Heirship Right means any right, claim or interest in, against or to property of a Person arising, accruing or existing in consequence of, or in anticipation of, that Person’s death, other than any such right, claim or interest created by will or other voluntary disposition by such Person or resulting from an express limitation in the disposition of the property of such Person.

Income includes rents and profits.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Object includes a purpose.

Person includes any natural person, Body Corporate or body unincorporated, including a legal person, company, Partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Person with Sufficient Interest in respect of a Foundation, means:

  1. (a) the Foundation;
  2. (b) a Founder;
  3. (c) a Contributor;
  4. (d) if any rights a Founder had in respect of the Foundation have been assigned to some other Person, that other Person;
  5. (e) a member of the Council;
  6. (f) a Guardian;
  7. (g) a Person appointed under the By-laws;
  8. (h) a Qualified Recipient in respect of an application under subsection 25(4) (Qualified Recipients);
  9. (i) in respect of a specified object of the Foundation which is charitable, the AFSA or a Person designated by it;
  10. (j) a Person who, in the view of the Court, can reasonably claim to speak on behalf of an object or object of the Foundation; or
  11. (k) a Person who the Court determines to be a Person with Sufficient Interest under subsection 38(4).

Personal Relationship includes every form of relationship by blood, adoption, marriage, or cohabitation, regardless of whether the law of any jurisdiction recognises the validity, legitimacy or existence of the relationship, including a former personal relationship which has in law or in fact terminated and in particular a personal relationship between two Persons exists if:

  1. (a) one is the child of the other, natural or adopted, whether or not the adoption is recognised by law, legitimate or illegitimate;
  2. (b) one is married to the other, whether or not the marriage is recognised by law;
  3. (c) one cohabits with the other or so conducts himself or herself in relation to the other as to give rise in any jurisdiction to any rights;
  4. (d) obligations or responsibilities analogous to those of parents and child or husband and wife; or
  5. (e) personal relationships exist between each of them and a third Person, but no change in circumstances shall cause a personal relationship once established to terminate.


Power includes a discretion as to the way in which an obligation is performed.

Property means any movable or immovable property, and includes rights and interests, whether present or future and whether vested or contingent and where it concerns the property of a Foundation, it shall include:

  1. (a) any property (including money, investments and other property) contributed to the Foundation;
  2. (b) any capitalised income added to the property so contributed; and
  3. (c) the money, investments and property from time to time representing those assets and capitalised income.

Qualified Recipient means in respect of a Foundation that has the provision of a benefit to a Person or to a class of Persons as one of its objects, means a Person (whether or not yet born or otherwise in existence) who is or who becomes a member of a class of Persons that is:

  1. (a) specified in the Charter; or
  2. (b) determined in accordance with:
  3. (i) the By-laws; or

(ii) a direction of the Court, as prescribed by subsection 41(2).

Records means Documents, information and other records, in whatever form and however stored.

Register means the register to be kept by the Registrar pursuant to section 33 (Register to be kept and made available for public inspection).

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies appointed under section 9 (Appointment of the Registrar) of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Schedule means a schedule to these Regulations.

Security means:

  1. (a) a Share;
  2. (b) a Debenture;
  3. (c) a Warrant;
  4. (d) a Certificate; or
  5. (e) a Structured Product.

Share means a share or stock in the share capital of any Body Corporate or any unincorporated body.

Standard By laws means standard by laws prescribed by these Regulations.

Standard Charter means a standard charter prescribed by these Regulations.

Structured Product means an instrument comprising rights under a contract where:

  1. (a) the gain or loss of each party to the contract is ultimately determined by reference to the fluctuations in the value or price of property of any description, an index, interest rate, exchange rate or a combination of any of these as specified for that purpose in the contract (“the underlying factor”) and is not leveraged upon such fluctuations;
  2. (b) the gain or loss of each party is wholly settled by cash or setoff between the parties;
  3. (c) each party is not exposed to any contingent liabilities to any other counterparty; and
  4. (d) there is readily available public information in relation to the underlying factor;

but excludes any rights under an instrument:

  1. (a) where one or more of the parties takes delivery of any property to which the contract relates;
  2. (b) which is a Debenture; or
  3. (c) which is a Contract of Insurance

Trust means the legal relationship created by a settler under which assets are placed under the control of a trustee for the benefit of a beneficiary or for a specific purpose.

Warrant means an instrument that confers on the holder a right entitling the holder to acquire an unissued Share or Debenture.

SCHEDULE 2

APPLICATION OF THE AIFC ARBITRATION REGULATIONS

1. The AIFC Arbitration Regulations shall apply and be construed with respect to a Foundation arbitration, as stated hereunder.

2. In the AIFC Arbitration Regulations, "dispute" includes an Administration Question.

3. Article 10(b) (General Principles) of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations shall apply as if it read: “A Founder or Contributor of a Foundation shall be free to determine (by provision in the Charter or By-laws of the Foundation) how, in relation to a Foundation, disputes are resolved, subject only to such safeguards as are necessary in the public interest;"

4. Where in the Arbitration Regulations reference is made to a matter agreed between the parties to an arbitration agreement (including a matter which may be authorised, chosen, conferred, designated, nominated or vested by the parties) that matter shall (except where no effective provision is made) be determined as provided in the Foundation’s Charter or By-laws.

5. Neither Article 15 (Definition and form of arbitration agreement) of the Arbitration Regulations nor any rule of law or construction treating an arbitration agreement separate to any agreement of which it is a part shall apply in relation to a Foundation arbitration.

6. The term "action" in Article 16 (Arbitration agreement and substantive claim before a court) of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations includes an application or other reference to the Court concerning an Administration Question which the Charter or By-laws of the Foundation requires to be submitted to arbitration and a stay of that application or other reference may be sought by any of the parties in relation to the Foundation, whether or not a party to that application or other reference.

7. In any application or other reference to the Court referred to in paragraph 6, the Court may stay the proceedings on its own volition unless all parties in relation to the Foundation affected by the application are before it or are represented by Persons before it.

8. For the objects of enforcing an arbitral award under Article 44(2)(a)(iii) (Application for setting aside as exclusive recourse against arbitral award) of the AIFC Arbitration Regulations, the term "dispute" includes an Administration Question.

SCHEDULE 3: FINES

PART 1: FINES

PART 1: FINES


SCHEDULE 3

FINES AND FEES

 

 PART 1: FINES

Section

Contravention

Maximum Fine (US$)


6(6)

Person failing to provide a copy of assignment of rights

1,500

14(7)

Prohibition against conduct of business without incorporation or registration in the AIFC

10,000

17(6)

Foundation failing to notify Registrar of changes to By-laws

2,000

19(11)

Foundation failing to notify Registrar of changes to Council

2,000

31(1)

Foundation failing to keep accounts or Accounting Records, or to make them available

10,000

31(2)

Foundation failing to have its accounts approved by Council members

5,000

31(4)

Foundation failing to file accounts

10,000

31(5)

Person making a statement that is misleading, false or deceptive in a material way in respect of accounts

10,000

36(4)

Foundation failing to file an annual return

5,000

60(1)

Foundation failing to provide information to the Registrar

10,000

60(2)

Foundation making a false or misleading statement to the Registrar

10,000


PART 2: FEES

Application or notification

Fee Payable (US$)

Application for registration of a Foundation

400

Notification of a change in registered office address

100

Notification of an appointment and cessation of a Council member

100

Notification of change of particulars of a Council member

100

Notification of an appointment and cessation of a Guardian

100

Notification of change of particulars of a Guardian

100

Notification of a change of name of a Foundation

100

Amendment of the Charter by the Founder(s) or in the event of Founder’s death by Court Order

100

Request for information from the Registrar

100

Application to strike off

100

Reinstatement of a Foundation on the Register

Nil

_

SCHEDULE 4: STANDARD FOUNDATION CHARTER

1.INTERPRETATION

1.1.In this Charter:

‘By-laws’ means the By-laws of the Foundation;

‘Charter’ means this Charter of the Foundation;

‘Council’ means the governing body of the Foundation; 

‘Default Recipient’ is [as specified in the application];

‘Founder’ is [as specified in the application] who has transferred the Initial Property to the Foundation at the time of its establishment and has signed this Charter;

‘Guardian’ is [as specified in the application];

‘Qualified Recipient’ is [as specified in the application];

‘Regulations’ means the AIFC Foundations Regulations, as amended from time to time.

1.2.In this Charter, unless the contrary intention appears:

(i) terms have the same meanings as they have in the Regulations but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when this Charter becomes binding on the Foundation;

(ii) words in the singular must include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(iii) words relating to natural persons must include companies, entities, associations or bodies of persons whether incorporated or not;

(iv) the word “may” must be construed as permissive and the word “must” as imperative; and

(v) the headings herein are for convenience only and must not affect the construction of this Charter.


2.FOUNDATION NAME

The name of the Foundation is [as specified in the application] Foundation (“the Foundation”).


3.FOUNDATION OBJECTS

The objects of the Foundation are [as specified in the application].


4.INITIAL PROPERTY

The initial property of the Foundation is [as specified in the application], which has been agreed to be transferred to the Foundation by the Founder(s).


5.DURATION OF FOUNDATION

Subject to sections 52 and 53 of the Regulations, the Foundation must continue in existence [as specified in the application].


6.DEFAULT RECIPIENT

The Default Recipient must have the entitlements specified in section 18(1) of the Regulations.


7.AMENDMENT AND REVOCATION OF THIS CHARTER AND THE BY-LAWS

Subject to sections 16(11) and 22(2) of the Regulations, this Charter and the By-laws may be amended:

(a)by the Founder (where the Founder is living or in existence) at any time by notice in writing to the Foundation containing the terms of the amendment to the Charter;

(b)at any time when the Founder is not living or in existence, by the Council if its members have unanimously approved the amendment and with the consent of the Guardian; or

(c)by the Court pursuant to section 40 of the Regulations.


8.DECLARATION

Each Founder by signing this Charter declares that it/he/she requests the Council to comply with the terms of this Charter.

SCHEDULE 5: STANDARD FOUNDATION BY LAWS

1.INTERPRETATION

In these By-laws, unless the contrary intention appears the terms have the same meanings as they have in the Charter and Regulations but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these By-Laws become binding on the Foundation.


2.THE COUNCIL

2.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF COUNCIL

The Foundation must have a Council consisting of the Chairman of the Council, and not less than one other member.

2.2 POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE COUNCIL

(a)Subject to the Regulations and the Charter, the Foundation must be managed by the Council. No subsequent amendment to the Charter must invalidate any act of a member of the Council or the Council.

(b)The Council may delegate any of its functions or powers to an attorney-in-fact or to a committee of the Council, provided that the extent of such delegation must be clearly stated.

(c)The Council must be in charge of the day-to-day administration of the Foundation and must have full powers to represent the Foundation in the pursuit of its objects. Such powers include but are not limited to the power to:

(i) negotiate, sign, execute all contracts, transactions, arrangements, and deals of whatever kind or nature with third parties, and any authority whatsoever, in the name of the Foundation with right to terminate and amend such contracts and agreements as required from time to time;

(ii) open, close and manage all bank accounts pertaining to the Foundation, to carry out all banking transaction on behalf of the Foundation including without any limitation the right to issue, sign, transfer, obtain loans with or without security, bank facilities and bank guarantees and to complete and sign all applications and documents necessary for the performance of the Foundation’s corporate objectives;

(iii) employ all persons required for the Foundation’s business, to define their salaries, benefits, remunerations and the rules and provisions related to their employment as well as the right to terminate their services;

(iv) sign memoranda of association in terms and conditions as it may deem fit;

(v) claim on behalf of the Foundation, to attach the properties of debtors, refer cases to arbitration, to appoint lawyers; and

(vi) take all legal proceedings for the protection of the Foundation’s interests as plaintiff or defendant or as party to arbitration or otherwise.

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section 2.2, the Council must not dispose of, mortgage or assign the property transferred to the Foundation by the Founder as its initial property.

(e) The Council may accept further contributions to the Foundation from the Founder or any other persons, and must hold such property on such terms as may be agreed between the Foundation and the Founder or other contributor which terms must, if different from those set out in section 4 of these By-laws, be specified in an amendment to these By-laws.

2.3 APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL

(a)The Founder must appoint the first members of the Council and the Chairman at the time of the establishment of the Foundation, and if the number of members of the Council falls below two, must appoint replacement Councillors so that there are at least two Councillors.

(b)Subject to the preceding clause, additional members of the Council may be appointed by the Council of the Foundation by an ordinary resolution passed by the majority of existing Council members with the consent in writing of each Founder during their lifetime or its existence or, if the Founder(s) is/are no longer alive or in existence, the Guardian.

(c)Any vacancy in the position of Chairman must be filled by election conducted by the members of the Council in such manner as they must determine.

2.4 DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL

The office of a member of the Council is automatically vacated if the member:

(i)      is prohibited by the Regulations from being a member of the Council;

(ii)      becomes bankrupt;

(iii)     is, by virtue of any disability, incapable of fulfilling the functions or duties required by the office;

(iv)     without permission, does not attend three successive meetings of the Council;

(v)     resigns his or her office by notice to the Foundation;

(vi)     is removed by the Founder(s); or

(vii)    is removed by the Court pursuant to section 44(1) of the Regulations.

2.5 REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL

The members of the Council must receive such remuneration as the Council with the approval in writing of the Founder or, if there is no Founder living or in existence, the Guardian (if any) determines by resolution and must receive payment of all expenses incurred in association with the carrying out of their duties as members of the Council.

2.6 MEETINGS OF THE COUNCIL

(a)Any member of the Council may call a meeting of the Council.

(b)Subject to the Regulations, a meeting of the Council must be called by at least 14 days’ notice to all the Council members.

(c)Such notice of meeting must specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the matters to be considered.

(d)The members of the Council may unanimously waive notice of any meeting.

(e)The proceedings of a meeting are not invalid solely because of the inadvertent failure to give notice of the meeting to, or the failure to receive notice of a meeting by any person entitled to receive such notice.

2.7 PROCEEDINGS OF THE COUNCIL

(a)Subject to the provisions of these By-laws, members of the Council may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

(b)No meeting must take place unless a quorum is present. The majority of persons entitled to vote must constitute a quorum.

(c)If a quorum is not present, the meeting must be adjourned to a place and time determined by the Chairman. If during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present the meeting must be adjourned to a place and time determined by the members of the Council who are present.

(d)The Chairman must chair the meeting. If the Chairman is not present or willing to act within fifteen minutes of the stated time for commencement of the meeting, and in the absence of a nominee, another member of the Council elected by the rest of the Council present must chair the meeting.

(e)The Chairman may adjourn the meeting with the consent of the majority of the votes at the meeting. No matters must be considered at an adjourned meeting other than matters that might have been considered at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. It is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the meeting was adjourned for fourteen days or more, in which case at least seven days' notice must be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the matters to be considered.

(f)Any matters arising at a meeting must be decided by a majority of votes with the Chairman having a second or casting vote in the case of equality of votes.

(g)The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Council must be two or any other number fixed by the Council.

(h)All acts done by a meeting of the Council, or of a committee of Council, or by a person acting as a member of the Council must be valid, notwithstanding any defect in his appointment or his disqualification from holding office, or that he was not entitled to vote, being discovered afterwards.

(i)A resolution in writing signed by all the Council entitled to receive notice of the meeting must be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Council. The resolution may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more members of the Council.

(j)A member of the Council must not vote at a meeting on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has a direct or indirect conflict of interest. For the purposes of this clause, an interest of a member of the Council includes an interest of any person who is connected to the member of the Council.

(k)A member of the Council must not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

(l)The Foundation may by resolution suspend or relax any provision of these By-laws prohibiting a member of the Council from voting at a meeting.

(m)The chairman of the meeting must rule on any question arising at a meeting on the right of a member of the Council, other than himself, to vote and his ruling must be final and conclusive.

(n)No objection may be raised to the right of any member of the Council to vote except at the meeting at which the voter is to vote.

2.8 MINUTES

The Council must cause minutes to be kept for recording:

(i)all appointments of officers made by the Council; and

(ii)all proceedings at meetings of the Council, and of committees of Council, including the names of the Council present at each such meeting.


3. FOUNDER AND OTHER OFFICERS AND PERSONNEL

3.1 THE FOUNDER

The Founder must have the following powers exercisable in accordance with section 22(2) of the Regulations (but subject to section 16(10) of the Regulations, if applicable):

(a)       power to amend, revoke or vary the terms of the Charter or these By-laws, or both of them, in whole or in part;

(b)       power to remove any member of the Council and appoint a replacement member of the Council in his/her place;

(c)       power to remove any Guardian and appoint a replacement Guardian in the place of the former Guardian; and

(d)       power to terminate the Foundation.

3.2 SECRETARY

Subject to the Regulations, the Council may (but need not) appoint and remove a secretary and must decide on the terms, remuneration and conditions of appointment.

3.3 THE GUARDIAN

(a)The Guardian named in section 1 of the Charter must have the powers specified in section 20 of the Regulations. The following powers of the Council require the approval of the Guardian in accordance with section 20(10) of the Regulations if the Founder is not then living:

(i)the making of any application of property of the Foundation; and

(ii)the appointment of further members of the Council of the Foundation pursuant to section 2.3(b) of these By-laws.

(b)The office of Guardian is automatically vacated if the Guardian:

(i)is prohibited by the Regulations from being the Guardian;

(ii)becomes bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii)resigns the office of Guardian by notice to the Foundation provided that a replacement Guardian will be appointed to take office as and from the date of such resignation;

(iv)is removed by the Founder; or

(v)is removed by the Court pursuant to section 44(1) of the Regulations.


4.FOUNDATION PROPERTY AND INCOME

4.1 The assets and property of the Foundation must be under the control of the Council.The Council may subject to the approval of the Founder (if living) or the Guardian (if the Founder is not living):

(a)determine how the property of the Foundation is applied or distributed to or, in case of several, amongst the Qualified Recipient(s);

(b)determine whether or not the net income of the Foundation in any year must be distributed to or, in case of several, amongst the Qualified Recipient(s);

(c)subject to the Charter, add or remove a person or class of persons as Qualified Recipients or provide for the exclusion from the category of Qualified Recipient of a person or class of persons, either revocably or irrevocably.

4.2 In each year the Council of the Foundation must determine the net income of the Foundation after taking into account all the expenses of the Foundation for that year.

4.3 Upon the termination (winding up or dissolution) of the Foundation, the whole of the property then held by the Foundation must be applied, after discharge of any outstanding liabilities of the Foundation, [as specified in the application].

4.4 In the exercise of its powers and functions under this section, the Council:

(a)may invite or call for applications from Qualified Recipient(s) in whatever manner it may prescribe;

(b)may act on its own motion in respect of any Qualified Recipient which has not submitted an application; and

(c)may rely upon assessments of applications by employees or others engaged by the Foundation.


5.AMENDMENT OF THESE BY-LAWS

Subject to section 6 of the Charter and sections 16(11) and 22(2) of the Regulations, these By-laws may be amended by:

(a)the Founder (if living or in existence) at any time by notice in writing to the Foundation containing the terms of the amendment to the By-laws;

(b)at any time when the Founder is not living or in existence, by the Council if its members are unanimous and have the consent of the Guardian; or

(c)by the Court pursuant to section 40 of the Regulations.


6.DECLARATION

Each Founder by signing these By-laws declares that it/he/she requests the Council to comply with the terms of these By-laws.

TRUST REGULATIONS

Trust

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Trust Regulations 2019.

2. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 7 August 2019.

3. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under paragraph 1 of article 3 and article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3-1 of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

4. Application of these Regulations

(1) These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

(2) These Regulations apply to all AIFC Trusts, other than Trusts to which the Collective Investment Scheme Rules apply, and to Foreign Trusts in respect of all acts, omissions or transactions occurring in the AIFC, whenever the Trust was created.

5. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains:

  • (a) interpretative provisions which apply to these Regulations; and
  • (b) a list of defined terms used in these Regulations.

6. Default and mandatory rules

(1) Except as otherwise provided in the terms of an AIFC Trust, these Regulations govern the duties and powers of the Trustee, relations among Trustees and the rights and interests of a Beneficiary.

(2) The terms of an AIFC Trust prevail over any provision of these Regulations, except:

  1. (a) the requirements for creating a Trust;
  2. (b) the duty of a Trustee to act in good faith and in accordance with the purposes of the Trust;
  3. (c) the requirement that a Trust and its terms be for the benefit of its Beneficiaries, and that the Trust have a purpose that is lawful, not contrary to public policy in the AIFC, and possible to achieve;
  4. (d) the power of the Court to modify or terminate a Trust in accordance with these Regulations;
  5. (e) the effect of a Protective Trust as provided in Part 6;
  6. (f) the power of the Court under section 53 (Remuneration of a Trustee) to adjust a Trustee’s compensation specified in the terms of the Trust which is unreasonably low or high;
  7. (g) the effect of an exculpatory term under section 74 (Exculpation or insurance of Trustee);
  8. (h) the rights under section 77 (Protection of persons dealing with Trustees) of a person other than a Trustee or Beneficiary;
  9. (i) periods of limitation for commencing a judicial proceeding;
  10. (j) the power of the Court to take such action and exercise such jurisdiction as may be necessary in the interests of justice; and
  11. (k) the jurisdiction and powers of the Court under sections 16 (Jurisdiction of the Court) and 17 (Application to and certain powers of the Court).

7. Common Law and Principles of Equity

(1) The common law of Trusts and principles of equity applicable in England and Wales supplement these Regulations, except to the extent modified by these Regulations or any other AIFC Act or by the Court.

(2) The statute law of England and Wales applicable to Trusts does not, except to the extent it is replicated in these Regulations, apply in the AIFC.

PART 2: CHOICE OF GOVERNING LAW; PLACE OF ADMINISTRATION

8. Governing Law

The meaning and effect of the terms of a Trust are:

  • (a) determined by the law of the jurisdiction expressed by the terms of the Trust as the Governing Law; failing that
  • (b) to be implied from the terms of the Trust; or failing either
  • (c) to be determined by the law with which the Trust at the time it was created had the closest connection.

(2) The references in subsection 8(1)(a) and (b) to “failing that” or “failing either” include references to cases:

  • (a) where no law is expressed or implied under subsection 8(1)(a) or (b); and
  • (b) where a law is so expressed or implied, but that law does not provide for Trusts or the category of Trusts concerned.

(3) In ascertaining, for the purpose of subsection 8(1)(c), the law with which a Trust had the closest connection, reference shall be made in particular to:

  • (a) the place of administration of the Trust designated by the Settlor;
  • (b) the situs of the assets of the Trust;
  • (c) the place of residence or business of the Trustee; and
  • (d) the objects of the Trust and the places where they are to be fulfilled.

(4) A Settlor may, whether or not it is an AIFC Participant, expressly declare in the Trust Instrument that the laws of the AIFC shall be the Governing Law of the Trust.

(5) A term of the Trust expressly declaring that the laws of the AIFC shall govern the Trust is valid, effective and conclusive regardless of any other circumstance.

9. Provision for change of Governing Law

(1) Where a term of a Trust so provides, the Governing Law may be changed to or from the laws of the AIFC, in the manner prescribed by the terms of the Trust, if:

  • (a) in the case of a change to the laws of the AIFC by a Foreign Trust, such change is recognised by the Governing Law previously in effect; or
  • (b) in the case of a change from the laws of the AIFC, the new Governing Law would recognise the validity of the Trust and either all the Trusts, powers and provisions of the Trust remain enforceable, capable of being exercised and so taking effect or, prior to the change, the Trustee obtains the approval of the Court to the change.

(2) Where the Governing Law of the Trust changes to the laws of the AIFC, that Trust shall be for all purposes an AIFC Trust.

(3) A change in the Governing Law shall not affect the legality or validity of, or render any person liable for, anything done before the change.

(4) If a Foreign Trust becomes a AIFC Trust, notwithstanding subsection 6(2) (Default and mandatory rules) the Trustee may:

  • (a) Exercise any power conferred upon the Trustee to postpone the date of termination of the Trust without reference to any limitations expressed upon that power by reference to a perpetuity period of any other jurisdiction; and
  • (b) If no power is conferred upon the Trustee to postpone the date of termination of the Trust, apply to the Court for an order conferring such power which application the Court may grant absolutely or subject to such conditions as to the Court seem fit.

10. Matters determined by Governing Law

(1) Subject to subsection 10(2), all matters arising in regard to a AIFC Trust or in regard to any disposition of Property held upon the Trust thereof including questions as to:

  1. (a) the capacity of any Settlor;
  2. (b) any aspect of the validity of the Trust or disposition or the interpretation or effect thereof;
  3. (c) the administration of the Trust, whether the administration be conducted in the AIFC or elsewhere, including questions as to the powers, obligations, liabilities and rights of Trustees and their appointment and removal; or
  4. (d) the existence and extent of powers, conferred or retained, including powers of variation or revocation of the Trust and powers of appointment, and the validity of any exercise thereof, shall be determined in accordance with these Regulations and the other laws of the AIFC without reference to the laws of any other jurisdiction with which the Trust or disposition may be connected.

(2) Subject to sections 11 (Limitations in Foreign Law), 12 (Heirship Rights) and 13 (Foreign Judgments), subsection 10(1) shall:

  1. (a) not validate any disposition of Property which is neither owned by the Settlor nor is the subject of a power in that behalf vested in the Settlor;
  2. (b) not validate any Trust or disposition of immovable Property situated in a jurisdiction other than AIFC in which such Trust or disposition is invalid according to the laws of such jurisdiction;
  3. (c) not validate any testamentary Trust or disposition which is invalid according to the laws applicable to succession to the testator’s estate;
  4. (d) not affect the recognition of Foreign Laws in determining whether the Settlor is or was the owner of the settled Property or is or was the holder of a power to dispose of such Property;
  5. (e) not affect the recognition of the laws of its place of incorporation in relation to the capacity of a corporation; and
  6. (f) not affect the recognition of Foreign Laws prescribing generally, without reference to the existence or terms of the Trust, the formalities for the disposition of Property.

11. Limitations in Foreign Law

(1) Without limiting the generality of subsection 10(1) (Matters determined by Governing Law), no AIFC Trust and no disposition of Property to be held in Trust that is valid under the laws of the AIFC is void, voidable, liable to be set aside or defective in any manner by reference to a Foreign Law; nor is the capacity of any Settlor in relation to the Trust or disposition to be questioned nor is the Trustee or any Beneficiary or any other person to be subjected to any liability or deprived of any power or right, by reason that:

  • (a) the laws of any foreign jurisdiction prohibit or do not recognise the concept of a Trust;
  • (b) the Trust or disposition voids or defeats any rights, claims or interest conferred by Foreign Law upon any person by reason of a Personal Relationship to the Settlor or any Beneficiary or by way of Heirship Rights or contravenes any rule of Foreign Law or any foreign, judicial or administrative order, arbitration award or action intended to recognise, protect, Enforce or give effect to any such rights, claims or interest; or
  • (c) the Foreign Law or foreign judicial or administrative order or arbitration award imposes any obligation or liability on the Settlor, Trustee, Enforcer, Protector, Beneficiary or any other party in relation to the Trust or the Trust Property.

(2) Subject to subsection 11(3), a transfer of Property to a Trust shall not be void, voidable or liable to be set aside by reason of a Settlor’s bankruptcy, the liquidation of a Settlor, or any action or claims made against a Settlor by any creditor, notwithstanding any foreign statute providing otherwise.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection 11(2), where the Court determines that, at the time when the Property was transferred to a Trust, a Settlor was insolvent or intended to defraud any creditor of the Settlor it may declare that the transfer of Property was void.

(4) In making claims to set aside transfers of Property to a Trust under subsection 11(3), the burden of proof shall rest with the creditor.

(5) Where a husband and wife transfer Property to a Trust and, immediately before being transferred, such Property or any part or any accumulation thereto is, pursuant to the law of its situs or the law applicable to the property of the parties to the marriage or other recognised personal relationship, determined to be community Property, then, notwithstanding such transfer, that Property and any accumulation thereto shall, for the purpose of giving effect to that law, be deemed to be community Property and be dealt with in a manner consistent with that law but in every other respect shall be dealt with in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

(6) Nothing contained in subsection 11(5) shall be construed so as to cause the Trust or any Trustee to be liable or obliged to pay for any debt or responsibility of the Settlor.

12. Heirship Rights

An Heirship Right conferred by Foreign Law in relation to the Property of a living person shall not be recognised as:

  1. (a) affecting the ownership of immovable Property in the AIFC and movable Property wherever it is situated for the purposes of subsection 10(2)(a) and (b) (Matters determined by Governing Law) or for any other purpose; or
  2. (b) constituting an obligation or liability for any purpose.

13. Foreign Judgments

A foreign judgment shall not be recognised or enforced or give rise to any estoppels insofar as it is inconsistent with sections 11(Limitations in Foreign Law) and 12 (Heirship Rights).

14. Place of Administration

(1) Without precluding other means for establishing a close connection with the designated jurisdiction, terms of a Trust designating the place of administration are valid and conclusive if:

  • (a) a Trustee’s principal place of business is located in or a Trustee is resident of the designated jurisdiction; or
  • (b) all or part of the administration occurs in the designated jurisdiction.

(2) A Trustee is under a continuing duty to administer the Trust at a place appropriate to its purposes, its administration, and the interests of the Beneficiaries or in furtherance of its purposes and in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

(3) Without precluding the right of the Court to order, approve, or disapprove a transfer in furtherance of the duty prescribed in subsection 14(2), the Trustee may transfer the Trust’s place of administration to another jurisdiction outside the AIFC.

(4) In connection with a transfer of the Trust’s place of administration, the Trustee may transfer some or all of the Trust Property to a successor Trustee selected in accordance with or designated in the terms of the Trust.

PART 3: JUDICIAL AND NON-JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS

15. Role of the Court in administration of Trust

(1) The Court may intervene in the administration of a Trust to the extent its jurisdiction is invoked by an interested person or as provided by law.

(2) A Trust is not subject to continuing judicial supervision unless so ordered by the Court.

(3) A judicial proceeding involving a Trust may relate to any matter involving the Tru

16. Jurisdiction of the Court

The Court has jurisdiction where:

  • (a) the Trust is an AIFC Trust;
  • (b) a Trustee of a Foreign Trust is an AIFC Participant;
  • (c) any Trust Property of a Foreign Trust is situated in the AIFC but only in respect of Property so situated; or
  • (d) administration of any Trust Property of a Foreign Trust is carried out in the AIFC.

17. Application to and certain powers of the Court

(1) A Trustee may make an application to the Court for direction or order concerning the manner in which he may or should act in connection with any matter concerning the Trust and the Court may make such direction or order, if any, as it thinks fit.

(2) The Court may if it thinks fit:

  • (a) make an order concerning:
  • (i) the execution or the administration of any Trust;

(ii) the Trustee of any Trust, including an order relating to the exercise of any power, discretion or duty of the Trustee, the appointment or removal of a Trustee, the remuneration of a Trustee, the submission of accounts, the conduct of the Trustee and payments, whether payments into Court or otherwise;

(iii) the vesting of Trust Property;

(iv) a Beneficiary or any person having a connection with the Trust as the Court may determine; or

    (v) the appointment or removal of an Enforcer in relation to any noncharitable purposes of the Trust;

  • (b) make a declaration as to the validity or the enforceability of a Trust;
  • (c) rescind or vary any order or declaration made under these Regulations, or make any new or further order or declaration; or
  • (d) rectify the terms on an instrument creating or governing a Trust so that it conforms to the actual intentions of the party or parties to the instrument at the time of its execution as to either:
  • (i) its legal effect; or

(ii) its intended operation in the circumstances of the case.

(3) The Court may in any proceeding under this Part by order appoint a person to represent the interests of a person who the Court is satisfied is, or may become, a Beneficiary under a Trust, where:

  • (a) the person is unborn; or
  • (b) the Court is satisfied that the person is unable to act on his, her or its own behalf; and may by order remove such person and give directions as to service of such person.

(4) A person so appointed may represent the person whose interests he has been appointed to protect in any dealing with the Trust or in any proceeding under this Part.

(5) Where a representative has been appointed under subsection 17(3), no settlement affecting a person to whom subsection 17(3)(b) applies or the rights of Beneficiaries not yet in existence shall be valid without the approval of the Court.

(6) Subsections 17(4) and 17(5) shall apply irrespective of any provision in the Trust Instrument.

18. Payment of costs

The costs and expenses of and incidental to an application to the Court under these Regulations shall be paid out of the Trust Property or be borne and paid in such other manner or by such other person as the Court may order.

19. Sections 20 to 25: Interpretation

(1) In sections 20 (Application of powers under sections 21 to 25) to 25 (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24):

  1. (a) references to a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, do not include a testamentary disposition; and
  2. (b) ‘power’ includes a discretion as to the way in which an obligation is performed.

(2) In sections 21 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) and 23 (Power to set aside the exercise of powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property due to mistake), ‘mistake’ includes (but is not limited to):

  1. (a) a mistake as to:
  2. (i) the effect of,

(ii) any consequences of, or

(iii) any of the advantages to be gained by, a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, or the exercise of a power over or in relation to a Trust or Trust Property;

  1. (b) a mistake as to a fact existing either before or at the time of, a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, or the exercise of a power over or in relation to a Trust or Trust Property; or
  2. (c) a mistake of law including a law of a foreign jurisdiction.

20. Application of powers under sections 21 to 25

Sections 21 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) to 25 (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24) apply in relation to the transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, or the exercise of any power over or in relation to a Trust or Trust Property that occurs either before or after the coming into force of these Regulations.

21. Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake

(1) In this section, ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who exercises a power to transfer or make other disposition of Property to a Trust on behalf of a Settlor.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection 25(1) (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24), and in the circumstances set out in subsection 21(3), declare that a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust:

  • (a) by a Settlor acting in person (whether alone or with any other Settlor); or
  • (b) through a person exercising a power, is voidable and:
  • (i) has such effect as the Court may determine; or

(ii) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances are where the Settlor or person exercising a power:

  • (a) made a mistake in relation to the transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust;
  • (b) would not have made that transfer or other disposition but for that mistake; and
  • (c) the mistake is of so serious a character as to render it just for the Court to make a declaration under this section.

22. Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust exercised by fiduciary power

(1) In this section, ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who exercises a power to transfer or make other disposition of Property to a Trust on behalf of a Settlor and who owes a fiduciary duty to the Settlor in relation to the exercise of his or her power.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection 25(1) (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24), and in the circumstances set out in subsection 22(3) (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust exercised by fiduciary power), declare that a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust by a Settlor (whether alone or with any other Settlor) through a person exercising a power, is voidable and:

  • (a) has such effect as the Court may determine; or
  • (b) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances are where, in relation to the exercise of his or her power, the person exercising a power:

  • (a) failed to take into account any relevant considerations or took into account irrelevant considerations; and
  • (b) would not have exercised the power, or would not have exercised the power in the way it was so exercised, but for that failure to take into account relevant considerations or that taking into account of irrelevant considerations.

(4) This section applies whether or not the circumstances set out in subsection 22(3) occurred as a result of any lack of care or other fault on the part of the person exercising a power, or on the part of any person giving advice in relation to the exercise of the power.

23. Power to set aside the exercise of powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property due to mistake

(1) In this section, ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who, otherwise than in the capacity of Trustee, exercises a power over, or in relation to a Trust, or Trust Property.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection 25(2) (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24), and in the circumstances set out in subsection 23(3), declare that the exercise of a power by a Trustee or a person exercising a power over, or in relation to a Trust, or Trust Property, is voidable and:

  • (a) has such effect as the Court may determine; or
  • (b) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances are where the Trustee or person exercising a power:

  • (a) made a mistake in relation to the exercise of his or her power;
  • (b) would not have exercised the power, or would not have exercised the power in the way it was so exercised, but for that mistake; and
  • (c) the mistake is of so serious a character as to render it just for the Court to make a declaration under this section.

24. Power to set aside the exercise of fiduciary powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property

(1) In this section, ‘person exercising a power’ means a person who, otherwise than in the capacity of Trustee, exercises a power over, or in relation to a Trust, or Trust Property and who owes a fiduciary duty to a Beneficiary in relation to the exercise of that power.

(2) The Court may on the application of any person specified in subsection 25(2) (Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24), and in the circumstances set out in subsection 24(3), declare that the exercise of a power by a Trustee or a person exercising a power over, or in relation to a Trust, or Trust Property, is voidable and:

  • (a) has such effect as the Court may determine; or
  • (b) is of no effect from the time of its exercise.

(3) The circumstances are where, in relation to the exercise of his or her power, the Trustee or person exercising a power:

  • (a) failed to take into account any relevant considerations or took into account irrelevant considerations; and
  • (b) would not have exercised the power, or would not have exercised the power in the way it was so exercised, but for that failure to take into account relevant considerations, or that taking into account of irrelevant considerations.

(4) This section applies whether or not the circumstances set out in section 24(3) occurred as a result of any lack of care or other fault on the part of the Trustee or person exercising a power, or on the part of any person giving advice in relation to the exercise of the power.

25. Applications and orders under sections 21 to 24

(1) An application under subsection 21(2) (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) or 22(2) (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust exercised by fiduciary power) may be made by any Settlor or any of his or her personal representatives or successors in title.

(2) An application under subsection 23(2) (Power to set aside the exercise of powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property due to mistake) or 24(2) (Power to set aside the exercise of fiduciary powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property) may be made by:

  1. (a) the Trustee who exercised the power concerned, or the person exercising a power (as the case may be);
  2. (b) any other Trustee;
  3. (c) a Beneficiary or Enforcer;
  4. (d) the Settlor, his heirs, or AFSA in relation to a Trust containing Charitable Trusts, powers or provisions; or
  5. (e) any other person with leave of the Court.

(3) Without prejudice to section 17 (Application to and certain powers of the Court) and subject to subsection 25(4), the Court may, consequential upon a declaration made under any of sections 21 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) to 24 (Power to set aside the exercise of fiduciary powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property), make such order as it thinks fit.

(4) No order may be made under subsection 25(3) which would prejudice any purchaser in good faith for value of any Trust Property without notice of the matters which render the transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, or the exercise of any power over or in relation to a Trust or Trust Property, voidable.

26. Savings in respect of applications made under sections 21 to 24

Nothing in sections 21 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) to 24 (Power to set aside the exercise of fiduciary powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property) shall prejudice:

  1. (a) any application for a declaration that a transfer or other disposition of Property to a Trust, or the exercise of any power over or in relation to a Trust or Trust Property, is void or voidable on grounds other than those specified in sections 21 (Power to set aside a transfer or disposition of Property to a Trust due to mistake) to 24 (Power to set aside the exercise of fiduciary powers in relation to a Trust or Trust Property); or
  2. (b) any personal remedy which may be available against a Trustee or any other person.

27. Sections 28, 29 and Schedule 1: Interpretation

For the purposes of sections 28 (Arbitration of Trust disputes) and 29 (Powers of the arbitral tribunal) and Schedule 1:

"administration question" means any relief or question in respect of which an action, application or other reference to the court could be brought or made under these Regulations;

"Beneficiary" includes an object of a power, whether or not ascertained or in existence and a charity;

"dispute" includes a difference;

"power holder" means any person holding a power in relation to a Trust (including any power of appointment, consent, direction, revocation or variation, and any power to appoint or remove Trustee or power holders) and includes a person in the position of a Protector;

"the parties in relation to the Trust" means any Trustee, Beneficiary or power holder of or under the Trust, in their capacity as such.

28. Arbitration of Trust disputes

(1) Where a Trust Instrument provides that any dispute or administration question arising between any of the parties in relation to the Trust shall be submitted to arbitration ("a Trust arbitration"), that provision shall, for all purposes under the Arbitration Regulations have effect as between those parties as if it were an arbitration agreement and as if those parties were parties to that agreement.

(2) Where a Trust Instrument does not provide that any dispute or administration question arising between any of the parties in relation to the Trust shall be submitted to arbitration but the parties to that dispute agree in writing to have it resolved by a Trust arbitration, that agreement shall, for all purposes under the Arbitration Regulations, have effect as between those parties as if it were an arbitration agreement.

(3) The Arbitration Regulations shall apply to a Trust arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1.

(4) The Court may make such orders in relation to an arbitration or possible arbitration which supplement or vary the application of Schedule 1 as may in the opinion of the Court be appropriate in the circumstances of the case.

29. Powers of the arbitral tribunal

(1) This section shall apply except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Instrument.

(2) The arbitral tribunal (hereinafter referred to as "the tribunal") may, in addition to all other powers of the tribunal, at any stage in a Trust arbitration, exercise all the powers of the Court (whether arising by law (including these Regulations), under the inherent jurisdiction of the Court or otherwise) in relation to the administration, execution or variation of a Trust or the exercise of any power arising under a Trust.

PART 4: CREATION, VALIDITY AND MODIFICATION OF AN AIFC TRUST

30. Creation of a Trust

(1) A Trust may be created by:

  • (a) transfer of Property owned by the Settlor to another person as Trustee, and, if the Settlor is a natural person, during the Settlor’s lifetime or by will or other disposition taking effect upon the Settlor’s death;
  • (b) the transfer of Property from one Trust in order to settle such Property in a new Trust;
  • (c) declaration by the owner of identifiable Property that thereupon the owner will hold the Property as Trustee; or
  • (d) exercise of a power of appointment in favour of a Trustee.

(2) A Trust shall come into existence by an instrument in writing including a will or codicil.

31. Requirements for creation

(1) A Trust is created if:

  • (a) the Settlor has the capacity to create a Trust;
  • (b) the Settlor indicates an intention to create the Trust;
  • (c) the Trust either:
  • (i) has a definite Beneficiary;
  • (ii) is a Charitable Trust, as provided for in section 35 (Charitable Trusts); or
  • (iii) is a non-charitable Purpose Trust, as provided for in section 36 (NonCharitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts);
  • (d) the Trustee holds or has vested in him or it Property for the benefit of a Beneficiary or for a purpose;
  • (e) the Trustee has duties to perform; and
  • (f) the same person is not the sole Trustee and sole Beneficiary.

(2) A Beneficiary is definite if the Beneficiary can be ascertained now or in the future.

(3) A Trust may have at the same time a definite Beneficiary and a purpose.

32. Trust purposes

(1) A Trust may only be created to the extent its purposes are sufficiently certain to allow the Trust to be carried out, lawful and not contrary to public policy in the AIFC.

(2) A Trust and its terms shall be for the benefit of its Beneficiaries or in furtherance and support of its purposes.

33. Duration of a Trust

(1) A Trust may continue indefinitely or terminate in accordance with these Regulations or with the terms of the Trust.

(2) No rule against perpetuities or excessive accumulations shall apply to a Trust or to any advancement, appointment, payment or application of assets from a Trust.

(3) Except where the terms of a Trust provide to the contrary, any advancement, appointment, payment or application of assets from that Trust to another Trust shall be valid even if that other Trust may continue after the date by which the first Trust must terminate.

34. Validity and invalidity of a Trust

(1) Subject to subsections 34(2), (3) and (4), a Trust shall be valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(2) A Trust shall be invalid to the extent that:

  1. (a) it purports to do anything which is contrary to AIFC Law;
  2. (b) it is created for a purpose other than a charitable purpose in relation to which there is no Beneficiary, unless it complies with section 36 (Non-Charitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts);
  3. (c) its creation was induced by fraud, duress, undue influence or misrepresentation;
  4. (d) the Trust is contrary to public policy in the AIFC; or
  5. (e) the terms of the Trust are so uncertain that its performance is rendered impossible.

(3) Where a Trust is created for two or more purposes of which some are lawful and others are unlawful:

  1. (a) if those purposes cannot be separated the Trust shall be invalid; or
  2. (b) where those purposes can be separated the Court may declare that the Trust is valid as to the purposes which are lawful.

(4) A Trust may be validly created which has Beneficiaries, charitable purposes and purposes which are not charitable, in which case section 35 (Charitable Trusts) shall apply in relation to the charitable purposes and sections 35 (Charitable Trusts) and 36 (NonCharitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts) shall apply in relation to the purposes which are not charitable.

35. Charitable Trusts

(1) A Charitable Trust may be created for the relief of poverty, the advancement of education or religion, the promotion of health or art, the protection of the environment, or any other purposes which are beneficial to the general public.

(2) If the terms of a Charitable Trust do not indicate a particular charitable purpose or Beneficiary or a means by which a particular charitable purpose or Beneficiary may be selected, the Court may select one or more charitable purposes or Beneficiaries in accordance with the Settlor’s intention to the extent it can be ascertained.

(3) Subject to subsection 35(4) if a particular charitable purpose becomes unlawful, impracticable, impossible to achieve, contrary to public policy in the AIFC, or obsolete in that, by reason of changed circumstances, it fails to achieve the purpose of the Trust:

  • (a) the Trust does not fail, in whole or in part;
  • (b) the Trust Property does not revert to the Settlor or the Settlor’s successors in interest; and
  • (c) the Court may apply cy-près to vary or terminate the Trust by directing that the Trust Property be applied or distributed, in whole or in part, to one or more charitable purposes or Beneficiaries in accordance with the Settlor’s intention to the extent it can be ascertained and otherwise as the Court may direct.

(4) A provision in the terms of a Charitable Trust that would result in distribution of the Trust Property to a non-charitable Beneficiary prevails over the power of the Court under subsection 35(3) to apply cy-près to vary or terminate the Trust only if, when the provision takes effect, the Trust Property is to revert to the Settlor and the Settlor is still living.

(5) A Charitable Trust may be enforced by the Settlor of the Trust, if the Settlor is still living, maintaining a proceeding to Enforce such Trust or by the Court on the application of any of the Settlor’s heirs or the AFSA or a person designated by it.

36. Non-Charitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts

(1) A Trust shall not be invalid by reason of subsection 34(2)(b) (Validity and invalidity of a Trust) if the terms of the Trust provide for the appointment of an Enforcer in relation to its non-charitable purposes and for the appointment of a new Enforcer at any time when there is none.

(2) Subject to subsection 36(1), a Trust may be declared by Trust Instrument for a noncharitable purpose, including the purpose of holding or investing in shares in a company or juridical person or any other assets constituting the Trust Property if:

  • (a) the purpose is possible and sufficiently certain to allow the Trust to be carried out;
  • (b) the purpose is not contrary to public policy in the AIFC or unlawful under the laws of the AIFC; or
  • (c) the Trust Instrument specifies the event upon the happening of which the Trust terminates and provides for the disposition of surplus assets of the Trust upon its termination.

(3) It shall be the duty of an Enforcer to Enforce the Trust in relation to its non- charitable purposes.

(4) The appointment of a person as Enforcer of a Trust in relation to its non- charitable purposes shall not have effect if he is also a Trustee of the Trust or has a conflict of interest.

(5) The terms of the Trust may provide, or the Court may order, that some or all of the costs incurred by the Enforcer in performing his duties shall be reimbursed to him out of the Trust fund.

(6) Except as permitted by these Regulations or expressly provided by the terms of the Trust, or with the approval of the Court an Enforcer shall not:

  • (a) directly or indirectly profit from his appointment;
  • (b) cause or permit any other person to profit directly or indirectly from such appointment; or
  • (c) on his own account enter into any transaction with the Trustees or relating to the Trust Property which may result in profit to him or the Trustee.

(7) Subject to subection 36(8), an Enforcer may resign his office by notice in writing delivered to the Trustee. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery of notice.

(8) A resignation given in order to facilitate a Breach of Trust shall be of no effect.

(9) An Enforcer shall cease to be an Enforcer of the Trust in relation to its non- charitable purposes immediately upon:

  • (a) the Enforcer’s removal from office by the Court;
  • (b) the Enforcer’s resignation becoming effective;
  • (c) the coming into effect of a provision in the terms of a Trust under which the Enforcer is removed from office or otherwise ceases to hold office; or
  • (d) the Enforcer’s appointment as a Trustee of the Trust.

(10) A Trustee of a Trust for non-charitable purposes shall, at any time when there is no Enforcer in relation to them, take such steps as may be necessary to secure the appointment of a new Enforcer.

(11) Where the Trustee of a Trust for non-charitable purposes has reason to believe that the Enforcer in relation to such purposes is unwilling or refuses to act, or is unfit to act or incapable of acting, he shall apply to the Court for the removal of the Enforcer and the appointment of a replacement.

(12) The Trustee shall apply to the Court for the appointment of a new Enforcer where there is no provision for the appointment of a new Enforcer in the Trust Instrument or the provisions in the Trust Instrument are not effective to secure the appointment of a new Enforcer, or the Enforcer is unwilling or refuses to act within 30 days of becoming aware that there is no Enforcer willing and able to act.

(13) If the Trustee does not make an application in accordance with subsection 36(12), the Court may impose a fine on the Trustee not exceeding 10 per centum of the value of the Trust Property.

37. Variation and revocation of a Trust

(1) A Trust may expressly provide that:

  • (a) its terms are capable of variation; or
  • (b) the Trust itself or a power exercisable under the Trust is revocable either in whole or in part.

(2) Unless the terms of a Trust expressly provide that the Trust is revocable, it shall be irrevocable.

(3) Where a Trust provides that the terms of the Trust may be varied, such power to vary shall be without prejudice to the power vested in the Court by these Regulations for the variation of the terms of the Trust.

(4) No variation of the terms of the Trust or revocation of a Trust or a power exercisable under a Trust shall prejudice anything lawfully done by a Trustee in relation to a Trust prior to his receiving a notice of such variation or revocation.

(5) Subject to the terms of the Trust, where a Trust is revoked, either in whole or in part, the Trustee shall hold the Trust Property affected by the revocation for the Settlor absolutely or if the Settlor is dead, for the Settlor’s personal representative or estate.

(6) Where a power to revoke, a general power of appointment or the present Beneficial Interest in respect of all or part of the Trust Property is reserved or granted to a person, the Trust Instrument may provide that for so long as the Settlor, Beneficiary or other holder of the power is not the sole Trustee, the Trustee shall owe no duty to any other person in relation to all or such part of the Trust Property and accordingly shall have no responsibility to any other person for acts or omissions occurring during that person’s lifetime in respect of that Property.

(7) For the purposes of this section, the “Settlor” is the particular person who provided the Property which is the subject of revocation.

(8) The Court may vary the terms of a Trust:

  • (a) even if unambiguous, to conform the terms to the Settlor’s intention if it is provided by clear and convincing evidence that both the Settlor’s intent and the terms of the Trust were affected by a mistake of fact or law, whether in expression or inducement;
  • (b) if, because of circumstances not anticipated by the Settlor, modification will further the purpose of the Trust; or
  • (c) if continuation of the Trust on its existing terms would be impractical or wasteful or impair the administration of the Trust; with effect from either the date the order for variation of the Trust was made or such earlier date as to the Court seems fit.

(9) To achieve the Settlor’s tax objectives in relation to any jurisdiction to which the Trust or Settlor may be subject, the Court may vary the terms of a Trust in a manner that is not contrary to the Settlor’s probable intention. The Court may provide that the variation has retroactive effect.

(10) An application under subsection 37(8) may be made by the Settlor, the Trustee, a Beneficiary or the guardian or representative of a Beneficiary who is a Minor, incapacitated, unascertained or unborn.

(11) The terms of a Trust may provide that if at any time the Trust Property includes any Property which by reason of the law of the Republic of Kazakhstan or any other specified jurisdiction may be held only by a national of that country the only persons who may be a Trustee, Protector or Beneficiary under the Trust are nationals of that jurisdiction at that time, and may further provide that such provision may not be varied or revoked.

(12) If the terms of a Trust contain an irrevocable provision of the type referred to in subsection 37(11), notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations (including subsection 6(1)), that provision may not be varied or revoked.

38. Power of Court to authorise dealings with Trust Property

(1) Where any transaction affecting or concerning any Trust Property is in the opinion of the Court expedient, but the same cannot be effected by reason of the absence of any power for that purpose vested in the Trustee by the Trust Instrument, if any, or by law, the Court may, by order, confer upon the Trustee, either generally or in any particular instance, the necessary power for that purpose, on such terms, and subject to such provision and conditions, if any, as the Court may think fit, and may direct in what manner any money authorised to be expended, and the costs of any transaction, are to be paid or borne as between capital and Income.

(2) The Court may make an order under this section at a time after the dealing has commenced or is completed.

(3) The Court may, from time to time, rescind or vary any order made under this section, or may make any new or further order.

(4) An application to the Court under this section may be made by the Trustee or any of them if more than one, or by any Beneficiary.

(5) The power conferred by this section is in addition to the powers conferred on the Court by subsection 37(8) (Variation and revocation of a Trust).

39. Failure or lapse of interest

(1) Subject to the terms of a Trust and to any order of the Court, the Trust Property or interest under the Trust shall be held by the Trustee for the Settlor absolutely or if the Settlor is dead, for the Settlor’s personal representatives or estate where:

  • (a) the interest in question fails or lapses;
  • (b) the Trust Property is vested in a person otherwise than for his sole benefit but the Trusts upon which he is to hold the Property are not declared or communicated to him; or
  • (c) the Trust terminates otherwise than in pursuance of subsection 40(1)(d) (Termination of a Trust).

(2) For the purposes of this section, the “Settlor” is the particular person who provided the Property affected by the failure or lapse.

40. Termination of a Trust

(1) Without prejudice to the powers of the Court under these Regulations a Trust terminates:

  • (a) if the Trust is revoked or expires pursuant to its terms;
  • (b) if there is no Beneficiary or person who can become a Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Trust or if no purpose of the Trust remains to be achieved;
  • (c) if the purposes of the Trust have become unlawful, or impossible to achieve; or
  • (d) notwithstanding the terms of the Trust, upon consent of all the Beneficiaries in existence who have been ascertained and none of whom is a Minor or a person under a legal disability.

(2) The Court may terminate a Trust:

  • (a) because of circumstances not anticipated by the Settlor, if termination will further the purposes of the Trust; or
  • (b) if the value of the Trust Property is insufficient to justify the cost of administration.

(3) An application to the Court under this section may be made by a Settlor, a Trustee or a Beneficiary as the case may be.

41. Distribution of Property

(1) Without prejudice to the powers of the Court under subsection 41(4), on the termination of the Trust the Trustee shall distribute the Trust Property to the persons entitled thereto within a reasonable time and in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

(2) If the Trust Instrument makes no provision as to the proportions of the Trust Property to which the Beneficiaries are entitled inter se, the Beneficiaries shall take in equal proportions.

(3) The Trustee may retain sufficient assets or obtain satisfactory security to make reasonable provision for liabilities, whether existing, future, contingent or otherwise, before distributing the Trust Property under subsection 41(1).

(4) The Court may, on the termination of a Trust or at any time thereafter, upon an application made by a Trustee or any Beneficiary as the case may be:

  • (a) require the Trustee to distribute the Trust Property;
  • (b) direct the Trustee not to distribute the Trust Property; or
  • (c) make such other order as it thinks fit.

PART 5: THE BENEFICIARIES OF AN AIFC TRUST

42. Beneficiaries of a Trust

(1) A Beneficiary shall be:

  • (a) identifiable by name; or
  • (b) ascertainable by reference to:
  • (i) a class; or

(ii) a relationship to some person whether or not living at the time of the creation of the Trust or at the time which under the terms of the Trust is the time by reference to which members of a class are to be determined.

(2) The terms of a Trust may provide for the addition of a person as a Beneficiary or the exclusion of a Beneficiary from benefit.

(3) A Settlor or a Trustee of a Trust may also be a Beneficiary of a Trust.

43. Disclaimer

(1) A Beneficiary may disclaim his whole interest.

(2) A disclaimer made under subsection 43(1) shall be in writing and shall be irrevocable.

(3) Subject to the terms of a Trust, a Beneficiary under a Trust may disclaim part of his interest, whether or not he has received some benefit from his interest.

(4) A disclaimer made under subsection 43(3) may, subject to the terms of the Trust, be revocable and it shall be exercisable in the manner and under the circumstances so expressed.

44. Interest of Beneficiary and dealings thereof

(1) The interest of a Beneficiary shall constitute movable Property.

(2) Subject to the terms of a Trust, a Beneficiary may, by instrument in writing, sell, charge, transfer or otherwise deal with his interest in any manner

45. Termination of interest of Beneficiary upon Trust being challenged

(1) The terms of a Trust may provide that the interest of a Beneficiary shall terminate (or may be terminated in exercise of a power in that regard) upon:

  • (a) the validity of the Trust being challenged, in whole or in part,

in any court within or outside the AIFC;

  • (b) any action being taken to assist, promote or encourage a challenge; or
  • (c) the Beneficiary refusing to agree to have a dispute or difference in relation to the affairs of the Trust referred to arbitration.

(2) Subsection 45(1) applies whether or not the challenge or action:

  • (a) is brought or taken by the Beneficiary; or
  • (b) is brought or taken in good faith or with reasonable cause.

(3) Unless otherwise provided in the Trust Instrument, no rule of law or equity giving relief against forfeiture shall apply to a provision referred to in subsection 45(1).

(4) In this section:

  • (a) in relation to a Beneficiary who is the object of a power or whose interest arises by virtue of his membership of a class, the termination of his interest includes his ceasing to be an object of the power or a member of the class;
  • (b) the "validity of the Trust" includes the validity of any disposition of Property to be held upon the Trusts of the Trust and any question whether any Settlor of the Trust intended to create a Trust on the terms of the Trust Instrument.

PART 6: PROTECTIVE TRUSTS AND CREDITORS’ CLAIMS

46. Protective Trusts

(1) The terms of a Trust may make the interest of the Beneficiary liable to termination.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection 46(1), the terms of a Trust may make the interest of a Beneficiary in the Income or capital of the Trust Property subject to:

  • (a) a restriction on alienation or disposal; or
  • (b) a diminution or termination in the event of the Beneficiary becoming bankrupt or any of his Property becoming liable to sequestration for the benefit of his creditors.

(3) A Trust under which the interest of a Beneficiary is subject to restriction, diminution or termination under subsection 46(2) is a Protective Trust.

(4) A provision in the terms of a Trust requiring the interest of a Beneficiary in Trust Property to be held upon a Protective Trust shall be construed as a requirement that the interest of the Beneficiary be subject to restriction, diminution or termination as mentioned in subsection 46(2).

47. Creditors claims in relation to a Discretionary Trust

(1) In the case of a Discretionary Trust, whether or not such Trust contains a protective provision, a creditor of a Beneficiary may not compel a distribution that is subject to the Trustee’s discretion, even if:

  • (a) the discretion is expressed in the form of a standard of distribution; or
  • (b) the Trustee has abused the discretion.

(2) To the extent a Trustee has not complied with a standard of distribution or has abused a discretion:

  • (a) a distribution may be ordered by the Court to satisfy a judgment or Court order against the Beneficiary for support or maintenance of the Beneficiary’s child, spouse or former spouse; and
  • (b) the Court shall direct the Trustee to pay to the child, spouse, or former spouse such amount as is equitable under the circumstances but not more than the amount the Trustee would have been required to distribute to or for the benefit of the Beneficiary had the Trustee complied with the standard or not abused the discretion.

PART 7: OFFICE OF TRUSTEE

48. Accepting or declining trusteeship

(1) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 48(3) a person designated as Trustee accepts the trusteeship:

  • (a) by substantially complying with a method of acceptance provided in the terms of the Trust; or
  • (b) if the terms of the Trust do not provide a method or the method provided in the terms is not expressly made exclusive, by accepting delivery of the Trust Property, exercising powers or performing duties as Trustee, or otherwise indicating acceptance of the trusteeship.

(2) A person designated as Trustee who has not yet accepted the trusteeship may decline the trusteeship. A designated Trustee who does not accept the trusteeship within a reasonable amount of time after knowing of the designation is deemed to have rejected the trusteeship.

(3) A person designated as a Trustee, without accepting the trusteeship, may without liability for loss:

  • (a) act to preserve the Trust Property if, within a reasonable time after acting, he sends a written rejection of the trusteeship to the person (if any) with the power to appoint a new Trustee;
  • (b) inspect or investigate Trust Property to determine potential liability under any law (including the law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust Property is located) or for any other purpose; or
  • (c) apply to the Court for directions or advice.

(4) A person who knowingly does any act or thing in relation to the Trust Property consistent with the status of a Trustee of that Property shall be deemed to have accepted appointment as a Trustee, but he shall not be remunerated for acting in such capacity as provided in section 53 (Remuneration of a Trustee), unless the Trustee appointed under the terms of the Trust otherwise agrees.

49. Vacancy in trusteeship; appointment of a new Trustee

(1) A vacancy in a trusteeship occurs if:

  • (a) a person designated as Trustee rejects the trusteeship;
  • (b) a person designated as Trustee cannot be identified or does not exist;
  • (c) a Trustee resigns;
  • (d) a Trustee is removed;
  • (e) a Trustee dies, becomes bankrupt, or, being a corporation, has a petition for its winding up presented or an administrator appointed;
  • (f) a guardian is appointed for an individual serving as Trustee; or
  • (g) a Trustee is unable freely to exercise his rights or powers or to fulfil his duties or obligations hereunder because of duress or undue influence brought to bear on such person by any other person or persons.

(2) Where the terms of a Trust contain no provision for the appointment of a new Trustee, the Trustee for the time being may appoint a new Trustee or failing that the Court may appoint a new Trustee.

(3) Subject to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee appointed under this section shall have the same powers, discretions and duties and may act as if he had been originally appointed a Trustee.

(4) A Trustee having power to appoint a new Trustee who fails to exercise such power may be removed from office by the Court and the Court may appoint a new Trustee.

(5) If one or more co-Trustees remain in office, a vacancy in a trusteeship need not be filled.

(6) A vacancy in trusteeship shall be filled if the Trust has no remaining Trustee.

(7) Where there is no Trustee a Trust shall not fail on that account.

50. Resignation of Trustee

(1) Subject to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee may resign his office:

  • (a) by giving at least 30 days notice in writing to the Beneficiaries, the Settlor, if living, and all his co-Trustees. Such resignation shall take effect upon termination of such 30 day notice period or such earlier date as shall be agreed between the Trustee resigning and the Settlor, if living, and his co-Trustees;
  • (b) with the approval of the Court; or
  • (c) otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

(2) A resignation given in order to facilitate a Breach of Trust shall have no effect.

51. Removal of Trustee by Court or under the terms of a Trust

(1) The Settlor, an Enforcer, a co-Trustee, or a Beneficiary may request the Court to remove a Trustee, or a Trustee may be removed by the Court on its own initiative.

(2) The Court may remove a Trustee if:

  • (a) the Trustee has committed a Breach of Trust;
  • (b) lack of cooperation among co-Trustees substantially impairs the administration of the Trust;
  • (c) because of unfitness, unwillingness, or persistent failure of the Trustee to administer the Trust, the Court determines that removal of the Trustee best serves the interests of the Beneficiaries; or
  • (d) there has been a substantial change of circumstances or removal is requested by all of the Beneficiaries, the Court finds that removal of the Trustee best serves the interests of all the Beneficiaries and is not inconsistent with a material purpose of the Trust, and a suitable co- Trustee or successor Trustee is available.

(3) Pending a final decision on a request to remove a Trustee, or in lieu of or in addition to removing a Trustee, the Court may order an appropriate relief under section 69 (Remedies for Breach of Trust).

(4) This power conferred by this section is in addition to any power to remove a Trustee contained in the Trust Instrument.

52. Position of outgoing Trustee

(1) A Trustee who resigns or is removed shall proceed expeditiously to deliver the Trust Property within the Trustee’s possession to the co-Trustee, successor Trustee or other person entitled to it.

(2) Unless a co-Trustee remains in office or the Court otherwise orders, and until the Trust Property is delivered to a successor Trustee or other person entitled to it, a Trustee who has resigned or been removed has the duties of a Trustee and the powers necessary to protect the Property.

(3) A Trustee who resigns or is removed may require to be provided with reasonable security for liabilities whether existing, future, contingent or otherwise before surrendering Trust Property.

(4) A Trustee who resigns or is removed and has complied with subsection 52(1) shall be released from liability to any Beneficiary, Trustee or person interested under the Trust for any act or omission in relation to the Trust Property or the Trustee’s duty as a Trustee except liability:

  • (a) arising from any Breach of Trust to which such Trustee was a party or to which the Trustee was privy; or
  • (b) in respect of actions to recover from such Trustee Trust Property or the proceeds of Trust Property in the possession of such Trustee.

53. Remuneration of a Trustee

(1) Unless authorised by:

  • (a) the terms of the Trust;
  • (b) the consent in writing of all of the Beneficiaries; or
  • (c) an order of the Court; a Trustee shall not be entitled to remuneration for his services.

(2) If the terms of a Trust specify the Trustee’s remuneration, the Trustee is entitled to be remunerated as specified, but the Court may allow more or less remuneration if:

  • (a) the duties of the Trustee are substantially different from those contemplated when the Trust was created; or
  • (b) the remuneration specified by the terms of the Trust would be unreasonably low or high.

(3) A Trustee may reimburse himself out of the Trust Property for or pay out of the Trust all expenses and liabilities properly incurred in connection with the administration of the Trust.

54. Advisory Trustees

(1) In the administration of any Trust Property any Trustee may act, to the extent provided in this section, with an advisory Trustee or advisory Trustees.

(2) An advisory Trustee or advisory Trustees may be appointed in respect of all or any part of the Trust Property:

  • (a) by the testator, Settlor or other creator of the Trust, in the instrument creating the Trust; or
  • (b) by order of the Court made on the application of any Beneficiary or Trustee or of any person on whose application the Court would have power to appoint a new Trustee; or
  • (c) by any person having power to appoint a new Trustee.

(3) Where a Trustee acts with an advisory Trustee or advisory Trustees, the Trust Property shall be vested in the first mentioned Trustee (in this section referred to as the responsible Trustee), who shall have the sole management and administration of the estate and its Trusts as fully and effectually as if the responsible Trustee were the sole Trustee, and in any such case:

  • (a) the responsible Trustee may consult the advisory Trustee on any matter relating to the Trusts or the estate;
  • (b) the advisory Trustee may advise the responsible Trustee on any matter relating to the Trusts or the estate, but shall not be Trustee in respect of the Trust;
  • (c) where any advice or direction is tendered or given by the advisory Trustee, the responsible Trustee may follow and act on that advice or direction without being liable for anything done or omitted by him by reason of his following that advice or direction unless the Trustee knew or ought to have known that the advice was unlawful, contrary to the terms of the Trust or Trustees’ duties, or advice that no reasonable advisory Trustee would have given;
  • (d) where the responsible Trustee is of opinion that any advice or direction of an advisory Trustee conflicts with the Trusts or any rule of law, or exposes him to any liability, or is otherwise objectionable, he may apply to the Court for directions in the matter, and any decision and order therein shall be final and shall bind the responsible Trustee and the advisory Trustee, and the Court may make such order as to costs as appears proper; but nothing in this section makes it necessary for the responsible Trustee to apply to the Court for any such directions; and
  • (e) where there are two or more advisory Trustees who are not unanimous, and tender to the responsible Trustee conflicting advice or directions, the responsible Trustee may apply to the Court for directions in like manner and with like effect as provided by subsection 54(3)(d).

(4) A person dealing with the responsible Trustee in relation to any Trust Property shall not be concerned to inquire as to the concurrence or otherwise of the advisory Trustees or be affected by notice of the fact that the advisory Trustees have not concurred.

(5) Subject to the provisions of the instrument (if any) creating the Trust and to any order made by the Court, where remuneration or commission is payable to the Trustee of any Trust Property, remuneration or commission may be paid to both the responsible Trustee and the advisory Trustee, and subject as aforesaid the amount thereof shall be as may be determined by the responsible Trustee (if he is entitled to fix his own remuneration) or by the Court.

PART 8: DUTIES AND POWERS OF TRUSTEES

CHAPTER 1 – DUTIES OF TRUSTEES

55. Duty to administer a Trust

(1) Upon acceptance of a trusteeship, the Trustee shall in the execution of his duties and in the exercise of his powers and discretions:

  • (a) act with due diligence as would a prudent person to the best of his ability and skill; and
  • (b) observe the utmost good faith; in accordance with the terms and purposes of the Trust and these Regulations.

(2) A Trustee shall administer the Trust solely in the interest of the Beneficiaries or in furtherance or support of the purposes of the Trust.

56. Duties of Trustees

(1) Subject to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee shall so far as is reasonably practical preserve the value of the Trust Property.

(2) Except with the approval of the Court or as permitted by these Regulations or expressly provided by the terms of the Trust, a Trustee shall not:

  1. (a) directly or indirectly profit from his trusteeship;
  2. (b) cause or permit any other person to profit directly or indirectly from such trusteeship;
  3. (c) on his own account enter into any transaction with the Trustees or relating to the Trust Property which may result in such profit; or
  4. (d) dispose of the Trust Property, or any part of it, in such a manner as to frustrate or adversely affect the purpose of the Trust or the interests of the Beneficiaries.

(3) Subject to section 75 (Beneficiary’s consent, release or ratification), a sale, encumbrance, or other transaction involving the investment or management of Trust Property entered into by the Trustee for the Trustee’s own personal account or which is otherwise affected by a conflict between the Trustee’s fiduciary and personal interests is voidable by a Beneficiary affected by the transaction unless:

  1. (a) the transaction was authorised by the terms of the Trust;
  2. (b) the transaction was approved by the Court;
  3. (c) the Beneficiary did not commence judicial proceedings within the time allowed by section 72 (Limitation of action against Trustee); or
  4. (d) the Beneficiary consented to the Trustee’s conduct or ratified the transaction.

(4) A Trustee shall keep accurate accounts and records of his trusteeship.

(5) A Trustee shall keep Trust Property separate from his personal Property and separately identifiable from any other Property of which he is a Trustee.

(6) A Trustee of an Express Trust shall:

  1. (a) at all times take reasonable steps to obtain, maintain and record adequate, accurate and current UBO Details relating to the Ultimate Beneficial Owners of any party to the Trust, including the Settlor, Enforcer, Protector, Beneficiaries, any other Trustees and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the Trust;
  2. (b) at all times take reasonable steps to obtain, maintain and record adequate, accurate and current UBO Details of each party to the Trust which is an individual;
  3. (c) keep records of the names and contact details of the agents and service providers engaged on behalf of the Trust;
  4. (d) disclose its status as Trustee to financial institutions and DNFBPs when engaging their services on behalf of the Trust;
  5. (e) maintain accurate and up-to-date records of the information required under subsections 56(6)(a) and (b) for a period of six (6) years from the date on which it ceased to act or be involved with the Trust;
  6. (f) upon receipt of a notice issued by the AFSA, make the information referred to in subsections 56(6)(a) and (b) available to the AFSA for the purposes of subsection

56(7), at such time and at such place as may be specified in the notice; and

  1. (g) upon receipt of a notice from the AFSA, provide to the AFSA particulars of its processes for compliance with its obligations under subsections 56(6)(a), (b) and (c).

(7) The AFSA shall:

  1. (a) collect and process information obtained under subsection 56(6)(f) only for the purposes of regulation in relation to money laundering and terrorism financing, unlawful organisations and sanctions compliance in the AIFC, or to comply with any other applicable laws in the AIFC; and
  2. (b) disclose such information only at the request of a regulator, a law enforcement agency or other government authority prescribed by the AIFC Co-operation and Exchange of Information Rules.

(8) A Trustee is entitled to rely in good faith, without further enquiry, on any information provided to the Trustee in response to enquiries made pursuant to subsection 56(6)(a), unless the Trustee has reason to believe the response is misleading or false.

(9) Where the Trustee fails to comply with the requirements in section 56(6), the AFSA may impose a fine in its discretion in respect of such non-compliance and, if the fine is not paid within 30 days, may make an application to the Court for orders under subsection 17(2)(a)(i) (Application to and certain powers of the Court). If the Trustee fails to comply with such an order, the AFSA may make an application under subsection 51(1) (Removal of Trustee by Court or under the terms of a Trust). For the avoidance of doubt, the AFSA shall be deemed, for the purpose of this section, to have standing to make applications to the Court under subsections 17(2)(a)(i) and 51(1).

(10) The AFSA has powers for supervision and enforcement with respect to fulfilment of requirements in section 56(6) by any means including but not limited to on-site/off inspections or other risk-based review procedures.

(11) In this section:

  1. (a) “UBO Details” in relation to a party to the trust who is an individual or a person who is an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a party to the trust which is a body corporate means:
  2. (i) full legal name;

(ii) residential address and, if different, an address for service of notices;

(iii) date and place of birth;

(iv) nationality;

  1. (v) information identifying the person from their passport or other government-issued national identification document acceptable to the AFSA, including the identifying number, country of issue, date of issue and of expiry;

(vi) the date on which the person became an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a party to the trust; and

(vii) the date on which the person ceased to be an Ultimate Beneficial Owner of a party to the trust.

  1. (b) “Ultimate Beneficial Owner” in relation to a body corporate which is a party to the trust has the meaning it has in the Companies Regulations; and
  2. (c) if the party to the Trust is a body corporate which by reason of section 179-8 (Exemptions) of the Companies Regulations is exempt from the application of Part 14-1 of those regulations, the information which the Trustee must obtain in relation to that party is the information required in relation to that party by subsection 179-9(2) (Ownership through an exempt entity) of those regulations.

57. Duties of co-Trustees to act together

(1) Subject to the terms of the Trust, where there is more than one Trustee all the Trustees shall join in performing the Trust.

(2) Subject to subsection 57(3), where there is more than one Trustee no power or discretion given to the Trustees shall be exercised unless all the Trustees agree on its exercise.

(3) The terms of a Trust may empower Trustees to act by a majority but a Trustee who dissents from a decision of the majority of the Trustees may require his dissent to be recorded in writing.

58. Impartiality of a Trustee

Subject to the terms of the Trust, where there is more than one Beneficiary, or more than one purpose, the Trustee shall act impartially and shall not perform the Trust for the advantage of one at the expense of the other.

59. Cost of administration

In administering a Trust, the Trustee may incur only costs that are reasonable in relation to the Trust Property, the purposes of the Trust and the skills of the Trustee.

60. Enforcement and defence of claims

A Trustee may take reasonable steps to Enforce claims of the Trust and to defend claims against the Trust.

61. Collecting Trust Property

A Trustee shall take reasonable steps to compel a former Trustee or other person to deliver Trust Property to the Trustee, and, subject to the terms of the Trust, to redress a Breach of Trust known to the Trustee to have been committed by a former Trustee.

62. Duty to inform and report

(1) Subject to the terms of a Trust and any order of the Court, a Trustee shall, on application in writing by a Beneficiary, disclose to the applicant all documents which relate to or form part of the accounts of the Trust.

(2) A Trustee shall not be required to disclose to any person any document which:

  • (a) discloses his deliberations as to the manner in which he has exercised a power or discretion or performed a duty conferred upon him;
  • (b) discloses the reason for any particular exercise of such power or discretion or performance of duty or the material upon which such reason shall or might have been based; or
  • (c) relates to the exercise or proposed exercise of such power or discretion or the performance or proposed performance of such duty.

(3) Notwithstanding the terms of the Trust:

  • (a) the Court may on application made to it declare that in the particular circumstances of the Trust its terms do not render the Trustees sufficiently or appropriately accountable to the Beneficiaries or any of them; and
  • (b) the Court may pursuant to such declaration extend or restrict the rights of all or any Beneficiaries to information regarding the Trust or may make such other order as it thinks fit.

CHAPTER 2 – GENERAL POWERS OF TRUSTEES

63. Powers of Trustees

(1) Subject to the terms of the Trust and duties under these Regulations, a Trustee shall in relation to the Trust Property have:

  • (a) all the same powers as a natural person;
  • (b) any other powers appropriate to achieve the proper investment, management, and distribution of Trust Property; and
  • (c) any other powers conferred by these Regulations.

(2) A Trustee shall exercise his powers only in the interest of the Beneficiaries and in furtherance and support of the purposes of the Trust and in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

64. Specific powers of Trustees

Without limiting the generality of section 63 (Powers of Trustees), and subject to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee may:

  • (a) collect Trust Property and accept or reject additions to the Trust Property from a Settlor or any other person and whether or not such acceptance is subject to the performance of an obligation and where the Trustee accepts Property subject to the performance of an obligation, the Trustee shall be deemed to have given to the obligee for good consideration an undertaking to perform that obligation;
  • (b) subject to the terms of a Trust, a Trustee may, without the consent of any Beneficiary, appropriate Trust Property in or towards satisfaction of the interest of a Beneficiary in such matter and in accordance with such valuation as he thinks fit;
  • (c) acquire or sell Property, for cash or on credit, at public or private sale;
  • (d) exchange, partition, or otherwise change the character of Trust Property;
  • (e) deposit Trust money in an account in a regulated financial services institution;
  • (f) borrow money, with or without security, and mortgage or pledge Trust Property for a period within or extending beyond the duration of the Trust;
  • (g) where the terms of a Trust so permit, exercise a discretion in relation to the manner in which and to whom Trust Property is distributed;
  • (h) with respect to an interest in a partnership, limited liability company, business Trust, corporation, or other form of business or enterprise, continue the business or other enterprise and take any action that may be taken by shareholders, members, or Property owners, including merging, dissolving, or otherwise changing the form of business organisation or contributing additional capital;
  • (i) with respect to stocks or other securities, exercise the rights of an absolute owner, including the right to:
  • (i) vote, or give proxies to vote, with or without power of substitution, or enter into or continue a voting Trust agreement;

(ii) hold a security in the name of a nominee or in other form without disclosure of the Trust so that title may pass by delivery;

(iii) pay calls, assessments, and other sums chargeable or accruing against the securities, and sell or exercise stock subscription or conversion rights; and

(iv) deposit the securities with a depositary or other regulated financial services institution;

  • (j) with respect to an interest in immovable Property, construct, or make ordinary or

extraordinary repairs to, alterations to, or improvements in, buildings or other structures, demolish improvements, raze existing or erect new party walls or buildings, subdivide or develop land, dedicate land to public use or grant public or private easements, and make or vacate plots and adjust boundaries;

  • (k) enter into a lease for any purpose as lessor or lessee, including a lease or other arrangement for exploration and removal of natural resources, with or without the option to purchase or renew, for a period within or extending beyond the duration of the Trust;
  • (l) grant an option involving a sale, lease, or other disposition of Trust Property or acquire an option for the acquisition of Property, including an option exercisable beyond the duration of the Trust, and exercise an option so acquired;
  • (m) insure the Property of the Trust against damage or loss and insure the Trustee, the Trustee’s agents, and Beneficiaries against liability arising from the administration of the Trust and the insurance proceeds shall belong to the Trust fund;
  • (n) abandon or decline to administer Property of no value or of insufficient value to justify its collection or continued administration;
  • (o) pay or contest any claim, settle a claim by or against the Trust, and release, in whole or in part, a claim belonging to the Trust;
  • (p) pay taxes, assessments, remuneration of the Trustee, Protector or Enforcer and of employees and agents of the Trust, and other expenses incurred in the administration of the Trust;
  • (q) exercise elections with respect to any taxes;
  • (r) indemnify outgoing Trustees;
  • (s) select a mode of payment under any employee benefit or retirement plan, annuity, or life insurance payable to the Trustee, exercise rights thereunder, including exercise of the right to indemnification for expenses and against liabilities, and take appropriate action to collect the proceeds;
  • (t) make loans out of Trust Property, including loans to a Beneficiary on terms and conditions the Trustee considers to be fair and reasonable under the circumstances, and the Trustee has a lien on future distributions for repayment of those loans;
  • (u) pledge Trust Property to guarantee loans made by others to the Beneficiary;
  • (v) pay an amount distributable to a Beneficiary who is under a legal disability or who the Trustee reasonably believes is incapacitated, by paying it directly to the Beneficiary or applying it for the Beneficiary’s benefit, or by:
  • (i) paying it to the Beneficiary’s guardian and the receipt by such guardian shall constitute a full discharge of the Trustee’s obligation;

(ii) if the Trustee does not know of a guardian, or custodian Trustee, paying it to an adult relative or other person having legal or physical care or custody of the Beneficiary, to be expended on the Beneficiary’s behalf and the receipt of such person shall constitute a full discharge of the Trustee; or

(iii) managing it as a separate fund on the Beneficiary’s behalf, subject to the Beneficiary’s continuing right to withdraw the distribution;

  • (w) on distribution of Trust Property or the division or termination of a Trust, make distributions in divided or undivided interests, allocate particular assets in proportionate or disproportionate shares, value the Trust Property for those purposes, and adjust for resulting differences in valuation;
  • (x) resolve a dispute concerning the interpretation of the Trust or its administration by mediation, arbitration, or other procedure for alternative dispute resolution and participate in any Trust arbitration pursuant to section 28 (Arbitration of Trust disputes);
  • (y) prosecute or defend an action, claim, or judicial proceeding in any jurisdiction to protect Trust Property and the Trustee in the performance of the Trustee’s duties; (z) sign and deliver contracts and other instruments that are useful to achieve or facilitate the exercise of the Trustee’s powers; and (aa) on termination of the Trust, exercise the powers appropriate to wind up the administration of the Trust and distribute the Trust Property to the persons entitled to it.

65. Power of accumulation and advancement

(1) Where the terms of a Trust so authorise, a Trustee may accumulate for a period part or all of the Income of the Trust.

(2) Subject to subsection 65(3), Income of the Trust which is not accumulated under subsection 65(1) shall be distributed.

(3) Subject to the terms of the Trust and subject to any prior interests or charges affecting the Trust Property, where a Beneficiary is a Minor and whether or not the Beneficiary’s interest:

  • (a) is a vested interest; or
  • (b) is an interest which will become vested:
  • (i) on attaining the age of majority;

(ii) at any later age; or

(iii) upon happening of any event; the Trustee may:

  • (c) accumulate the Income attributable to the interest of such Beneficiary pending the attainment of the age of majority or such later age or the happening of such event;
  • (d) apply such Income or part of it to or for the maintenance, education or other benefit of such Beneficiary; or
  • (e) advance or appropriate to for the benefit of any such Beneficiary such interest or part of such interest.

(4) The receipt of a parent or the lawful guardian of a Beneficiary who is a Minor shall be a sufficient discharge of the Trustee’s obligations for a payment made under subsection 65(3).

66. Corporate Trustee may act by resolution

A corporate Trustee may:

  • (a) act in connection with a Trust by a resolution of the corporate Trustee or of its board of directors or other governing body, or
  • (b) by such a resolution appoint an officer or employee, or a committee of officers or employees or both, to act on its behalf in connection with the Trust.

67. Combination and division of Trusts

(1) Subject to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee may combine two or more Trusts into a single Trust or divide a Trust into two or more separate Trusts, if the result does not impair rights of any Beneficiaries or adversely affect achievement of the purposes of the Trusts.

(2) Subject to the terms of the Trust, where a Trustee divides a Trust into two or more separate Trusts, he shall have the power to appoint Trustees for such Trusts.

PART 9: LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES AND RIGHTS OF PERSONS DEALING WITH A TRUSTEE

68. Liability for Breach of Trust

(1) Subject to these Regulations and to the terms of the Trust, a Trustee shall be liable for a Breach of Trust committed by the Trustee or in which the Trustee has concurred.

(2) A Trustee who is liable for a Breach of Trust shall be liable for:

  • (a) the loss or depreciation in value of the Trust Property resulting from such breach; and
  • (b) the profit, if any, which would have accrued to the Trust Property if there had been no such breach.

(3) Where there are two or more breaches of Trust, a Trustee shall not set off a gain from one Breach of Trust against the loss resulting from another Breach of Trust.

(4) A Trustee shall not be liable for a Breach of Trust committed prior to his appointment, if such Breach of Trust was committed by some other person.

(5) A Trustee shall not be liable for a Breach of Trust committed by a co-Trustee unless:

  • (a) he becomes aware or ought to have become aware of the commission of such breach or of the intention of his co-Trustee to commit a Breach of Trust; and
  • (b) he actively conceals such breach or such intention or fails within a reasonable time to take proper steps to protect or restore the Trust Property or prevent such breach.

(6) A Beneficiary may:

  • (a) relieve a Trustee of liability to him for a Breach of Trust; or
  • (b) indemnify a Trustee against liability for a Breach of Trust.

(7) Subsection 68(6) shall not apply unless the Beneficiary:

  • (a) has legal capacity;
  • (b) has full knowledge of all material facts; and
  • (c) is not improperly induced by the Trustee to take action under subsection 68(6).

(8) Where two or more Trustees are liable in respect of a Breach of Trust, they shall be liable jointly and severally.

(9) A Trustee who becomes aware of a Breach of Trust under subsection 68(4) shall take all reasonable steps to have such breach remedied.

(10) Nothing in terms of a Trust shall relieve, release, or exonerate a Trustee from liability for Breach of Trust arising from his own fraud, wilful misconduct or gross negligence.

69. Remedies for Breach of Trust

To remedy a Breach of Trust that has occurred or may occur, the Court may:

  • (a) compel the Trustee to perform the Trustee’s duties;
  • (b) restrain the Trustee from committing a Breach of Trust;
  • (c) compel the Trustee to redress a Breach of Trust by paying money, restoring Property, or other means;
  • (d) order a Trustee to account;
  • (e) appoint a special fiduciary to take possession of the Trust Property and administer the Trust;
  • (f) suspend the Trustee;
  • (g) remove the Trustee as provided in section 51 (Removal of Trustee by Court or under the terms of a Trust);
  • (h) reduce or deny compensation to the Trustee;
  • (i) subject to section 77 (Protection of persons dealing with Trustees), invalidate an act of the Trustee, impose a lien or a Constructive Trust on Trust Property, or trace Trust Property wrongfully disposed of and recover the Property or its proceeds; or
  • (j) order any other appropriate relief.

70. Damages in absence of a breach

(1) Except as expressly provided in the terms of the Trust, a Trustee is accountable to the Trust for any profit made by the Trustee arising from the administration of the Trust, even absent a Breach of Trust.

(2) Except as expressly provided in the terms of the Trust, absent a Breach of Trust, a Trustee is not liable for a loss or depreciation in the value of Trust Property or for not having made a profit.

71. Legal fees and costs

In a judicial proceeding involving the administration of a Trust, the Court, as justice and equity may require, may award costs and expenses, including reasonable lawyers’ fees, to any party, to be paid by another party or from the Trust that is the subject of the controversy.

72. Limitation of action against Trustee

(1) A person may not commence a proceeding against a Trustee for Breach of Trust more than 3 years after the date such person or a representative of such person receives a report from the Trustee that adequately disclosed information that could form the basis for a potential claim for Breach of Trust and informed such person or his representative of the time allowed for commencing a proceeding.

(2) A report adequately discloses the existence of a potential claim for Breach of Trust if it provides sufficient information so that such person or representative knows of the potential claim or should have inquired into its existence.

(3) If subsection 72(1) does not apply, a judicial proceeding by such person against a Trustee for Breach of Trust shall be commenced within 7 years after the first to occur of:

  • (a) the removal, resignation, or death of the Trustee;
  • (b) in relation to a claim by a Beneficiary, the termination of the Beneficiary’s interest in the Trust; or
  • (c) the termination of the Trust.

(4) No period of limitation shall apply to an action brought against a Trustee:

  • (a) in respect of any fraud to which the Trustee was a party or to which the Trustee was privy; or
  • (b) to recover from the Trustee Trust Property:
  • (i) in the Trustee’s possession;

(ii) under the Trustee’s control; or

(iii) previously received by the Trustee and converted to the Trustee’s use.

(5) This section applies also to proceedings brought against an Enforcer.

73. Reliance on Trust Instrument

Any person who acts in reasonable reliance on the terms of the Trust as expressed in the Trust Instrument is not liable for a Breach of Trust to the extent the breach resulted from the reliance.

74. Exculpation or insurance of Trustee

(1) A term of a Trust relieving a Trustee of liability for Breach of Trust is unenforceable to the extent that it:

  • (a) relieves the Trustee of liability for Breach of Trust committed in bad faith or with reckless indifference to the purposes of the Trust or the interests of the Beneficiaries; or
  • (b) was inserted as the result of an abuse by the Trustee of a fiduciary or confidential relationship to the Settlor.

(2) Any insurance purchased and maintained by the Trust in respect of a Trustee must not include insurance in respect of any liability the Trustee may incur:

  • (a) to the Trust or a Beneficiary; or
  • (b) to pay a fine in respect of an offence; or
  • (c) any costs the Trustee may incur:
  • (i) in defending criminal proceedings in which the Trustee is convicted; or

(ii) in defending civil proceedings brought by a successor Trustee or a Beneficiary in which judgment is given against the Trustee.

75. Beneficiary’s consent, release or ratification

(1) Subject to subsection 68(10) (Liability for Breach of Trust), a Trustee is not liable to a Beneficiary for Breach of Trust if the Beneficiary consented to the conduct constituting the breach, released the Trustee from liability for the breach as provided in subsection 68(6) (Liability for Breach of Trust) or ratified the transaction constituting the breach, unless:

  • (a) the consent, release, or ratification of the Beneficiary was induced by improper conduct of the Trustee; or
  • (b) at the time of the consent, release, or ratification, the Beneficiary did not know of the Beneficiary’s rights or of the material facts relating to the breach.

(2) Where a Trustee commits a Breach of Trust at the instigation or at the request or with the consent of a Beneficiary, the Court may by order impound all or part of the interest of the Beneficiary by way of indemnity to the Trustee or any person claiming through the Trustee.

76. Limitation on personal liability of Trustee

(1) Except as otherwise provided in the contract, a Trustee is not personally liable on a contract properly entered into in the Trustee’s fiduciary capacity in the course of administering the Trust if the Trustee in the contract disclosed the fiduciary capacity.

(2) A Trustee is personally liable for torts committed in the course of administering a Trust, or for obligations arising from ownership or control of Trust Property only if the Trustee is personally at fault.

(3) A claim based on a contract entered into by a Trustee in the Trustee’s fiduciary capacity or an obligation arising from ownership or control of Trust Property, or on a tort committed in the course of administering a Trust, may be asserted in a judicial proceeding against the Trustee in the Trustee’s fiduciary capacity, whether or not the Trustee is personally liable for the claim.

77. Protection of persons dealing with Trustees

(1) A person other than a Beneficiary who in good faith assists a Trustee, or who in good faith and for value deals with a Trustee, without knowledge that the Trustee is exceeding or improperly exercising the Trustee’s powers is protected from liability as if the Trustee properly exercised the power.

(2) A person other than a Beneficiary who in good faith deals with a Trustee is not required to inquire into the extent of the Trustee’s powers or the propriety of their exercise.

(3) A person who in good faith delivers assets to a Trustee need not ensure their proper application.

(4) A person other than a Beneficiary who in good faith assists a former Trustee or who in good faith and for value deals with a former Trustee, without knowledge that the trusteeship has terminated is protected from liability as if the former Trustee were still a Trustee.

(5) Comparable protective provisions of other AIFC Law relating to commercial transactions or transfer of securities by fiduciaries prevail over the protection provided by this section.

78. Trustees of more than one Trust

A Trustee acting as such for more than one Trust shall not, in the absence of fraud or bad faith, be affected by notice of matter in relation to a particular Trust if the Trustee has obtained notice of it merely by reason of acting or having acted for the business of another Trust.

PART 10: AGENTS, NOMINEES AND CUSTODIANS

79. Application of this Part

Except as otherwise provided in section 87(4) (Investment in bearer securities), this Part shall apply in relation to a Trust having a sole Trustee as it applies in relation to other Trusts, and references to Trustees in this Part (except in sections 81(1) and (3) (Persons who may act as agents) and 88(4) (Persons who may be appointed as nominees or custodians) shall be read accordingly.

80. Power to appoint agents

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Trustees of a Trust may authorise any person to exercise any or all of their delegable functions as their agent.

(2) In the case of a Trust other than a Charitable Trust, the Trustees’ delegable functions consist of any function other than:

  • (a) any function relating to whether or in what way any assets of the Trust should be distributed;
  • (b) any power to decide whether any fees or other payment due to be made out of the Trust funds should be made out of Income or capital;
  • (c) any power to appoint a person to be a Trustee of the Trust; or
  • (d) any power conferred by any other written law or the Trust Instrument which permits the Trustees to delegate any of their functions or to appoint a person to act as a nominee or custodian.

(3) In the case of a Charitable Trust, the Trustees’ delegable functions are:

  • (a) any function relating to carrying out a decision that the Trustees have taken;
  • (b) any function relating to the investment of assets subject to the Trust (including, in the case of land held as an investment, managing the land and creating or disposing of an interest in the land); and
  • (c) any function relating to the raising of funds for the Trust otherwise than by means of profits of a trade which is an integral part of carrying out the Trust’s charitable purpose.

(4) For the purposes of subsection 80(3)(c) (Power to appoint agents), a trade is an integral part of carrying out a Trust’s charitable purpose if, whether carried on in the AIFC or elsewhere, the profits are applied solely to the purposes of the Trust and either:

  • (a) the trade is exercised in the course of the actual carrying out of a primary purpose of the Trust; or
  • (b) the work in connection with the trade is mainly carried out by Beneficiaries of the Trust.

81. Persons who may act as agents

(1) Subject to subsection 81(2), the persons whom the Trustees may under section 80 (Power to appoint agents) authorise to exercise functions as their agent include one or more of their number.

(2) The Trustees may not authorise 2 or more persons to exercise the same function unless they are to exercise the function jointly.

(3) The Trustees may not, under section 80 (Power to appoint agents), authorise a Beneficiary to exercise any function as their agent (even if the Beneficiary is also a Trustee).

(4) The Trustees may, under section 80 (Power to appoint agents), authorise a person to exercise functions as their agent even though he is also appointed to act as their nominee or custodian (whether under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities)or any other power).

82. Linked functions, etc.

(1) Subject to subsection 82(2), a person who is authorized under section 80 to exercise any function shall, notwithstanding the terms of the agency, be subject to any specific duties or restrictions attached to the function.

(2) A person who is authorised under section 80 (Power to appoint agents) to exercise a power which is subject to a requirement to obtain advice shall not be subject to the requirement if he is the kind of person from whom it would have been proper for the Trustees, in compliance with the requirement, to obtain advice.

83. Terms of agency

(1) Subject to subsection 83(2) and sections 84(2) (Asset management — special restrictions), 53 (Remuneration of a Trustee) and 94 (Remuneration and expenses of agents, nominees and custodians), the Trustees may authorise a person to exercise functions as their agent on such terms as to remuneration and other matters as they may determine.

(2) The Trustees may not authorise a person to exercise functions as their agent on any of the terms set out in subsection 83(3) unless it is reasonably necessary for them to do so.

(3) The terms for the purposes of subsection 83(2) are:

  1. (a) a term permitting the agent to appoint a substitute;
  2. (b) a term restricting the liability of the agent or his substitute to the Trustees or any Beneficiary; and
  3. (c) a term permitting the agent to act in circumstances capable of giving rise to a conflict of interest.

84. Asset management — special restrictions

(1) The Trustees may not authorise a person to exercise any of their asset management functions as their agent except by an agreement which is in writing or evidenced in writing.

(2) The Trustees may not authorise a person to exercise any of their asset management functions as their agent unless:

  • (a) the Trustees have provided that person with a statement that gives guidance as to how the functions should be exercised (referred to in these Regulations as a policy statement); and
  • (b) the agreement under which the agent is to act includes a term to the effect that he will secure compliance with:
  • (i) the policy statement; or

(ii) if the policy statement is revised or replaced under section 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.), the revised or replacement policy statement.

(3) The Trustees shall formulate any guidance given in the policy statement with a view to ensuring that the functions will be exercised in the best interests of the Trust.

(4) The policy statement shall be in writing or evidenced in writing.

(5) For the purposes of this section, the asset management functions of Trustees are their functions relating to:

  • (a) the investment of assets subject to the Trust;
  • (b) the acquisition of Property which is to be subject to the Trust; and
  • (c) the management of Property which is subject to the Trust and the disposal of, or the creation or disposal of an interest in, such Property.

85. Power to appoint nominees

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Trustees of a Trust may:

  • (a) appoint a person to act as their nominee in relation to such of the assets of the Trust as they may determine (other than settled land); and
  • (b) take such steps as are necessary to secure that those assets are vested in a person so appointed.

(2) An appointment under this section shall be in writing or evidenced in writing.

86. Power to appoint custodians

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Trustees of a Trust may appoint a person to act as a custodian in relation to such of the assets of the Trust as the Trustees may determine.

(2) For the purposes of these Regulations, a person is a custodian in relation to assets if he undertakes the safe custody of the assets or of any document or record concerning the assets.

(3) An appointment under this section shall be in writing or evidenced in writing.

87. Investment in bearer securities

(1) If Trustees retain or invest in securities payable to bearer, they shall appoint a person to act as a custodian of the securities.

(2) Subsection 87(1) shall not apply if the Trust Instrument or any written law contains any provision which (however expressed) permits the Trustees to retain or invest in securities payable to bearer without appointing a person to act as a custodian.

(3) An appointment under this section shall be in writing or evidenced in writing.

(4) This section shall not impose a duty on a sole Trustee if that Trustee is an Authorised Firm for Providing Trust Services.

88. Persons who may be appointed as nominees or custodians

(1) A person may not be appointed under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities) as a nominee or custodian or continue to act as such nominee or custodian unless:

  1. (a) the person carries on a business which consists of or includes acting as a nominee or custodian; or
  2. (b) the person is a body corporate which is controlled by the Trustees.

(2) For the purposes of subsection 88(1)(b), a body corporate is controlled by the Trustees if the Trustees have power to secure:

  1. (a) by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in or in relation to that or any other body corporate; or
  2. (b) by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other document regulating that or any other body corporate, that the affairs of the first-mentioned body corporate are conducted in accordance with the wishes of the Trustees.

(3) Subject to subsection 88(1), the persons whom the Trustees may, under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities), appoint as a nominee or custodian include:

  1. (a) one of their number, if that one is an Authorised Firm for Providing Trust Services; or
  2. (b) 2 or more of their number, if they are to act as joint nominees or joint custodians.

(4) The Trustees may, under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), appoint a person to act as their nominee even though he is also:

  1. (a) appointed to act as their custodian (whether under section 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities) or any other power); or
  2. (b) authorised to exercise functions as their agent (whether under section 80 (Power to appoint agents) or any other power).

(5) The Trustees may, under section 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities), appoint a person to act as their custodian even though he is also:

  1. (a) appointed to act as their nominee (whether under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees) or any other power); or
  2. (b) authorised to exercise functions as their agent (whether under section 80 (Power to appoint agents) or any other power).

89. Terms of appointment of nominees and custodians

(1) Subject to subsection 89(2) and sections 53 (Remuneration of a Trustee) and 94 (Remuneration and expenses of agents, nominees and custodians), the Trustees may, under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities), appoint a person to act as a nominee or custodian on such terms as to remuneration and other matters as they may determine.

(2) The Trustees may not, under section 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities), appoint a person to act as a nominee or custodian on any of the terms set out in subsection 89(3) unless it is reasonably necessary for them to do so.

(3) The terms for the purposes of subsection 89(2) are:

  1. (a) a term permitting the nominee or custodian to appoint a substitute;
  2. (b) a term restricting the liability of the nominee or custodian or his substitute to the Trustees or to any Beneficiary; and
  3. (c) a term permitting the nominee or custodian to act in circumstances capable of giving rise to a conflict of interest.

90. Application of sections 91 and 92

(1) Sections 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) and 92 (Liability for agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) shall apply in a case where Trustees have, under section 80 (Power to appoint agents), 85 (Power to appoint nominees), 86 (Power to appoint custodians) or 87 (Investment in bearer securities):

  1. (a) authorised a person to exercise functions as their agent; or
  2. (b) appointed a person to act as a nominee or custodian.

(2) Subject to subsection 90(3), sections 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) and 92 (Liability for agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) shall also apply in a case where Trustees have, under any power conferred on them by the Trust Instrument or by any written law:

  1. (a) authorised a person to exercise functions as their agent; or
  2. (b) appointed a person to act as a nominee or custodian.

(3) If the application of section 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) or 92 (Liability for agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) in a case is inconsistent with the terms of the Trust Instrument or any written law, that section shall not apply to that case.

91. Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.

(1) While the agent, nominee or custodian continues to act for the Trust, it shall be the duty of the Trustees:

  1. (a) to keep under review the arrangements under which the agent, nominee or custodian acts and the manner in which such arrangements are being put into effect;
  2. (b) if circumstances make it appropriate to do so, to consider whether there is a need to exercise any power of intervention that they have; and
  3. (c) if they consider that there is a need to do so, to exercise the power of intervention.

(2) If the agent has been authorised to exercise asset management functions, the duty under subsection 91(1) shall include, in particular:

  1. (a) a duty to consider whether there is any need to revise or replace the policy statement made for the purposes of section 84 (Asset management — special restrictions);
  2. (b) if the Trustees consider that there is a need to revise or replace the policy statement, a duty to do so; and
  3. (c) a duty to assess whether the policy statement (as it has effect for the time being) is being complied with.

(3) Section 84(3) (and (4) (Asset management — special restrictions) shall apply to the revision or replacement of a policy statement under this section as they apply to the making of a policy statement under that section.

(4) In this section, “power of intervention” includes:

  1. (a) a power to give directions to the agent, nominee or custodian; and
  2. (b) a power to revoke the authorisation or appointment of the agent, nominee or custodian.

92. Liability for agents, nominees and custodians, etc.

(1) A Trustee shall not be liable for any act or default of the agent, nominee or custodian unless he fails to comply with the any of the duties applicable to him under chapter 1 of Part 8 when:

  • (a) entering into the arrangements under which the person acts as agent, nominee or custodian; or
  • (b) carrying out his duties under section 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.).

(2) If a Trustee has agreed to a term under which the agent, nominee or custodian is permitted to appoint a substitute, the Trustee shall not be liable for any act or default of the substitute unless he has failed to comply with the any of the duties applicable to him under chapter 1 of Part 8:

  • (a) when agreeing to that term; or
  • (b) when carrying out his duties under section 91 (Review of agents, nominees and custodians, etc.) in so far as they relate to the use of the substitute.

93. Effect of Trustees exceeding their powers

A failure by the Trustees to act within the limits of the powers conferred by this Part:

(1) in authorising a person to exercise a function of theirs as an agent; or

(2) in appointing a person to act as a nominee or custodian, shall not invalidate the authorisation or appointment

94. Remuneration and expenses of agents, nominees and custodians

(1) This section shall apply if, under a power conferred by Part 10 or any other written law, or by the Trust Instrument, a person other than a Trustee has been:

  1. (a) authorised to exercise functions as an agent of the Trustees; or
  2. (b) appointed to act as a nominee or custodian.

(2) The Trustees may remunerate the agent, nominee or custodian out of the Trust funds for services if:

  1. (a) he is engaged on terms entitling him to be remunerated for those services; and
  2. (b) the amount does not exceed such remuneration as is reasonable in the circumstances for the provision of those services by him to or on behalf of that Trust.

(3) The Trustees may reimburse the agent, nominee or custodian out of the Trust funds for any reasonable expenses properly incurred by him in exercising functions as an agent, nominee or custodian.

PART 11: RESERVED AND RESTRICTED POWERS, EXPRESSIONS OF WISHES, AND INCAPACITATION

95. Reserved and restricted powers

(1) Without prejudice to the generality of section 37 (Variation and revocation of a Trust), the reservation by the Settlor to himself or grant to any other person in the Trust Instrument of an AIFC Trust of any limited Beneficial Interest in the Trust Property whether of Income or capital, or any or all of the powers specified in subsection 95(2) (or both such an interest and any or all of such powers) shall not:

  • (a) invalidate the Trust; or
  • (b) prevent the Trust taking effect according to its terms; or
  • (c) cause any or all of the Trust Property, or the interests or powers reserved, to be part of the real estate or personal estate of the Settlor for any purpose.

(2) The powers referred to in subsection 95(1) are:

  • (a) in the case of a reservation to the Settlor or other donor of Trust Property, power to revoke the Trusts in whole or in part;
  • (b) power to vary or amend the terms of the Trust Instrument or any of the Trusts, purposes or powers arising thereunder in whole or in part;
  • (c) a general, intermediate or special power to advance, appoint, pay, apply, distribute or transfer Trust Property (whether Income or capital or both) or to give directions for the making of any such advancement, appointment, payment, application, distribution or transfer;
  • (d) power to act as, or give binding directions as to, the appointment or removal of, a director or an officer of any company wholly or partly owned by the Trust or to direct the Trustee as to the manner of exercising voting rights attaching to any of the shares held in such company;
  • (e) power to give binding directions in connection with the purchase, retention, holding, sale or other commercial or investment dealings with Trust Property or any investment or reinvestment thereof or the exercise of any powers or rights arising from such Trust Property;
  • (f) power to give binding directions that the Trustee shall not be under any duty nor be bound to interfere in the business of any company to which any such direction applies in which the Trust is interested, the manner in which the Trustee shall act in respect of exercise of any right or power arising from the ownership of the shares of such company or any loan or advance of money to such company, and the liability of the Trustee arising as a result of any such direction;
  • (g) power to appoint, add, remove or replace any Trustee, Protector, Enforcer or any other office holder;
  • (h) power to add, remove or exclude any Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries or purpose;
  • (i) power to change the Governing Law and the forum for administration of the Trust; and
  • (j) power to restrict the exercise of any powers, discretions or functions of a Trustee by requiring that they shall only be exercisable with the consent, or at the direction of, any person specified in the Trust Instrument or any other written notice to the Trustee.

(3) A Trustee who:

  • (a) has acted, or refrained from acting, in compliance with, or as a result of, a valid exercise of any of the powers set out in subsection 95(2), shall not, by reason only of such compliance, commit a Breach of Trust or other fiduciary or equitable duty; or
  • (b) is or has been prevented from acting in accordance with any of the powers specified in subsection 95(2), or any exercise of those powers by reason of the provisions of any applicable law or because insufficient rights or powers are exercisable by the Trustee in relation to the Trust Property, shall not, by reason only of such non-compliance or failure to act, commit a Breach of Trust or other fiduciary or equitable duty.

(4) No person other than a person in whom Trust Property or an interest in Trust Property is vested and who is formally appointed as a Trustee, shall be or become a Trustee by reason only of the reservation or grant of any of the powers set out in subsection 95(2).

(5) The terms of an AIFC Trust may provide that the reservation or grant of any of the powers set out in subsection 95(2) shall not impose a fiduciary duty on the holder of such powers.

(6) In the absence of any contrary provision of the terms of an AIFC Trust:

  • (a) in the case of the reservation by a Settlor or the grant to another person of any of the powers specified in section 95(2), where so long as the holder of the power is not the sole Trustee, such powers shall be personal and non-fiduciary; and
  • (b) in any other case, such powers shall be fiduciary.

96. Expressions of wishes

(1) The Settlor of a Trust may give to the Trustee a letter of the wishes of the Settlor or the Trustee may prepare a memorandum of the wishes of the Settlor with regard to the exercise of any functions conferred on the Trustee by the terms of the Trust.

(2) A Beneficiary of a Trust may give to the Trustee a letter of the wishes of the Beneficiary or the Trustee may prepare a memorandum of the wishes of the Beneficiary with regard to the exercise of any functions conferred on the Trustee by the terms of the Trust.

(3) Where a Trust is in favour of a class of persons, then a member of that class may give to the Trustee a letter of the wishes of that member or the Trustee may prepare a memorandum of the wishes of that member with regard to the exercise of any functions conferred on the Trustee by the terms of the Trust.

(4) Where a letter of wishes or a memorandum of wishes is given to or prepared by the Trustee of a Trust then-

  • (a) the Trustee may have regard to that letter or memorandum in exercising any unctions conferred upon the Trustee by the terms of the Trust; but
  • (b) the Trustee shall not be bound to have regard to that letter or memorandum and shall not be accountable in any way for failure or refusal to have regard to that letter or memorandum.

(5) No fiduciary duty or obligation shall be imposed on a Trustee merely by the giving to the Trustee of a letter of wishes or the preparation by the Trustee of a memorandum of wishes.

97. Incapacitation of Protector or Settlor

(1) If the Settlor becomes incapacitated then the rights or powers (if any) reserved to him shall during his incapacitation be exercisable by the Protector (if appointed) or by any other person designated by the Trust Instrument or appointed for that purpose by the Court declaring or confirming him to be incapacitated.

(2) If the Protector becomes incapacitated then the rights or powers (if any) reserved to him shall during his incapacitation be exercisable by the person designated by the Trust Instrument or appointed for that purpose by the Court declaring or confirming him to be incapacitated.

(3) For the purpose of this section:

  • (a) a person shall be deemed to be incapacitated if declared to be of unsound mind by a court of competent jurisdiction or if declared by two qualified examining physicians to be of unsound mind or physically impaired so as to be unable to act responsibly prudently or effectively and shall be deemed to remain incapacitated until declared otherwise by such court or such physicians; and
  • (b) a corporation shall be deemed to be incapacitated if it has been dissolved, or if it is under administration or a petition for its winding up has been presented in any Court and has not been finally determined by the Court

(4) The Trustee may declare in writing a person to be incapacitated during any period in which the Trustee is of the opinion that such person is unable freely to exercise his rights or powers or to fulfil his duties or obligations hereunder because of duress or undue influence brought to bear on such person by any other person or persons but the Trustee shall not be under any duty to make any inquiries as to whether any person is suffering from duress or undue influence and in any case the Trustee shall not be under any duty to make any declaration as aforementioned.

PART 12: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A FOREIGN TRUST

98. Enforceability of a Foreign Trust

(1) Subject to subsection 98(2), a Foreign Trust shall be regarded as being governed by, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, its Governing Law.

(2) A Foreign Trust shall be unenforceable in the AIFC:

  • (a) to the extent that it purports:
  • (i) to do anything which is contrary to AIFC Law; or

(ii) to confer any right or power or impose any obligation the exercise of which is contrary to AIFC Law; or

  • (b) to the extent that the Court declares that the Trust is contrary to public policy in the AIFC, but otherwise shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms and its Governing Law

INTERPRETATION

1. Rules of interpretation

(1) In these Regulations, a reference to:

  • (a) a statutory provision includes a reference to the statutory provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time;
  • (b) a person includes any natural person, body corporate or body unincorporate, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state;
  • (c) an obligation to publish or cause to be published a particular document shall, unless expressly provided otherwise in these Regulations, include publishing or causing to be published in printed or electronic form;
  • (d) unless stated otherwise, a day means a calendar day. If an obligation falls on a calendar day which is either a Saturday or Sunday or an official state holiday in the Republic of Kazakhstan, the obligation shall take place on the next calendar day which is a business day;
  • (e) a calendar year shall mean a year of the Gregorian calendar; and
  • (f) a reference to the masculine gender includes the feminine.

(2) The headings in these Regulations shall not affect their interpretation.

2. Legislation in the AIFC

AIFC Law is any AIFC Act or law in force in the AIFC

3. Defined Terms

In these Regulations, unless the context indicates otherwise, the defined terms listed below shall have the corresponding meanings.

Term

Definition

Acting Law of the AIFC

has the meaning given by the Constitutional Statute.

AFSA

Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC

Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFC Act

means an act adopted by the AIFC Bodies.

AIFC Bodies

has the meaning given by article 9 of the Constitutional Statute and the document entitled The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre adopted by the Management Council on 26 May 2016.

AIFC Co-operation and Exchange of Information Rules

means the rules entitled AIFC Co-operation and Exchange of Information Rules, AIFC Rules No. FR0042 of 2018.

AIFC Glossary

means the glossary of terms entitled AIFC Glossary, AIFC Act No. FR0017 of 2018.

AIFC Participant

has the meaning given by article 1(5) of the Constitutional Statute.

AIFC Trust

means a legal relationship whereby:(a) Trust Property is held by or in the name of a Trustee, and(b) the Trustee is under a fiduciary obligation to administer the Trust (in accordance with its terms) exclusively for the benefit of the Beneficiaries; and(c) the Beneficiaries are identified in or ascertainable in accordance with the terms of the Trust, and(d) the Beneficiaries may be persons (whether in existence or not) or groups of such persons, or persons able to benefit from any valid Charitable Trust or other Purpose Trust.

Arbitration Regulations

means the arbitration regulations adopted by the Resolution of the AIFC Management Council, dated 5 December 2017.

Authorised Firm for Providing Trust Services

means an AIFC Participant that has been licensed by the AFSA to carry on the regulated activity defined in paragraph 7 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC’s General Rules.

Beneficial Interest

means the interest of a Beneficiary under a Trust.

Beneficiary

means a person entitled to benefit under a Trust or in whose favour a discretion to distribute Property held on Trust may be exercised.

Breach of Trust

means a breach of any duty imposed on a Trustee by these Regulations or by the terms of the Trust.

Charitable Trust

means a Trust or portion of a Trust, created for a charitable purpose described in section REF _Ref10507303 \w \h \* MERGEFORMAT 35 ( REF _Ref10507303 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Charitable Trusts).

Companies Regulations

means the AIFC Companies Regulations No. 2 of 2017, as amended.

Collective Investment Scheme Rules

means the AIFC Collective Investment Scheme rules.

Constitutional Statute

means the constitutional statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Constructive Trust

means a trust imposed by a Court in accordance with section 69 or otherwise.

Court

means the AIFC Court as established under the Constitutional Statute.

Discretionary Trust

is a Trust in which the Settlor has delegated complete or limited discretion to the Trustee to decide, amongst other things:when and how much Income or Property is distributed to a Beneficiary; andwhich of the Beneficiaries may benefit.

DNFBP

has the meaning given to it in the AIFC Glossary.

Enforce

in relation to a Trust means to require or compel Trustees to execute, carry out and perform their duties under the Trust Instrument in relation to its non-charitable purposes and to bring and prosecute proceedings to enforce the terms of the Trust.

Enforcer

shall be construed in accordance with section REF _Ref10507309 \w \h \* MERGEFORMAT 36 ( REF _Ref10507309 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Non-Charitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts).

Express Trust

is a Trust created with the Settlor’s express intent declared in writing or a written declaration of Trust by the Trustee.

Foreign Law

means any law other than AIFC Law.

Foreign Trust

is a Trust whose Governing Law is the law of a jurisdiction other than AIFC, including any Trust within the meaning of the Hague Convention.

Governing Law

has the meaning given in section REF _Ref12146665 \r \h \* MERGEFORMAT 8 ( REF _Ref12146665 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Governing Law).

Governor

means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Hague Convention

means the Convention on the law applicable to Trusts and on their recognition, done at The Hague on 1 July 1985.

Heirship Right

means any right, claim or interest in, against or to Property of a person arising, accruing or existing in consequence of, or in anticipation of, that person’s death, other than any such right, claim or interest created by will or other voluntary disposition by such person or resulting from an express limitation in the disposition of the Property of such person.

Income

includes rents and profits.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies

means the document entitled The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, the Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.  

Minor

means a person who has not attained the age of majority under the Governing Law of Trust or the law of his domicile.

Non-Charitable Trust (or Purpose Trust)

has the meaning given in section REF _Ref10507309 \w \h \* MERGEFORMAT 36 ( REF _Ref10507309 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Non-Charitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts).

Personal Relationship

includes every form of relationship by blood adoption marriage or cohabitation regardless of whether the law of any jurisdiction recognises the validity, legitimacy or existence of the relationship, including a former personal relationship which has in law or in fact terminated and in particular a personal relationship between two persons exists if:one is the child of the other, natural or adopted, whether or not the adoption is recognised by law, legitimate or illegitimate;one is married to the other, whether or not the marriage is recognised by law;one cohabits with the other or so conducts himself or herself in relation to the other as to give rise in any jurisdiction to any rights, obligations or responsibilities analogous to those of parents and child or husband and wife; orpersonal relationships exist between each of them and a third person,but no change in circumstances shall cause a personal relationship once established to terminate.

Property

means any movable or immovable property, and includes rights and interests, whether present or future and whether vested or contingent.

Protective Trust

is a Trust that is designed to protect the Trust Property to ensure the continued support of the Beneficiary.

Protector

means any person other than the Settlor upon whom any power is conferred by section REF _Ref12036537 \w \h \* MERGEFORMAT 97 ( REF _Ref12036537 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Incapacitation of Protector or Settlor).

Purpose Trust

means a Trust or portion of a Trust created for a purpose which is not a charitable purpose as described in section REF _Ref10507309 \w \h \* MERGEFORMAT 36 ( REF _Ref10507309 \h \* MERGEFORMAT Non-Charitable Trusts or Purpose Trusts).

Regulations

means the AIFC Trust Regulations 2019.

Schedule

means a schedule to these Regulations.

Settlor

means a person who provides Trust Property or makes a testamentary disposition on Trust or to a Trust.

Trust

is a right, enforceable solely in equity, to the beneficial enjoyment of Property to which another person holds the legal title and includes an AIFC Trust and a Foreign Trust.

Trust Instrument

means an instrument by which a Trust is created and includes a unilateral declaration of Trust and any instrument varying the terms of the Trust.

Trust Property

means the Property for the time being held in Trust.

Trustee

means a person appointed to act as a Trustee of a Trust or holding office as such in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations.

_

SCHEDULE 1

APPLICATION OF THE ARBITRATION REGULATIONS

1. The Arbitration Regulations shall apply and be construed with respect to a Trust arbitration, as stated hereunder.

2. In the Arbitration Regulations, "dispute" includes an administration question.

3. Section 15(1) (Definition and form of arbitration agreement) of the Arbitration Regulations shall apply as if it read - The Settlor of a Trust shall be free to determine (by provision in the Trust Instrument) how, in relation to a Trust, disputes are resolved, subject only to such safeguards as are necessary in the public interest;".

4. Where in the Arbitration Regulations reference is made to a matter agreed between the parties to an arbitration agreement (including a matter which may be authorised, chosen, conferred, designated, nominated or vested by the parties) that matter shall (except where no effective provision is made) be determined as provided in the Trust Instrument.

5. Neither section 15 (Definition and form of arbitration agreement) of the Arbitration Regulations nor any rule of law or construction treating an arbitration agreement separate to any agreement of which it is a part shall apply in relation to a Trust arbitration.

6. The term "action" in section 16 (Arbitration agreement and substantive claim before a court) of the Arbitration Regulations includes an application or other reference to the Court concerning an administration question which the Trust Instrument requires to be submitted to arbitration and a stay of that application or other reference may be sought by any of the parties in relation to the Trust, whether or not a party to that application or other reference.

7. In any application or other reference to the Court referred to in paragraph 6, the Court may stay the proceedings on its own volition unless all parties in relation to the Trust affected by the application are before it or are represented by persons before it.

8. Section 41 (Form and contents of award) of the Arbitration Regulations shall apply as if it included the following sections:

"(5) Where a person is or has been a party to a Trust arbitration in the capacity of Trustee he shall, unless the tribunal otherwise orders, be entitled to the costs of the arbitration, in so far as they are not recovered from or paid by any other person, out of the fund held by the Trustee; and the tribunal may otherwise order only on the ground that the Trustee has in substance acted for his own benefit rather than for the benefit of the Trust.

"(6) Where a person is or has been a party to a Trust arbitration in the capacity of Trustee and is entitled to be paid his costs out of the fund held by the Trustee any doubt as to whether costs were reasonably incurred shall be resolved in favour of the Trustee. Costs shall be presumed to have been unreasonably incurred if they were incurred contrary to the duty of the Trustee."

9. For the purposes of enforcing an arbitral award under section 44(2)(a)(iii) (Application for setting aside as exclusive recourse against arbitral award) of the Arbitration Regulations, the term "dispute" includes an administration question.

INSOLVENCY REGULATIONS

Insolvency

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Insolvency Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 3 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations

7. Administration of these Regulations

These Regulations are administered by the Registrar of Companies.

PART 2: COMPANY VOLUNTARY ARRANGEMENTS

8. Company arrangements

(1) The directors of a Company may make a proposal under this Part to the Company and to its creditors for a scheme of arrangement of its affairs (a Voluntary Arrangement).

(2) The directors must appoint a Person (the Nominee) to act in relation to the proposed Voluntary Arrangement for the purpose of supervising its implementation.

(3) The Nominee must be an Insolvency Practitioner.

9. Moratorium

(1) If the directors of a Company eligible for a moratorium under this section intend to make a proposal for a Voluntary Arrangement, they may take steps to obtain a moratorium for the Company.

(2) The Rules may make provision for or in relation to the obtaining of a moratorium, including, for example, for or in relation to the following:

  1. (a) the Companies eligible for a moratorium under this section;
  2. (b) the procedure for obtaining a moratorium;
  3. (c) the effects of a moratorium;
  4. (d) the procedure applying (instead of sections 10 to 13) in relation to the approval and implementation of a Voluntary Arrangement for a Company if a moratorium is or has been in force for the Company.

10. Calling meetings for Voluntary Arrangement proposal

(1) The Nominee must call meetings of the Company and of its creditors to consider the Voluntary Arrangement proposal.

(2) The Nominee must give notice, in accordance with the Rules, of the meeting of creditors to every creditor of the Company of whose claim and address the Nominee is aware.

(3) The Company meeting must be held in accordance with the AIFC Companies Regulations.

11. Decisions of meetings for Voluntary Arrangement proposal

(1) The meetings called under section 10 (Calling meetings for Voluntary Arrangement proposal) must decide whether to approve the proposed Voluntary Arrangement (with or without modifications).

(2) However, a meeting must not approve any proposal or modification that affects the right of a preferential creditor or secured creditor of the Company to enforce the creditor’s rights or security, unless the creditor agrees.

12. Effect of approval of Voluntary Arrangement proposal

(1) This section applies if each of the meetings called under section 10 (Calling of meetings for Voluntary Arrangement proposal) approves the proposed Voluntary Arrangement (with or without modifications).

(2) If each of the meetings approves the Voluntary Arrangement with the same modifications or without modifications, the Voluntary Arrangement as approved by the meetings is the approved Voluntary Arrangement.

(3) If the proposed arrangements approved by the meetings differ from each other, the Court may, on the application of a Person who appears to the Court to be interested, decide which of the proposed arrangements is to be taken to be the approved Voluntary Arrangement.

(4) If there is an approved Voluntary Arrangement under subsection (2) or (3), the approved Voluntary Arrangement:

  1. (a) takes effect as if made by the Company at the meeting of creditors; and
  2. (b) binds every Person who in accordance with the Rules had notice of, and was entitled to vote at, that meeting (whether or not the Person was present or represented at the meeting) as if the Person were a party to the Voluntary Arrangement.

(5) If the Company is being wound up or under receivership, the Court may do either or both of the following:

  1. (a) by order, stay all proceedings in the winding up or discharge the receivership;
  2. (b) give the directions in relation to the conduct of the winding up or the receivership as it considers appropriate for facilitating the Voluntary Arrangement.

13. Implementation of approved Voluntary Arrangement

(1) This section applies if there is an approved Voluntary Arrangement for a Company.

(2) On the Voluntary Arrangement taking effect, the Nominee for the proposed Voluntary Arrangement becomes the Supervisor of the approved Voluntary Arrangement.

(3) If a creditor or other Person is dissatisfied by any act, omission or decision of the Supervisor, the Person may apply to the Court. On the application, the Court may do any or all of the following:

  • (a) confirm, reverse or modify any act or decision of the Supervisor;
  • (b) give the Supervisor directions;
  • (c) make any other order it considers appropriate.

(4) The Supervisor:

  • (a) may apply to the Court for directions in relation to any particular matter arising under the Voluntary Arrangement; and
  • (b) is included among the Persons who may apply to the Court for the winding up of the Company or for a receivership order to be made in relation to it.

(5) The Court may make an order appointing an Insolvency Practitioner as Supervisor for the Company, either in substitution for an existing Supervisor or to fill a vacancy

PART 3: RECEIVERSHIP

14. Appointment and Functions of Receivers and Administrative Receivers

(1) A Company may, by instrument (the appointing instrument), give a Person (the appointer) power to appoint a Person for the purpose of getting in and selling any part of the Company’s property and applying the proceeds in reduction of a debt owing by the Company to the appointer.

(2) If the appointer appoints a Person under the power given to the appointer by the appointing instrument, the Person appointed (the appointee) is:

  1. (a) if the property of the Company over which the Person is appointed consists of all or substantially all of the undertaking of the Company—an Administrative Receiver of the Company; or
  2. (b) in any other case—a Receiver of the Company.

(3) The appointee must be an Insolvency Practitioner.

(4) The appointee has the Functions given to the appointee by the appointing instrument except so far as otherwise provided under these Regulations or the Rules, and is subject to the appointing instrument, these Regulations and the Rules in the Exercise of those Functions.

(5) If the appointee is an Administrative Receiver of the Company, the appointee has, inaddition to the powers given by the appointing instrument, the powers set out in Schedule 1 (Additional powers of Administrative Receivers).

(6) In the application of Schedule 1 to the appointee, a reference to relevant property of the Company is a reference to property of the Company for which the appointee is, or apart from the appointment of another Person as Receiver would be, the Administrative Receiver.

(7) The appointee or the appointor may apply to the Court for directions in relation to any particular matter arising in relation to the Exercise of the appointee’s Functions as Administrative Receiver or Receiver of the Company.

(8) On an application under subsection (7), the Court may give the directions, or may make the order declaring the rights of Persons before the Court or otherwise, as it considers just.

15. Notification of appointment of Receiver or Administrative Receiver

If a Receiver or Administrative Receiver has been appointed for a Company, every invoice, order for goods or services, or business letter, issued by or on behalf of the Company or the Receiver or Administrative Receiver, and on or in which the Company’s name appears, must contain a statement that a Receiver has been appointed.

16. Interaction of Administrative Receivers and Receivers

If an Administrative Receiver is appointed for a Company, any Receiver appointed before the appointment of the Administrative Receiver immediately vacates office, and a Receiver may not be subsequently appointed for any part of the Company’s property.

17. No duty to inquire about Administrative Receiver’s powers

A Person dealing with the Administrative Receiver of a Company in good faith and for value is not required to inquire whether the Administrative Receiver is acting within the Administrative Receiver’s powers.

18. Power of Administrative Receiver to dispose of charged property

(1) If, on application by the Administrative Receiver of a Company, the Court is satisfied that the disposal (with or without other assets) of any relevant property that is subject to a security interest would be likely to promote a more advantageous realisation of the Company’s assets than would otherwise be achieved, the Court may, by order, authorise the Administrative Receiver to dispose of the property as if it were not subject to the security interest.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a security interest held by the Person by whom or on whose behalf the Administrative Receiver was appointed or to any security interest to which a security interest held by the Person has priority.

(3) It must be a condition of an order under this section that the following amounts must be applied towards discharging the amounts secured by the security:

  • (a) the amount of the net proceeds of the disposal;
  • (b) the amount (if any) required to make good the deficiency between the net proceeds of the disposal and the net amount that would be realised on a sale of the property in the open market by a willing vendor.

(4) If the condition mentioned in subsection (3) relates to 2 or more security interests, the condition must require the amounts mentioned in that subsection to be applied towards discharging the amounts secured by those security interests in the order of their priorities.

19. Administrative Receiver: as Company’s agent

The Administrative Receiver of a Company is taken to be the Company’s agent unless and until the Company Goes into Liquidation.

20. Administrative Receiver: vacation of office

The Administrative Receiver of a Company may at any time be removed from office by order of the Court (but not otherwise) and may resign the office by giving notice of the resignation in accordance with the Rules.

21. Report by Administrative Receiver

(1) If an Administrative Receiver is appointed for a Company, the Administrative Receiver must, within 3 months after the day of the appointment (or, if the Court allows a longer period, the longer period), send to all creditors of the Company (so far as the Administrative Receiver is aware of their claims and addresses) a report about the following matters:

  • (a) the events leading up to the appointment, so far as the Administrative Receiver is aware of them;
  • (b) the disposal, or proposed disposal, by the Administrative Receiver of any property of the Company and the conduct, or proposed conduct, by the Administrative Receiver of any business of the Company;
  • (c) the amounts of principal and interest payable to the debt security holders of the Company and the amounts payable to preferential creditors of the Company; and
  • (d) the amount (if any) likely to be available for the payment of other creditors.

(2) The Administrative Receiver must, within 3 months after the day of appointment (or, if the Court allows a longer period, the longer period), publish, in accordance with the Rules, a notice stating an address to which unsecured creditors of the Company may write for copies of the report to be sent to them free of charge.

(3) The Administrative Receiver must call a meeting of the Company’s unsecured creditors for the purpose of discussing the report, and must give the unsecured creditors not less than 14 days notice of the meeting.

22. Creditors committee

(1) If a meeting of a Company’s unsecured creditors is called under section 21(3) (Report by Administrative Receiver) by the Administrative Receiver, the meeting may establish a committee (a creditors committee) to Exercise the Functions given to the committee under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) If a creditors committee is established under subsection (1), the committee may, on giving not less than 7 days notice, require the Administrative Receiver to attend before it at any reasonable time and give it the information relating to the Exercise of the Administrative Receiver’s Functions that it may reasonably require.

PART 4: WINDING UP

CHAPTER 1–GENERAL

23. Alternative modes of winding up

(1) The winding up of a Company may be either voluntary or by the Court.

(2) This Chapter relates to winding up generally, except so far as the contrary intention appears.

24. Rules about obligations to contribute in winding up

The Rules may make provision for or in relation to the obligations of members, former members, directors, and former directors, of a Company that is being wound up, and other Persons, to contribute to the assets of the Company.

25. Powers etc. of Liquidators

(1) A Liquidator appointed in the winding up of a Company has the powers set out in Schedule 2 (Powers of Liquidator in winding up).

(2) The Rules may make provision with respect to the Exercise of a Liquidator’s Functions in relation to the winding up of a Company, including, for example, by:

  • (a) prescribing the forms and procedures to be adopted by the Liquidator in the winding up of a Company; or
  • (b) imposing requirements on officers of a Company and others to cooperate with the Liquidator in relation to the winding up of the Company.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), the Rules may authorise a Liquidator appointed in the winding up of a Company to do any or all of the following:

  • (a) summon a Person to be examined before the Court about the affairs of the Company;
  • (b) inspect books and records of the Company;
  • (c) direct an officer of the Company to deliver to the Liquidator all books and records in the officer’s possession that relate to the Company;
  • (d) inform the Liquidator of the whereabouts of books or records that relate to the Company;
  • (e) direct an officer of the Company to give the Liquidator the information about the Company’s business, property, affairs and financial circumstances that the Liquidator requires;
  • (f) direct an officer of the Company to attend on the Liquidator to provide the books or records, information, or other assistance, that the Liquidator may reasonably require.

(4) If a Liquidator has been appointed in the winding up of a Company, an officer of the Company must not:

(5) Contravention of subsection (4) is punishable by a fine.

(6) A Liquidator may Exercise the Liquidator’s Functions in relation to a Person whether the Person is inside or outside of the AIFC.

(7) However, in Exercising Functions in relation to a Person outside of the AIFC, the Liquidator must comply with local requirements applying to the Exercise of the Functions, including, if appropriate, informing, or acting in collaboration with, a local regulator or authority.

(8) In this section: officer, in relation to a Company, means a Person who is, or has been:

CHAPTER 2–VOLUNTARY WINDING UP

26. Circumstances in which Company may be wound up voluntarily

A Company may be wound up voluntarily:

  • (a) in the circumstances (if any) provided for in the Company’s articles of association; or
  • (b) if the Company passes a resolution that it should be wound up voluntarily; or
  • (c) if the Company passes a resolution that it cannot continue to conduct its business because of its liabilities and that it is advisable that it be wound up.

27. Notice of Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up

If a Company passes a Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up, it must, within 14 days after the day it passes the resolution, give notice of the resolution by advertisement published in accordance with the Rules.

28. Commencement of Voluntary Winding Up

The Voluntary Winding Up of a Company is taken to commence at the time of the passing of the Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up.

29. Effect on business and status of Company in Voluntary Winding Up

(1) In the Voluntary Winding Up of a Company, the Company must cease conducting its business from the commencement of the winding up, except so far as conducting the business may be required for its beneficial winding up.

(2) However, the corporate personality and corporate powers of the Company continue until the Company is dissolved, despite anything to the contrary in its articles of association.

30. Avoidance of share transfers after commencement of Voluntary Winding Up

Any transfer of shares in a Company (other than a transfer made to or with the approval of the Company’s Liquidator), and any alteration in the status of the Company’s members, is void if it is made after the commencement of a Voluntary Winding Up of the Company.

31. Declaration of solvency

(1) If it is proposed to wind up a Company voluntarily, the directors of the Company (or, if the Company has more than 2 directors, the majority of them) may at a meeting of the directors make a declaration to the effect that they have made a full inquiry into the Company’s affairs and that, having done so, they have formed the opinion that the Company will be able to pay its debts in full, together with interest at the official rate, within the period, not exceeding 12 months from the commencement of the winding up, specified in the declaration.

(2) The declaration must be made:

  • (a) within 5 weeks immediately before the day the resolution for winding up is passed; or;
  • (b) on that day, but before the passing of the resolution.

(3) A director must not make a declaration under subsection (1) unless the director has reasonable grounds for the opinion stated in the declaration.

(4) Contravention of subsection (3) is punishable by a fine.

(5) If the Company is wound up because of a resolution passed within 5 weeks after the declaration under subsection (1) is made, and its debts are not paid or provided for in full within the period specified in the declaration, it must be presumed (unless the contrary is shown) that each of the directors making the declaration did not have reasonable grounds for the director’s opinion stated in the declaration.

32. Appointment of Liquidator by Company

(1) In a Members Voluntary Winding Up, the Company in general meeting must appoint 1 or more liquidators for the purpose of winding up the Company’s affairs and distributing its assets.

(2) On the appointment of a Liquidator for the Company, all the powers of the directors cease, except so far as the Company in general meeting, or the Liquidator, approves their continuance.

33. General Company meeting at end of each year

(1) If the winding up of a Company continues for more than 1 year, the Liquidator must call a general meeting of the Company at the end of the first year of the winding up, and of each succeeding year, or at the first convenient date within 3 months after the end of the relevant year (or, if the Court allows a longer period, the longer period allowed by the Court).

(2) The Liquidator must give the meeting an account of the Liquidator’s acts and dealings, and of the conduct of the winding up, during the preceding year.

34. Final meeting before dissolution

(1) As soon as the Company’s affairs are fully wound up, the Liquidator must prepare an account of the winding up, explaining how it has been conducted and how the Company’s property has been disposed of.

(2) When the account has been prepared, the Liquidator must call a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of giving the account to the meeting and explaining it to the meeting.

(3) The meeting must be called by an advertisement that specifies the time, place and purpose of the meeting, that is published at least 1 month before the meeting, and that otherwise complies with the Rules.

35. Effect of Company’s insolvency

(1) This section applies if the Liquidator of a Company is of the opinion that the Company will be Unable to Pay its Debts in full within the period stated in the declaration made for the Company under section 31 (Declaration of solvency).

(2) The Liquidator must call a meeting of creditors for a day not later than 28 days after the day the Liquidator forms the opinion, and must send notice of the meeting to the creditors by post not less than 7 days before the day the meeting is to be held.

(3) The Liquidator must give the creditors, free of charge, the information about the Company’s affairs that they reasonably require. The notice of the meeting must tell creditors about this duty.

(4) The Liquidator must also make out a statement of the Company’s affairs and give the statement to the meeting of creditors.

36. Conversion to Creditors Voluntary Winding Up

As from the day the meeting of creditors of a Company is held under section 35 (Effect of Company’s insolvency), these Regulations have effect as if:

  • (a) the declaration made for the Company under section 31 (Declaration of solvency) had not been made; and
  • (b) the creditors meeting and the Company meeting at which it was resolved that the Company be wound up voluntarily were the meetings mentioned in section 38 (Meeting of Creditors); and accordingly the winding up becomes a Creditors Voluntary Winding Up.

CHAPTER 3–CREDITORS VOLUNTARY WINDING UP

37. Application of Chapter 3

(1) This Chapter applies in relation to a Creditors Voluntary Winding Up of a Company.

(2) However, sections 38 (Meeting of creditors) and 39 (Appointment of liquidation committee) do not apply if, under section 36 (Conversion to Creditors Voluntary Winding Up), a Members Voluntary Winding Up has become a Creditors Voluntary Winding Up.

38. Meeting of creditors

(1) The Company must:

  • (a) call a meeting of its creditors for a day not later than 14 days after the day the meeting of the Company is to be held to consider the proposed Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up of the Company; and
  • (b) give notice of the creditors meeting to all creditors (so far as it is aware of their claims and addresses), and publish notice of the meeting in an appropriate publication, at least 7 days before the day that meeting is to be held; and
  • (c) nominate a Person to be appointed as liquidator of the Company.

(2) The creditors may, at the creditors meeting, nominate a Person to be appointed as liquidator of the Company.

(3) If the same Person is nominated by the Company and the creditors or the creditors do not nominate a Person, the Person nominated by the Company is taken to be appointed as the Liquidator of the Company.

(4) If different Persons are nominated by the Company and the creditors, the Person nominated by the creditors is taken to be appointed as the Liquidator of the Company.

(5) The Person nominated by the Company must not exercise any of the Liquidator’s powers during the period before the holding of the creditors meeting without the Court’s approval.

39. Appointment of liquidation committee

(1) At the meeting of the creditors of a Company held under section 38 (Meeting of creditors) or at any subsequent creditors meeting, the creditors may appoint a committee (a liquidation committee) of not more than 5 individuals to Exercise the Functions given to the committee under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) If a liquidation committee is appointed under subsection (1), the Company may, either at the meeting at which the Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up is passed or at any time subsequently in general meeting, appoint not more than 5 individuals as members of the committee.

(3) However, the creditors may resolve that all or any of the individuals appointed by the Company as members of the liquidation committee ought not to be members of the committee.

(4) If the creditors so resolve:

  • (a) the individuals mentioned in the resolution cease to be eligible to be members of the liquidation committee, unless the Court otherwise directs; and
  • (b) on an application to the Court under this subsection, the Court may appoint other individuals to be members of the liquidation committee instead of individuals mentioned in the resolution.

40. Directors’ powers on appointment of Liquidator

On the appointment of a Liquidator for a Company, all the powers of the directors cease, except so far as the liquidation committee appointed under section 39 (Appointment of liquidation committee) (or, if there is no liquidation committee, the creditors) approve their continuance.

41. Vacancy in office of Liquidator

If a vacancy occurs, by death, resignation or otherwise, in the office of a Liquidator of a Company (other than a Liquidator appointed by, or by the direction of, the Court), the creditors may fill the vacancy.

42. Meetings of Company and creditors at end of each year

(1) If the winding up of a Company continues for more than 1 year, the Liquidator must call a general meeting of the Company, and a meeting of the creditors, at the end of the first year of the winding up, and of each succeeding year, or at the first convenient date within 3 months after the end of the relevant year (or, if the Court allows a longer period, the longer period allowed by the Court).

(2) The Liquidator must give the meetings an account of the Liquidator’s acts and dealings, and of the conduct of the winding up, during the preceding year.

43. Final meetings before dissolution

(1) As soon as the Company’s affairs are fully wound up, the Liquidator must prepare an account of the winding up, explaining how it has been conducted and how the Company’s property has been disposed of.

(2) When the account has been prepared, the Liquidator must call a general meeting of the Company, and a meeting of the creditors, for the purpose of giving the account to the meetings and explaining it to the meetings.

(3) The meeting must be called by an advertisement that specifies the time, place and purpose of the meeting, that is published at least 1 month before the meeting, and that otherwise complies with the Rules.

CHAPTER 4–PROVISIONS APPLYING TO BOTH KINDS OF VOLUNTARY WINDING UP

44. Distribution of Company’s property

Subject to section 97 (Preferences) and section 66 (Preferential debts and ranking of claims), to any Rules mentioned in section 92 (Rules made in relation to these Regulations) and to the application of any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules as described in section 100 (Application of other laws to receivership and winding up), a Company’s property in a Voluntary Winding Up must be applied in satisfaction of the Company’s liabilities other than to its members (as members) and, subject to that application, must (unless the Company’s articles of association otherwise provide) be distributed among the members according to their rights and interests in the Company.

45. Appointment or removal of Liquidator by Court

(1) If, for whatever reason, there is no Liquidator appointed for a Company that is being wound up voluntarily, the Court may appoint a liquidator.

(2) The Court may remove a Liquidator of a Company that is being wound up voluntarily and appoint another.

46. Reference of questions to Court

(1) The Liquidator of a Company, or any creditor, shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of a Company that is being wound up voluntarily, may apply to the Court to decide any question arising in the winding up, or to exercise, in relation to the enforcing of calls or anything else, all or any of the powers that the Court might exercise if the Company were being wound up by the Court.

(2) The Court may make the orders on the application that it considers just.

47. Expenses of Voluntary Winding Up

All expenses properly incurred in the Voluntary Winding Up of a Company, including the remuneration of the Liquidator, are payable out of the Company’s assets in priority to all other claims.

48. Winding up by Court

The Voluntary Winding Up of a Company does not bar the right of any creditor or other Person to apply to have it wound up by the Court.

CHAPTER 5–COMPULSORY WINDING UP

49. Circumstances in which Company may be wound up by Court

A Company may be wound up by the Court if:

  • (a) the Company has resolved that it be wound up by the Court; or
  • (b) the Company is Unable to Pay its Debts; or
  • (c) a moratorium for the Company under section 9 (Moratorium) comes to an end and there is no Voluntary Arrangement approved under Part 2 (Company Voluntary Arrangements) in relation to the Company; or
  • (d) the Court is authorised to make the order under any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules; or
  • (e) the Court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that the Company should be wound up.

50. Definition of Unable to Pay its Debts

(1) A Company is taken to be Unable to Pay its Debts if:

  • (a) a creditor to whom the Company is indebted in a sum exceeding U.S. $2,000 then due has served on the Company a Written demand requiring the Company to pay the sum so due and the Company has for 3 weeks afterwards neglected to pay the sum or to agree terms in relation to its payment to the reasonable satisfaction of the creditor; or
  • (b) execution or other process issued on a judgement, decree or order of any court in favour of a creditor of the Company is returned unsatisfied in whole or part; or
  • (c) it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the Company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due.

(2) A Company is also taken to be Unable to Pay its Debts if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the value of the Company’s current assets is less than the amount of its current liabilities, taking into account its contingent and prospective liabilities.

(3) In this section: Company includes a Recognised Company.

51. Application for winding up

Subject to any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules to the contrary, an application to the Court for the winding up of a Company may only be presented by the Company, the directors or any creditor or creditors (including any contingent or prospective creditor or creditors).

52. Petition for winding up on grounds of interests of AIFC

If it appears to the AIFCA that it is in the interests of the AIFC that a Company should be wound up, the AIFCA may present a petition for the Company to be wound up if the Court considers it just and equitable for it to be wound up.

53. Voiding of property dispositions

In a winding up by the Court, any disposition of the Company’s property, and any transfer of shares or alteration in the status of the Company’s members, made after the commencement of the winding up is void unless the Court otherwise orders.

54. Voiding of attachments

If a Company is being wound up by the Court, a Person must not attach, sequester or otherwise appropriate the assets of the Company after the commencement of the winding up, and any such activity is void unless the Court otherwise orders.

55. Consequences of winding up order

If a winding up order is made for a Company, no legal proceeding may be continued or commenced against the Company or its property without the leave of the Court and subject to the terms that the Court may impose.

56. Procedures and Functions of Liquidator appointed by Court

Without limiting section 25 (Powers etc. of Liquidators), the Rules may make provision for or in relation to the procedures and Functions of a Liquidator of a Company appointed by the Court.

57. Choice of Liquidator by Court or meetings of creditors and contributories

(1) If the Court orders that a Company be wound up, the Court must, in the order, appoint a Person as liquidator of the Company. The Person appointed as liquidator becomes the Company’s Liquidator on the making of the order. The Person may either continue the liquidation or call meetings of the Company’s creditors and contributories to nominate a Person to be liquidator of the Company.

(2) The creditors and the contributories at their respective meetings may nominate a Person to be liquidator.

(3) The Person nominated by the creditors is taken to have been appointed as the Company’s Liquidator or, if a Person is not nominated by the creditors, the Person (if any) nominated by the contributories is taken to have been appointed as the Company’s Liquidator.

(4) However, if the creditors and contributories nominate different Persons, any creditor, shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of the Company may, within 7 days after the day the nomination is made by the creditors, apply to the Court for an order either:

  • (a) appointing as the Company’s Liquidator the Person nominated by the contributories instead of, or jointly with, the Person nominated by the creditors;or
  • (b) appointing another Person as the Company’s Liquidator instead of the Person nominated by the creditors.

58. Appointment of Provisional Liquidator

The Court may, at any time after the presentation of a winding up petition for a Company, appoint a liquidator provisionally for the Company. The powers of the Provisional Liquidator may be limited by the order appointing the Provisional Liquidator.

59. Appointment of liquidation committee

(1) At the meeting of the creditors of a Company held under section 57 (Choice of Liquidator by Court or meetings of creditors and contributories) or at any subsequent creditors meeting, the creditors may appoint a committee (a liquidation committee) of not more than 5 individuals to Exercise the Functions given to the committee under these Regulations and the Rules.

(2) If a liquidation committee is appointed under subsection (1), the Company may, at any time in general meeting, appoint not more than 5 individuals as members of the committee.

(3) However, the creditors may resolve that all or any of individuals appointed by the Company as members of the liquidation committee ought not to be members of the committee.

(4) If the creditors so resolve:

  • (a) the individuals mentioned in the resolution cease to be eligible to be members of the liquidation committee, unless the Court otherwise directs; and
  • (b) on an application to the Court under this subsection, the Court may appoint other individuals to be members of the liquidation committee instead of individuals mentioned in the resolution.

60. General Functions of Liquidator in winding up by Court

The Functions of the Liquidator of a Company that is being wound up by the Court are to ensure that the assets of the Company are got in or otherwise secured, realised and distributed to the Company’s creditors and, if there is a surplus, to the Persons entitled to it.

61. Vesting of Company property in Liquidator

(1) If a Company is being wound up by the Court, the Court may direct that all or any part of the property of any description belonging to the Company, or held by trustees on its behalf, vest in the Liquidator.

(2) The Liquidator may bring or defend any legal proceeding that relates to property vested in the Liquidator or that it is necessary to bring or defend to wind up the Company and recover its property.

62. Power to stay winding up

The Court may at any time after an order is made for the winding up of a Company, on the application of the Liquidator, or any creditor, shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of the Company, and on proof to the satisfaction of the Court that all proceedings in the winding up ought to be stayed, make an order staying the proceedings, either altogether or for a limited time, on the terms and conditions the Court considers appropriate.

63. Power to exclude creditors not proving in time

If the Court is satisfied that all necessary steps have been taken to draw the liquidation of a Company to the attention of creditors, the Court may fix a time or times within which creditors must prove their debts or claims or be excluded from the benefit of any distribution made before the debts or claims are proved.

64. Payment of expenses of winding up

If the assets of a Company that is being wound up by the Court are insufficient to satisfy its liabilities, the Court may make an order about the payment out of the assets of the expenses incurred in the winding up in the order of priority that the Court considers just.

CHAPTER 6–OTHER WINDING UP PROVISIONS

65. Removal of Liquidator

(1) This section applies in relation to the removal from office and vacation of office of the Liquidator of a Company that is being wound up voluntarily.

(2) The Liquidator may be removed from office only by:

  • (a) an order of the Court; or
  • (b) for a Members Voluntary Winding Up—a general meeting of the Company called specially for that purpose; or
  • (c) for a Creditors Voluntary Winding Up—a general meeting of the Company’s creditors called specially for that purpose in accordance with the Rules.

66. Preferential debts and ranking of claims

(1) Subject to the application of any other AIFC Regulations and any AIFC Rules as described in section 100 (Application of other laws to receivership and winding up), in the winding up of a Company the Company’s preferential debts must be paid in priority to all other debts.

(2) The Rules may make provision for or in relation to designating certain types of claim on a Company as preferential debts and to prescribing any priorities for their payment and as to the ranking of other claims.

67. Power to disclaim onerous property

(1) The Liquidator of a Company may, by giving the notice prescribed by the Rules, disclaim any onerous property and may do so even though the Liquidator has taken possession of it, endeavoured to sell it or otherwise exercised rights of ownership in relation to it.

(2) However, a Liquidator in a Members Voluntary Winding Up may not disclaim property.

(3) In this section: onerous property means:

  • (a) any unprofitable contract; or
  • (b) any other property of the Company that is unsaleable or not readily saleable or may give rise to a liability to pay money or perform any other onerous act.

68. Notification that Company is in liquidation etc.

If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), every invoice, order for goods or services, or business letter, issued by or on behalf of the Company or a Liquidator of the Company, and on or in which the Company’s name appears, must contain a statement that the Company is being wound up.

69. Reports by Liquidator to Registrar

If the winding up of a Company is not concluded within 1 year, the Liquidator must, at the intervals prescribed by the Rules until the winding up is concluded, give the Registrar of Companies a report, in the form prescribed under the Rules, about the liquidation.

70. Reference of questions to Court

(1) The Liquidator of a Company, or any creditor, shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets, of a Company, may apply to the Court for the Court to decide any question arising in the Company’s winding up.

(2) The Liquidator or any aggrieved Person may apply to the Court for an order in relation to the Exercise of the Liquidator’s Functions.

(3) On an application under this section, the Court may make the order that it considers just, including, if appropriate, an order enforcing or setting aside any direction given, or requirement made, by the Liquidator to or of a Person.

71. Dissolution and early dissolution

(1) Subsections (2) and (3) apply if the Liquidator of a Company that is being wound up has sent the Liquidator’s final account and return to creditors.

(2) At the end of 3 months after the day the final account and return is sent to creditors, the Company is taken to be dissolved.

(3) However, on the application of any Person who appears to the Court to be interested, the Court make an order deferring the dissolution of the Company for the time the Court considers appropriate.

(4) If the realisable assets of the Company are insufficient to cover the expenses of the winding up, and the affairs of the Company do not require any further investigation, the Liquidator may at any time apply to the Registrar of Companies for the early dissolution of the Company.

(5) Before making an application under subsection (4), the Liquidator must give at least 28 days notice of the Liquidator’s intention to make the application to the Company’s creditors and contributories.

PART 5: PROTECTION OF ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION

72. Fraud in anticipation of winding up

If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a past or present officer of the Company if the Person within 12 months immediately before the commencement of the winding up and with the intention of defrauding the creditors of the Company or concealing the state of the Company from any Person:

  • (a) concealed any part of the Company’s property to the value of U.S. $200 (or the equivalent them) or more; or concealed any debt due to or from the Company; or
  • (b) fraudulently removed any part of the Company’s property to the value of U.S. $200 (or the equivalent them) or more; or
  • (c) concealed, destroyed, mutilated, altered or falsified any register, book, paper, security or other Document affecting or relating to the Company’s property or affairs; or
  • (d) made any false or fraudulent entry in any register, book, security, paper or other Document affecting or relating to the Company’s property or affairs; or
  • (e) fraudulently parted with, altered or made any omission in any register, book, paper, security or other Document affecting or relating to the Company’s property or affairs; or
  • (f) pawned, pledged or disposed of any property of the Company that had been obtained on credit and had not been paid for (unless the pawning, pledging or disposal was in the ordinary course of the Company’s business).

73. Transactions in fraud of creditors

(1) If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a past or present officer of the Company if the Person, while an officer of the Company:

  • (a) made, or caused to be made, any gift or transfer of, or charge on, or caused or connived at the levying of any execution against, the Company’s property; or
  • (b) concealed or removed any part of the Company’s property on or after, or within 2 months before, the date of any unsatisfied judgement or order for the payment of money obtained against the Company.

(2) However, section 79 does not apply to the Person because of subsection (1) if the Person proves that, at the time the Person engaged in the conduct mentioned in that subsection, the Person had no intent to defraud the Company’s creditors.

74. Falsification of Company’s books etc.

If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a past or present officer of the Company, or a shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of the Company, if the Person does anything mentioned in section 72(c) to (e) with intent to defraud or deceive any Person.

75. Material omissions from statement relating to Company’s affairs

If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a past or present officer of the Company if the Person makes any material omission in any statement relating to the Company’s affairs with intent to defraud any Person.

76. False representations to creditors

(1) If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a past or present officer of the Company if the Person makes a false representation, or commits another fraud, for the purpose of obtaining the consent of the Company’s creditors, or any of them, to an agreement about the Company’s affairs or the winding up.

(2) The Person is taken to have made such a false representation if, before the winding up, the Person made any false representation, or committed any other fraud, for that purpose.

77. Fraudulent trading

If a Company is being wound up (whether by the Court or voluntarily), section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to a Person if:

  • (a) any business of the Company has been conducted with intent to defraud creditors of the Company or creditors of any other Person, or for any other fraudulent purpose; and
  • (b) the Person was knowingly a party to conducting the business with that intent or for that purpose.

78. Wrongful trading

If in the course of the winding up of a Company (whether by the Court or voluntarily) it appears that the Company has gone into insolvent liquidation and that, at some time before the commencement of the winding up of the Company, 1 or more directors of the Company knew or ought to have known, that there was no reasonable prospect of the Company avoiding going into insolvent liquidation, section 79 (Remedies by Court to protect assets) applies to that director or those directors.

79. Remedies by Court to protect assets

The Court may, on application by any aggrieved Person in relation to a Company (including a Liquidator or Administrative Receiver of the Company), make the orders the Court considers appropriate in relation to a Person to whom this section applies, including any or all of the following orders:

  • (a) an order to return or pay to the Company any money or other property of the Company that the Person has misapplied or retained or become accountable for;
  • (b) an order to compensate the Company in relation to any misfeasance or breach of any fiduciary or other duty in relation to the Company;
  • (c) an order to make the contributions to the Company’s assets that the Court considers proper;
  • (d) an order requiring the Person to do, or not to do, anything.

80. Restriction on reuse of Company names

(1) If a Company (the liquidating Company) has gone into insolvent liquidation and a Person was a director or shadow director of the Company at any time in the 12 months ending on the day before it went into liquidation, the Person must not, within 5 years after the liquidation of the liquidating Company, be a director of, or have any connection with, another Company if the name of the other Company is:

  • (a) a name by which the liquidating Company was known at any time in that period of 12 months; or
  • (b) a name is so similar to a name mentioned in paragraph (a) as to suggest an association with the liquidating Company.

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) A Person is personally responsible for all the relevant debts of a Company if the Person is, as at any time, involved in the management of the Company in Contravention of section (1).

PART 6: RECOGNISED AND FOREIGN COMPANIES

81. Proceedings in relation to Foreign Companies

(1) If a Foreign Company is the subject of insolvency proceedings in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, the Court must, on the request of a court of that jurisdiction, assist that court in gathering and remitting assets in the AIFC.

(2) The Rules may make provision for or in relation to the getting in of assets of Foreign Companies and other issues arising in the context of cooperation under subsection (1) with the courts of other jurisdictions.

82. Application of Part 6 to Recognised Companies

(1) This Part is additional to, and does not limit, any provisions of these Regulations or the Rules, or any other Acting Law of the AIFC in relation to insolvency and winding up, and a Liquidator or the Court may Exercise any Functions or do anything else in relation to a Recognised Company that might be Exercised or done by the Liquidator or Court in the winding up of a Company.

(2) A Recognised Company may be wound up under this Part even though it is being wound up, or has been dissolved, deregistered or otherwise ceased to exist as a body corporate, under the law of its place of origin.

83. Winding up of Recognised Companies

(1) Subject to this Part, a Recognised Company may be wound up under these Regulations, and these Regulations apply accordingly to a Recognised Company with the following changes:

  • (a) the place of business of the Recognised Company in the AIFC is taken, for the purposes of the winding up, to be the registered office of the Recognised Company;
  • (b) a Recognised Company must not to be wound up voluntarily under these Regulations;
  • (c) a Recognised Company may be wound up by the Court if:
  • (i) the Recognised Company is Unable to Pay its Debts, has been dissolved, deregistered or otherwise ceased to exist as a body corporate under the law of its place of origin, has ceased to conduct business in the AIFC, or has a place of business in the AIFC only for the purpose of winding up its affairs; or

(ii) the Court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that the Recognised Company should be wound up;

  • (d) any other necessary changes and any changes prescribed by the Rules.

(2) A Person is a contributory to a Recognised Company that is being wound up, and is liable to contribute as contributory to the property of the Recognised Company, if:

(ii) any amount for the adjustment of the rights of the members among themselves; or

(iii) the costs and expenses of the winding up; or

  • (b) the Recognised Company has been dissolved, deregistered or otherwise ceased to exist as a body corporate under the law of in its place of origin—the Person was so liable immediately before it so ceased to exist.

(3) Any provision of these Regulations, the Rules, or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules, about staying or restraining legal proceedings against a Company at any time after the filing of an application for winding up and before the making of a winding up order extend, in the case of a Recognised Company if the application to stay or restrain is by a creditor, to legal proceedings against a contributory of the Recognised Company.

(4) If an order has been made for the winding up of a Recognised Company, no legal proceeding may be continued or commenced against a contributory of the Recognised Company in relation to a debt of the Recognised Company without the leave of the Court and subject to the terms that the Court may impose.

84. Outstanding property of dissolved etc. Recognised Company

(1) This section applies if, after the dissolution or deregistration of a Recognised Company, outstanding property of the Recognised Company remains in the AIFC.

(2) The estate and interest in the property of the Recognised Company or of its Liquidator at the time of the dissolution or deregistration, together with all claims, rights and remedies that the Recognised Company or the Liquidator then had in relation to the property, vests by force of this section in the AIFC.

(3) If any claim, right or remedy of a Liquidator may, under these Regulations or the Rules, be made, exercised or availed of only with the approval (however described) of the Court or another Person, the AIFC may, for this section, make, exercise or avail itself of the claim, right or remedy without the approval.

PART 7: OTHER TYPES OF COMPANY

85. Application of these Regulations to other types of Company

(1) If, for Part 11 (Other types of Company) of the AIFC Companies Regulations, a type of Company is prescribed under the Rules, the Rules may make provision for or in relation to:

  1. (a) prescribing the following in relation to Companies of that type:
  2. (i) the circumstances and way in which the Companies may enter into Voluntary Arrangements or receiverships or be wound up;

(ii) requirements or obligations in relation to the appointment of Insolvency Practitioners or Official Liquidators for them;

(iii) forms and procedures for Voluntary Arrangements or receiverships for, and the winding up of, the Companies; and

  1. (b) extending, excluding, waiving or modifying the application of provisions of these Regulations or the Rules to facilitate the orderly application of insolvency law in relation to a Company of that type.

(2) Subject to any Rules made for subsection (1), these Regulations apply to a Company of a type to which that subsection applies except so far as any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules provide otherwise.

PART 8: APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS TO LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIPS

86. Application to limited liability partnerships

(1) Unless the contrary intention appears, these Regulations and the Rules apply to Limited Liability Partnerships and Recognised Limited Liability Partnerships with the following modifications:

  1. (a) a reference to a Company includes a reference to a limited liability partnership;
  2. (b) a reference to a director or officer of a Company includes a reference to a member (however described) of a limited liability partnership;
  3. (c) a reference to a provision of these Regulations, the AIFC Companies Regulations, or any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules, is a reference to that provision as it applies to a limited liability partnership in accordance with these Regulations;
  4. (d) a reference to the articles of association of a Company includes a reference to the partnership agreement of a limited liability partnership;
  5. (e) a reference to a resolution of a Company includes a reference to a decision of a limited liability partnership;
  6. (f) a reference to a meeting of a Company includes a reference to a meeting of the members (however described) of a limited liability partnership;
  7. (g) these Regulations are taken to have been made modified in accordance with the following provisions:
  8. (i) in section 8(1), for ‘The directors of a Company’ substitute ‘A limited liability partnership’, and delete ‘to the Company and’;

(ii) in section 8(2), for ‘The directors’ substitute ‘The limited liability partnership’;

(iii) in section 9(1), for ‘The directors of a Company’ substitute ‘A limited liability partnership’:

(iv) omit section 10(3);

  1. (v) for section 26, substitute the following: ‘A limited liability partnership may be wound up voluntarily if it decides that it should be wound up voluntarily.’;

(vi) in section 31, for ‘directors’ (wherever appearing) substitute ‘Designated Members (however described)’, and for ‘director’ (wherever appearing) substitute ‘Designated Member’;

(vii) in section 32(2), for ‘directors’ substitute ‘Designated Members (however described)’;

(viii) in section 40, for ‘directors’ (wherever appearing) substitute ‘Designated Members (however described)’;

(ix) in section 51, for ‘directors’ substitute ‘Designated Members (however described)’;

  1. (x) in section 53, for ‘any transfer of shares’ substitute ‘any transfer by a member (however described) of the limited liability partnership of the member’s interest in the partnership’s property’;
  2. (xi) in sections 72 to 76, for ‘officer of the Company’ substitute ‘member (however described) of the limited liability partnership’;
  3. (xii) in section 78, for ‘directors of the Company’ substitute ‘members (however described) of the limited liability partnership’, and for ‘that director or those directors’ substitute ‘that member or those members’;
  4. (h) all other necessary modifications and any modifications prescribed by the Rules.

(2) A reference in subsection (1) (or in any provision of these Regulations modified in accordance with that subsection) to a limited liability partnership is a reference to a Limited Liability Partnership or Recognised Limited Liability Partnership, as the case requires.

PART 9: INSOLVENCY PRACTITIONERS

87. Restrictions on appointment as liquidator, receiver etc.

(1) A Person must not be appointed or act as a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Liquidator of a Company under these Regulations, the Rules, or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules, unless the Person is registered as an insolvency practitioner under this Part.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), unless a Person who is an Insolvency Practitioner is further registered as an official liquidator under this Part, the Person must not be appointed as:

(3) The registration of an Insolvency Practitioner as an Official Liquidator constitutes an acknowledgement by the Insolvency Practitioner that the Insolvency Practitioner will “in principle” accept any appointment made by the Court as a liquidator or provisional liquidator of a Company in accordance with any rules of procedure that may be made by the Court.

88. Qualification and registration of Insolvency Practitioners and Official Liquidators

(1) The Rules must prescribe criteria that a Person must meet to be registered as an insolvency practitioner or official liquidator. The Rules may include requirements relating to the qualifications, experience and fitness and propriety of applicants for registration.

(2) The Rules may provide for requirements mentioned in subsection (2) to be varied for applicants who are, at the time of application, regulated in a jurisdiction outside the AIFC.

(3) The Registrar of Companies may:

  • (a) grant or refuse to grant an application for registration as an insolvency practitioner or official liquidator; and
  • (b) impose any restrictions or conditions on granting registration.

(4) A Person registered as an insolvency practitioner or official liquidator must act within the scope of the Person’s registration and comply with any restrictions and conditions imposed on the registration.

(5) The Registrar of Companies may, by Written notice given to a Person registered as an insolvency practitioner or official liquidator on the Registrar’s own initiative or at the request of the Person’s:

  • (a) impose restrictions or conditions on the Person’s registration; or
  • (b) vary or withdraw any restrictions or conditions imposed on the Person’s registration; or
  • (c) suspend, cancel or otherwise withdraw the Person’s registration.

(6) In making a decision under this section, the Registrar of Companies must comply with any Rules applying in relation to the making of the decision.

89. Register of insolvency practitioners and official liquidators

(1) The Registrar of Companies must keep and publish registers of current and past registrations of insolvency practitioners and official liquidators in accordance with any requirements prescribed by the Rules.

(2) The Registrar of Companies must make a reasonably current version of each register kept under subsection (1) freely available for viewing by the public during the normal business hours of the Registrar.

90. Obligation of disclosure to Registrar

(1) An Insolvency Practitioner (including an Official Receiver) appointed for a Company must disclose to the Registrar of Companies any matter that reasonably tends to show:

(2) Contravention of subsection (1) is punishable by a fine.

(3) Subsection (1) does not require the disclosure of a privileged communication

(4) Any provision in an agreement between a Company and an officer, employee or agent of the Company or an Insolvency Practitioner is void so far as it purports to hinder any Person from causing or assisting an Insolvency Practitioner to comply with subsection (1).

(5) A Person must not be subjected to detriment, loss or damage only because the Person does anything to cause or assist an Insolvency Practitioner to comply with subsection

(1).

(6) The Court may, on application of an aggrieved Person, make any order for relief if the Person has been subjected to any detriment, loss or damage mentioned in subsection (5).

(7) Without limiting any other provision of these Regulations, the Rules or any other Legislation Administered by the Registrar, an Insolvency Practitioner does not Contravene any duty to which the Insolvency Practitioner is subject only because the Insolvency Practitioner:

  • (a) makes a disclosure under subsection (1); or
  • (b) gives the Registrar of Companies any other information or opinion in relation to a matter to which the disclosure applies or any related matter, if the Insolvency Practitioner is acting in good faith and reasonably believes that the notification, information or opinion is relevant to any functions of the Registrar.

(8) In this section: privileged communication means a communication attracting a privilege arising from the provision of professional legal advice or any other advice to which the relationship of lawyer and client or other similar relationship applies, but does not include a communication to which a general duty of confidentiality only applies.

91. Supervision of Insolvency Practitioners

(1) This section applies if the Court is satisfied, on the application of the Registrar of Companies, that an Insolvency Practitioner:

  1. (a) has Contravened these Regulations (within the meaning given by section 169 of the AIFC Companies Regulations); or
  2. (b) has Failed, whether within or outside the AIFC, to Exercise any Functions adequately or properly;or
  3. (c) is otherwise not a fit and proper Person to remain an Insolvency Practitioner or, if applicable, an Official Liquidator.

(2) The Court may make 1 or more of the following orders:

  1. (a) an order that the Registrar of Companies may cancel, suspend for a stated period, or impose stated restrictions or conditions on, the Person’s registration as an insolvency practitioner or official liquidator (or, if applicable, both);
  2. (b) an order imposing restrictions or conditions on the Person’s future conduct as an Insolvency Practitioner or Official Liquidator (or, if applicable, both);
  3. (c) an order requiring the Person to do, or refrain from doing, anything;
  4. (d) any other order the Court considers appropriate.

(3) This section does not affect the powers that any Person or the Court may have apart from this section.

PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS

92. Rules made in relation to these Regulations

The Rules may make provision for or in relation to:

  • (a) practices and procedures under these Regulations, including voting and results of voting at meetings, the valuation of liabilities, the ranking of debts (other than preferential debts), and the identification and application of assets and the Functions of creditors’ and liquidation committees; and
  • (b) extending, excluding, waiving or modifying the application of provisions of these Regulations for the purpose of amending the Functions or responsibilities of any Person under these Regulations.

93. Getting in Company’s property

(1) This section applies in relation to a Company if:

(2) If any Person has in the Person’s possession or control any property, books, papers, records or anything else to which the Company appears to be entitled, the Court may, on application by an Administrator of the Company, require the Person to give (however described) the thing to the Administrator.

(3) If an Administrator of the Company:

  • (a) seizes or disposes of any property that is not property of the Company; and
  • (b) at the time of seizure or disposal believes, and has reasonable grounds for believing, that the Administrator is entitled (whether under a Court order or otherwise) to seize or dispose of the property; the Administrator is not liable to any Person in relation to any loss or damage resulting from the seizure or disposal (except so far as the loss or damage is caused by the Administrator’s own negligence), and has a lien on the property, or the proceeds of its sale, for the expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with the seizure or disposal.

94. Duty to cooperate with Administrator

(1) This section applies in relation to a Company (the relevant Company) if:

(2) A Person to whom subsection (3) applies must:

  • (a) attend on the Administrator of the Company at the times the Administrator may reasonably require; and
  • (b) give the Administrator the information about the Company, and its promotion, formation, business, dealings, affairs or property, as the Administrator reasonably requires.

(3) This subsection applies to the following Persons:

  • (a) a Person who is, or has at any time been, an officer of the Company;
  • (b) a Person who took part in the formation of the Company if the formation happened at any time within 1 year before the effective date;
  • (c) a Person who is in the Company’s employment, or was in its employment at any time within that year, and may be able, in the Administrator’s opinion, to give the Administrator information that the Administrator needs;
  • (d) a Person who is, or was at any time within that year, an officer of, or in the employment of, another Company that is, or was at any time within that year, an officer of the relevant Company; and
  • (e) if the relevant Company is being wound up by the Court—any Person who has been a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Liquidator of the Company.

(4) In this section: effective date means whichever of the following dates applies in relation to the relevant Company:

95. Producing account of dealings with Company etc.

The Court may order any Person involved with a Company to produce to it, or to an Administrator of the Company, an account of the Person’s dealings with the Company or any books, papers, records or other Documents in the Person’s possession relating to the Company or to any dealing of the Person with the Company.

96. Transactions at undervalue

(1) This section applies in relation to a Company if:

  1. (a) a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Provisional Liquidator is appointed for the Company; or
  2. (b) the Company Goes into Liquidation.

(2) If the Company has at a relevant time (as defined in section 98 (Relevant time for sections 96 and 97)) entered into a transaction with any Person at an undervalue, the Court may, on the application of an Administrator of the Company, make an order restoring the position to what it would have been if the Company had not entered into that transaction.

(3) For this section, a Company enters into a transaction with a Person at an undervalue if it makes a gift to the Person or otherwise enters into a transaction with the Person on terms that provide for the Company to receive no consideration, or consideration the value of which, in money or money’s worth, is significantly less than the value, in money or money’s worth, of the consideration provided by the Company.

(4) However, the Court must not make an order under this section in relation to a transaction at an undervalue if it is satisfied that:

  1. (a) the Company entered into the transaction in good faith and for the purpose of conducting its business; and
  2. (b) at the time it entered into the transaction, there were reasonable grounds for believing that the transaction would benefit the Company.

97. Preferences

(1) This section applies in relation to a Company if:

  1. (a) a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Provisional Liquidator is appointed for the Company; or
  2. (b) the Company Goes into Liquidation.

(2) If the Company has at a relevant time (as defined in section 98 (Relevant time for sections 96 and 97)) given a preference to any Person, the Court may, on the application of an Administrator of the Company, make an order restoring the position to what it would have been if the Company had not given that preference.

(3) For this section, a Company gives a preference to a Person if:

  1. (a) the Person is one of the Company’s creditors or a surety or guarantor for any of the Company’s debts or other liabilities; and
  2. (b) the Company does anything, or suffers anything to be done, that (in either case) has the effect of putting the Person into a position that, if the Company were to go into insolvent liquidation, would be better than the position the Person would have been in if that thing had not been done.

(4) However, the Court must not make an order under this section in relation to a preference given to a Person by a Company unless the Company was influenced in deciding to give the preference by a desire to produce in relation to the Person the effect mentioned in subsection (3)(b).

(5) A Company that has given a Preference to a Person connected with the Company at the time the preference was given (otherwise than only because of the Person being its employee) is presumed, unless the contrary is shown (by, for example, the receiving of additional material consideration for the preference), to have been influenced in deciding to give it by a desire of the kind mentioned in subsection (4).

98. Relevant time under sections 96 and 97

For section 96 (Transactions at undervalue) and section 97 (Preferences), the time at which a Company enters into a transaction at an undervalue, or gives a preference, is a relevant time if the transaction is entered into, or the preference given:

  • (a) for a transaction at an undervalue that is entered into with, or a preference that is given to, a Person connected with the Company (otherwise than only because of the Person being its employee)—at a time in the period of 2 years ending with the onset of Insolvency; or
  • (b) for any other transaction at an undervalue or preference—at a time in the period of 6 months ending with the onset of Insolvency; or
  • (c) in either case—at a time between the making of an application to the Court under these Regulations and the making of an order by the Court on the application, if the order gives rise to the onset of Insolvency.

99. Invalid security interests

(1) If a Company becomes Insolvent, a security interest in all or substantially all of the Company’s property is invalid if:

  • (a) the security interest is created in favour of a Person connected with the Company and is created within 2 years before the onset of Insolvency; or
  • (b) the security interest is created within 1 year before the onset of Insolvency and the Company was on the day of the creation of the interest, or became because of the transaction in relation to which the interest was created, Unable to Pay its Debts; or
  • (c) the security interest is created after the commencement of a Voluntary Arrangement for the Company.

(2) Subsection (1) does not invalidate a security interest to the extent of the value transferred to the Company, or liabilities of the Company released, because of the transaction giving rise to the grant of the security interest.

100. Application of other laws to receivership and winding up

(1) The provisions of these Regulations and the Rules relating to the powers of a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Liquidator to get in, secure, realise or distribute property of a Company (the general insolvency law provisions) are subject to the provisions of any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules that are inconsistent with, or otherwise extend, exclude, modify or waive the application of, provisions of these Regulations and the Rules in particular cases or classes of case.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the general insolvency law provisions are subject to the provisions of any other AIFC Regulations or any AIFC Rules that provide for or in relation to the orderly conduct of affairs or winding up of a Company (a licensed Company) that is licensed, or recognised by the AFSA including provisions that prescribe procedures and priorities for dealing with assets of a licensed Company or other Persons if there is a pending or actual Insolvency or other default.

101. Power of Court to declare dissolution of Company void

(1) This section applies if a Company has been dissolved under these Regulations or the AIFC Companies Regulations.

(2) On application made within 10 years after the day of the dissolution by a Liquidator of the Company or any other Person who appears to the Court to be interested, the Court may make an order, on the terms the Court considers appropriate, declaring the dissolution void.

(3) If the Court makes an order under subsection (2), the Court may by the order (or subsequent orders) give the directions and make the provisions that it considers just for placing the Company and all other Persons in the same position as nearly as may be as if the Company had not been dissolved.

(4) If the Court makes an order under subsection (2), any proceeding may be taken that might have been taken if the Company had not been dissolved.

SCHEDULE 1: ADDITIONAL POWERS OF ADMINISTRATIVE RECEIVERS

1. Power to take possession of, collect and get in the relevant property of the Company and, for that purpose, to take the legal proceedings that the Administrative Receiver considers appropriate.

2. Power to sell or otherwise dispose of relevant property of the Company by public auction or private contract.

3. Power to raise or borrow money and grant security for it over relevant property of the Company.

4. Power to appoint a legal consultant, accountant or other professionally qualified Person to assist the Administrative Receiver in the Exercise of the Administrative Receiver’s Functions.

5. Power to bring or defend any legal proceeding in the name and on behalf of the Company.

6. Power to refer to arbitration any question affecting the Company.

7. Power to effect and maintain insurance in relation to the business and property of the Company.

8. Power to do all acts in the name and on behalf of the Company and, in particular, to execute any deed, receipt or other Document in the name and on behalf of the Company.

9. Power to draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or promissory note in the name and on behalf of the Company.

10. Power to appoint any agent to do any business that the Administrative Receiver is unable to do personally or that can more conveniently be done by an agent.

11. Power to do all other things that may be necessary for winding up the Company’s affairs and distributing its assets.

SCHEDULE 2: POWERS OF LIQUIDATOR IN WINDING UP

1. Power to pay any class of creditors in full.

2. Power to make any compromise or arrangement with creditors or Persons claiming to be creditors, or having or claiming to have any claim (present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages) against the Company or for which the Company may be liable.

3. Power to compromise, on agreed terms:

  • (a) all calls and liabilities to calls, all debts and liabilities capable of resulting in debts, and all claims (present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages) subsisting or claimed to subsist between the Company and a shareholder or other Person liable, or claimed to be liable, to contribute to the assets of the Company or other debtor or Person apprehending liability to the Company; and
  • (b) all questions in any way relating to or affecting the assets or the winding up of the Company; and to take any security for the discharge of any such call, debt, liability or claim and give a complete discharge in relation to it.

4. Power to bring or defend any legal proceeding in the name and on behalf of the Company.

5. Power to carry on the business of the Company so far as may be necessary for its beneficial winding up. Power to sell any of the Company’s property by public auction or private contract with power to transfer the whole of it to any Person or to sell the property in parcels.

6. Power to do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Company, all deeds, receipts and other Documents and, for that purpose, to use the Company’s seal when necessary.

7. Power to prove, rank and claim in the bankruptcy, insolvency, or sequestration, (however described) of any shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of the Company for any balance against the Person’s estate, and to receive dividends in the bankruptcy, insolvency or sequestration in relation to that balance, as a separate debt owing from the Person, and rateably with the other separate creditors.

8. Power to draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or promissory note, in the name and on behalf of the Company, with the same effect in relation to the Company’s liability as if the bill or note had been drawn, accepted, made or endorsed by or on behalf of the Company in the course of its business.

9. Power to raise money on the security of the assets of the Company.

10. Power to take out in the Liquidator’s official name letters of administration to any deceased shareholder or other Person liable to contribute to the assets of the Company, and to do in the official name anything else necessary to obtain payment of any amount owing to the Company from the Person’s estate that cannot conveniently be done in the name of the Company. For this clause, the amount owing is taken, for the purpose of enabling the Liquidator to take out the letters of administration or recover the money, to be owing to the Liquidator personally.

11. Power to appoint an agent to do any business that the Liquidator is unable to do personally or that can more conveniently be done by an agent.

12. Power to do all other things necessary for winding up the Company’s affairs and distributing its assets.

SCHEDULE 3: INTERPRETATION

1. Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

Administrative Receiver, in relation to a Company, has the meaning given by section 14(2) (Appointment and Functions of Receivers and Administrative Receivers).

Administrator, in relation to a Company, means a Receiver, Administrative Receiver or Liquidator of the Company.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means the Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made for these Regulations.

Company means a body corporate that is incorporated as, or converted to, a private company or public company under the AIFC Companies Regulation.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Creditors Voluntary Winding Up, in relation to a Company, means a winding up of the Company that is not a Members Voluntary Winding Up.

Document includes any summons, notice, statement, return, account, order and other legal process, and any register.

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Foreign Company means any association or other body corporate incorporated or otherwise formed in a jurisdiction outside the AIFC that has a corporate existence under the law of that jurisdiction (whether or not it is considered to be a company under that law), and includes a Recognised Company.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

Goes into Liquidation: A Company Goes into Liquidation if:

  1. (a) it passes a Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up; or
  2. (b) the Court makes an order for its winding up if it has not already passed a Resolution for

Voluntary Winding Up.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Insolvency, in relation to a Company:

  1. (a) means that the Company is Unable to Pay its Debts; and
  2. (b) in Part 10 (Miscellaneous), includes the approval under Part 2 (Company Voluntary Arrangements) of a Voluntary Arrangement for the Company or the appointment of a Receiver or Administrative Receiver for the Company.

Insolvency Practitioner means a Person who is registered as an insolvency practitioner under these Regulations.

Legislation Administered by the Registrar has the meaning given by section 1 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Limited Liability Partnership means a Limited Liability Partnership under the AIFC Limited Liability Partnership Regulations.

Liquidator, in relation to a Company, means a Person who is appointed as the liquidator, or a liquidator, of the Company, and includes a Provisional Liquidator for the Company.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Members Voluntary Winding Up, in relation to a Company, means a winding up of the Company for which directors of the Company have made a declaration that complies with section 31 (Declaration of solvency).

Nominee, in relation to a proposed Voluntary Arrangement for a Company, means the Person appointed under section 8(2) (Company arrangements) to act in relation to the Voluntary Arrangement.

Official Liquidator means a Person who is registered as an official liquidator under these Regulations.

Person includes any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Property of the company (a) includes any property held by any person on trust for the company; and (b) does not include property of the company held in trust by the company upon trust.

Provisional Liquidator, in relation to a Company, means a liquidator appointed provisionally for the Company under section 58 (Appointment of Provisional Liquidator).

Receiver, in relation to a Company, has the meaning given by subsection 14(2) (Appointment and Functions of Receivers and Administrative Receivers).

Recognised Company a body corporate incorporated in any jurisdiction other than the AIFC that is registered under the AIFC Companies Regulations as a recognised company.

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies.

Registrar of Companies means the individual who is the Registrar of Companies appointed under the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Resolution for Voluntary Winding Up, in relation to a Company, means a resolution passed by the Company under section 26 (Circumstances in which Company may be wound up voluntarily).

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 181 of the AIFC Companies Regulations.

Supervisor, in relation to a Voluntary Arrangement for a Company, has the meaning given by section 13(2) (Implementation of Voluntary Arrangement).

Unable to Pay its Debts, in relation to a Company or Recognised Company, has the meaning given by section 50 (Definition of Unable to Pay its Debts).

Voluntary Arrangement has the meaning given by section 8(1) (Company arrangements).

Voluntary Winding Up means a Creditors Voluntary Winding Up or a Members Voluntary Winding Up.

Writing includes:

  1. (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  2. (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means and Written shall be construed accordingly.

NETTING REGULATIONS

Netting

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Netting Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative Authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

PART 2: APPLICATION

6. Application of these Regulations

(1) These Regulations apply to any Qualified Financial Instrument, Netting Agreement or Collateral Arrangement that is governed by the Acting Law of the AIFC or that is entered into by a Person incorporated or registered in the AIFC or organised under the Acting Law of the AIFC, irrespective of when Qualified Financial Instrument, Netting Agreement or Collateral Arrangement was entered into.

(2) If a provision of these Regulations is inconsistent with a provision of the AIFC Insolvency Regulations or AIFC Insolvency Rules, the provision of these Regulations prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.

(3) However, a provision must not be treated as inconsistent with another provision merely because the provisions deal with the same matter if each provision can be obeyed without contravening the other.

PART 3: ENFORCEABILITY AND NETTING

7. General rule about enforceability of Netting Agreements

A Netting Agreement is enforceable in accordance with its terms, including against an Insolvent Party, and, if applicable, against a guarantor or other Person (including a guarantor or other Person who is insolvent) providing security for a party to the agreement, and, subject to any conditions of the agreement, is not stayed, avoided or otherwise limited by:

  • (a) the appointment of, or any application for the appointment of, a Liquidator, or any action of a Liquidator; or
  • (b) any provision of law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation (including any compulsory winding up procedure or proceeding), reorganisation, composition with creditors, receivership, conservatorship or any other Insolvency Proceeding to which a party to the agreement may be subject; or
  • (c) any other provision of law that may apply to an Insolvent Party
  • (d) subject to section 16 any provision of law relating to Recovery and Resolution that may apply to a Person.

8. Effectiveness of Netting of obligations to make payments or deliveries

After the commencement of Insolvency Proceedings in relation to a party to a Netting Agreement, any provisions of the agreement under which any obligations of the parties to make, or relating to the making of, payments or deliveries under the agreement or under any Qualified Financial Instrument or contract or transaction to which the agreement applies, are converted into net claims or obligations or otherwise netted (including through entry by the parties into, or the requirement that they enter into, a transaction of the kind mentioned in paragraph (e) of the definition of Netting in Schedule 1) must be given effect to in accordance with their terms.

9. Limitation on Liquidator’s powers

Any power of a Liquidator to assume or repudiate individual Qualified Financial Instruments, contracts, transactions, claims or obligations does not prevent the termination, liquidation, acceleration or conversion into net claims or obligations of all payment or delivery obligations or entitlements, and all obligations or entitlements relating to the making of payments or deliveries, under 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under a Netting Agreement or to which a Netting Agreement applies, and the power applies, if at all, only after having given effect to the terms of the Netting Agreement.

10. Limitation of insolvency laws prohibiting set off etc.

The provisions of a Netting Agreement that provide for the determination of, or for payment of or in respect of, the net balance of close-out values, market values, liquidation values, replacement values or other relevant values (including the value of any damages that may arise from a party’s Failure to enter into a transaction required to be entered into under the provisions) calculated in respect of accelerated or terminated payment or delivery obligations or entitlements, or accelerated or terminated obligations or entitlements relating to the making of payments or deliveries, in either case under 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under the agreement or to which the agreement applies (including a payment or delivery in respect of a contract or transaction required to be entered into under the provisions) are not be affected by any provisions of insolvency laws that would otherwise limit the exercise of rights to set off, offset or net out obligations, payment amounts or values between an Insolvent Party and a Non-insolvent Party.

11. Preferences and fraudulent transfers

(1) The Liquidator of an Insolvent Party to a Netting Agreement may not avoid or render ineffective any of the following on the ground that it is a preference by the Insolvent Party to any other party:

  • (a) any payment, transfer, delivery, substitution or exchange of Cash, Collateral or any other interests or property under or in connection with the Netting Agreement from the Insolvent Party to the other Party;
  • (b) any obligation incurred under the Netting Agreement, or to which the agreement applies, by the Insolvent Party and owing to the other party to make any payment, transfer, delivery, substitution or exchange of Cash, Collateral or any other interest or property;
  • (c) any transaction entered into by the Insolvent Party in accordance with the terms of the Netting Agreement to give effect to the Netting provided for by the agreement.

(2) However, this section does not prevent a Liquidator of an Insolvent Party from exercising any power to avoid or render ineffective any payment, transfer, delivery, substitution or exchange, or any obligation incurred or transaction entered into, of the kind mentioned in subsection (1)(a) to (c) if there is clear and convincing evidence that the Insolvent Party:

  • (a) made the payment, transfer, delivery, substitution or exchange; or
  • (b) incurred the obligation; or
  • (c) entered into the transaction; with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any Person to whom the Insolvent Party was indebted, or became indebted, on or after the day of the transfer, delivery, substitution or exchange was made, the obligation was incurred or the transaction was entered into.

12. Pre-emption

No stay, injunction, avoidance, moratorium, or similar proceeding or order, whether issued or granted by a court, administrative agency, Liquidator or otherwise, may limit or delay application or performance of an otherwise enforceable Netting Agreement or any transaction entered into under the agreement or to which the agreement applies.

13. Realisation and liquidation of Collateral

(1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the realisation, appropriation or liquidation of Collateral under a Collateral Arrangement takes effect or occurs without any requirement that prior notice must be given to, or consent must be received from, any party or other Person.

(2) However, this section does not affect any applicable law that requires the realisation, appropriation or liquidation of Collateral to be conducted in a commercially reasonable way.

14. Scope of these Regulations

(1) A Netting Agreement is a Netting Agreement for these Regulations even though the agreement contains provisions relating to agreements, contracts or transactions that are not a Qualified Financial Instrument.

(2) However, the agreement is a Netting Agreement for these Regulations only in relation to the agreements, contracts or transactions that are Qualified Financial Instruments.

(3) A Collateral Arrangement is a Collateral Arrangement for these Regulations even though the Collateral Arrangement contains provisions relating to agreements, contracts or transactions that are not a Netting Agreement or Qualified Financial Instrument.

(4) However, the Collateral Arrangement is a Collateral Arrangement for these Regulations only in relation to the agreements, contracts or transactions that are a Netting Agreement or Qualified Financial Instruments or that are agreements, contracts or transactions to which a Netting Agreement applies.

(5) For these Regulations, a Netting Agreement and all Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under it, or to which the agreement applies, constitute a single agreement.

15. Enforceability of Qualified Financial Instruments

A Qualified Financial Instrument is not, and must be taken never to have been, void or unenforceable because of being, or having the characteristics of, a wager, a lottery or a gambling or gaming contract.

16. Financial institution in resolution proceedings

In a case where the Insolvent Party is a financial institution subject to the process of Recovery and Resolution, the provisions of these Regulations are without prejudice to the operation of subsection 147(1)(k) and section 156 of the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations and subrule 4.2.4(1) of AIFC Recovery and Resolution Rules, subject to the safeguards for Netting Agreements and Collateral Arrangements set out in subrules 4.4.5, 4.6.2 and 4.6.3 of the AIFC Recovery and Resolution Rules and any other relevant provisions of AIFC Regulations and Rules providing safeguards for close-out netting and collateral arrangements in the relevant resolution legislation.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPETATION

Definitions

In these Regulations:

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

Cash includes money credited to an account in any currency or a similar claim for repayment of money in any currency, and includes a money market deposit.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Collateral means any of the following:

  • (a) Cash in any currency;
  • (b) securities of any kind, including, for example, debt securities, equity securities and sukuk, and any right or claim associated with any securities of any kind;
  • (c) guarantees, letters of credit and obligations to reimburse;
  • (d) assets commonly used as Collateral in the AIFC.

 

Collateral Arrangement means any margin, Collateral or security arrangement, or other credit enhancement, related to or forming part of a Netting Agreement or 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under a Netting Agreement or to which a Netting Agreement applies, including, for example, the following:

  • (a) a pledge, mortgage, charge or any other form of security interest in Collateral, whether possessory or non-possessory;
  • (b) a Title Transfer Collateral Arrangement;
  • (c) any guarantee, letter of credit or reimbursement obligation, by or to a party to 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments, in relation to 1 or more of the Qualified Financial Instruments.

 

Fail includes refuse.

Insolvency Proceeding means any procedure or proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation (including any compulsory winding up procedure or proceeding), reorganisation, composition with creditors, receivership, conservatorship or any other similar procedure or proceeding.

Insolvent Party, in relation to a Netting Agreement, means a party to the agreement in relation to which an Insolvency Proceeding under the laws of the AIFC has been commenced.

Liquidator means the liquidator, receiver, liquidation committee, nominee, trustee, conservator, supervisor or other Person who administers the affairs of an Insolvent Party for a Netting Agreement during an Insolvency Proceeding under the laws of the AIFC.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Netting, in relation to a Netting Agreement, means the occurrence of any or all of the following:

  • (a) the termination, liquidation or acceleration of any payment or delivery obligations or entitlements, or obligations or entitlements to make, receive or require payments or deliveries, under 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under the Netting Agreement or to which the Netting Agreement applies;
  • (b) the calculation or estimation of a close-out value, market value, liquidation value, replacement value or other relevant value (including the value of any damages that may arise from a party’s Failure to enter into a transaction required to be entered into under provisions of the Netting Agreement of the kind mentioned in section 8 (Effectiveness of Netting of obligations to make payments or deliveries) in respect of each obligation or entitlement, or group of obligations or entitlements, terminated, liquidated or accelerated under paragraph (a);
  • (c) the conversion of any values calculated or estimated under paragraph (b) into a single currency;
  • (d) the determination of the net balance of the values calculated or estimated under paragraph (b), as converted under paragraph (c), whether by operation of set-off or otherwise;
  • (e) entry by the parties into a transaction under or as a result of which the net balance becomes payable directly or as part of the consideration for an asset or the provision for the payment of damages relating to any non-performance of a transaction.

 

Netting Agreement means:

  • (a) any agreement between 2 or more parties that provides for Netting of present or future payment or delivery obligations or entitlements, or obligations or entitlements to make, receive or require payments or deliveries, arising under or in connection with 1 or more Qualified Financial Instruments entered into under the agreement by the parties to the agreement (a master Netting Agreement); or
  • (b) any master agreement between 2 or more parties that provides for Netting of the amounts owing under 2 or more master Netting Agreements (a master-master Netting Agreement); or
  • (c) any Collateral Arrangement related to or forming part of 1 or more agreements mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).

Non-insolvent Party, in relation to a Netting Agreement, means a party to the agreement who is not an Insolvent Party.

Person includes any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Recovery means the process of restoring the financial position of a Person (or one or more entities in its Group) in the event of a serious deterioration of a Person’s financial position under the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations.

Resolution means the process of resolving a Person, including the stabilisation and restructuring of that Person through the exercise of resolution action under the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations.

Qualified Financial Instrument means any financial agreement, contract or transaction (including any terms and conditions incorporated by reference in the agreement, contract or transaction) under which:

  • (a) payment or delivery obligations are to be performed, or title to commodities or assets is to be transferred, for consideration at a certain time or within a certain period of time and whether or not subject to any condition or contingency; or
  • (b) obligations to make payments or deliveries, or to transfer title to commodities or assets, in either case for consideration at a certain time or within a certain period of time and whether or not subject to any condition or contingency, are to be entered into or incurred;

but does not include an insurance or reinsurance contract entered into by an appropriately licensed insurance company as part of its insurance business.

Examples of Qualified Financial Instruments

1 a currency, cross-currency, interest rate swap or profit rate swap

2 a basis swap

3 a spot, future, forward or other foreign exchange transaction

4 a cap, collar or floor transaction

5 a commodity swap

6 a forward rate agreement

7 a currency or interest rate future

8 a currency or interest rate option

9 a metals future or option

10 an equity derivative, such as an equity or equity index swap, equity forward, equity option or equity index option

11 a derivative relating to bonds or other debt securities or to a bond or debt security index, such as a total return swap, index swap, forward, option or index option

12 a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap, credit default basket swap, total return swap or credit default option

13 a metals derivative

14 an energy derivative, such as an electricity derivative, oil derivative, coal derivative or gas derivative

15 a weather derivative, such as a weather swap or weather option

16 a bandwidth derivative

17 a freight derivative

18 an emissions derivative, such as an emissions allowance or emissions reduction transaction

19 an economic statistics derivative, such as an inflation derivative

20 a property index derivative

21 a spot, future, forward or other securities or commodities transaction

22 a securities contract, including a margin loan and an agreement to buy, sell, borrow or lend securities, such as a securities repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement, a securities lending agreement or a securities buy/sell back agreement including any such agreement relating to mortgage loans, interests in mortgage loans or mortgage related securities

23 a commodities contract, including an agreement to buy, sell, borrow or lend commodities such as a commodities repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement, a commodities lending agreement or a commodities buy/sell back agreement

24 a Collateral Arrangement

25 an agreement to clear or settle securities transactions or to act as a depository for securities

26 any other agreement, contract or transaction similar to any agreement, contract or transaction mentioned in examples 1 to 25 in relation to 1 or more reference items or indices, including reference items or indices relating to (without limitation) interest rates, currencies, commodities, energy products, electricity, equities, weather, bonds and other debt instruments, precious metals, quantitative measures associated with an occurrence, the extent of an occurrence, or a contingency associated with a financial, commercial or economic consequence, or economic or financial indices or measures of economic or financial risk or value

27 any Shari’a compliant contract or undertaking (including a murabaha, musawama or wa’ad) that individually or together with any other Shari’a compliant contract or undertaking has been or is entered into with a view to having an economic effect similar to any instrument of a kind mentioned in examples 1 to 26 or 28

28 any swap, forward, option, contract for differences or other derivative in respect of, or combination of, 1 or more agreements or contracts mentioned in examples 1 to 27.

Title Transfer Collateral Arrangement means a margin, Collateral or security arrangement related to a Netting Agreement based on the transfer of title to Collateral, whether by outright transfer or by way of security, including, for example, a sale and repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement, securities buy/sell-back agreement or an irregular pledge.

PAYMENT SYSTEM SETTLEMENT FINALITY REGULATIONS

Payment System Settlement Finality

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Payment System Settlement Finality Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative Authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the Jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

7. Object of these Regulations etc.

(1) The object of these Regulations is to provide the process for and in relation to, and the effects of, the designation of payment systems in the AIFC, having particular regard to the importance of payment systems to the monetary and financial stability of the AIFC and the Republic of Kazakhstan and to the functioning of the AIFC as an international financial centre.

(2) The Functions of the AFSA under these Regulations will be Exercised:

  • (a) to promote the maintenance of a sound and efficient financial system in the AIFC; and
  • (b) to avoid the risk of significant damage to the financial system in the AIFC that could result from the Failure of a participant in a Designated Payment System.

PART 2: DESIGNATION

8. Application for designation

(1) If a Person wishes to have a payment system established in the AIFC declared to be a Designated Payment System, the Person must apply to the AFSA.

(2) The application must be accompanied by:

  • (a) a copy of the Payment System Rules of the payment system and any information required by the AFSA; and
  • (b) the application fee (if any) determined by the AFSA.

9. Consideration of application for designation

(1) The AFSA must consider any application made in accordance with section 8. AFSA may ask the Person for further information.

(2) In considering the application, the AFSA must have regard to:

  1. (a) the object of these Regulations under section 7(1) (Object of these Regulations etc.); and
  2. (b) the need for the AFSA to Exercise its Functions under these Regulations in accordance with section 7(2).

(3) In considering the application, the AFSA may have regard to any or all of the following matters:

  1. (a) the purpose and scope of the payment system;
  2. (b) the Payment System Rules of the payment system;
  3. (c) any AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules, and any regulatory requirements, relating to the operation of the payment system and the extent to which the payment system complies with them;
  4. (d) any other matters that the AFSA considers appropriate.

10. Decision on application for designation

(1) After considering the application, the AFSA may:

(2) If the AFSA declares the payment system to be a Designated Payment System, the declaration must specify the following:

  • (a) the payment system;
  • (b) the documents that evidence the Payment System Rules;
  • (c) the name or title of a Person to whom notices relating to the payment system must be given (the Designated Contact); and
  • (d) the conditions (if any) to which the designation is subject.

PART 3: EFFECT OF DESIGNATION

11. Payment System Rules of Designated Payment Systems valid and enforceable

(1) The Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System are valid and enforceable despite any enactment or rule of law to the contrary.

(2) However, subsection (1) applies only to the extent that the Payment System Rules of the Designated Payment System provide for or in relation to the following:

  • (a) the basis on which Payment Instructions are given;
  • (b) the basis on which payments are calculated;
  • (c) the basis on which Settlements are effected (including whether on a gross basis or using Netting);
  • (d) the basis on which Collateral Security is to be provided in connection with the payment system;
  • (e) the action to be taken if:
  • (i) a participant in the payment system is unable, or likely to become unable, to meet the participant’s obligations to any or all of the following:

(A) an operator of the payment system;

(B) another participant in the payment system;

(C) any other party to the Payment System Rules; or

(ii) an operator of the payment system is unable, or likely to become unable, to meet the operator’s obligations to any or all of the following:

(A) participant in the payment system;

(B) any other party to the Payment System Rules. including, for example, any action to be taken for the realisation and disposal of any applicable Collateral Security.

(3) The claim of the secured parties to any Collateral Security provided in connection with the Designated Payment System rank, and must be paid, in priority to the claims of all other Persons despite any enactment or rule of law to the contrary, unless the terms on which the Collateral Security was provided expressly provide that the other Persons are to be paid in priority.

12. Settlements and provision of Collateral Security must not be reversed etc.

(1) A Settlement, or the provision or enforcement of Collateral Security that is effected under the Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System must not be reversed, repaid, recovered or set aside, whether in whole or part, despite any enactment or rule of law to the contrary.

(2) A claim or right arising, or an account or other record maintained, under the Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System must not be attached, charged, assigned, executed on, distrained, or otherwise made the subject of an adverse legal process despite any enactment or rule of law to the contrary, unless expressly permitted by the Payment System Rules.

(3) Any application made to the Designated Payment System or the Court by a court, a Liquidator, a creditor, or another interested Person, from a Jurisdiction outside the AIFC, if the application relates to an Insolvency Proceeding or debt recovery proceeding in that Jurisdiction and the purpose of the proceeding is:

  • (a) to obtain the reversal, repayment, recovery or setting aside of a Settlement, or the provision or enforcement of Collateral Security, whether in whole or part; or
  • (b) to attach, charge, assign, execute on, distrain, or otherwise make the subject of an adverse legal process, any claim or right arising, or any account or other record maintained, under the Payment System Rules of the payment system, unless expressly permitted by the Payment System Rules, does not override subsections (1) and (2).

13. Limits on application of section 12(1)

(1) Section 12(1) (Settlements and provision of Collateral Security must not be reversed etc.) does not apply to a Settlement, or the provision of Collateral Security, that is effected under the Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System if:

(2) For subsection (1):

(ii) the Designated Contact Fails to have regard to any public notice of the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding that an honest and reasonable Person would have had regard to in the circumstances (including the place where, and how, the public notice was given and the location of the Designated Contact).

14. Netting valid and enforceable

If the Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System provide for Netting, any Netting under the Payment System Rules is valid and enforceable despite any enactment or rule of law to the contrary.

15. Limits on effect of sections 11, 12 and 14

(1) Sections 11 (Payment System Rules of Designated Payment Systems valid and enforceable), 12 (Settlements and provision of Collateral Security must not be reversed etc.) and 14 (Netting valid and enforceable) do not prevent:

  1. (a) the operation of any enactment or rule of law in relation to an underlying transaction (including, for example, any relevant provisions of the AIFC Insolvency Regulations); or
  2. (b) any Person from taking action against another Person who has acted fraudulently or dishonestly if the remedy sought or obtained does not affect the application of those sections.

(2) If a Person brings an action under any enactment or rule of law in relation to an underlying transaction (including, without limitation, any relevant provisions of the AIFC Insolvency Regulations), the Person may produce evidence of a settlement before the Court for the purpose of proving that:

  1. (a) a participant received value by means of the settlement; and
  2. (b) the value received was an element of the underlying transaction.

(3) In this section: underlying transaction means a transaction that gives rise to a payment or payment obligation, but does not include:

  1. (a) a Payment Instruction; or
  2. (b) a Settlement in accordance with the Payment System Rules of a Designated Payment System.

PART 4: VARIATION OR REVOCATION OF DESIGNATION

16. Variation of designation

The AFSA may vary any designation made under section 10(1)(a) (Decision on application for designation):

  • (a) by amending the documents that evidence the Payment System Rules or amending the name or title of a Person to whom notices relating to the payment system must be given; or
  • (b) by revoking or amending any condition to which the designation is subject; or
  • (c) by making the designation subject to a new condition.

17. Revocation of designation

The AFSA may revoke any designation made under section 10(1)(a).

18. Settlement and Netting not affected by variation or revocation of designation

The variation or revocation of a designation under section 10(1)(a) does not affect the application of sections 11 (Payment System Rules of Designated Payment Systems valid and enforceable), 12 (Settlements and provision of Collateral Security must not be reversed etc.) and 14 (Netting valid and enforceable) to Settlements that were effected, and Netting that took place, before the variation or revocation.

19. Matters AFSA must and may have regard in deciding whether to vary or revoke designation

(1) In deciding whether to vary or revoke the designation of a Designated Payment System under section 10(1)(a), the AFSA must have regard to:

  1. (a) the object of these Regulations under section 7(1) (Object of these Regulations etc.); and
  2. (b) the need for the AFSA to Exercise its Functions under these Regulations in accordance with section 7(2).

(2) In deciding whether to vary or revoke the designation of a Designated Payment System under section 10(1)(a), the AFSA may have regard to any or all of the following matters

  1. (a) the purpose and scope of the payment system;
  2. (b) the Payment System Rules of the payment system;
  3. (c) any AIFC Regulations and AIFC Rules, and any regulatory requirements, relating to the operation of the payment system and the extent to which the payment system complies with them;
  4. (d) any Failure to comply with any condition to which the designation is subject; and
  5. (e) any other matters that the AFSA considers appropriate.

20. Procedure for variation or revocation of designation

(1) Before deciding to vary or revoke a designation of a Designated Payment System under section 10(1)(a), the AFSA must, unless it considers that the financial system may be prejudiced as a result:

  1. (a) give the Designated Contact notice of:
  2. (i) the reasons for considering whether to vary or revoke the designation; and

(ii) if the AFSA is considering whether to vary the designation—the variation being considered; and

(iii) the fact that the Designated Contact may make submissions to the AFSA in relation to the variation or revocation;

  1. (b) give the Designated Contact an opportunity to make submissions to the AFSA within a specified period that the AFSA considers reasonable in the circumstances; and
  2. (c) consider any submissions made by the Designated Contact before the end of the specified period.

(2) The notice mentioned in subsection (1)(a) may be given either in Writing or orally depending on the circumstances of the particular case.

PART 5: PROVISION OF INFORMATION

21. Provision of information relating to Designated Payment System

(1) The AFSA may, by Written notice, require any or all of the following Persons to provide specified information to it relating to a Designated Payment System:

  • (a) an operator of the payment system;
  • (b) a participant in the payment system;
  • (c) the Designated Contact of the payment system.

(2) The AFSA may require information to be provided to it under subsection (1) only if it considers that the information is reasonably required to enable it to Exercise its Functions under these Regulations.

(3) A notice under subsection (1) may specify:

  • (a) the periods for which, and the form in which, the information must be provided; and
  • (b) how the information must be verified.

(4) The AFSA may require any information to be provided under this section to be in English.

(5) If the AFSA is satisfied that a Person has Contravened this section, it may impose a fine on the Person for the Contravention.

22. Designated Contact must be notified of Insolvency Proceeding

(1) This section applies if:

(2) As soon as practicable after becoming aware of the Insolvency Proceeding, Participant A must notify the Designated Contact of the Insolvency Proceeding.

(3) It is sufficient compliance with the requirement to notify the Designated Contact under subsection (2) if:

  • (a) participant A takes all reasonable steps to comply with the requirement; or
  • (b) the Designated Contact was already actually aware of the commencement of the Insolvency Proceeding by the time participant A had to notify the Designated Contact under that subsection.

(4) The Designated Contact must notify the AFSA promptly if the Designated Contact receives a notification under subsection (2) or otherwise becomes aware of the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding in respect of a participant in the Designated Payment System.

PART 6: MISCELLANEOUS

23. Exemption from liability

The AFSA, and its officers, employees and agents, are not liable for anything done or omitted to be done in the Exercise, or purported Exercise, of the AFSA’s Functions under these Regulations unless it is proven that the thing was done or omitted to be done in bad faith.

24. Applicable law relating to securities held as Collateral Security

If:

25. AFSA and Central Bank etc.

(1) In Exercising its Functions under these Regulations, the AFSA may consult with, and have regard to the views of, the Central Bank.

(2) The AFSA may share any documents or information obtained by it under these Regulations with any or all of the following:

26. Power to adopt rules

(1) The Board of Directors of the AFSA may adopt rules prescribing matters:

  • (a) required or permitted by these Regulations to be prescribed by the Rules; or
  • (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to these Regulations.

(2) However, the Board may not adopt rules under this section on matters related to the regulation of financial services and related operations in the AIFC.

(3) Without limiting subsection (1), the Board may adopt rules:

  • (a) with respect to any matters relating to the AFSA’s Functions under these Regulations; or
  • (b) to facilitate the administration of, or further the object or purposes of, these Regulations; or
  • (c) prescribing the Contraventions of these Regulations and the Rules for which fines may be imposed by the AFSA;
  • (d) with respect to the procedures for the imposition or recovery of fines, including any circumstances in which the procedures do not apply to the imposition of a fine; or
  • (e) setting limits for fines and other penalties that may be imposed for Contraventions of these Regulations or the Rules

(4) Without limiting subsection (1), rules adopted by the Board may do any of the following:

  • (a) make different provision for different cases or circumstances;
  • (b) include supplementary, incidental and consequential provisions;
  • (c) make transitional and savings provisions.

(5) If any rules purport to be adopted in the exercise of a particular power or powers, the rules are taken also to be adopted in the exercise of all the powers under which they may be adopted.

(6) Until rules mentioned in subsection (3)(e) are adopted by the Board, there are no limits on the fines and other penalties that may be imposed for a Contravention of these Regulations or the Rules.

27. Publication of proposed rules

(1) Before making rules under section 26 (Power to adopt rules), the Board of Directors of the AFSA must publish a notice under this section.

(2) The notice must include, or have attached to it:

  • (a) a summary of the proposed rules; and
  • (b) the text of the rules; and
  • (c) a statement of the substance and purpose of the material provisions of the rules.

(3) The notice must invite interested Persons to make representations about the proposed rules within a stated period of at least 30 days.

(4) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to the making of rules if the Board of Directors of the AFSA considers:

  • (a) that any delay likely to arise because of complying with those subsections is prejudicial to the interests of the AFSA; or
  • (b) that the rules are merely consequential on any other Rules adopted (or proposed to be adopted) by the Board; or
  • (c) that the rules do not change, or significantly change, the policy intended to be give effect to by these Regulations and the Rules or any other AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

28. Notification of AFSA’s decisions and reasons

(1) This section applies if, under these Regulations or the Rules:

  • (a) the AFSA makes a decision (including a decision refusing to make a decision) on the application (however described) of a Person (the affected Person for the decision); or
  • (b) the AFSA makes a decision affecting the interests of a Person (the affected Person for the decision) on the AFSA’s own initiative.

(2) As soon as practicable after the AFSA makes the decision, the AFSA must give the affected Person Written notice of the decision.

(3) Without limiting subsection (2), the notice must:

  • (a) if the decision is to take effect on the day after the day the notice is given to the Person—state that fact; or
  • (b) if the decision is to take effect at a different time—specify the time; or
  • (c) if the decision is to grant or issue (however described) a designation, licence, permit, registration or anything else subject to conditions, restrictions or limitations of any kind—state the conditions, restrictions or limitations; or
  • (d) if the decision is to grant or issue (however described) a designation, licence, permit, registration or anything else for a period—specify the period.

(4) The notice must include, or be accompanied by, a statement of the AFSA’s reasons for the decision.

(5) However, if the decision was made on the application (however described) of the affected Person, subsection (4) does not apply to the decision so far as the decision was the decision the affected Person applied for.

(6) Also, subsection (4) does not apply to the decision if a provision of any AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules expressly provides that the AFSA need not provide reasons for the decision.

(7) This section is additional to, and does not limit, any other provision of any the AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules.

29. Language

The AFSA may require communications to which the AFSA is a party under these Regulations or the Rules to be conducted in the English language.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

1. Definitions

In these Regulations:

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC Bodies has the meaning given by article 9 of the Constitutional Statute and the document entitled The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre adopted by the Management Council on 26 May 2016.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AFSA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made under these Regulations.

Central Bank means the Central Bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Collateral Instruction, in relation to a payment system, means an instruction by a participant in the payment system that:

  • (a) is made in accordance with the Payment System Rules; and
  • (b) results, or is intended to result, in the provision of Collateral Security being effected.

Collateral Security, in relation to a payment system, means any realisable assets (including money) provided under a charge, repurchase or similar agreement, or otherwise, for the purpose of securitising rights and obligations potentially arising under the Payment System Rules.

Constitutional Statute means Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Designated Contract, in relation to a Designated Payment System, has the meaning given by section 10(2)(c).

Designated Payment System means a payment system that is declared to be a Designated Payment System under section 10(1)(a).

Exercise a Function includes perform the Function.

Fail includes refuse.

Failure includes refusal.

Function includes authority, duty and power.

Insolvency Proceeding means any procedure or proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation (including any compulsory winding up procedure or proceeding), reorganisation, composition with creditors, receivership or conservatorship, or any other similar procedure or proceeding.

Jurisdiction means any jurisdiction in any country, and includes the AIFC.

Liquidator, in relation to a participant in a Designated Payment System, means any liquidator, provisional liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, receiver and manager, liquidation committee, nominee, trustee, conservator, supervisor or other Person who administers the affairs of the participant under or for an Insolvency Proceeding or is appointed under or for an insolvency procedure or proceeding of any kind in relation to the participant.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Netting, in relation to a payment system, means the conversion into one net claim or obligation, or the set-off of different claims or obligations between participants in the payment system, that results from the issue and receipt of Payment Instructions involving 2 or more participants in the payment system, or that is otherwise provided for under the Payment System Rules:

  • (a) whether on a bilateral or multilateral basis; and
  • (b) whether or not through the interposition of an operator of the payment system; and
  • (c) whether or not the obligations or claims constitute mutual credits, mutual debts or other mutual dealings; and
  • (d) irrespective of the currency in which the obligations or claims are denominated.


Payment Instruction, in relation to a payment system, means an instruction by a participant in the payment system that:

  • (a) is made in accordance with the Payment System Rules; and
  • (b) results, or is intended to result, in 1 or more Settlements being effected.

Payment System Rules means:

  • (a) in relation to a payment system that is a Designated Payment System—the rules of the payment system that are contained in the documents specified in the declaration under section 10(2)(b) (Decision on application for designation) in relation to the payment system, as amended by any amendments of the rules that have been notified in Writing to, and agreed to in Writing by, the AFSA; and
  • (b) in relation to a payment system not covered by paragraph (a)—the rules of the payment system (whether made under by-laws, agreements, procedures, contracts or other documents) that are evidenced in Writing and that provide, among other things, for the following:

(i) the basis on which Payment Instructions are given;

(ii) the basis on which payments are calculated;

(iii) the basis on which Settlements are effected (whether on a gross basis or using Netting);

(iv) any action to be taken if a participant in the payment system is unable, or likely to become unable, to meet the participant’s obligations to any or all of the following:

(A) an operator of the payment system;

(B) another participant in the payment system;

(C) any other party to the rules.

Person includes any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA under section 26 (Power to adopt rules).

Settlement, in relation to a payment system, means:

  • (a) the making of a payment:

(i) that is done in accordance with a Payment Instruction; and

(ii) that is on a gross basis or that uses Netting; and

(iii) whether by way of book entry on the accounts of a central bank, another bank, the operator of the payment system or otherwise; or

  • (b) anything else that discharges a payment obligation in accordance with a Payment Instruction or as contemplated by the Payment System Rules.

Writing includes:

  • (a) in relation to a certificate, instrument, notice or other thing—the thing in any form that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means; and
  • (b) in relation to a communication—any method of communication that preserves a record of the information contained in it and is capable of being reproduced in tangible form, including by electronic means.

COMMON REPORTING STANDARD REGULATIONS

Common Reporting Standard

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Regulations 2019.

2. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 July 2019.

3. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

4. Application

These Regulations apply to:

5. Interpretation

Schedule 1 (Interpretation) contains definitions and other interpretative provisions used in these Regulations.

PART 2: ROLE OF THE RELEVANT AUTHORITY

6. Appointment of the Relevant Authority

(1) The Relevant Authority is hereby appointed to administer the provisions of these Regulations in the AIFC.

(2) In exercising its powers under these Regulations, the Relevant Authority must act in an independent manner.

7. Objectives, functions and powers of the Relevant Authority

(3) In performing its functions and exercising its powers, the Relevant Authority must pursue the following objectives:

  • (a) to promote good practices and observance of the requirements of these Regulations;
  • (b) to administer these Regulations in an effective and transparent manner;
  • (c) to prevent, detect and restrain conduct which is, or may be, in contravention of these Regulations;
  • (d) to maintain reliable and up-to-date information for, and exchange information with, the Competent Authority, in accordance with these Regulations; and
  • (e) to assist the Government in complying with its obligations under any international treaty or other agreement relating to the Common Reporting Standard to which the Republic of Kazakhstan is a party.

(4) The Relevant Authority has such functions and powers as are conferred, or expressed to be conferred, on it:

(5) Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), such powers of the Relevant Authority include, so far as is reasonably practicable, powers to:

  • (a) prepare or cause to be prepared draft Regulations or Rules;
  • (b) adopt Rules prescribing matters:
  • (i) required or permitted by these Regulations; or

(ii) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to these Regulations;

  • (c) draft any guidance reasonably required to enable the Relevant Authority to perform its statutory functions under these Regulations;
  • (d) issue or prescribe forms to be used for any of the purposes of these Regulations;
  • (e) issue or prescribe procedures and requirements relating to these Regulations; and
  • (f) specify the method of delivery of information pursuant to these Regulations, whether by electronic or any other means.

(6) The Relevant Authority may prescribe the use of an electronic or computer based system for the filing or delivery of information or documents required under or governed by these Regulations, or as may be required by the Competent Authority pursuant to its duties under the Common Reporting Standard, and may specify the circumstances in which Persons are deemed to have signed or certified documents on an electronic or computer-based system for any purpose under these Regulations.

(7) The Relevant Authority has the power to do whatever it deems necessary for, or in connection with, or reasonably incidental to, the exercise and performance of its powers and functions inclusive of the power of delegation.

(8) Subject to subsection (7), neither the Relevant Authority nor any delegate or agent of the Relevant Authority can be held liable for anything done or omitted to be done in the performance of or purported performance of the functions of the Relevant Authority or in the exercise or purported exercise of any power or discretion of the Relevant Authority.

(9) Subsection (6) does not apply if the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

PART 3: REPORTING, RECORDS, INVESTIGATIONS AND INSPECTIONS

8. Collecting, reporting and keeping records of information

(10) A Reporting Financial Institution must collect and report to the Competent Authority the information required by the Common Reporting Standard by way of the reporting system provided by the Competent Authority for this purpose in the manner and on dates prescribed by the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

(11) A Reporting Financial Institution must establish and implement appropriate systems and internal procedures to enable its compliance with these Regulations.

(12) A Reporting Financial Institution must keep records of the steps undertaken and any evidence relied upon for the performance of the due diligence procedures and measures to obtain those records that the Reporting Financial Institution obtains or creates for the purpose of complying with these Regulations.

(13) All records required to be kept by Reporting Financial Institutions pursuant to the provisions of these Regulations must be retained in an electronically readable format for a retention period of 6 years after the date upon which such records are created.

(14) A Reporting Financial Institution that obtains or creates records for any purpose under these Regulations, in a language other than English must, upon request, provide an English translation to the Relevant Authority.

(15) A Reporting Financial Institution must each year following the first year in which a Person becomes a Reportable Person, notify such Person of the information relating to that Person which is required to be reported under these Regulations to the Competent Authority.

9. Investigations and inspections

(16) The Relevant Authority may request information from a Reporting Financial Institution and, at all reasonable times, be permitted to enter any premises or place of business of a Reporting Financial Institution for the purposes of:

  • (a) determining whether information:
  • (i) included in an information return made pursuant to these Regulations by the Reporting Financial Institution is correct and complete; or

(ii) not included in an information return made by the Reporting Financial Institution was correctly not included; or

  • (b) examining the systems and internal procedures put in place by a Reporting Financial Institution for the purposes of ensuring compliance with its obligations under these Regulations.

(17) The Relevant Authority may require a Reporting Financial Institution to provide records, information, explanations and particulars and to give all the required assistance which it may reasonably require in connection with the administration or enforcement of these Regulations.

(18) The Relevant Authority may request information from an Account Holder that has a Reportable Account held with a Reporting Financial Institution, inclusive of (but not limited to) Accounting Records and all other records held in connection with the information or certifications provided to the Reporting Financial Institution pursuant to these Regulations, and the Relevant Authority may ask a Reporting Financial Institution to assist it to obtain such information or records from an Account Holder.

(19) Where an Account Holder does not comply in full with any request for information by the Relevant Authority under subsection (3), the Relevant Authority may order a Reporting Financial Institution to:

10. Appointment of Inspectors

(20) The Relevant Authority may, if it considers it necessary or desirable in the pursuit of the objectives of these Regulations, appoint one or more Inspectors to investigate the affairs of a Reporting Financial Institution and to submit such written report as the Relevant Authority may direct.

11. Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents

(21) If an Inspector has reason to believe that any Reporting Financial Institution may be able to give information or produce a document which is or may be relevant to an investigation relevant to the provisions of these Regulations, he may:

  • (a) enter the business premises of such Reporting Financial Institution during normal business hours for the purpose of inspecting, obtaining and copying information or documents stored in any form on such premises;
  • (b) require such Reporting Financial Institution to produce, or procure the production of, any books, records or other documents under its control relating to the investigation;
  • (c) require such Reporting Financial Institution to give, or procure the giving of, specified information relating to the investigation;
  • (d) require such Reporting Financial Institution to attend before them at specified times and on reasonable notice and answer all questions put to them relating to the investigation (a “compulsory interview”); and
  • (e) require such Reporting Financial Institution to give reasonable assistance to them in connection with the investigation.

(22) Where an Inspector exercises his powers under subsection (1), he may:

(23) Where an Inspector exercises his power under subsection (1)(d) to conduct a compulsory interview, he may give a direction:

  • (a) concerning who may be present;
  • (b) preventing any Person present during any part of the compulsory interview from disclosing to any other Person any information provided to the interviewee or questions asked by the interviewer during the compulsory interview;
  • (c) concerning the conduct of any Person present, including as to the manner in which they shall participate in the interview;
  • (d) requiring the interviewee to swear an oath or give an affirmation that the answers are true to the best of his knowledge;
  • (e) requiring the interviewee to answer any questions relevant to the investigation; and
  • (f) requiring the interview to be audio or video recorded.

(24) A Reporting Financial Institution required under this section to answer any question which is put to such Person by an Inspector must not:

  • (a) knowingly or recklessly make a statement which is false, misleading or deceptive; or
  • (b) knowingly or recklessly withhold any information the omission of which makes the information which is furnished misleading or deceptive.

12. Use and effect of information and documents obtained for investigations

(25) Information given or a document produced as a result of the exercise by the Inspectors of powers under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents) is admissible in evidence in any proceedings, provided that any such information or document also complies with any requirements relating to the admissibility of evidence in such proceedings.

(26) The requirement to give, produce or procure the information or documents specified under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents) must not apply if such information or documents constitute a Privileged Communication.

(27) Other than for the purpose of these Regulations, an Inspector must not disclose a statement made by a Reporting Financial Institution in answer to any question asked pursuant to a requirement made of the Reporting Financial Institution under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents) to any individual or entity unless:

(28) The Inspector may retain possession of any information and documents given to him pursuant to a requirement made under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents) for so long as is necessary:

  • (a) for the purposes of the investigation to which the notice relates;
  • (b) for a decision to be made about whether or not a proceeding to which the information or documents would be relevant should be commenced; or
  • (c) for such a proceeding to be completed.

(29) A Reporting Financial Institution is not entitled to claim a lien on any documents as a basis for failing to comply with a requirement made under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents), or any other provision under these Regulations, but any such lien must not otherwise be prejudiced as a consequence of the Reporting Financial Institution complying with the provisions of these Regulations.

(30) Where a Reporting Financial Institution is unable to produce information or documents in compliance with a requirement made under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents), the Inspector may require the Reporting Financial Institution to state, to the best of its knowledge or belief, where the information or documents may be found and who last had possession, custody or control of the information or documents.

(31) Where the Inspector considers that, if disclosed, the fact of the issuing of a notice requiring a Reporting Financial Institution to:

  • (a) produce documents;
  • (b) give information;
  • (c) attend a compulsory interview; or
  • (d) give assistance, may hinder the investigation to which it relates, the Inspector may direct any Person who receives such notice not to disclose the receipt of a notice or any information relating to compliance therewith to any other Person, other than his legal representative under a duty of confidentiality.

(32) A Reporting Financial Institution is entitled to legal representation during the course of an investigation conducted pursuant to the provisions of these Regulations.

13. Obstruction of Inspectors

A Reporting Financial Institution must not, without reasonable excuse, engage in conduct, including without limitation the:

  • (a) destruction of documents;
  • (b) failure to give or produce information or documents specified by an Inspector;
  • (c) failure to attend before an Inspector at a specified time and place to answer questions;
  • (d) giving of information that is false or misleading; or
  • (e) failure to give any assistance in relation to an investigation which the Reporting Financial Institution is able to give such assistance, that is intended to obstruct an Inspector in the exercise of any of his powers under section 11 (Powers of Inspectors to obtain information and documents).

14. Powers of the Relevant Authority to apply to AIFC Court

(33) The Relevant Authority may apply to the AIFC Court for an order to compel a Reporting Financial Institution to adhere to the provisions of these Regulations.

(34) If the AIFC Court is satisfied that an application by the Relevant Authority under subsection (1) is well founded, it may make such order as it thinks fit to ensure compliance with the provisions of these Regulations.

PART 4: PENALTIES, ENFORCEMENT AND APPEALS

15. Contraventions

(35) A Reporting Financial Institution which:

  • (a) does an act or thing that is prohibited under these Regulations;
  • (b) does not do an act or thing that it is required or directed to do under these Regulations; or
  • (c) otherwise contravenes these Regulations, commits a contravention of these Regulations and is liable to a fine under Schedule 2 (Fines Limits) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules, or to perform any action directed by the Relevant Authority pursuant to subsection 16(1)(c) (Enforcement and appeals), or any combination thereof.

(36) If a Reporting Financial Institution, Person or intermediary enters into any arrangement, the main purpose or one of the main purposes, of which is to avoid an obligation imposed under subsection 8(1) (Collecting, reporting and keeping records of information), such Reporting Financial Institution, Person or intermediary is subject to the obligation as if the Reporting Financial Institution, Person or intermediary had not entered into the arrangement.

16. Enforcement and appeals

(37) Where the Relevant Authority, or its delegate, considers that a Reporting Financial Institution has contravened a provision of these Regulations, it may by written notice to such Reporting Financial Institution:

  • (a) allege that the Reporting Financial Institution has committed the relevant contravention and state the particulars of the facts it relies on;
  • (b) order that a fine be paid by the Reporting Financial Institution in respect of each contravention; and/or
  • (c) order that certain action(s) be taken in order to comply with these Regulations.

(38) The imposition of any fine under subsection (1)(b) must be made within the period of 12 months on the later of:

(39) A Reporting Financial Institution must not be liable to pay a fine under subsection (1)(b) if the Relevant Authority is satisfied that there is a reasonable defence for contravening these Regulations.

(40) Neither of the following must be considered to be a reasonable defence for the purpose of subsection (3):

(41) If the Relevant Authority determines that a Reporting Financial Institution has a reasonable defence for contravening these Regulations up to a particular time or event, the Reporting Financial Institution must not be liable to pay a fine if it can show that any subsequent contravention of these Regulations was remedied without unreasonable delay after it became aware that the reason(s) providing the reasonable defence had ceased to apply.

(42) A Reporting Financial Institution may appeal against any fine imposed or action ordered under subsection (1) on any one or more of the following grounds:

  • (a) it disputes the grounds or reasons for the fine provided by the Relevant Authority;
  • (b) it disputes the amount of the fine imposed; or
  • (c) it disputes the validity of any action ordered by the Relevant Authority.

(43) Any appeal by a Reporting Financial Institution to a fine or action ordered under subsection (1) must be instituted by a written notice of appeal setting out the grounds of appeal delivered to the Relevant Authority within a period of 30 days from the date of the relevant notice provided to it under subsection (1).

(44) When considering a notice of appeal delivered pursuant to subsection (7), the Relevant Authority may, after due consideration of the grounds of appeal:

  • (a) confirm, cancel, increase or reduce any fine originally imposed; or
  • (b) confirm, change or cancel any action originally ordered, and the Relevant Authority must confirm such finding in writing to the Reporting Financial Institution, provided that the Reporting Financial Institution has the right to challenge any such finding by way of a judicial review application to the AIFC Court, which must stay any pending or further enforcement action under these Regulations until the final determination thereof by the AIFC Court.

(45) The Relevant Authority must take appropriate steps to prevent or manage conflicts of interest arising due to its role in:

  • (a) imposing a fine or ordering an action under subsection (1);
  • (b) considering a notice of appeal delivered to the Relevant Authority pursuant to subsection (7); and
  • (b) determining the outcome of an appeal as specified in subsections (8)(a) or (b).

(46) A fine imposed or action ordered by a Relevant Authority under subsection (1), or confirmed pursuant to subsection (8), must be paid or performed by the Reporting Financial Institution within 30 days after the date of the relevant written notice provided by the Relevant Authority, failing which the Relevant Authority may apply to the AIFC Court for the enforcement thereof, and the AIFC Court may:

  • (a) make an order requiring payment of the fine;
  • (b) make an order that the required action be taken; or
  • (c) make any further order it deems fit.

(47) The Relevant Authority may prescribe forms and procedures in relation to:

  • (a) the imposition and recovery of any penalties imposed pursuant to this section;
  • (b) the enforcement of actions required by the Relevant Authority pursuant to this section; and
  • (c) any objection or right of appeal in respect of any such fine, action required or the enforcement thereof.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Definitions

In these Regulations:

Account Holder has the meaning given in section VIII (E Miscellaneous) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Accounting Records means any records and underlying documents comprising initial and other accounting entries and associated supporting documents, such as:

  • (a) cheques;
  • (b) records of electronic funds transfers;
  • (c) invoices;
  • (d) contracts;
  • (e) the general and subsidiary ledgers, journal entries and other adjustments to the financial statements that are not reflected in journal entries; and
  • (f) work sheets and spread sheets supporting cost allocations, computations, reconciliations and disclosures.

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

Body Corporate means any body corporate, including a limited liability partnership and a body corporate constituted under the law of a country or territory outside the AIFC.

Common Reporting Standard means the standard for automatic exchange of financial account information developed by the OECD as amended from time to time by the OECD, the current format of which is set out in the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules, together with the Commentaries regarding that standard issued by the OECD from time to time.

Competent Authority means the competent authority designated by the Government to:

  • (a) receive the information reported by Reporting Financial Institutions pursuant to the Common Reporting Standard by way of a reporting system; and
  • (b) facilitate the exchange of information under the Common Reporting Standard pursuant to any agreement or treaty entered into by the Government, or its permitted delegate or nominee, in connection therewith.

Constitutional Statute means the Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On the Astana International Financial Centre.

Financial Institution has the meaning given in section VIII (A Reporting Financial Institution) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Government means the government of the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Inspector means any inspector appointed by the Relevant Authority under section 10 (Appointment of Inspectors).

New Account means any account defined as such in section VIII (C Financial Account) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Non-reporting Financial Institution has the meaning given in section VIII (B Non-Reporting Financial Institution) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

OECD means the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development which was established by the Convention on the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development signed in Paris on 14 December, 1960.

Partnership means any partnership, including a partnership constituted under the law of a jurisdiction other than the AIFC, but not including a limited liability partnership.

Person includes any natural person, Body Corporate or body unincorporated, including a legal person, company, Partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Pre-existing Account means any account defined as such in section VIII (C Financial Account) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Privileged Communication means a communication attracting a privilege arising from the provision of professional legal advice and any other privilege applicable at law, but which does not include a general duty of confidentiality.

Relevant Authority means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

Reportable Account means any account defined as such in section VIII (D Reportable Account) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Reportable Person has the meaning given in section VIII (D Reportable Account) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

Reporting Financial Institution has the meaning given in section VIII (A Reporting Financial Institution) of the AIFC Common Reporting Standard Rules.

PERSONAL PROPERTY REGULATIONS

Personal Property

PART 1: GENERAL

1. Name

These Regulations are the AIFC Personal Property Regulations 2017.

2. Date of enactment

These Regulations are enacted on the day they are adopted by the Governor.

3. Commencement

These Regulations commence on 1 January 2018.

4. Legislative authority

These Regulations are adopted by the Governor under article 4 of the Constitutional Statute and subparagraph 3) of paragraph 9 of the Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies.

5. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply within the jurisdiction of the AIFC.

6. Interpretation

Schedule 1 contains definitions used in these Regulations.

PART 2: APPLICATION

7. Application of these Regulations

These Regulations apply to property of any kind (other than Real Property) that may be owned and Transferred under the Acting Law of the AIFC, irrespective of whether the property may owned or Transferred under the law of any other jurisdiction.

PART 3: TRANSFERS OF PROPERTY

8. General rules about Transfers of Property

(1) If there is a consensual Transfer of Property, title is Transferred to the Transferee at the time that the Transferor and the Transferee mutually intend it to be Transferred.

(2) In establishing the intention of the Transferor and the Transferee regarding the intended time of Transfer, regard must be had to the terms of any contract or other agreement or arrangements between the Transferor and the Transferee, the conduct of the Transferor and the Transferee, and the circumstances of the case.

(3) If the Transferor and the Transferee both intend that title to the Property should pass but intend it to pass at a different times (or, if there are multiple Transferors and Transferees, there are differences of intention about the time of Transfer between any of Transferors or Transferees), title passes at the last of the intended times, and until that time no title passes.

(4) A purported Transfer is ineffective without the consent of the Transferee. The Transferee’s consent may be explicit or implied, and may be given immediately or retrospectively.

(5) If a Person (A) intends to Transfer Property to another Person (B) without B’s knowledge or consent, B may accept the attempted Transfer when B discovers it and, if B does so, title to the Property is Transferred to B as if B had intended the Property to be Transferred at the same time as A. However, if A rescinds the attempted Transfer at any time before B’s discovery of it, B cannot subsequently accept the Transfer.

(6) Title to Property may not cease to exist. Once a Person acquires title to Property, the Person remains the owner of the Property until it is either Transferred or destroyed.

(7) A Person (the first Person) may abandon Property if the Person intends that any other Person who appropriates it may become owner of it at the time of appropriation. However, until an appropriation is made by another Person the first Person remains the owner of the Property.

9. Gifts

If Property is Transferred by a Person to another Person by way of gift, it is presumed that the intention of the parties is that title to the Property should be Transferred to the other Person unless a contrary intention can be proved.

10. Partly effective Transfers

(1) If Property is Transferred by a Person who is not its owner, and who does not Transfer it under the authority or with the consent of the owner, the Transferee acquires no better title to the Property than the Transferor had.

(2) If a Transferee enters into a Transfer of Property as described in subsection (1) in circumstances where, as a direct result of anything said or done by the owner, the Transferee believes in Good Faith that the Transferor either is the owner or is acting under the authority or with the consent of the owner, the Transferee acquires the title that the Transferee would have acquired had the Transferor been acting under the authority or with the consent of the owner.

(3) If a Contract of Sale is for unascertained Property, title to the Property is not Transferred to the Transferee unless and until the Property is ascertained.

(4) If by a Contract of Sale the Transferor purports to effect a present Sale of future Property, the contract operates as an agreement to Sell the Property.

11. Transferor with voidable title

If the Transferor of Property has a voidable title to the Property, but the Transferor’s title had not been avoided at the time of the Transfer, the Transferee acquires a good title to the Property if the Transferee buys it in Good Faith and without notice of the Transferor’s defect of title.

12. Transferor with incomplete title

(1) This section applies if a Person owns Property in which there is an existing Third Party Property Interest and is in possession of the Property or of documents of title to it.

(2) The Delivery or Transfer by the Person, or by an agent acting for the Person, of the Property, or documents of title to it, to any Person receiving the Property, or documents of title, in Good Faith and without actual or deemed notice of the existence of the Third Party Property Interest has the same effect as if the Person making the Delivery or Transfer were expressly authorised by the owner of the Third Party Property Interest to make the Delivery or Transfer.

13. Transferor with no title

(1) This section applies if a Person obtains possession of Property or documents of title to Property with the consent of the owner or lawful possessor of the Property or documents.

(2) The Delivery or Transfer by the Person, or by an agent acting for the Person, of the Property, or documents of title to it, to any Person receiving the Property or documents in Good Faith and without actual or deemed notice of any Third Party Property Interest has the same effect as if the Person making the Delivery or Transfer were expressly authorised by the owner of the Property to make the Delivery or Transfer.

14. Application of Part 2

This Part is subject to the provisions of the following Parts:

  1. (a) Part 5 (Investment transactions: general);
  2. (b) Part 6 (Transfers of Investments);
  3. (c) Part 7 (Transfers of Certificated and Uncertificated Investments).

PART 4: RIGHTS OF PARTIES

15. Meaning of Unpaid Transferor

(1) For this Part, the Transferor of Property under a Contract of Sale is an Unpaid Transferor if:

  • (a) the whole of the price has not been paid or tendered; or
  • (b) the Transferor has received a bill of exchange or another negotiable instrument as conditional payment, but the condition on which it was received has not been fulfilled because of the dishonour of the instrument or otherwise.

(2) In subsection (1): Transferor includes any Person who is in the position of a Transferor, including, for example, an agent of the Transferor to whom a bill of lading has been Endorsed or a consignor or agent who has personally paid (or is directly responsible for) the price.

16. Unpaid Transferor’s rights

(1) Subject to these Regulations, any other AIFC Regulations and any AIFC Rules, if the Transferor of Property is an Unpaid Transferor, then, even though title to the Property may have passed to the Transferee, the Transferor has, as an Unpaid Transferor, by implication of law:

  • (a) a lien on the Property or right to retain it for the price while the Transferor is in possession of it; and
  • (b) if the Transferee is or becomes insolvent—a right to stop the Property in transit after parting with possession of it; and
  • (c) a right of resale, subject to any limits or conditions prescribed by the Rules.

(2) If title to the Property has not passed to the Transferee, the Transferor has, an Unpaid Transferor and in addition to any other rights or remedies, a right to withhold Delivery similar to, and coextensive with, the Transferor’s rights of lien or retention and stoppage in transit if title had passed to the Transferee.

17. Specific performance

(1) In any Action for a Failure to perform any legal obligation to Deliver Property, the Court may, on the Claimant’s application, by its judgement or decree direct that the contract must be performed specifically, without giving the defendant the option of retaining the Property on payment of damages.

(2) The Claimant’s application may be made at any time before judgement or decree.

(3) The judgement or decree may be unconditional, or on the terms and conditions about damages, payment of the price and otherwise as the Court considers just.

PART 5: INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS: GENERAL

18. Transfer Authority for Investments etc.

(1) A Person has Transfer Authority for an Investment or bill of exchange if the Person has the necessary authority and documentation to transfer title to the Investment or bill.

(2) For bearer Investments, any Person with physical possession of the Investment has Transfer Authority.

(3) For bills of exchange and Investments Transferred by Endorsement, a Person has Transfer Authority if the Person has authority to Endorse the bill or Investment to a third party.

(4) For registered Investments, a Person has Transfer Authority if the Person is in possession of, or has authority to execute, an Instruction to the relevant registrar (however described) to register the Investments in the name of a Transferee.

(5) For Investments held in an Investment Account, a Person has Transfer Authority if the Person is entitled to give the Investment Intermediary an entitlement order.

19. Acquisition of Investment

A Person acquires an Investment if:

  • (a) the Person is a Purchaser to whom the Investment is Delivered; or
  • (b) the Person otherwise acquires an Investment Entitlement to the Investment

20. Notice of Third Party Property Interest in Certificated Investment

(1) A Purchaser of a Certificated Investment has notice of a Third Party Property Interest if the certificate:

  • (a) has been Endorsed or otherwise designated for a purpose or use not involving Transfer; or
  • (b) is a Bearer Security and has on it an unambiguous statement that it is the Property of a Person other than the Transferor, but the mere writing of a name on the certificate is not such a statement.

(2) The filing under the AIFC Security Regulations of a financing statement relating to a security interest is not notice of a Third Party Property Interest in an Investment.

21. Meaning of Control

(1) A Person has Control of a Bearer Security in physical form if the physical form of the Security has been Delivered to the Person, and the Person has possession of that form, the Person retains Control of the Bearer Security while the Person retains possession of the physical form of the Security.

(2) A Person has Control of an Investment in Registered Form if the Person is registered as the owner of the Investment or has Transfer Authority in relation to it.

(3) A Person has Control of an Uncertificated Investment if:

  • (a) the Investment is held in an Investment Account in the Person’s name; or
  • (b) the issuer has agreed to comply with instructions given by or on behalf of a Purchaser without further consent by the registered owner.

(4) A Person has Control of an Investment Entitlement if:

(5) However, if an interest in an Investment Entitlement is granted by the Entitlement Holder to the Entitlement Holder’s own Investment Intermediary, the Investment Intermediary has Control of the Investment Entitlement.

(6) If a Person satisfies the requirements of subsection (3)(b) in relation to an Uncertificated Investment, the Person has Control of the Uncertificated Investment even if the registered owner retains the right to make substitutions for the Uncertificated Investment, to give Instructions to the issuer or otherwise to deal with the Uncertificated Investment.

(7) The issuer of an Uncertificated Investment may not enter into an agreement of the kind mentioned in subsection (3)(b) (a relevant agreement) without the consent of the registered owner, but the issuer is not required to enter into a relevant agreement even though the registered owner directs. If the issuer has entered into a relevant agreement, the issuer is not required to confirm the existence of the agreement to another Person unless the registered owner requests.

(8) If a Person satisfies the requirements of subsection (4)(b) in relation to an Investment Entitlement, the Person has Control of the Investment Entitlement even if the Entitlement Holder retains the right to make substitutions for the Investment Entitlement, to give Instructions to the Investment Intermediary or otherwise to deal with the Investment Entitlement.

(9) The Investment Intermediary for an Investment Entitlement may not enter into an agreement of the kind mentioned in subsection (4)(b) (a relevant agreement) without the consent of the Entitlement Holder, but the Investment Intermediary is not required to enter into a relevant agreement even though the Entitlement Holder directs. If the Investment Intermediary has entered into a relevant agreement, the Investment Intermediary is not required to confirm the existence of the agreement to another Person unless the Entitlement Holder so requests.

22. No requirement for writing etc

(1) This section applies to Persons who are parties to an agreement, or subject to the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution, if they have agreed, or the business rules provide, that records of holdings or entitlements, contracts for purchase, Contracts of Sale or instructions for debit or credit relating to Investments, Investment Entitlements, or assets held in an Investment Account, may be made otherwise than in writing.

(2) The absence of signed writing or record authenticated by a party against whom enforcement is sought does not invalidate the enforceability of the holding, entitlement, contract or instruction if it was created or transmitted in accordance with the agreement or business rules.

PART 6: TRANSFERS OF INVESTMENTS

23. Effectiveness of Endorsement or Instruction

(1) An Endorsement or Instruction is effective if:

  1. (a) it is made by a Person with Transfer Authority; or
  2. (b) it is made by a Person with Transfer Authority as an agent, including, for an Instruction or entitlement order, a Person who has Control under section 21(3)(b) or (4)(b) (Meaning of Control); or
  3. (c) the Person with the right to Transfer the Investment is prevented from asserting its ineffectiveness.

(2) Such an Endorsement or Instruction is effective even if:

  1. (a) the Person making or giving it has Failed to comply with any condition or requirement relating to the Person’s power to make the Endorsement or give the Instruction, including any AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules requiring the Court’s approval of the transaction; or
  2. (b) the Endorsement is made or the Instruction given by an agent and the agent’s action in making the Endorsement or giving the Instruction or entitlement order, or using the proceeds of the transaction, is otherwise a breach of duty.

(3) If an Investment is registered in the name of or specially Endorsed to a Person described as a representative, or if an Investment Account is maintained in the name of a Persondescribed as a representative, an Endorsement or Instruction made by the Person is effective even though the Person is no longer serving in the described capacity.

(4) Effectiveness of an Endorsement or Instruction is decided as of the date the Endorsement or Instruction is made or given, and an effective Endorsement or Instruction does not become ineffective because of any later change of circumstances.

24. Effect of issuer’s restriction on Transfer of Securities

A restriction on the Transfer of a Security imposed by the issuer is taken to be a Third Party Property Interest, and is ineffective against any Person other than a Person who had notice of the restriction unless:

PART 7: TRANSFERS OF CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED INVESTMENTS

25. Rights of Purchaser

(1) On Delivery of a Certificated Investment or Uncertificated Investment to a Purchaser, the Purchaser acquires all rights in the Investment that the Transferor had or had power to Transfer.

(2) A Purchaser of a limited interest acquires rights only to the extent of the interest purchased.

(3) A Purchaser of an Investment who has notice of a Third Party Property Interest takes subject to the interest.

26. Right of Transferee of Security to Transfer Authority for registration etc.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed between the Transferor and Transferee of a Security, the Transferor must, on demand, give the Transferee proof of the Transferor’s authority to Transfer the Security or any Transfer Authority (or evidence of Transfer Authority) that may be necessary to obtain registration of the Transfer of the Security. However, if the Transfer is not for value, the Transferor need not comply with the demand unless the Transferee pays (or offers to pay) the Transferor’s necessary expenses.

(2) If the Transferor Fails to comply with the demand within a reasonable time, then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the Transferee may reject or rescind the Transfer.

PART 8: INVESTMENT ENTITLEMENTS

27. Acquisition and disposal of Investment Entitlements

(1) An Investment Entitlement is acquired by an Account Holder against an Investment Intermediary by the credit of the Investment Entitlement to the Account Holder’s Investment Account maintained by the Investment Intermediary.

(2) No further step or operation is necessary to make the acquisition of an Investment Entitlement effective against third parties.

(3) An Investment Entitlement is disposed of by an Account Holder by the debit of the Investment Entitlement to the Account Holder’s Investment Account.

(4) Without affecting any requirement that no credit or debit be made without a corresponding debit or credit, a debit or credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account is not ineffective because it is not possible to identify an Investment Account to which a corresponding credit or debit has been made.

(5) Debits and credits to Investment Accounts in relation to Investments of the same description may be made on a net basis.

(6) This section does not prevent any other method provided by law for acquiring or disposing of Investment Entitlements, but the priority of an interest created by any other method is subject to the provisions of section 32 (Recognition of and priority among competing interests).

28. Rights in Investment Entitlements

(1) The credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account maintained by an Investment Intermediary (the relevant intermediary) gives the Account Holder:

(2) Credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account of an Account Holder who is acting in the capacity of Investment Intermediary in relation to the Investment Entitlement only gives a particular right under subsection (1)(a) if that Account Holder, or another Investment Intermediary through which, directly or indirectly, the Account Holder holds the Investment Entitlement, is entitled to that right under the laws under which the Investment is constituted and the terms of the Investment.

(3) The rights given to an Account Holder under subsection (1):

  • (a) are effective against the relevant intermediary and third parties; and
  • (b) may be enforced against the relevant intermediary and, subject to the laws under which the Investment is constituted and the terms of the Investment, the issuer of he Investments.

(4) Subsection (3) does not limit, or otherwise affect, section 40 (Position of issuers of Investments) or section 41 (Set-off and netting).

29. Exercise of rights in Investment Entitlements

(1) An Investment Intermediary must take appropriate measures to enable the Investment Intermediary’s Account Holders to receive and exercise the rights mentioned in section 28(1) (Rights in Investment Entitlements).

(2) However, to the extent that a right mentioned in section 28(1) is dependent on the actions of the Investment Intermediary, the Account Holder is not entitled to the right to the extent that giving effect to the right:

  1. (a) is not within the power of the Investment Intermediary; or
  2. (b) would require the Investment Intermediary to act in a way that is not permitted by law or by the terms of the relevant Investment; or
  3. (c) would require the Investment Intermediary to establish an Investment Account with another Investment Intermediary; or
  4. (d) is waived by the Account Holder by agreement with the Investment Intermediary.

(3) Also, any obligation of the Investment Intermediary in relation to a right of the Account Holder mentioned in section 28(1) is satisfied if the Investment Intermediary acts in relation to the obligation:

  1. (a) if the Investment Intermediary is an Authorised Market Institution—in accordance with its business rules; or
  2. (b) if the Investment Intermediary is authorised (however described) to conduct business in the AIFC—in accordance with the account agreement or, if there is no account agreement, in accordance with reasonable commercial standards; or
  3. (c) in accordance with any other agreement between the Account Holder and the Investment Intermediary; or
  4. (d) by placing the Account Holder in a position to exercise the right directly.

30. Investment Accounts: authority, timing, conditionality and reversals

(1) A debit or credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account maintained by an Investment Intermediary (the relevant intermediary) for an Account Holder is not effective unless the relevant intermediary is authorised to make the debit, credit or designating entry by:

(2) Except as otherwise provided by the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution, a debit or credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account takes effect when it is made.

(3) If a debit or credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account is made conditionally under the terms of an account agreement or the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution or by operation of law, the debit or credit is effective against third parties when, and only if, the condition is satisfied.

(4) An account agreement, the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution, or the Acting Law of the AIFC, may provide that a debit or credit of an Investment Entitlement to an Investment Account is liable to be reversed.

(5) Subsection (6) applies if:

  • (a) an Investment Entitlement is credited to an Investment Account maintained by an Investment Intermediary (the relevant intermediary) for an Account Holder; and
  • (b) the credit is not effective, and is liable to be reversed, because of the circumstances in which it was made; and
  • (c) before the credit is reversed, the Investments are credited to the account of a third party under a further disposition.

(6) Despite subsection (4), the fact that the initial credit is not effective, and is liable to be reversed, because of the circumstances in which it was made does not make the further credit ineffective against the Person making the further disposition, the relevant intermediary or third parties unless:

  • (a) the further credit is made conditionally and the condition is not satisfied; or
  • (b) the further credit is made to a Person having knowledge, at the time it is made, that it is made as a result of the further disposition and that the further disposition was made in such circumstances; or
  • (c) the further disposition is made by way of gift or otherwise gratuitously.

(7) For subsection (6), a Person has knowledge of a matter if the Person has actual knowledge of the matter or has knowledge of facts sufficient to indicate that there is a significant probability and deliberately avoids information that would establish the facts of the matter.

31. Prohibition of higher-tier attachment

(1) No attachment of or in relation to an Investment Entitlement attached to an Investment Account maintained by an Investment Intermediary for an Account Holder may be granted or made against the issuer of the relevant Investment or any other Investment Intermediary.

(2) In this section: attachment means any judicial, administrative or other act or process for enforcing or satisfying a judgement, award or other judicial, arbitral, administrative or other decision against or in relation to the Account Holder or for freezing, restricting or impounding Property of the Account Holder to ensure the ability to satisfy or enforce any future such judgement, award or decision.

32. Recognition of and priority among competing interests

(1) Interests arising under section 27 (Acquisition and disposal of Investment Entitlements) and under the AIFC Security Regulations:

  • (a) have priority over any other interest created by any method permitted by the Acting Law of the AIFC; and
  • (b) rank among themselves in the order in which they were created.

(2) Any other interest in Investment Entitlements arising by operation of law under the Acting Law of the AIFC has the priority provided by the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(3) Subject to subsections (1) and (2), the priority of any competing interests in Investment Entitlements is decided by the Acting Law of the AIFC.

(4) As between Persons entitled to any interests mentioned in this section, the priorities provided by this section may be varied by agreement between them.

33. Protection against Third Party Property Interests

(1) If a Person acquires an Investment Entitlement under section 27 (Acquisition and disposal of Investment Entitlements) and does not, at the time of acquisition, have knowledge of a Third Party Property Interest in relation to the Investment Entitlement, the Person is not subject to the interest.

(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply if the Investment Entitlement was acquired by way of gift or otherwise gratuitously.

(3) For this section, a Person has knowledge of a Third Party Property Interest if the Person:

  • (a) has actual knowledge of the interest; or
  • (b) has knowledge of facts sufficient to indicate that there is a significant probability that the interest exists and deliberately avoids information that would establish the existence of the interest.

(4) For this section, knowledge received by an organisation is effective for a particular transaction from the time when it is, or ought reasonably to have been, brought to the attention of the individual within that organisation conducting the transaction.

34. Duty of Investment Intermediary to have sufficient Investment Entitlement

(1) An Investment Intermediary must not:

(2) If at any time sufficient Investments Entitlements of any description are not held by the Investment Intermediary or credited to Investment Accounts held by the Investment Intermediary with other Investment Intermediaries, the Investment Intermediary must take the action necessary to ensure that sufficient Investments Entitlements of that description are so held or credited.

(3) For this section, a reference to sufficient Investments Entitlements of any description is a reference to Investments Entitlements of an aggregate number or amount at least equal to the aggregate number or amount of Investments Entitlements of that description held by the Investment Intermediary or credited to Investment Accounts held by the Investment Intermediary with other Investment Intermediaries.

(4) Subsection (2) does not limit or otherwise affect:

(5) The fact that a credit or disposition is made by an Investment Intermediary in Contravention of subsection (1) does not make the credit or disposition ineffective, but:

35. Investments and certain money claims not part of insolvent Investment Intermediary’s estate etc.

(1) Investments held by an Investment Intermediary, or credited to Investment Accounts held by an Investment Intermediary with another Investment Intermediary, must be allocated to the rights of Account Holders of the Investment Intermediary to the extent necessary to ensure that the aggregate number or amount of the Investments or claims of that description so allocated is equal to the aggregate number or amount of such Investments or claims credited to Investment Accounts maintained by the Investment Intermediary.

(2) Investments allocated under subsection (1) do not form part of the Property of the Investment Intermediary available for distribution among, or realisation for the benefit of, the Investment Intermediary’s creditors in an insolvency proceeding (whether in the AIFC or elsewhere) in relation to the Investment Intermediary and are not otherwise subject to claims of creditors of the Investment Intermediary.

(3) The allocation required by subsection (1) must be made by the arrangements of the Investment Intermediary or, in the absence of such arrangements, by operation of the Acting Law of the AIFC.

36. Effect of insufficiency on Account Holders’ rights

(1) If the aggregate number or amount of Investments held by an Investment Intermediary, or credited to an Investment Account that an Investment Intermediary holds with another Investment Intermediary, is less than the aggregate number or amount of Investments of that description credited to Investment Accounts of the Investment Intermediary, the shortfall must be allocated:

  • (a) if the Investment Intermediary is an Authorised Market Institution and its business rules make provision for the allocation of the shortfall—in accordance with the business rules; and
  • (b) in any other case—among the Account Holders to whose Investment Accounts the assets or Investments of the relevant description are credited, in proportion to the respective numbers or amounts of assets or Investments so credited.

(2) In any allocation required under subsection (1)(b), no account must be taken of:

37. Right of Transfer against insolvent Investment Intermediary

(1) The rights of an Account Holder under section 27 (Acquisition and disposal of Investment Entitlements) constituted by the credit of an Investment Entitlement to the Account Holder’s Investment Account maintained by an Investment Intermediary are effective against a Receiver or Liquidator in any insolvency proceeding (whether in the AIFC or elsewhere) in relation to the Investment Intermediary.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), if the Investment Intermediary is or becomes insolvent, the Account Holder may instruct the Transfer or registration of Investments or Investment Entitlements or transfer of money claims to which section 36(1)(b) (Effect of insufficiency on Account Holders’ rights) applies. The instruction is enforceable against a Receiver or

Liquidator.

38. Insolvency of clearing and settlement intermediaries or Authorised Market Institutions

Any provision of the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution relating to the finality of acquisitions or dispositions made under the business rules:

  • (a) prevails, to the extent of any inconsistency with any AIFC Regulations or AIFC Rules, in deciding claims to Investment Entitlements subject to the Control of the Authorised Market Institution; and
  • (b) has effect, and prevails over, any law of insolvency (whether of the AIFC or otherwise) despite the commencement of an insolvency proceeding (whether in the AIFC or elsewhere) in relation to the Authorised Market Institution or any party to a contract for the acquisition or disposal of an Investment or Investment Entitlement to which the business rules apply.

39. Instructions to Investment Intermediaries

(1) An Investment Intermediary is neither bound nor entitled to give effect to an Instruction in relation to an Investment Entitlement of the Account Holder of an Investment Account maintained by the Investment Intermediary if the Instruction is given by a Person other than the Account Holder or the Account Holder’s agent.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to:

40. Position of issuers of Investments

(1) Any provision of the AIFC Companies Regulations, and any provision of the terms of issue of Investments constituted under the AIFC Companies Regulations, that would prevent the holding of Investment Entitlements with an Investment Intermediary, or the effective exercise by an Account Holder of rights in relation to Investment Entitlements, are modified to the extent necessary to make possible the holding of Investment Entitlements with an Investment Intermediary and the effective exercise of the rights of an Account

Holder.

(2) Without limiting subsection (1), that subsection applies to provisions of any of the following kinds:

  • (a) a provision that restricts the ability of a holder of Investments to exercise voting or other rights in different ways in relation to different parts of a holding of Investments of the same description;
  • (b) a provision that does not include adequate provision for making available to Account Holders holding Investment Entitlements, or to Investment Intermediaries for transmission to Account Holders holding Investment Entitlements:
  • (i) copies of notices, accounts, circulars and other materials addressed by the issuer to holders of the Investment Entitlements; or

(ii) ways of exercising the rights attached to the Investments either in person or through a proxy or other representative;

  • (c) a provision that prohibits, or fails to recognise, the holding of Investments by a Person acting in the capacity of Investment Intermediary;
  • (d) a provision under which recognition of the holding of Investments by an Investment Intermediary, or the exercise of rights by an Account Holder holding Investment Entitlements to such Investments, is conditional on the maintenance of records in a particular medium;
  • (e) a provision that imposes restrictions on the holding of Investments, or the exercise of rights attached to Investments, by reference to the identity, status, residence, nationality, domicile or other characteristics or circumstances of any Person acting in the capacity of Investment Intermediary.

(3) However, this section does not make an issuer of Investments bound by, or compel an issuer of Investments to recognise, a right or interest of any Person in or in relation to the Investments if the issuer is not bound by, or compelled to recognise, that right or interests under the laws under which the Investments are constituted and the terms of the Investments.

41. Set-off and netting

(1) As between an Account Holder who holds Investment Entitlements for the Account Holder’s own account and the issuer of the Investments, the fact that the Account Holderholds the Investments with an Investment Intermediary must not of itself, in any insolvency proceeding (whether in the AIFC or elsewhere) in relation to the issuer, prevent the existence or exercise of any rights of set-off that would have existed, and been exercisable, if the Account Holder had held the Investments otherwise than through an Investment Intermediary.

(2) Netting of entitlements, and rights to Investments or entitlements, as provided in agreements between parties, between Investment Intermediaries and Account Holders, or in the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution, are enforceable.

(3) Close-out netting as provided in termination provisions of agreements, or in the business rules of an Authorised Market Institution, are enforceable according to the terms of the agreement or business rules.

42. Enforcement of Investment Entitlements

Except as otherwise provided by the Acting Law of the AIFC, an Investment Entitlement may be enforced only against the Investment Intermediary against which the Investment Entitlement was acquired.

PART 9: RULES

43. Power to adopt Rules etc.

(1) The Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Board of Directors of the AFSA may adopt rules prescribing matters:

  • (a) required or permitted by these Regulations to be prescribed by the Rules; or
  • (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to these Regulations.

(2) However, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA may not adopt rules under this section on matters related to the regulation conducted by the AFSA.

(3) Without limiting subsection (1), either Board may adopt rules clarifying, extending,implementing, modifying or waiving the application of provisions of these Regulations in elation to the holding of Investments or interests or entitlements in Investments.

SCHEDULE 1: INTERPRETATION

Definitions for these Regulations

In these Regulations:

Account Holder, in relation an Investment Intermediary and an Investment Account, means the Person in whose name the Investment Intermediary maintains the Investment Account, whether the Person is acting on the Person’s own account or for another Person (including in the capacity of Investment Intermediary).

Acting Law of the AIFC has the meaning given by article 4 of the Constitutional Statute.

Action includes counterclaim and set-off.

AFSA means the Astana Financial Services Authority.

AIFC means the Astana International Financial Centre.

AIFCA means Astana International Financial Centre Authority.

AIFC Regulations means regulations adopted by the Management Council or the Governor, and includes, for example, these Regulations.

AIFC Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AFSA, the Board of Directors of the AIFCA or the Governor, and includes, for example, the Rules made under these Regulations.

Authorised Market Institution means an Authorised Market Institution under the AIFC Financial Services Framework Regulations.

Bearer Security means a Security which by its terms is payable to the bearer of the certificate for the Security, and includes any Security certificate that has been generally Endorsed.

Certificated Investment means an Investment (other than a Future or option) whose existence is embodied in a physical certificate.

Claimant means a Person who brings or makes a claim under these Regulations.

Constitutional Statute means the Constitutional Statute of the Republic of Kazakhstan dated 7 December 2015 entitled On Astana International Financial Centre.

Contract of Sale includes a contract to sell as well as a contract of sale.

Contravene includes Fail to comply with.

Control has the meaning given by section 21 (Meaning of Control).

Court means the Astana International Financial Centre Court.

Delivery, in relation to Property, means the voluntary transfer of possession of the Property from one Person to another Person, and includes any act of separation by which the Property becomes unconditionally appropriated to a Contract of Sale.

Endorsement, of a Security, means a signature that alone, or accompanied by other words, is made on the Security, or on a separate document, for the purpose of:

a) assigning, Transferring, or redeeming the Security or underlying Property; or

b) granting a power to assign, Transfer or redeem the Security or underlying Property.

Entitlement Holder, in relation to an Investment Intermediary, means a Person identified in the records of the Investment Intermediary as the Person having an Investment Entitlement against the Investment Intermediary in relation to an Investment.

Fail includes refuse.

Future means rights under a contract for the sale of a commodity or other Property of any description under which Delivery is to be made at a future date and at a price agreed on when the contract is made if:

  • (a) the contract is made for investment and not commercial purposes; and
  • (b) when the contract is made, the seller does not intend to Deliver the property and the buyer does not intend to take Delivery of the property.

Good Faith: an act or omission is in Good Faith if it is done or omitted to be done honestly, whether or not it is done or omitted to be done negligently.

Governor means the Governor of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Instruction, in relation to an Investment, means a notification that directs that the Transfer of the Investment be registered or that the Investment be redeemed.

Investment includes any financial product declared to be an investment under the Rules, but does not include any financial product that is declared not to be an investment under the Rules.

Investment Account means an account maintained by an Investment Intermediary for a Person for the safekeeping of assets by way of custody, collateral or margin. For this definition, assets include Investments, Investment Entitlements and cash provided as margin in connection with the clearing and settlement operations of an Authorised Market Institution.

Investment Entitlement, in relation to an Entitlement Holder and an Investment Intermediary, means the rights of the Entitlement Holder against the Investment Intermediary in relation to an Investment credited to the Entitlement Holder’s Investment Account.

Investment Intermediary means a Person who in the ordinary course of business transacts Investments or holds Investments by way of custody or in connection with the taking of security, and includes an Authorised Market Institution.

Liquidator means any Person acting in a capacity as provisional liquidator or liquidator (however described) of a Person, whether under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations or otherwise.

Management Council means the Management Council of the Astana International Financial Centre.

Management Council Resolution on AIFC Bodies means The Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted by resolution of the Management Council on 26 May 2016, as amended by resolution of the Management Council, The Amendments and supplementations to the Structure of the Bodies of the Astana International Financial Centre, adopted on 9 October 2017.

Person means any natural person or incorporated or unincorporated body, including a company, partnership, unincorporated association, government or state.

Property means anything (other than Real Property) that may be owned and Transferred under the Acting Law of the AIFC, and, as the context requires, may refer to either the thing itself or title to it.

Purchaser, in relation to Property, means a Person who has acquired, or is in the process of acquiring, title (whether contingent or absolute) to the Property otherwise than as a recipient of a gift or other gratuitous Transfer.

Real Property means any right or interest in land.

Receiver means any Person acting in a capacity as administrative receiver or receiver (however described) of a Person, whether under the AIFC Insolvency Regulations or otherwise.

Registered Form, in relation to a Certificated Investment, means a form in which a Transfer of the Certificated Investment may be registered on books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer.

Rules means rules adopted by the Board of Directors of the AIFCA/AFSA under section 43.

Sale includes a contract to sell and Deliver as well as a sale and Delivery.

Secured Party has the meaning given by section 7 of Schedule 1 of the AIFC Security Regulations.

Security has the meaning prescribed by the Rules.

Third Party Property Interest, in relation to Property, means an interest in the Property that could be asserted by a third party adversely to the interest of a Purchaser of the Property, including any interest arising from Property rights in existence at the time of Transfer and Property rights that may arise later by operation of law or judicial decision.

Transfer, in relation to Property, means transfer of title to the Property.

Transfer Authority has the meaning given by section 18 (Transfer Authority for Investments etc.)

Transferee, in relation to a Transfer of Property, means a Person who seeks to have title to the Property transferred to the Person, and includes a buyer of the Property.

Transferor, in relation to a Transfer of Property, means a Person who seeks to transfer title to the Property to another Person, whether or not the first Person owns the Property at the time of the Transfer, and includes a seller of the Property.

Uncertified Investment means an Investment that is not represented by a certificate.

Unpaid Transferor, for Part 4 (Rights of parties), has the meaning given by section 15 (Meaning of Unpaid Transferor).